DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG TEL: 5-233191
THURSDAY, JANUARY 1, 1981
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
PNEUMOCONIOSIS COMPENSATION SCHEME STARTS TODAY................ 1
TRAINERS AND INSTRUCTORS GO BACK TO SCHOOL .................... 2
PUBLIC DUMP OPENS AT WESTERN RECLAMATION ...................... 3
MONG KOK CHILDREN’S CHOIR CONCERT ............................. 4
RAINSHELTER BEING BUILT AT CHEUNG SHA ......................... 5
VACANCIES FOR CLEANERS IN SAI-KUNG
5
THURSDAY, JANUARY 1, 1981
PNEUMOCONIOSIS COMPENSATION * * * *
SCHEME STARTS TODAY * *
THE LEGISLATION WHICH PROVIDES COMPENSATION TO PEOPLE SUFFERING FROM PNEUMOCONIOSIS AND DEPENDANTS OF THOSE WHO DIE FROM THE DISEASE COMES INTO OPERATION TODAY.
ANNOUNCING THIS, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT SAID THE PNEUMOCONIOSIS (COMPENSATION) ORDINANCE APPLIES TO ANY PERSON, INCLUDING THOSE WHO ARE SELF-EMPLOYED OR UNEMPLOYED, DIAGNOSED TO BE SUFFERING FROM PNEUMOCONIOSIS ON OR AFTER TODAY.
THE ORDINANCE, HOWEVER, DOES NOT APPLY I
* WHERE EX-GRATIA COMPENSATION HAS BEEN OR WILL BE PAID BY THE GOVERNMENT FOR INCAPACITY OR DEATH RESULTING FROM PNEUMOCONIOSIS DIAGNOSED BEFORE TODAY-
* TO A PERSON WITH LESS THAN FIVE YEARS’ RESIDENCE, UNLESS IT IS PROVED THAT HE CONTRACTED THE DISEASE IN HONG KONG-AND
X TO A PERSON WHOSE INCAPACITY, OTHER THAN INCAPACITY OF A PERMANENT NATURE, DOES NOT INCAPACITATE HIM FOR A PERIOD EXCEEDING THREE CONSECUTIVE DAYS FROM EARNING FULL WAGES.
COMPENSATION WILL BE PAID FROM THE PNEUMOCONIOSIS COMPENSATION FUND FINANCED BY LEVIES FROM CONSTRUCTION WORKS AND QUARRY PRODUCTS.
THE SPOKESMAN POINTED OUT THAT THE AMOUNT OF COMPENSATION FOR TOTAL (1OO PER CENT) PERMANENT INCAPACITY WOULD BE BASED ON THE AGE OF THE PERSON SUFFERING FROM THE DISEASE.
THE LEVELS OF COMPENSATION ARE s BELOW 40 YEARS OF AGE, 96 MONTHS’ EARNINGS- 40 TO BELOW 56, 72 MONTHS- AND 56 AND ABOVE, 48 MONTHS, SUBJECT TO A MAXIMUM OF $192 000 AND A MINIMUM CF $64 000.
FOR PERMANENT PARTIAL INCAPACITY, THE AMOUNT OF COMPENSATION IS A PERCENTAGE OF COMPENSATION PAYABLE FOR 100 PER CENT INCAPACITY. THE PERCENTAGE IS DECIDED BY THE DEGREE OF INCAPACITY ASSESSED BY THE PNEUMOCONIOSIS MEDICAL BOARD.
TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE UNIQUE NATURE OF PROGRESSIVE DETERIORATION OF PNEUMOCONIOSIS, THE BOARD IS AUTHORISED TO ASSESS, IN CASES OF PERMANENT PARTIAL INCAPACITY, THE DEGREE OF INCAPACITY SUFFERED AT THE TIME OF ASSESSMENT AND ANY FURTHER DEGREE LIKELY TO BE SUFFERED IN FUTURE.
COMPENSATION FOR DEATH, THE SPOKESMAN CONTINUED, ALSO DEPENDS ON THE AGE AND MONTHLY EARNINGS CF THE DECEASED AND THE DEGREE OF DEPENDENCY OF DEPENDANTS. COMPENSATION LEVELS FOR DIFFERENT AGE GROUPS ARE : BELOW 40, 84 MONTHS’ EARNINGS- 40 TO BELOW 56, 60 MONTHS- AND 56 AND ABOVE, 36 MONTHS, SUBJECT TO A MAXIMUM OF $168 000 AND A MINIMUM OF <56 000.
/A PNZUMCCONICTTC
THURSDAY, JANUARY 1, 1981
2
A PNEUMOCONIOTIC SUFFERING FROM PERMANENT TOTAL INCAPACITY AND REQUIRING CONSTANT ATTENTION TO PERFORM ESSENTIAL DAILY ACTIVITIES IS ALSO ENTITLED TO COMPENSATION TO MEET THE COST OF PROVIDING SUCH ATTENTION, SUBJECT TO A MAXIMUM OF $77 OOO.
FOR A PNEUMOCON I OTIC WHO IS GIVEN SICK LEAVE EXCEEDING THREE CONSECUTIVE DAYS, COMPENSATION WILL BE IN THE FORM OF TWO-THIRDS OF HIS EARNINGS OVER THE PERIOD OF INCAPACITY. MEDICAL EXPENSES ARE PAYABLE SUBJECT TO A MAXIMUM OF $20 PER DAY FOR HOSPITALISATION AND $10 PER DAY FOR OUT-PATIENT TREATMENT.
THE SPOKESMAN POINTED OUT THAT ANYONE SUFFERING FROM INCAPACITY AND WISHING TO CLAIM COMPENSATION SHOULD NOTIFY THE COMMISSIONER FOR LABOUR IN THE SPECIFIED FORM AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE. IN FATAL CASES, THE DEPENDANTS SHOULD LIKEWISE NOTIFY THE COMMISSIONER.
ALL CLAIMS FOR COMPENSATION AND MEDICAL EXPENSES SHOULD BE MADE IN THE FIRST INSTANCE TO THE COMMISSIONER WITHIN 24 MONTHS AFTER THE DATE OF INCAPACITY OR DEATH.
THE SPOKESMAN ALSO POINTED OUT THAT OTHER THAN CLAIMING COMPENSATION AND MEDICAL EXPENSES, A PNEUMOCONIOTIC MAY FILE CLAIMS TO THE DISTRICT COURT FOR DAMAGES ACCORDING TO COMMON LAW FOR INCAPACITY OR DEATH. SUCH DAMAGES AWARDED BY THE COURT WILL ALSO BE PAID OUT FROM THE COMPENSATION FUND.
-----0------
TRAINERS AND INSTRUCTORS GO BACK TO SCHOOL
******
THE HONG KONG TECHNICAL TEACHERS’ COLLEGE IS PREPARED TO TAILOR TRAINING COURSES TO INDIVIDUAL NEEDS FOR COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL TRAINERS AT MANAGEMENT, SUPERVISORY AND INSTRUCTOR LEVELS, AN EDUCATION DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY.
SOME 1 000 TRAINERS HAVE ATTENDED SUCH COURSES IN THE PAST 10 YEARS AT THE COLLEGE, HE SAID.
COURSES INCLUDED THOSE DESIGNED FOR THE CHINA LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY FOR THEIR INSTRUCTORS, THE MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY CORPORATION FOR THEIR STATION MANAGERS, AND MORE RECENTLY THE SAN MIGUEL BREWERY FOR THEIR DEPARTMENTAL MANAGERS.
+THE COLLEGE PROPOSES TO EXPAND THIS AREA OF ITS WORK TO NEET THE INCREASING DEMAND FROM INDUSTRY.
+IT IS HOPED THAT ADVANCED COURSES IN INSTRUCTION TECHNIQUES FOR INSTRUCTORS AND A BASIC COURSE FOR TRAINING OFFICERS WILL BE OFFERED IN THE NEAR FUTURE,+ THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
TRAINING COURSES ARE ALSO OFFERED AT THE COLLEGE FOR IN-SERVICE TRADE AND WORKSHOP INSTRUCTORS.
/+AT PRESENT ..
THURSDAY, JANUARY 1, 1981
3
♦AT PRESENT THE COLLEGE IS RUNNING BLOCK-RELEASE, PART-TIME DAY-RELEASE AND EVENING COURSES FOR THESE INSTRUCTORS,* THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
THESE COURSES HAVE IDENTICAL CURRICULUM AND LEAD TO THE SAME CERTIFICATE, HE EXPLAINED, AND ONLY THE MODE OF ATTENDANCE IS DIFFERENT. FEES FOR ALL THREE TYPES OF COURSES ARE SET AT S1OO.
THE BLOCK-RELEASE COURSE LASTS TWO WEEKS FULL-TIME, AND FIVE SUCH COURSES HAVE BEEN PLANNED FOR THE CURRENT ACADEMIC YEAR.
TUTORS WILL VISIT PARTICIPANTS AT THEIR PLACE OF EMPLOYMENT WHEN THE COURSE IS COMPLETED TO PROVIDE THEM WITH FURTHER ADVICE.
THE PART-TIME DAY-RELEASE COURSE IS HELD OVER 15 WEEKS AND PARTICIPANTS ATTEND CLASSES ONE DAY A WEEK. COURSES BEGIN IN OCTOBER AND FEBRUARY EACH YEAR.
EVENING COURSES COMPLETE IN 30 WEEKS, AND PARTICIPANTS ARE REQUIRED TO ATTEND CLASSES TWO EVENINGS A WEEK. APPLICATIONS ARE INVITED IN AUGUST EACH YEAR.
♦EXPERIENCED WORKERS WHO WILL TAKE UP INSTRUCTION DUTIES IN FUTURE MAY ALSO APPLY TO ATTEND THE COURSES,+ THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
CONTENTS OF THE COURSE WILL INCLUDE SUCH TOPICS AS TEACHING TECHNIQUE, CLASS DISCIPLINE, THE USE OF VISUAL AIDS, WORKSHOP LAYOUT AND CONTROL, AND LESSON PLANNING.
--------0 ---------
PUBLIC DUMP OPENS AT WESTERN RECLAMATION ******
THE
PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED DUMP AT WESTERN RECLAMATION STAGE (FRIDAY).
I I WOULD
TODAY THAT A PUBLIC BE OPENED TOMORROW
THE DUMP, AT STREET.
ENTRANCE WILL BE THE ONE CONNAUGHT ROAD WEST NEAR OPENING HOURS WILL BE 8
USED FOR THE STAGE I PUBLIC ITS JUNCTION WITH WHITTY AM TO 6 PM.
HOLDERS OF VALID DUMPING LICENCES FOR HONG KONG ISLAND jfJLL PERMITTED TO USE THE DUMP TO DISPOSE OF APPROVED SIZE PROVRliin'TBurtLD*ocG DEBRIS’ AND ST0NES UP TO 225 MM IN SIZE PROVIDED THEY ARE WELL MIXED WITH EARTH.
DUMPING LICENCES MAY BE OBTAINED FREE OF CHARGE ON D)’vlFs?oiI,0NtI? Inn»r?lE^ENGINEER 0F THE PWD P0ST W0RKS «Rden°Rmd!HUg kong. IS KURR4y BU,U>ING- flRST
/THE DUMP......
THURSDAY, JANUARY 1, 1981
4
£U^.!l!,LL 0NLY BE 0?EN To VEHICLES DISPLAYING VALID WINDSHIELD STICKERS ISSUED WITH THE DUMPING LICENCES.
iMCTOnh!?.5^P,NG MUST BE CARRIED OUT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INSTRUCTIONS OF THE SUPERVISORS AT THE SITE.
at RES£RVES THE right to CANCEL DUMPING LICENCES
AT ANY TIME AND TO CLOSE THE DUMP WITHOUT PRIOR NOTICE.
-----o------
MONG KOK CHILDREN’S CHOIR CONCERT *****
THE MONG KOK CHILDREN’S CHOIR WILL GIVE ITS ANNUAL CONCERT ON JANUARY 11 (SUNDAY) AT 8 PM AT THE TSUEN WAN TOWN HALL.
VARIOUS SPONSORS, INCLUDING THE CITY DISTRICT OFFICE, HAVE GIVEN SUPPORT TO THIS EVENT WHICH IS THE HIGHLIGHT OF THE CHOIR’S MANY ACTIVITIES.
THE CHILDREN’S CHOIR, FORMED IN 1975, IS ORGANISED BY THE MONG KOK DISTRICT CULTURAL, RECREATIONAL AND SPORTS ASSOCIATION.
ITS 260 MEMBERS ARE CHILDREN WHO EITHER LIVE OR STUDY IN THE DISTRICT. THEIR AGES RANGE FROM SEVEN TO 16.
DUE tO THEIR HIGH STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE, THE CHOIR WAS INVITED BY THE URBAN COUNCIL TO PERFORM IN THE LAST ASIAN ARTS FESTIVAL. IT ALSO PARTICIPATED IN A NUMBER OF OUTDOOR COMMUNITY EVENTS SINGING TO WIDE AUDIENCES.
TICKETS AT S3, $5, S8 AND $10 FOR THE COMING PERFORMANCE ARE NOW AVAILABLE AT THE MONG KOK CITY DISTRICT OFFICE, 157 PRINCE EDWARD ROAD, GROUND FLOOR- MONG KOK KAIFONG ASSOCIATION, 45 FUK TSUN STREET, TAI KOK TSUI- AND TSANG FOOK MUSIC CENTRE, TSUEN WAN TOWN HALL, 2ND FLOOR.
/5
THURSDAY, JANUARY 1, 1981
5
RAINSHELTER BEING BUILT AT CHEUNG SHA
*****
ISLANDS DISTRICT ADVISORY BOARD IS SPENDING S25 CONSTRUCTING A RAINSHELTER AT CHEUNG SHA, LANTAU.
000 ON
AT PRESENT THERE IS SHELTER WHEN IT RAINS.
NOWHERE FOR LOCAL RESIDENTS OR VISITORS TO
THE PROPOSAL TO BUILD THE SHELTER WAS PUT TO OFFICE BY THE SOUTH LANTAU RURAL COMMITTEE.
ISLANDS DISTRICT
CONSTRUCTION STARTED IN NOVEMBER AND WILL BE COMPLETED BY THE END OF THIS MONTH (JANUARY).
IT IS LOCATED ON A 27 SQUARE METRE SITE NEAR THE BUS STOP ON SOUTH LANTAU ROAD CLOSE TO THE BEACH. IT WILL BE PROVIDED WITH THREE BENCHES.
THE PROJECT IS BEING SUPERVISED BY THE DISTRICT OFFICE WORKS SECT ION.
-------o ---------
VACANCIES FOR CLEANERS IN SAI KUNG
*****
THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT IS INVITING APPLICATIONS TO FILL 33 VACANCIES FOR THE POST OF WORKMAN II IN THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT.
THE POST CARRIES A STARTING SALARY OF SI 405, RISING TO 31 485, PLUS A MONTHLY ALLOWANCE OF $100.
SUCCESSFUL CANDIDATES ARE REQUIRED TO WORK IN SAI KUNG DISTRICT, PERFORMING CLEANSING DUTIES.
APPLICANTS SHOULD HAVE PRIMARY SIX EDUCATION, A STRONG PHYSIQUE AND BE ABLE TO SPEAK CANTONESE.
THOSE INTERESTED SHOULD CALL AT ANY BRANCH OFFICE OF THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT’S LOCAL EMPLOYMENT SERVICE, BRINGING WITH THEM THEIR IDENTITY CARDS.
ENQUIRIES CAN BE MADE ON TELEPHONE 3-666615, 5-270276 OR 12-420154.
-----o-------
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL 5-233191
FRIDAY, JANUARY 2, 1981
CONTENTS PAGE NO
LABOUR LAW PROTECTION EUR MORE EMPLOYEES ..................... 1
STUDY ON BUS DRIVER FATIGUE................................... 2
1982 GENERAL HOLIDAYS ........................................ 5
PILOT SCHEME IMPROVES LINKS WITH SCHOOLS ..................... 4
PENALTY FOR LATE PAYMENT OF CONSTRUCTION LEVY ................ 5
VACANCIES FOR AMBULANCEMEN ................................... g
CHANGES TO WAN CHAI ZONING PLAN............................... 7
TSIM SHA TSUI SITE FOR SALE .................................. 7
CHEUNG CHAU PHOTO EXHIBITION OPENS ........................... 8
KWAI CHUNG ROAD NIGHT CLOSURE ................................ 8
FRIDAY, JANUARY 2, 1981
1
LABOUR LAW PROTECTION FOR MORE EMPLOYEES ******
THE GOVERNMENT PROPOSES TO EXTEND THE APPLICATION OF THE EMPLOYMENT ORDINANCE TO NON-MANUAL EMPLOYEES EARNING AS MUCH AS 86 OOO A MONTH.
ANNOUNCING THIS TODAY, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT SAID THE EMPLOYMENT (AMENDMENT) BILL 1981, PUBLISHED IN TODAY’S GOVERNMENT GAZETTE, SEEKS TO RAISE THE PRESENT WAGE CEILING FOR NON-MANUAL EMPLOYEES COVERED BY THE ORDINANCE FROM $3 500 TO $6 000.
THE ORDINANCE AT PRESENT COVERS ALL MANUAL EMPLOYEES AND THOSE NON-MANUAL EMPLOYEES EARNING NOT MORE THAN S3 500 A MONTH.
THE BILL ALSO PROVIDES FOR THE WAGE CEILING TO BE REVIEWED AND REVISED FROM TIME TO TIME BY RESOLUTION OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL.
COMMENTING ON THE BILL, THE SPOKESMAN SAID THE WAGE CEILING WAS BEING REVISED IN ORDER TO KEEP IT IN LINE WITH THE INCREASE IN THE COST OF LIVING.
SINCE WAGES HAD RISEN, MAINLY BECAUSE OF THE HIGHER COST OF LIVING. SOME NON-MANUAL EMPLOYEES WHO WERE PREVIOUSLY ENTITLED TO PROTECTION AND BENEFITS OF THE ORDINANCE HAVE NOW BEEN EXCLUDED FROM ITS COVERAGE.
HE POINTED OUT THAT BETWEEN SEPTEMBER 1968, WHEN THE ORDINANCE WAS FIRST ENACTED AND MARCH LAST YEAR, THE PERCENTAGE INCREASE IN THE INDEX OF AVERAGE DAILY WAGES FOR WORKERS IN INDUSTRY WAS 378.6 PER CENT.
+ AS THE WAGE CEILING IN 1968 WAS 51 500 PER MONTH, IT SHOULD THEREFORE NOW BE RAISED TO 85 680, OR A ROUND FIGURE OF 86 000,+ HE ADDED.
THE WAGE CEILING WAS LAST RAISED FROM $2 000 TO 83 500 IN APRIL 1979.
-----o------
FRIDAY, JANUARY 2, 1981
2
STUDY ON BUS DRIVER FATIGUE
* * * *
A PRELIMINARY STUDY IS TO BE CARRIED OUT SHORTLY BY THE UNIVERSITY OF HONG KONG ON THE OVERALL WORKING CONDITIONS OF BUS DR IVERS.
A CONTRACT COMMISSIONING THE STUDY WAS SIGNED TODAY AT THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT BETWEEN THE DEPUTY COMMISSIONER FOR TRANSPORT, !*R PETER LEEDS AND PROFESSOR W.A. REYNOLDS OF THE INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT OF THE UNIVERSITY.
THE STUDY, WHICH WILL BE SPREAD OVER A PERIOD OF EIGHT MONTHS TO COVER BOTH THE COLD AND HOT SEASONS, WILL BE FOLLOWED BY A MORE COMPREHENSIVE ONE AT A LATER DATE.
THIS FURTHER STUDY WILL CONCENTRATE ON FINDING SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS WHICH ARE PARTICULARLY ACUTE.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT EXPLAINED THAT THE PURPOSE OF THE STUDY WAS TO INVESTIGATE THE OVERALL WORKING CONDITIONS OF BUS DRIVERS TO DETERMINE THE FACTORS WHICH MAY CONTRIBUTE TO DRIVER FATIGUE. SUCH FATIGUE MAY BE A CONTRIBUTORY CAUSE OF SOME BUS ACCIDENTS.
HE POINTED OUT THAT THERE WERE MANY FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO THE QUALITY OF A BUS DRIVER’S PERFORMANCE, INCLUDING HEAT AND HUMIDITY, POLLUTION AND NOISE, ATTITUDES OF PASSENGERS, TRAFFIC CONDITIONS, DESIGN FEATURES OF BUSES, LENGTH OF HOURS WORKED, AND TIMINGS OF MEAL BREAKS.
+THE STUDY WILL DISCOVER JUST HOW SIGNIFICANT EACH OF THESE FACTORS IS- AND MAYBE IT WILL ALSO IDENTIFY OTHER INFLUENCES,* HE SAID.
+NOT UNTIL THIS INFORMATION IS AVAILABLE CAN ANY SYSTEMATIC AND CO-ORDINATED POLICY EE ADOPTED TO IMPROVE THE WORKING CONDITIONS OF BUS DRIVERS.
+ANY IMPROVEMENT IN THEIR WORKING ENVIRONMENT WILL PROBABLY CONTRIBUTE TO A REDUCED ACCIDENT RATE, BUT IN ADDITION IT WILL LIKELY INCREASE THE ATTRACTIVENESS OF THE JOB. THIS SHOULD THEN HELP TO EASE THE PERIODIC BUS DRIVER SHORTAGE WHICH HONG KONG SUFFERS.
+THE BURDEN OF IMPROVING THE QUALITY OF BUS DRIVERS’ JOBS CANNOT BE SOLELY PLACED ON THE BUS COMPANIES- IT REQUIRES JOINT EFFORT BY THE COMPANIES, GOVERNMENT AND RESEARCHERS,* THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
+THE STUDY WILL CALL FOR THE CO-OPERATION OF ALL THESE PARTIES, OF THE DRIVERS THEMSELVES, AND THE TRAVELLING PUBLIC,* HE ADDED.
FBIDAY, JANUARY 2, 1981
3
1982 GENERAL HOLIDAYS * * # *
THE LIST OF GENERAL HOLIDAYS IN 1982 WAS PUBLISHED TODAY IN THE GOVERNMENT GAZETTE.
EXCLUDING SUNDAYS, THERE WILL BE
THE FIRST WEEK-DAY IN JANUARY
LUNAR NEW YEAR’S DAY
THE SECOND DAY OF LUNAR NEW YEAR
THE THIRD DAY OF LUNAR NEW YEAR
CHING MING FESTIVAL
GOOD FRIDAY
THE DAY FOLLOWING GOOD FRIDAY
EASTER MONDAY
THE BIRTHDAY OF HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN
TUEN NG (DRAGON BOAT) FESTIVAL
THE FIRST WEEK-DAY IN JULY
THE FIRST MONDAY IN AUGUST
THE LAST MONDAY IN AUGUST, WHICH
SHALL BE LIBERATION DAY
THE DAY FOLLOWING THE CHINESE MID-AUTUMN FESTIVAL
CHUNG YEUNG FESTIVAL
CHRISTMAS DAY
THE FIRST WEEK-DAY AFTER CHRISTMAS DAY
A TOTAL OF 17 HOLIDAYS:
- FRIDAY, JANUARY 1
- MONDAY, JANUARY 25
- TUESDAY, JANUARY 26
- WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 27
- MONDAY, APRIL 5
- FRIDAY, APRIL 9
- SATURDAY, APRIL 10
- MONDAY, APRIL 12
- WEDNESDAY, APR IL 21
- FRIDAY, JUNE 25
- THURSDAY, JULY 1
- MONDAY, AUGUST 2
- MONDAY, AUGUST 30
SATURDAY, OCTOBER 2
MONDAY, OCTOBER 25
SATURDAY, DECEMBER 25
MONDAY, DECEMBER 27
A
FRIDAY, JANUARY 2, 1981
- 4 -
PILOT SCHEME IMPROVES LINKS WITH SCHOOLS * * * *
KOWLOON HAS BEEN RE-DEMARCATED INTO SIX REGIONAL AREAS UNDER A NEW PILOT SCHEME AIMED AT IMPROVING SERVICES AND COMMUNICATION WITH SCHOOLS, AN EDUCATION DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN ANNOUNCED TODAY.
THE SCHEME, WHICH WILL BE ON AN EXPERIMENTAL BASIS AND CAREFULLY MONITORED, IS THE RESULT OF EXTENSIVE AND CAREFUL PLANNING.
IF IT PROVES SATISFACTORY, IT WILL BE EXTENDED TO HONG KONG ISLAND AND THE NEW TERRITORIES.
THE KOWLOON REGIONAL AREAS HAVE NOW BEEN DEMARCATED TO TAKE ACCOUNT OF THE BOUNDARIES OF THE CITY DISTRICTS. THEY ARE SHAM SHUI PO, MONG KOK, YAU MA TEI, KOWLOON CITY, WONG TAI SIN AND KWUN TONG.
EACH AREA WILL BE UNDER THE CHARGE OF A SENIOR EDUCATION OFFICER, AND WILL BE FURTHER DIVIDED INTO EDUCATIONAL DISTRICTS EACH UNDER THE CHARGE OF A DISTRICT EDUCATION OFFICER.
+THE PURPOSE OF THE RE-DEMARCATION IS NOT ONLY TO ENABLE EACH EDUCATIONAL AREA TO COINCIDE WITH THE BOUNDARIES OF THE CITY DISTRICT, BUT ALSO TO FACILITATE BETTER CO-ORDINATION AND PLANNING BETWEEN VARIOUS GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS WITHIN THE DISTRICT.
+ANOTHER MAJOR OBJECTIVE IN THIS EXERCISE IS TO IMPROVE THE CHANNELS OF COMMUNICATION BETWEEN THE DEPARTMENT AND TEACHING STAFF,+ THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
REGIONAL OFFICERS WILL GRADUALLY BE RELIEVED OF THE MORE ROUTINE ADMINISTRATIVE WORK SO THAT THEY CAN VISIT SCHOOLS MORE FREQUENTLY, AND SPEND MORE TIME DURING EACH VISIT ON INFORMAL DISCUSSIONS WITH THE HEADS OF SCHOOLS AND TEACHERS, SO AS TO STRENGTHEN PERSONAL CONTACT AND PROMOTE MUTUAL UNDERSTANDING.
SCHOOL HEADS AND TEACHERS WILL CONTINUE TO BE ENCOURAGED TO VISIT REGIONAL OFFICERS AT THEIR OFFICES FOR DISCUSSION OF ANY MATTER, PROFESSIONAL OR PERSONAL, ABOUT WHICH THEY FEEL CONCERNED OR ANXIOUS.
+THE DEPARTMENT’S REGIONAL OFFICERS WILL BE SETTING ASIDE SATURDAY MORNINGS FOR THE PURPOSE OF CONSULTATIONS WITH SCHOOL STAFF.+ THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
HE EMPHASIZED THAT THE NEW ARRANGEMENTS ARE INTENDED TO SUPPLEMENT AND NOT TO REPLACE THE NORMAL CHANNEL OF COMMUNICATION WHICH IS THROUGH THE HEADS OF SCHOOLS.
- - 0 - -
/5.......
FRIDAY, JANUARY 2, 1981
5
PENALTY FOR LATE PAYMENT OF CONSTRUCTION LEVY ******
BUILDING CONTRACTORS WHO DELAY PAYMENT OF THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY TRAINING LEVY OR SURCHARGE FACE THE PROSPECT OF BEING PENALIZED.
LATE PAYMENT AND THE DIFFICULTY IN CHECKING THE TRUE VALUE OF CONSTRUCTION WORKS ARE TWO PROBLEMS FACING THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY TRAINING AUTHORITY, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE AUTHORITY SAID TODAY.
THE INDUSTRIAL TRAINING (CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY) (AMENDMENT) BILL 1981, PUBLISHED IN TODAY’S GOVERNMENT GAZETTE, SEEKS TO RESOLVE THESE PROBLEMS BY AMENDING THE PRINCIPAL ORDINANCE, HE SAID.
THE BILL PROPOSES TO IMPOSE A PENALTY ON OVERDUE ACCOUNTS CF THE LEVY AND TO ENABLE THE AUTHORITY, IN ORDER TO FACILITATE CHECKING OF THE VALUE OF CONSTRUCTION WORKS, TO DISCLOSE INFORMATION RELATING TO THE LEVY TO THIRD PARTIES.
IT PROVIDES FOR A PENALTY IF A LEVY OR SURCHARGE IS NOT PAID WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED PERIOD OF 28 DAYS OF THE CONTRACTOR RECEIVING NOTIFICATION FROM THE AUTHORITY. A FURTHER PENALTY WILL BE IMPOSED IF THE LEVY OR SURCHARGE IS STILL OUTSTANDING AFTER THREE MONTHS OF THE EXPIRY OF THE PRESCRIBED PERIOD.
THE INITIAL PENALTY IS FIVE PER CENT OF THE UNPAID LEVY OR SURCHARGE AND THE FURTHER PENALTY IS FIVE PER CENT OF THE TOTAL OUTSTANDING SUM.
THE SPOKESMAN POINTED OUT THAT THERE WAS NO PROVISION IN THE PRINCIPAL ORDINANCE TO PENALIZE LATE PAYMENTS OF THE LEVY AND A CONTRACTOR WOULD DELIBERATELY DELAY PAYMENT WITHOUT ATTRACTING ANY PENALTY.
+THIS LEADS TO THE AUTHORITY LOSING INTEREST INCOME AND INCURRING HIGHER ADMINISTRATIVE COSTS. THE AUTHORITY HAS ACCORDINGLY RECOMMENDED THAT A PENALTY BE IMPOSED IN SUCH CASES,+ HE SAID.
THE SPOKESMAN ADDED THAT THE AUTHORITY MAY ALSO IN FUTURE AUTHORISE PROFESSIONAL QUANTITY SURVEYORS TO CHECK THE VALUE OF CONSTRUCTION WORKS IN CERTAIN CASES. THIS WOULD LEAD TO THE AUTHORITY DIVULGING TO THE SURVEYORS INFORMATION OBTAINED FROM CONTRACTORS AND AUTHORISED PERSONS.
+THE BILL AMENDS THE PRINCIPAL ORDINANCE TO PERMIT THE DISCLOSURE OF THE INFORMATION. THE ORDINANCE IS ALSO AMENDED SO AS TO ALLOW THE AUTHORITY TO DISCLOSE INFORMATION TO THE PNEUMOCONIOSIS COMPENSATION FUND BOARD AS A RESULT OF THE ENACTMENT OF THE PNEUMOCONIOSIS (COMPENSATION) ORDINANCE 1980,+ HE SAID. ----------------------------------o--------
/6.....
FRIDAY, JANUARY 2, 1981
6
VACANCIES FOR AMBULANCEMEN
*****
THE FIRE SERVICES DEPARTMENT WILL LAUNCH AN AMBULANCEMEN RECRUITMENT DRIVE ON MONDAY (JANUARY 5).
DURING THE FOUR-WEEK EXERCISE, THE DEPARTMENT HOPES TO FIND SCORES OF SUITABLE APPLICANTS TO FILL EXISTING AND NEW VACANCIES.
THE NEED FOR MORE AMBULANCEMEN HAS BEEN DICTATED BY THE INCREASING DEMAND FOR AMBULANCE SERVICE THROUGHOUT HONG KONG.
LAST YEAR, THE AMBULANCE COMMAND RESPONDED TO SOME 220 000 CALLS DURING WHICH ABOUT 280 000 PEOPLE WERE TREATED AND CONVEYED TO HOSPITAL — REPRESENTING AN INCREASE OF 11 PER CENT OVER THE PREVIOUS YEAR FIGURE.
ON JUNE 18, A RECORD NUMBER OF 811 CALLS, OR ABOUT 34 CALLS PER HOUR, WERE RECEIVED BY THE COMMAND.
+FROM THE FIGURES IT IS OBVIOUS THAT WE NEED MANY MORE AMBULANCEMEN TO COPE WITH THE DEMAND,* A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT SAID.
FOR THE CONVENIENCE OF APPLICANTS, TWO RECRUITING CENTRES WILL BE SET UP -- ONE ON HONG KONG ISLAND AND THE OTHER IN KOWLOON.
THEY ARE THE HARBOUR ROAD FIRE STATION, OPPOSITE THE ARTS CENTRE NEAR WAN CHAI FERRY PIER, AND TSIM SHA TSUI FIRE STATION, CANTON ROAD, NEAR CANTON ROAD GOVERNMENT OFFICES BUILDING.
THE CENTRES WILL OPEN BETWEEN 9 AM AND 6 PM ON WEEKDAYS, 9 AM TO NOON ON SATURDAYS AND CLOSE ON SUNDAYS.
THE SPOKESMAN SAID APPLICANTS SHOULD BE UNDER 30 YEARS OF AGE, HAVE LIVED IN HONG KONG FOR A CONTINUOUS PERIOD OF AT LEAST FIVE YEARS, SHOULD SPEAK FLUENT CANTONESE AND BE ABLE TO READ AND WRITE CHINESE.
THEY SHOULD BE AT LEAST 1.65 METRES TALL, WEIGHT 52 KILOGRAMS AND HAVE GOOD PHYSIQUE.
WITH THE MINIMUM EDUCATION QUALIFICATION AT PRIMARY SIX OR EQUIVALENT, THE STARTING SALARY FOR AN AMBULANCEMAN RANGES FROM $1 870 TO S2 065.
AN APPLICANT CALLING AT EITHER OF THE RECRUITING CENTRES SHOULD BRING HIS IDENTITY CARD, A COMPLETED APPLICATION FORM (GF 340) OBTAINABLE FROM ANY CITY DISTRICT OFFICE OR FIRE STATION, ACADEMIC DOCUMENTS AND A PAIR OF SHORTS AND SHOES FOR A FITNESS TEST.
ALL THOSE SUCCESSFUL WILL UNDERGO EIGHT WEEKS OF TRAINING AT THE FIRE SERVICES TRAINING SCHOOL IN PAT HEUNG, NEW TERRITORIES. ----------------------------------0--------
FRIDAY, JANUARY 2, 1931
7
CHANGES TO WAN CHAI ZONING PLAN ******
THE TOWN PLANNING BOARD TODAY PUBLISHED A REVISED DRAFT OUTLINE ZONING PLAN FOR WAN CHAI, INCORPORATING TWO AMENDMENTS.
ONE AMENDMENT INVOLVES THE ADJUSTMENT OF THE BOUNDARY AT THE NORTH-WESTERN CORNER OF THE PLANNING AREA TO EXCLUDE THE EAST TAMAR BASIN.
THE OTHER CONCERNS THE REZONING OF A PART OF A +GOVERNMENT, INSTITUTE AND COMMUNITY* SITE TO THE WEST OF FENWICK PIER STREET. IT IS REZONED +OTHER SPECIFIED USES* AND ANNOTATED +COMBINED SERVICES HEADQUARTERS FOR THE BRITISH FORCES*.
PROPOSALS WERE ALSO MADE TO REVISE THE SCHEDULE OF NOTES OF THE PLAN.
THE AMENDED PLAN MAY BE INSPECTED AT THE TOWN PLANNING OFFICE, 17TH FLOOR, MURRAY BUILDING, GARDEN ROAD- THE CITY DISTRICT OFFICE (CENTRAL AND WESTERN) ENQUIRY SUB-OFFICE, CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES, WEST WING ENTRANCE, AND THE CITY DISTRICT OFFICE (WAN CHAI), TUNG WAH MANSION, 201 HENNESSY ROAD, GROUND FLOOR.
THE DRAFT AMENDMENT PLAN IS ON SALE AT THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT’S CROWN LANDS AND SURVEY OFFICE, 19TH FLOOR, MURRAY BUILDING, AT $8.50 FOR AN UNCOLOURED COPY AND $60 FOR A COLOURED COPY.
ANY PERSON AFFECTED BY THE AMENDMENTS TO THE PLAN AND HAS OBJECTION MAY SUBMIT IT IN WRITING TO THE SECRETARY, TOWN PLANNING BOARD, C/0 PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT, MURRAY BUILDING, GARDEN ROAD.
- - - - 0 ----
TSIM SHA TSUI SITE FOR SALE * * * *
A 3 149 SQUARE METRE SITE AT TSIM SHA TSUI EAST WILL BE AUCTIONED BY THE CROWN LANDS AND SURVEY OFFICE OF THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT.
THE AUCTION WILL TAKE PLACE IN THE JADE BALLROOM OF HOTEL FURAMA ON FEBRUARY 12, THURSDAY, AT 2.30 PM.
THE SITE IS FOR A MULTI-STOREY CAR PARK AND OTHER NON-INDUSTRI AL PURPOSES, EXCLUDING RESIDENTIAL.
UNDER THE SALE CONDITIONS, THE SUCCESSFUL PURCHASER IS REQUIRED TO CONSTRUCT AND HAND BACK TO THE GOVERNMENT FREE OF CHARGE A POLICE REPORTING CENTRE, AN ELECTRICITY SUB-STATION AND A REFUSE COLLECTION POINT IN THE BUILDING.
FULL PARTICULARS AND CONDITIONS OF SALE MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE PUBLIC ENQUIRY SUB-OFFICE, CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES (WEST WING), GROUND FLOOR, HONG KONG, AND AT THE CROWN LANDS AND SURVEY OFFICE, KOWLOON GOVERNMENT OFFICES, 405 NATHAN ROAD, 10TH FLOOR.
SALE PLANS MAY ALSO BE INSPECTED AT THESE PLACES.
FRIDAY, JANUARY 2f 1$g1
8
CHEUNG CHAU PHOTO EXHIBITION OPENS * * * *
A THREE-DAY PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION SHOWING ASPECTS OF LIFE ON CHEUNG CHAU AND ITS SCENERY WAS OPENED TODAY AT THE YOUTH RECREATION CENTRE AT TUNG WAN ON THE ISLAND.
ON DISPLAY ARE 120 COLOUR AND BLACK-AND-WHITE PHOTOGRAPHS SELECTED FROM OVER 400 ENTRIES IN A PHOTOGRAPHIC CONTEST ORGANISED BY^CHEUNG^CHAU CULTURE AND RECREATION ADVANCEMENT ASSOCIATION
OPENING THE EXHIBITION, ISLANDS DISTRICT OFFICER, MR NICKY LO, SAID THE EXHIBITS +MERGED THE BEAUTY OF THE ISLAND WITH PHOTOGRAPHIC EXPERTISE.* iolrnu in
EXPERTISE.*
II F^F ,S STR,D,NG FORWARD IN INDUSTRY, COMMERCE,
BUILDING, AS WELL AS IN THE PROVISION OF CULTURAL AND RECREATIONAL FACILITIES FOR THE PEOPLE. THE PHOTOGRAPHS ARE ALSO A REFLECTION ?slandT+LmrAloPadded HAVE contr,buted to the betterment OF THEIR
cm A4° 2££™TJNG AT Tt*E 0PEN ,NG CEREMONY WERE THE SENIOR
Sr ?uA!iCrni MR TANG CHUN-SING- AND THE CHAIRMAN
£5 .CULTURE AND Recreation ADVANCEMENT ASSOCIATION,
PK rUNG rAK—TA I .
UNTIL^SUNDAV'(JANUARY^4?P^^ T° ™£ PUBLIC DA'LY FR0H 11 “ T° 9 ™ DiST»tB“e5LF“« T0NIts"rasTES 0F THE EXHIBITS ,s BEING
BY ISLANDSTDISTR?CTGADVISORYXBOARDlANDAKODAKM(FARTEAST)RLTDf°NSORED ------------------------------o--------
KWAI CHUNG ROAD NIGHT CLOSURE
* * * *
KWAI CHUNG ROAD BETWEEN CONTAINER PORT ROAD AND LAI KING HILL ROAD WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC EXCEPT EMERGENCY VEHICLES IN THE EARLY HOURS OF SUNDAY AND MONDAY (JANUARY 4 AND 5) FROM MIDNIGHT TO 5.30 AM.
THE CLOSURE IS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF A FOOTBRIDGE.
DURING THESE PERIODS, NEW TERRITORIES-BOUND TRAFFIC ON KWAI CHUNG ROAD WILL BE DIVERTED TO CONTAINER PORT ROAD AND KWAI FUK ROAD AND WILL REJOIN KWAI CHUNG ROAD VIA KWAI FOO ROAD.
KOWLOON-BOUND TRAFFIC WILL EE DIVERTED VIA LAI KING HILL ROAD BEFORE REJOINING KWAI CHUNG ROAD AT THE PRINCESS MARGARET HOSPITAL INTERCHANGE.
ALL BUS ROUTES ALONG THIS SECTION OF KWAI CHUNG ROAD wILL BE SIMILARLY DIVERTED.
0 - -
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
SATURDAY, JANUARY 3, 1981
CONTENTS PaGE NO.
GOVERNMENT TO STEP UP a NT I-SMOKING PUBLICITY ....... 1
APPOINTMENT OF CENSUS ENUMERATORS .................... 2
NEW IMMIGRATION OFFICE IN ABERDEEN.................... 2
REMINDER TO RATEPAYERS ............................... 3
SITE FOR SALE......................................... 3
AUCTION OF MARKET ST.JJLS ............................ 4
PWD ANNUAL SPORTS MEET ............................... 4
SHA TIN TO HOLD DANCE CONTEST ........................ 5
SLIP ROAD ON.AP LEI CHAU OPENS ....................... 5
SATURDAY, JANUARY 3, 1981
1
GOVERNMENT TO STEP UP ANTI-SMOKING PUBLICITY
*****
A SERIES OF NEW ANTI-SMOKING STICKERS AND POSTERS WILL SOON BE DISPLAYED AS PART OF THE GOVERNMENT’S EFFORT TO REDUCE NUISANCE SMOKING IN PUBLIC PLACES.
IN ADDITION, A NEW PUBLICITY FILM ON THE THEME OF NUISANCE SMOKING IN CONGESTED CONFINED PUBLIC PLACES WILL BE SHOWN ON TELEVISION.
THESE ANTI-SMOKING PUBLICITY MATERIALS DESIGNED BY THE INFORMATION SERVICES DEPARTMENT ARE PRODUCED TO ENSURE MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC THAT THE RIGHTS OF NON-SMOKERS ARE NEITHER IGNORED NOR FORGOTTEN.
THEY ARE IN LINE WITH THE GOVERNMENT POLICY TO EDUCATE THE PUBLIC, IN PARTICULAR YOUNG PEOPLE, OF THE DANGERS OF SMOKING. IT ALSO ADOPTS PERSUASIVE MEASURES TO DISCOURAGE NUISANCE SMOKING IN ENCLOSED PUBLIC PLACES AND ON PUBLIC TRANSPORT.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE ANTI-SMOKING CAMPAIGN OFFICE TODAY (SATURDAY) SAID: +THE GOVERNMENT HAS NEVER CEASED IN ITS EFFORTS TO PROMOTE ANTI-SMOKING. HOWEVER IT IS FELT THAT A LONG TERM EDUCATION PLAN CAN ACHIEVE BETTER RESULTS THAN A ONE-OFF VIGOROUS CAMPAIGN. WITH THAT AS OUR AIM, THE CENTRAL HEALTH EDUCATION UNIT OF THE MEDICAL AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT HAS ASSUMED THE IMPORTANT RESPONSIBILITY OF EDUCATING THE PUBLIC ON THE HEALTH HAZARD OF CIGARETTE SMOKING.
TO ACHIEVE MAXIMUM IMPACT, THE STICKERS AND POSTERS TO DISCOURAGE SMOKING IN PUBLIC PLACES WILL BE PROMINENTLY DISPLAYED AT BUS STOPS, RAILWAY STATIONS, FERRY PIERS, ON ALL PUBLIC TRANSPORT AND IN LIFTS IN PUBLIC BUILDINGS, HOUSING ESTATES, GOVERNMENT BUILDINGS, HOSPITALS AND CLINICS. POSTERS WILL ALSO BE DISTRIBUTED TO SECONDARY SCHOOLS AND YOUTH GROUPS TO FURTHER PUBLICISE THE ANT I-SMOKING MESSAGE AMONG YOUNG PEOPLE.
FREE COPIES OF THE ANTI-SMOKING STICKERS CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE MARKETING OFFICE OF THE INFORMATION SERVICES DEPARTMENT ON 2ND FLOOR, BASKERVILLE HOUSE, DUDDELL STREET, HONG KONG.
-----o------
/2.......
SATURDAY, JANUARY 3, 1981
- 2 -
APPOINTMENT OF CENSUS ENUMERATORS * * * *
SUCCESSFUL APPLICANTS FOR ENUMERATION POSITIONS IN THE COMING CENSUS SHOULD RECEIVE THEIR APPOINTMENT LETTERS DURING THE COMING WEEK, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT SAID TODAY.
THE SPOKESMAN REMINDED SUCCESSFUL CANDIDATES THAT THEY SHOULD RETURN CONFIRMATION OF THEIR ACCEPTANCE OF THE APPOINTMENT NOT LATER THAN JANUARY 20.
+ALL APPOINTMENTS WILL BE OFFERED IN WRITING,* THE SPOKESMAN SAID. +CANDIDATES WILL NOT BE CONTACTED BY TELEPHONE AND ARE ADVISED NOT TO ACCEPT APPOINTMENT OFFERS MADE OVER THE TELEPHONE.*
SOME 800 CHIEF ENUMERATORS, 1 600 FIELD EDITORS AND ABOUT 10 000 ENUMERATORS WILL BE ENGAGED FOR THE CENSUS WHICH WILL TAKE PLACE DURING FEBRUARY 1 TO 4 FOR THE MARINE POPULATION, AND FROM MARCH 6 TO 15 FOR THE LAND POPULATION.
LAST MONTH ABOUT 15 000 TRAINEES FOR ENUMERATORS, SELECTED FROM SENIOR SECONDARY STUDENTS, SAT AN EXAMINATION FOLLOWING A ONE-WEEK TRAINING COURSE ON ALL ASPECTS OF THE CENSUS, INCLUDING QUESTIONNAIRE CONTENTS, ENUMERATION PROCEDURES AND INTERVIEWING TECHNIQUES. APPOINTMENT AS ENUMERATORS IS BASED ON THE TEST RESULTS.
------o-------
NEW IMMIGRATION OFFICE IN ABERDEEN
*****
THE IMMIGRATION DEPARTMENT WILL OPEN A NEW OFFICE IN ABERDEEN ON MONDAY (JANUARY 5) TO SERVE RESIDENTS IN THE AREA.
THE NEW OFFICE IS SITUATED AT SITE 5 OF ABERDEEN CENTRE, BLOCK K-N, SHOP 4B, GROUND AND FIRST FLOORS, 2-16, NAM NING STREET JUST NEXT TO THE ABERDEEN BIRTHS, DEATHS AND MARRIAGE REGISTRY.
IT WILL OPEN FROM WEEKDAYS AND FROM 9 AM
9 AM TO 12.45 PM AND 2 PM TO 4.30 PM ON TO 12.30 PM ON SATURDAY.
THE OFFICE ON THE GROUND FLOOR IS FOR PROCESSING APPLICATIONS FOR JUVENILE AND ADULT IDENTITY CARDS BY LOCAL RESIDENTS WHILE THE FIRST FLOOR OFFICE HANDLES APPLICATIONS FOR TRAVEL DOCUMENTS AND VISAS.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT SAIDt +THE NEW OFFICE ALSO PROVIDES SERVICES FOR REPLACEMENT OF A DEFACED OR DAMAGED IDENTITY CARD WHERE THE HOLDER IS RECOGNISABLE FROM THE PHOTOGRAPH ON THE SURRENDERED CARD AND AMENDMENT OF NATIONALITY ON THE CARD FROM CHINESE TO BRITISH.*
------0-------
/3......
SATURDAY, JANUARY 3, 1981
3
REMINDER TO RATEPAYERS
* * * *
RATEPAYERS ARE REMINDED THAT RATES FOR THE FIRST QUARTER CF 1981 MUST BE PAID BY 12 NOON ON JANUARY 31.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE TREASURY SAID TODAY THAT LATE PAYMENTS r-K,TU!JnCT T° A HVE PER CENT SURCHARGE AND A FURTHER IQ AFTE££THESDUEHDATE 0N accounts STILL OUTSTANDING six months
NOTEsloR0}" Jt)RRENTTa^TER.SH°ULD ”
ANY RATEPAYER WHO HAS NOT RECEIVED A DEMAND NOTE BY JANUARY 15 SHOULD APPLY FOR A COPY WITH THE RATES SECTION OF THE TREASURY ?rpTSnn^NlTDcc?0R °F THE CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES (WEST WING), ILL nUUot olKccT.
that DA?cZRMHeTPL°LV!MAND N0TE D0ES N0T ALTER THE REQUIREMENT THAT RATES MUST BE PAID BY THE DUE DATE,+ THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
TO AVOID QUEUEING, RATEPAYERS ARE URGED TO PAY BY CHEQUE .reeT. P°ST OR BY EARLY PERSONAL ATTENDANCE AT ANY OF THE OFFICES LIFTED ON THE BACK OF THE DEMAND NOTE.
THE SPOKESMAN ALSO REMINDED THAT RATES ARE PAYABLE ON VACANT SEISES BUT REFUNDABLE UNDER CONDITIONS SPEC IF I ED IN THE RATING UKD I NANCE•
HOWEVER, HE NOTED THAT THERE WOULD BE OF A VACANT TENEMENT LAST USED OR INTENDED PRIMARILY FOR DOMESTIC PURPOSES, UNLESS IT OF AN ORDER OF THE GOVERNMENT.
NO REFUNDS IN THE CASE TO BE USED WHOLLY OR IS VACANT BY REASON
0 - -
SITE FOR SALE
KO
A SITE AT LAI CHI KOK ROAD, KOWLOON IS OFFERED FOR SALE BY TENDER BY THE CROWN LANDS AND SURVEY OFFICE OF THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT.
THE SITE, MEASURING ABOUT 2 Q2O SQUARE METRES, IS FOR MOTOR VEHICLE REPAIR WORKSHOPS, A PETROL FILLING STATION AND INDUSTRIAL PURPOSES.
TENDERS MUST BE SUBMITTED BY NOON ON FEBRUARY 20, 1981.
TENDER FORMS, TOGETHER WITH NOTICES AND CONDITIONS OF SALE MAY BE OBTAINED FROM, AND TENDER PLANS INSPECTED AT THE CROWN LANDS AND SURVEY OFFICE IN MURRAY BUILDING, 19TH FLOOR, GARDEN ROAD, OR IN KOWLOON GOVERNMENT OFFICES, 10TH FLOOR, 405 NATHAN ROAD.
SATURDAY, JANUARY 3, 1981
4
AUCTION OF MARKET STALLS * * *
SIX STALLS AT THE SHA TAU KOK MARKET WILL BE AVAILABLE FOR BIDDING AT AN AUCTION IN THE SHA TAU KOK RURAL COMMITTEE OFFICE AT 10.30 AM ON TUESDAY (JANUARY 6).
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT SAID THE STALLS ARE FOR SELLING FISH ONLY AND SUCCESSFUL BIDDERS CAN START THEIR BUSIMESS ON FEBRUARY 1 FOR A PERIOD OF THREE YEARS.
THE SPOKESMAN SAID THE STALLS ARE AVAILABLE TO LOCAL RESIDENTS AGED 21 OR ABOVE. BIDDERS ARE REQUESTED TO BRING THEIR IDENTITY CARD AND FIVE PHOTOGRAPHS.
- - - - 0 ----
PWD ANNUAL SPORTS MEET * * * *
THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT WILL HOLD ITS 13TH ANNUAL SPORTS DAY AT THE WONG CK^UK HANG SPORTS GROUND TOMORROW (SUNDAY).
ABOUT 440 PWD STAFF WILL COMPETE IN 30 TRACK AND FIELD EVENTS.
THE DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS, MR DAVID MCDONALD, WILL OFF ICIATE AT THE OPENING CEREMONY.
THE CAPE COLLINSON CORRECTIONAL INSTITUTION BAND WILL GIVE A MARCHING DISPLAY.
AT THE END OF THE DAY, PRIZES WILL BE PRESENTED TO WINNERS BY NR MCDONALD AND SENIOR PWD OFFICIALS.
NOTE TO EDITORS:
YOU ARE INVITED TO SEND REPRESENTATIVES TO COVER THE PWD’S SPORTS DAY WHICH WILL BE HELD AT THE WONG CHUK HANG SPORTS GROUND IN ABERDEEN AT 2 PM TOMORROW (SUNDAY).
OFFICERS OF THE PWD’S PUBLICITY UNIT WILL BE ON HAND TO ASSIST THE PRESS.
/5.......
SATURDAY, JANUARY 3, 1981
5
SHA TIN TO HOLD DANCE CONTEST
* * * H
MORE THAN 40 TEAMS HAVE ENTERED SHA TIN’S FIRST DISTRICT-WIDE DANCE CONTEST TO BE HELD AT THE KIANGSU-CHEKIANG COLLEGE, WO CHE ESTATE, AT 9 AM TOMORROW (SUNDAY).
ORGANISED BY THE SHA TIN DISTRICT ADVISORY BOARD, THE RECREATION AND SPORT SERVICE AND SHA TIN ARTS AND SPORTS ASSOCIATIONS, IT IS DIVIDED INTO THREE SECTIONS.
THE CHILDREN’S SECTION IS FOR BOYS AND GIRLS AGED BELOW SIX AND THE JUNIOR SECTION FOR CHILDREN AGED FROM SIX TO 12. THOSE AGED OVER 12 CAN TAKE PART IN THE OPEN SECTION.
IN THE JUNIOR AND OPEN SECTIONS, THERE WILL BE FIVE CLASSES OF COMPETITION - ORIENTAL CLASSICAL DANCE, ORIENTAL FOLK DANCE, WESTERN FOLK DANCE, ORIENTAL DUET DANCE AND WESTERN DUET DANCE.
PARTICIPANTS WILL RECEIVE A SOUVENIR AND THOSE WHOSE PERFORMANCE IS JUDGED EXCELLENT WILL BE AWARDED TROPHIES AND PRIZES, WELL KNOWN DANCERS HAVE BEEN INVITED TO ADJUDICATE.
SHA TIN DISTRICT OFFICER, DR PATRICK HASE, AND LOCAL LEADERS WILL OFFICIATE AT THE PRIZE GIVING CEREMONY. IN THE EVENING, THE WINNERS WILL TAKE PART IN A SHOW AT THE SAME VENUE. ADMISSION IS FREE.
------o-------
SLIP ROAD ON AP LEI CHAU OPENS X X *
THE UNNAMED SLIP ROAD LEADING FROM AP LEI CHAU SOUTHERN APPROACH ROAD TO AP LEI CHAU MAIN STREET WILL OPEN TO TRAFFIC FROM 10 AM ON MONDAY (JANUARY 5).
APPROPRIATE TRAFFIC SIGNS WILL BE SET UP TO GUIDE MOTORISTS.
-----0------
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
SUNDAY, JANUARY 4, 1981
CONTENTS PAGE N
PRIME TAI PO SITE FOR SALE .................................. 1
REMINDER ON PAYMENT OF INTEREST TAX.......................... 2
GRDERS-ON-HAND SURVEY........................................ 3
COMMUNITY CHEST WALKS IN MUI WO rtND SAI KUNG ............... 4
ENGLISH TEACHING WORKSHOPS FOR TEACHERS ..................... 4
MANPOWER SURVEY ON TOURISM INDUSTRIES ....................... 5
SITE FORMATION FOR HOME OWNERSHIP FLATS ..................... 5
KEEN COMPETITION AT PWD SPORTS MEET ......................... 6
TENDERS INVITED FOR WATER MAINS WORK ........................ 6
SUNDAY, JANUARY 4, 1981
1
PRIME TAI PO SITE FOR SALE M * * *
A PRIME SITE IN TAI PO NEW TOWN FOR RESIDENTIAL AND COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT WILL BE MADE AVAILABLE IN AN AUCTION AT THE ARTS CENTRE ON JANUARY 14.
THE 5 OOO SQUARE-METRE SITE, WHICH CARRIES A BUILDING COVENANT OF $32 MILLION, IS THE FIRST OF NINE SITES IN THE TOWN CENTRE TO COME ON THE MARKET OVER THE NEXT THREE YEARS.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION SAID, KEEN BIDDING IS EXPECTED FOR THIS VALUABLE SITE AS IT IS ANTICIPATED THAT MANY DEVELOPERS WANT TO BE IN AT THE START OF THE DEVELOPMENT OF TAI PO INTO A NEW TOWN OF 250 000 PEOPLE. THE PRESENT POPULATION IS 60 000.
THE GOVERNMENT HAS EMPLOYED CONSULTANTS TO DESIGN THE TOWN CENTRE AND DEVELOPERS WILL BE REQUIRED BY LEASE CONDITIONS TO CONFORM TO THIS DESIGN.
ALTOGETHER, THE TOWN CENTRE WILL OCCUPY AN AREA OF 41.6 HECTARES WHEN COMPLETED BEFORE THE END OF THE DECADE. THE WHOLE OF THE NEW TOWN WILL COVER MORE THAN 2 300 HECTARES.
THE TOWN CENTRE, MUCH OF WHICH ON LAND RECLAIMED FROM TOLO HARBOUR, WILL BE MAINLY FOR RESIDENTIAL AND COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT.
THE RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT WILL BE HIGH RISING IN 15, 20 AND 30-STOREY TOWER BLOCKS BUILT OVER PODIUM STRUCTURES.
NEARLY 6 500 FLATS PROVIDING HOMES FOR 29 000 PEOPLE WILL BE BU I LT.
THE COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT WILL MAKE AVAILABLE SHOP SPACE TOTALLING 92 400 SQUARE METRES AT PODIUM LEVELS LINKED BY INTERNAL MALLS AND PEDESTRIAN BRIDGES.
CORRIDORS WILL ALSO BE BUILT ACROSS THE LAM TSUEN RIVER WHICH WILL RUN THROUGH THE MIDDLE OF THE TOWN CENTRE.
A CULTURAL COMPLEX, AN INDOOR SPORTS CENTRE, A SOCCER PITCH, A MARKET, SCHOOLS, OPEN AREAS AND CAR PARKING SPACES WILL ALSO BE INCLUDED IN THE TOWN CENTRE DEVELOPMENT.
AN INDUSTRIAL ESTATE IS BEING CONSTRUCTED AT TAI PO AND SEVERAL FACTORIES ARE ALREADY OPERATING THERE.
THE TOWN WILL LINK WITH SHA TIN BY A COASTAL HIGHWAY, INCREASING ITS ATTRACTIVENESS AS A PLACE TO LIVE AND WORK.
TAI PO IS ONE OF SIX NEW TOWNS BEING DEVELOPED IN THE NEW TERRITORIES WHICH WILL EVENTUALLY HAVE A POPULATION OF 2.5 MILLION.
THE AUCTION OF THIS SITE TOGETHER WITH FOUR OTHER NEW TERRITORIES LOTS WILL BE HELD IN THE SHOUSON THEATRE, THE ARTS CENTRE, ON JANUARY 14 (WEDNESDAY) STARTING AT 11 AM.
------0-------
/2 ....
SUNDAY, JANUARY 4, 1981
2
REMINDER ON PAYMENT OF INTEREST TAX X X X M M M
MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC ARE REMINDED OF THEIR RESPONSIBILITY TO COMPLY WITH THE LAW GOVERNING THE PAYMENT OF INTEREST TAX.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE INLAND REVENUE DEPARTMENT POINTED OUT THAT AT PRESENT, 15 PER CENT OF THE INTEREST CHARGEABLE WITH INTEREST TAX MUST BE DEDUCTED BY THE PAYER AT THE TIME THE INTEREST IS PAID OR CREDITED TO THE RECIPIENT.
THEREFORE, THE RECIPIENT SHOULD RECEIVE 85 PER CENT OF THE INTEREST AT THE TIME, EXCEPT FOR CERTAIN EXEMPTIONS PROVIDED UNDER THE INLAND REVENUE ORDINANCE, HE SAID.
WITHIN 30 DAYS OF MAKING THE DEDUCTION, THE PAYER OF THE INTEREST MUST REMIT THE TAX DEDUCTED TO THE GOVERNMENT, ADDRESSED TO THE COLLECTOR, INLAND REVENUE DEPARTMENT, 3RD FLOOR, WINDSOR HOUSE, 311 GLOUCESTER ROAD, HONG KONG.
+HE MUST NOT WAIT FOR THE ISSUE OF AN INTEREST TAX RETURN OR FOR A DEMAND NOTICE FOR THE TAX,* THE SPOKESMAN STRESSED.
THE REMITTANCE SHOULD BE ACCOMPANIED BY A COVERING NOTE GIVING THE NAME AND ADDRESS OF THE RECIPIENT, THE GROSS AMOUNT OF INTEREST, THE NET INTEREST PAID, PERIOD OF ACCRUAL OF THE INTEREST, AND THE DATE OF THE PAYMENT OR CREDIT OF THE NET INTEREST.
THE DEPARTMENT WILL THEN ISSUE A +DEDUCTION CERTIFICATE* TO THE PAYER, WHICH SHOULD BE TRANSMITTED TO THE RECIPIENT OF THE INTEREST WITHIN 42 DAYS OF MAKING THE DEDUCTION.
HOWEVER, THE SPOKESMAN SAID, SPECIAL CERTIFICATE ARRANGEMENTS ARE MADE WITH LICENSED BANKS AND CERTAIN SPECIFIED CORPORATIONS.
FAILURE WITHOUT REASONABLE EXCUSE TO MAKE THE DEDUCTION OR REMIT THE AMOUNT OF THE TAX WITHIN THE SPECIFIED PERIOD IS AN OFFENCE, AND THE PENALTY ON CONVICTION IS A FINE OF $2 000.
+THE DEPARTMENT TAKES A SERIOUS VIEW OF THIS OFFENCE AND WILL, WHERE NECESSARY, TAKE APPROPRIATE LEGAL ACTION,* THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
THE INTEREST TAX SECTION OF THE INLAND REVENUE DEPARTMENT IS ON THE 17TH FLOOR OF WINDSOR HOUSE, 311 GLOUCESTER ROAD, CAUSEWAY BAY, HONG KONG (TEL: 5-7959-5236). ITS POSTAL ADDRESS IS GPO BOX 132, HONG KONG.
------0-------
3
ORDERS-ON-HAND SURVEY * * X X
THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT TODAY RELEASED ORDERS-ON-HAND STATISTICS AS FOLLOWSi -
ORDERS-ON-HAND IN TERMS OF MONTHS
INDUSTRY GROUP
OCTOBER 1980 NOVEMBER 1980
WEARING APPAREL, EXCEPT FOOTWEAR 5.0 5.0
TEXTILES, EXCEPT WEARING APPAREL 2.4 2.3
PLASTIC PRODUCTS 3.7 3.6
FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS, EXCEPT
MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT 3.8 3.7
ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC
MACHINERY, APPARATUS, APPLIANCES
AND SUPPLIES 5.1 5.0
OTHERS 3.7 3.6
ALL MANUFACTURING 4.3 4.2
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT SAIDi +THE STATISTICS ARE BASED
ON AN UPDATED AND ENLARGED PANEL OF 200 LARGEST MANUFACTURING COMPANIES SELECTED BY REFERENCE TO THEIR EMPLOYMENT SIZE IN SEPTEMBER 1979.
+AS THE PANEL IS NOT A SCIENTIFICALLY DESIGNED SAMPLE, RESULTS OBTAINED WILL BE REPRESENTATIVE ONLY OF THE COMPANIES INCLUDED IN THE PANEL, BUT IT IS HOPED THAT THEY WILL GENERALLY INDICATE THE DIRECTION OF CHANGE IN THE PERFORMANCE OF THE MANUFACTURING INDUSTRY AS A WHOLE.+
THE SURVEY CONDUCTED MONTHLY ALSO CONTAINS QUESTIONS ON EMPLOYMENT AND PAYROLL. IT COVERS THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY, SELECTED SERVICES AND THE MANUFACTURING INDUSTRY.
THE SURVEY REPORT FOR NOVEMBER 1980 IS NOW ON SALE AT THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE, GENERAL POST OFFICE, AT 81 A COPY. ENQUIRIES ON THE SURVEY RESULTS MAY BE MADE TO THE INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTION STATISTICS SECTION OF THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT (TEL. 5-274203).
-----o------
SUNDAY, JANUARY 4, 1981 '
COMMUNITY CHEST WALKS IN MU I WO AND SAI KUNG
*****
THE SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR DAVID AKERS-JONES, THIS (SUNDAY) MORNING STARTED THE ISLANDS DISTRICT COMMUNITY CHEST WALK WHICH TOOK PLACE AT MUI WO, LANTAU.
THE WALK WAS THE THIRD OF EIGHT NEW TERRITORIES CHEST WALKS FOR 1980/81.
IT WAS OVER A 12 KILOMETRE COURSE FROM MUI WO FERRY PIER, TO WANG TONG, SHAP LONG KAU TSUEN, AND BACK TO THE STARTING POINT.
TAKING PART IN THE WALK WERE ABOUT 1 000 PEOPLE, MOST OF WHOM WERE ISLANDS DISTRICT RESIDENTS.
THE WALK WAS EXPECTED TO RAISE $120 000 FOR THE CHEST, BUT THE EXACT AMOUNT WILL BE ANNOUNCED LATER.
JOINING MR AKERS-JONES AT THE RIBBON-CUTTING CEREMONY WERE THE ISLANDS DISTRICT OFFICER, MR NICKY LO, AND RURAL LEADERS.
MEANWHILE, ANOTHER NEW TERRITORIES COMMUNITY CHEST WALK WAS HELD IN SAI KUNG.
THE STARTING CEREMONY WAS PERFORMED BY THE DEPUTY SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR AUGUSTINE CHUI KAM.
MORE THAN 1 000 PEOPLE ALSO TOOK PART IN THIS WALK, WHICH WAS OVER AN EIGHT KILOMETRE COURSE FROM PAK TAM CHUNG TO WONG SHEK PIER. THE WALK RAISED MORE THAN $100 000.
THE OTHER FOUR NEW TERRITORIES WALKS WILL BE HELD AT TAI PO AND TSUEN WAN (JANUARY 11) AND SHA TIN AND NORTH DISTRICT (JANUARY 18).
-----o------
ENGLISH TEACHING WORKSHOPS FOR TEACHERS * * *
FOUR WORKSHOPS ON THE TEACHING OF ENGLISH LISTENING COMPREHENSION WILL BE HELD FROM NEXT MONTH FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHERS.
EACH WORKSHOP CONSISTING OF THREE MEETINGS WILL INCLUDE SHORT TALKS AND DEMONSTRATION OF LISTENING COMPREHENSION EXERCISES.
PARTICIPANTS WILL BE GIVEN A CHANCE TO DESIGN A LISTENING COMPREHENSION EXERCISE SUITABLE FOR USE IN THEIR OWN CLASSES.
THE NUMBER OF PARTICIPANTS FOR EACH WORKSHOP WILL BE LIMITED TO 20, AND A CERTIFICATE OF ATTENDANCE WILL BE AWARDED TO THOSE WHO SATISFACTORILY COMPLETE THE COURSE.
THE FIRST TWO WORKSHOPS WHICH WILL BE HELD BETWEEN FEBRUARY 17 AND 28, WILL BE CONDUCTED AT THE KOWLOON UNIT OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT’S ENGLISH LANGUAGE TEACHING CENTRE AT THE MA TAU KOK GOVERNMENT OFFICES, 2/F, 1 MA TAU KOK ROAD.
/the other ......
SUNDAY, JANUARY 4, 1981
5
THE OTHER TWO WORKSHOPS WILL BE CONDUCTED BETWEEN MARCH 24 AND APRIL 4 AT THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE TEACHING CENTRE AT 9A BONHAM ROAD, HONG KONG.
APPLICATIONS SHOULD BE MADE THROUGH HEADS OF SCHOOLS BEFORE JANUARY 20 TO THE SENIOR INSPECTOR, ENGLISH LANGUAGE TEACHING CENTRE. ENQUIRIES SHOULD BE DIRECTED TO THE CENTRE ON 5-482537.
- - 0 - -
MANPOWER SURVEY ON TOURISM INDUSTRIES * * * * *
THE HOTEL, CATERING AND TOURISM TRAINING BOARD OF THE HONG KONG TRAINING COUNCIL WILL BEGIN A MANPOWER SURVEY ON HOTEL, CATERING AND TOURISM INDUSTRIES TOMORROW (MONDAY).
QUESTIONNAIRES TOGETHER WITH EXPLANATORY NOTES AND DESCRIPTIONS OF PRINCIPAL JOBS WERE SENT TO ALL HOTELS, AIRLINES AND SELECTED CATERERS, TRAVEL AGENTS A FORTNIGHT AGO.
THE ESTABLISHMENTS ARE REQUESTED TO SUPPLY INFORMATION ON THE NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES, TRAINING NEEDS AND OTHER PERSONNEL AND TRAINING MATTERS.
THE CHAIRMAN OF THE TRAINING BOARD, MR LARRY TCHOU SAID TODAY (SUNDAY) THE INFORMATION COLLECTED WOULD BE HANDLED IN STRICT CONFIDENCE AND WOULD BE PUBLISHED ONLY IN THE FORM OF STATISTICAL SUMMARIES WITHOUT REFERENCE TO INDIVIDUAL ESTABLISHMENTS.
OFFICERS OF THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT WILL VISIT THESE ESTABLISHMENTS TO ANSWER QUERIES AND ASSIST IN COMPLETING THE QUESTIONNAIRES.
THE SURVEY WILL END ON JANUARY 31.
- - 0 - -
SITE FORMATION FOR HOME OWNERSHIP FLATS * * * * *
TENDERS ARE BEING INVITED FOR SITE FORMATION WORK IN SHEK WU HUI WHICH WILL PRODUCE ABOUT 3.5 HECTARES OF LAND FOR A HOME OWNERSHIP SCHEME ESTATE.
THE WORK IS PART OF THE FANLING/SHEK WU HUI NEW TOWN DEVELOPMENT.
IT ALSO INCLUDES THE CONSTRUCTION OF ABOUT 350 METRES OF DUAL TWO-LANE CARRIAGEWAY, A PEDESTRIAN/CYCLI ST SUBWAY AND ASSOCIATED TRUNK SEWERS AND DRAINAGE WORKS.
WORK ON THE PROJECT WILL COMMENCE IN MARCH FOR COMPLETION IN ABOUT 18 MONTHS.
THE WORK HAS BEEN DESIGNED AMD CONSTRUCTION WILL BE SUPERVISED BY MAUNSELL CONSULTANTS ASIA FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT OF THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT.
- - 0 - -
/6
SUNDAY, JANUARY 4, 1981
6
KEEN COMPETITION AT PWD SPORTS MEET
* * * *
MORE THAN 400 PWD STAFF TOOK PART IN THE DEPARTMENT’S 13TH ANNUAL SPORTS DAY AT THE WONG CHUK HANG SPORTS GROUND TODAY.
KEEN COMPETITION WITH CLOSE FINISHES IN A NUMBER OF EVENTS AND ENTHUSIASTIC ENCOURAGEMENT FROM SPECTATORS HELPED MAKE THE DAY A SUCCESS.
SPEAKING EARLIER AT THE OPENING CEREMONY, THE DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS, MR DAVID MCDONALD SAID: +WITH ALL THE PLEASURES AND STRENGTH OF MODERN LIVING, IT IS VITAL THAT AS MANY OUTLETS AS POSSIBLE ARE PROVIDED FOR THE NATURAL EXUBERANCE AND ENERGY OF OUR YOUNG PEOPLE. THE SPORTS DAY PROVIDES ONE SUCH OUTLET AS FAR AS STAFF OF THE PWD ARE CONCERNED.
+AS A DEPARTMENT WE ARE CONSTANTLY ADDING TO AN IMPROVING HONG KONG’S STOCK OF BUILDINGS AND PUBLIC WORKS. HOWEVER, IT IS NOT ONLY NEW BUILDINGS AND ROADS THAT MAKE UP AN EXCITING FUTURE, THE ESSENTIAL INGREDIENT FOR ANY SUCCESSFUL AND HAPPY SOCIETY IS A CONTENTED BUT COMPETITIVE PEOPLE.+
AT THE END OF THE DAY, PRIZES WERE PRESENTED TO WINNERS BY MR MCDONALD AND SENIOR OFFICIALS OF THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT.
-------o ---------
TENDERS INVITED FOR WATER MAINS WORK
* * * * *
THE WATER SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT IS INVITING TENDERS FOR THE LAYING OF A SYSTEM OF WATER MAINS IN WONG CHUK HANG AND SHOUSON HILL.
THE WATER MAINS FORM PART OF A WATER SUPPLY SCHEME TO COPE WITH THE INCREASED DEMAND IN THE AREA.
THE WORK INVOLVES THE LAYp.'G OF ABOUT EIGHT KILOMETRES OF MILD STEEL AND ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPES, RANGING FROM 150 MM TO 630 MM IN DIAMETER. IT WILL COMMENCE IN MARCH AND WILL TAKE ABOUT 18 MONTHS TO COMPLETE.
-----0------
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL 5-233191
MONDAY, JANUARY 5, 1981
CONTENTS PAGE NO
NT CLEANSING SERVICES TO BE MODERNIZED ...................... 1
LADY MACLEHOSE TO OPEN HOLIDAY VILLAGE ...................... 2
LUNAR NEW YEAR COUPLETS './ANTED BY TAI PO................... J
CHANCE TO START SCHOOL FENCING CLUBS ........................ 4
NEW BUS TERMINUS FOR STANLEY VILLAGE ........................ 5
REMINDER TO PROPERTY TAXPAYERS .............................. 5
MORE REST AND PLAY FACILITIES
6
MONDAY, JANUARY 5, 1981
1
NT CLEANSING SERVICES TO BE MODERNIZED *****
THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT IS TO INTRODUCE LABOUR-SAVING DEVICES TO MODERNIZE ITS CLEANSING METHODS AND TO FULFIL ITS RESPONSIBILITIES IN THE RENEWED KEEP HONG KONG CLEAN CAMPAIGN.
SPEAKING AT A MEETING OF THE ROTARY CLUB OF THE NEW TERRITORIES AT PENINSULA HOTEL THIS EVENING, THE DIRECTOR OF NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES, MR JIMMY SWEETMAN, SAID THE MODERNISATION WOULD FURTHER HELP TO REDUCE PUBLIC SPENDING AND THE STAFF ESTABLISHMENT OF HIS DEPARTMENT.
+1 AM HOPING TO GET 64 BRAND NEW REFUSE COLLECTION VEHICLES BEFORE THE START OF THE CAMPAIGN AS WELL AS THREE STREET-WASHING VEHICLES, 12 DESLUDGERS, AND EXPERIMENTAL COMPLEMENT OF VILLAGE VEHICLES TO BE USED ON NARROW PATHS,+ MR SWEETMAN SAID.
+TWO OF THE VILLAGE VEHICLES HAVE BEEN GENEROUSLY DONATED BY LEADING NEW TERRITORIES PERSONALITIES.
+1 HOPE THAT BY MAKING IT EASIER TO GET REFUSE OUT OF THE LESS ACCESSIBLE PARTS OF THE NEW TERRITORIES, WHERE AT PRESENT SO MUCH RUBBISH IS DUMPED INTO STREAMS, IT WILL SERVE NOT ONLY THE AIMS OF THE KEEP HONG KONG CLEAN CAMPAIGN BUT WILL ALSO LEAD THE WAY TOWARDS GREATLY REDUCING AND, IN THE MORE SENSITIVE AREAS, REMOVING ENTIRELY AGRICULTURAL POLLUTION,+ HE SAID.
MR SWEETMAN SAID IT WAS HIS FIRM BELIEF THAT AT LEAST UNTIL WE COULD TACKLE AGRICULTURAL POLLUTION AS A WHOLE WE COULD NOT REALLY MAKE SIGNIFICANT PROGRESS IN CLEANING UP THE NEW TERRITORIES.
FOR THIS, HE SAID, THE GOVERNMENT MUST MAKE IT EASIER TO GET DOMESTIC, INDUSTRIAL AND AGRICULTURAL REFUSE PROPERLY COLLECTED AND REMOVED, PARTICULARLY IN THOSE AREAS WHERE POLLUTION IS A REAL DANGER TO OUR FUTURE HEALTH.
+1 FEEL WE MUST FIND SOME WAY OF BANNING PIG FARMING WHILE ENCOURAGING ITS LARGER SCALE AND ENVIRONMENTALLY ACCEPTABLE DEVELOPMENT IN OTHER AREAS,+ HE STRESSED.
REFERRING TO HIS DEPARTMENT’S ATTEMPT TO BRING ABOUT MORE EFFICIENCY PARTICULARLY IN REMOVING THE VERY LARGE AMOUNT OF REFUSE PRODUCED IN THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR SWEETMAN SAID: +WE ARE URGENTLY INSTITUTING A CLEANSING REVIEW TO OVERHAUL OUR PRESENT PRACTICES IN ORDER TO ACHIEVE THE ABOVE AIMS.
+THIS WILL BE PART OF A LARGER REVIEW AND POSSIBLY A CONSULTANCY ON THE WHOLE QUESTION OF WASTE MANAGEMENT.+
ON THE SECOND KEEP HONG KONG CLEAN CAMPAIGN, MR SWEETMAN SAID WHILE NEW INITIATIVES WERE BEING INTRODUCED, IT WAS NECESSARY MEANWHILE TO BRING ABOUT SOME IMMEDIATE IMPROVEMENT TO THE PRESENT POOR STATE OF CLEANLINESS AND INCREASE THE PROVISION OF RECREATIONAL FACILITIES IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.
/+THE NEW .....
MONDAY, JANUABY 5, 1981
- 2 -
+THE NEW TOWNS’ PROJECT MANAGERS ARE NOW PROVIDED WITH TEAMS OF LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTS AND OTHERS, WHO CAN GIVE A BIG PUSH TO THE PROVISION OF PARKS AND OTHER RECREATIONAL AREAS BUT WE MUST DEPEND TO A GREATER EXTENT ON PUBLIC SUPPORT, CO-OPERATION AND INDEED COMPLIANCE IN MAKING A SUCCESS OF THE NEW KEEP HONG KONG CLEAN CAMPAIGN,* HE SAID.
+WE ARE BUSY PREPARING BUDGETS FOR THE SPECIAL EXPENDITURE REQUIRED DURING THE CAMPAIGN OVER THE NEXT YEAR CR SO AND INITIAL FEET INGS WILL BE HELD LATER THIS MONTH TO ESTABLISH THE NECESSARY COMMITTEES,* HE ADDED.
MR SWEETMAN SAID THE NEW TERRITORIES DISTRICT ADVISORY BOARDS WERE ALREADY BEING CONSULTED FOR THEIR ADVICE ON THE EMPHASIS TO BE GIVEN TO THIS CAMPAIGN.
THEIR VIEWS WOULD BE CONSIDERED BY THE NEW TERRITORIES EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE OF WHICH HE IS THE CHAIRMAN AND, THROUGH THAT, THE NEW TERRITORIES ADVISORY COMMITTEE CHAIRED BY MR CHARLES YEUNG ON WHICH UNOFFICIAL REPRESENTATIVES FROM EACH OF THE DAB’S ARE TO SERVE AS WELL AS OFFICIAL ADVISERS.
+l HOPE THAT WE CAN REALLY ACHIEVE A GREAT IMPROVEMENT IN CLEANLINESS NOT ONLY BY EDUCATION BUT ALSO BY RESORTING TO MORE STRINGENT CONTROL AND ENFORCEMENT MEASURES NOT MERELY AGAINST THOSE WHO THROW CIGARETTE BUTTS INTO GUTTERS BUT AGAINST THE MORE ELATANT POLLUTERS OF THE NEW TERRITORIES,* HE SAID.
SPEAKING OF THE NEED FOR STAFF, MR SWEETMAN SAID HIS DEPARTMENT WOULD HAVE TO EXPAND BY 20 PER CENT PER ANNUM COMPOUND OVER THE NEXT FIVE YEARS.
------0-------
LADY MACLEHOSE TO OPEN HOLIDAY VILLAGE
*****
LADY MACLEHOSE WILL OPEN HONG KONG’S FIRST FAMILY HOLIDAY VILLAGE ON JANUARY 8 (THURSDAY).
THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, AND SIR SHIU KIN TANG, WHO HAS DONATED S2 MILLION TOWARDS THE FIRST PHASE OF THE PROJECT, WILL ALSO ATTEND.
SET IN 12 HECTARES OF WOODED COUNTRYSIDE IN PAK TAM, SAI KUNG COUNTRY PARK, THE LADY MACLEHOSE HOLIDAY VILLAGE WILL PROVIDE CHALET-STYLE ACCOMMODATION FOR UP TO 120 OVERNIGHT VISITORS.
EUILT ORIGINALLY AS ENGINEERS’ QUARTERS BY THE HIGH ISLAND RESERVOIR CONTRACTORS, THE VILLAGE HAS UNDERGONE THE FIRST PHASE OF ITS TRANSFORMATION INTO A HOLIDAY RESORT.
THE HOLIDAY VILLAGE MANAGED BY THE GOVERNMENT’S RECREATION AND SPORT SERVICE WILL FEATURE A VARIETY OF RECREATIONAL FACILITIES AND ORGANISED ACTIVITIES.
WHEN THE WHOLE PROJECT IS COMPLETED, IT WILL BE ABLE TO ACCOMMODATE UP TO 250 OVERNIGHT VISITORS AT ANY ONE Tli^WITH MORE RECREATIONAL FACILITIES.
/NOTE TO ......
MONDAY, JANUARY 5, 1981
3
NOTE TO EDITORS:
YOU ARE CORDIALLY INVITED TO SEND REPRESENTATIVES TO COVER THE OPENING CEREMONY OF THE LADY MACLEHOSE HOLIDAY VILLAGE ON JANUARY 8 (THURSDAY) AT 3 PM. TRANSPORT TO AND FROM THE HOLIDAY VILLAGE WILL BE PROVIDED.
A COACH WILL PICK UP MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES AT THE CANTON ROAD GOVERNMENT OFFICES CARPARK AT 11.30 AM FOR SAI KUNG OUTDOOR RECREATION CENTRE WHERE LUNCH WILL BE SERVED. AFTER THAT THE PRESS PARTY WILL BE TAKEN TO LADY MACLEHOSE HOLIDAY VILLAGE ARRIVING THERE ABOUT 2.15 PM.
WEDIA REPRESENTATIVES WISHING TO MAKE USE OF THIS FACILITY ARE REQUESTED TO TELEPHONE MISS NG WAI YEE AT 5-951871. THOSE aHO WISH TO USE THEIR OWN TRANSPORT ARE REQUESTED TO ARRIVE THERE BEFORE 2.15 PM. COPIES OF A MAP SHOWING THE LOCATION OF THE HOLIDAY VILLAGE AND HOW TO GET THERE HAVE BEEN PLACED IN GIS BOXES FOR YOUR REFERENCE.
RSS OFFICERS WILL BE ON HAND TO ASSIST MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES
-------0 - - - -
LUNAR NEW YEAR COUPLETS WANTED BY TAI PO
* K
TAI PO IS HOLDING A CHINESE COUPLET WRITING COMPETITION ^S PART OF THE DISTRICT’S LUNAR NEW YEAR CELEBRATIONS.
ALL MONG KONG RESIDENTS ARE WELCOME TO ENTER.
ENTRIES CAN EITHER BE ENTIRELY ORIGINAL COMPOSITIONS OR BASED ON GIVEN FIRST-LINES. THE MAIN JUDGING CRITERIA WILL EE ABILITY TO REFLECT THE SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS OF TAI PO AND PROMOTE NEW YEAR FESTIVITY AND GOODWILL.
THE 13 BEST ENTRIES WILL BE AWARDED TROPHIES. THEY WILL BE COPIED AND DISTRIBUTED AMONG LOCAL RESIDENTS TO DISPLAY DURING LUNAR NEW YEAR.
ENTRIES SHOULD BE SENT TO TAI PO DISTRICT OFFICE, TING KOK ROAD, BY JANUARY 20. ALL WILL EE DISPLAYED ON FEBRUARY 3 AT PLOVER COVE ROAD SPORTSGROUND WHERE A NE.. YEAR FAIR WILL EE HELD.
PRIZES WILL BE PRESENTED ON FEBRUARY 19 AT TAI PO DISTR ICT OFF ICE.
TAI PO LUNAR NEW YEAR CELEBRATIONS, ORGANISED BY A COMMITTEE OF REPRESENTATIVES FROM THE DISTRICT OFFICE, POLICE, NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT, ICAC, I-.'jEi G DEPARTMENT, RECREATION AND SPORT SERVICE AND LOCAL CIVIC C~ ANISATIONc, ILL LAST T*0 «€EKS.
/BESIDES A
MONDAY, JANUAHY 5, 1981
4
BESIDES A COUPLET WRITING COMPETITION, THERE WILL BE COMPETITIONS IN PHOTOGRAPHY. LANTERN DESIGN,-ROAD NAMING AND BUILDING CLEANING. OTHER ACTIVITIES WILL INCLUDE A FLOWER SHOW, NEW YEAR WALKS, PICNICS, A DINNER FOR THE ELDERLY, FILM SHOWS AND CAMPS.
TAI PO DISTRICT ADVISORY BOARD IS PROVIDING $100 000 FOR THE CELEBRATIONS.
------0-------
CHANCE TO START SCHOOL FENCING CLUBS
*****
SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHERS ARE INVITED TO JOIN A FENCING COACHING COURSE TO BE HELD FROM FEBRUARY 11 TO THE END OF MAY AT THE QUEEN ELIZABETH STADIUM IN WAN CHAI.
THE COURSE IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT’S PHYSICAL EDUCATION SECTION AND THE HONG KONG AMATEUR FENCING ASSOCIATION, AND AIMS TO ENCOURAGE INTERESTED TEACHERS TO TAKE UP COACHING IN FENCING AND TO START CLUBS IN THEIR OWN SCHOOLS.
PARTICIPANTS WILL BE TRAINED IN MODERN FOIL FENCING, HOW TO GIVE GROUP AND INDIVIDUAL LESSONS, AND THE BASIC RULES AND REGULATIONS REQUIRED BY A FENCING JUDGE OR REFEREE.
MR MATTHEW CHAN, HEAD COACH OF THE ASSOCIATION WILL BE CONDUCTING THE CLASSES TO BE HELD EVERY WEDNESDAY BETWEEN 4.30 PM AND 6 PM.
THE NUMBER OF ENTRIES IS LIMITED TO 20, AND THE FEE IS 3150 PAYABLE TO THE ASSOCIATION WHICH WILL PROVIDE ALL THE FENCING EQUIPMENT.
PARTICIPANTS WHO HAVE ATTENDED 80 PER CENT OR MORE OF THE LESSONS AND ARE RECOMMENDED BY THE HEAD COACH WILL BE ALLOWED TO TAKE PART IN AN EXAMINATION.
IF SUCCESSFUL, THEY WILL BE AWARDED COACHES’ CERTIFICATES ISSUED BY THE ASSOCIATION.
APPLICATIONS SHOULD BE SENT BEFORE JANUARY 28 TO THE PRINCIPAL INSPECTOR, PHYSICAL EDUCATION SECTION, EDUCATION DEPARTMENT, KOWLOON GOVERNMENT OFFICES, 7TH FLOOR, NATHAN ROAD.
FURTHER INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED FROM MR MATTHEW CHAN, THE HEAD COACH, ON 5-748745 OR 5-7933085.
______0_______
MONDAY, JANUARY 5, 1981
NEW BUS TERMINUS FOR STANLEY VILLAGE
*****
A NEW BUS TERMINUS WILL EE BUILT NEAR THE JUNCTION OF STANLEY VILLAGE ROAD, STANLEY BEACH ROAD AND STANLEY NEW STREET TO REPLACE THE EXISTING ONE.
TENDERS FOR THE WORK ARE BEING INVITED BY THE HIGHWAYS OFFICE OF THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT.
THE NEW BUS TERMINUS WILL HAVE THREE BUS BAYS WITH SHELTERS, AND A SITTING OUT AREA WITH FLOWERS AND SHRUBS.
WORK ON THE PROJECT IS EXPECTED TO BEGIN IN MARCH AND WILL TAKE ABOUT SIX MONTHS.
0 - -
REMINDER TO PROPERTY TAXPAYERS * * * *
PROPERTY TAXPAYERS ARE REMINDED OF THEIR RESPONSIBILITY TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THE FORM DESPATCHED EY THE INLAND REVENUE DEPARTMENT TO OBTAIN INFORMATION ON RENT AND OTHER PARTICULARS OF PROPERTY.
THE FORM I.R.C.S. 103 (REQUISITION FOR PARTICULARS OF TENEMENTS) WAS SENT BY POST ON NOVEMBER 24, 1980 TO PEOPLE WHOSE NAMES APPEAR ON THE PROPERTY TAX ROLL EXCEPT THOSE WHO OCCUPY THEIR PROPERTIES SOLELY AND EXCLUSIVELY FOR RESIDENTIAL PURPOSES.
RECIPIENTS ARE REQUIRED TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THE FORM TO THE INLAND REVENUE DEPARTMENT ON OR BEFORE DECEMBER 23, 1983. THOSE WHO HAVE NOT DONE SO ARE URGED TO ACT ACCORDINGLY NOW. THE INLAND REVENUE ORDINANCE PROVIDES FOR HEAVY PENALTIES FOR FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THESE REQUIREMENTS.
ENQUIRIES ABOUT HOW TO COMPLETE THE FORM CAN BE MADE BY TELEPHONING 5-79595132 OR. EY CALLING IN PERSON AT Trit FOLLOWING OFFICES 0F THE INLAND REVENUE DEPARTMENT - HONG KONG OFFICE, WINDSOR HOUSE, 19/F, 311 GLOUCESTER ROAD, CAUSEWAY BAY- KOWLOON SUE-OFFICE, PARK-IN COMMERCIAL BUILDING, 12/F, 56 DUNDAS STREET, ■CNG KOK- AND TSUEN WAN SUE-CFrICE, 213, G/F, FOU *AH CENTRE, CASTLE PEAK ROAD.
ASSISTANCE MAY ALSO BE OBTAINED AT ANY CITY DISTRICT OFFICE CP. DISTRICT OFFICE IN THE NE* ’ERR TORIES.
MONDAY, JANUARY 5, 1981
6
MORE REST AND PLAY FACILITIES
* * *
RESIDENTS IN WEST KOWLOON WILL HAVE ADDITIONAL RECREATIONAL FACILITIES WHEN A NEW REST GARDEN AND ANOTHER SITTING-OUT AREA ARE COMPLETED IN SEPTEMBER.
THE REST GARDEN, OCCUPYING A SITE OF ABOUT 1 500 SQUARE METRES, ’LL 3E SITUATED AT WAI CHI STREET, AND THE SlTTING-OUT AREA WILL LE AN EXTENSION TO THE SHEUNG LI UK GARDEN AT TAI PO ROAD.
30TH WILL BE PROVIDED WITH PAVILIONS, ARBOURS AND BENCHES.
TENDERS FOR THE PROJECTS ARE BEING INVITED BY THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT.
WHEN COMPLETED, THEY WILL BE HANDED OVER TO THE URBAN COUNCIL FOR MANAGEMENT.
-----0------
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
TUESDAY, JJIUx^Y 6, 1981
CONTENTS page NO.
SOCIAL WELFaRE DIRECTOR STRESSES IMPORTANCE OF VOLUNTEERS .... 1
AUDIT REPORT ON GOVERNMENT aCCOUNTS OUT TOMORROW................ 2
ELDERLY COUPLES GO ON SECOND HONEYMOON ......................... 3
RADIO TaLKS ON PREVENTION OF DISABILITIES ...................... 3
SVffi DIRECTOR CONTINUES TOUR OF WELFARE SERVICES .............. 4
GET TO KNOW THE PLASTICS INDUSTRY .............................. 4
BARBECUE PARK BEING BUILT AT TAI 0 ............................. 5
DEATH SENTENCE COMMUTED
5
TUESDAY, JANUARY 6, 1981
1
SOCIAL WELFARE DIRECTOR STRESSES ft ft ft ft
IMPORTANCE OF VOLUNTEERS
THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE MR SELWYN alleynf tatiav fflOvtsloN°OFHWELF°RENSERVICesyE ‘ Si8",F,“"T ™
SPEAKING AT A LUNCHEON MEETING OF THE CITY LIONS CLUB OF homo KONG, HE DESCRIBED VOLUNTEERS AS THE ^BACKBONE OF A CAR ING remuneration”0 ™EIR SERV,CES AND ADV,CE WITH NO THOUGHT OF
THEY ARE A AND A WEALTH OF
SOURCE OF SUPPORT TO HUMAN RESOURCES AND
PROFESSIONAL SOCIAL WORKERS NEW PERSPECTIVES, HE SAID.
THF ii|MTiJitcYnf Jrl?vIHLD!^l7?.PMENT 0F A HE**-THY COMMUNITY LIFE AS ™E ULTIMATE objective in social welfare could not depend on GOVERNMENTAL OUTLAYS AND DIRECTIVES ALONE, NOR ONLY ON PROFESSIONAL OI Ar r e
*42 REQU,RES THE COOPERATION AND PARTICIPATION OF OTHER MEMBERS OF THE COMMUNITY,* HE EMPHASIZED.
VOLUNTEERS MIGHT NOT BE TRAINED IN SOCIAL WORK JRE,R SESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE IN THEIR OWN FIELDS
the ctntext of the society^1"8 T0 SHAPE S0CIAL WELF4RE P0LICIES '*
T>nADnoEserVING AS UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS OF GOVERNMENT BOARDS AND COMMITTEES, SUCH AS MEMBERS OF THE SOCIAL WELFARE advisory committee and the advisory committee on social work TRA IN I NG.
WAI im^!vA^.Oe^ye TH0SE WH0 SERVE 0N BOARDS of directors of many voluntary welfare agencies, who do the important job of monitoring AND DEVELOPING THEIR AGENCIES’ SERVICES,* HE SAID.
VOLUNTARY SERVICE GROUPS LIKE LIONS CLUBS REPRESENT ANOTHER CATEGORY OF VOLUNTEERS WHO SHARE AND CONTRIBUTE THEIR TIME, IDEAS AND MONEY IN HELPING THOSE LESS FORTUNATE ONES, HE ADDED.
AT THE FRONT LINE, MR ALLEYNE SAID, STUDENTS AND YOUNG WORKERS CONSTITUTE THE MAJORITY OF VOLUNTEERS IN DIRECT SERVICES.
HE POINTED OUT THAT IN THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT, VOLUNTEERS ASSISTED IN A WIDE SPECTRUM OF SERVICES, SUCH AS GROUP AND COMMUNITY WORK AND PROBATION SERVICE.
HE GAVE AS EXAMPLE THE DEPARTMENT’S +OPPORTUNITY FOR YOUTH SCHEME* UNDER WHICH OVER 500 COMMUNITY SERVICE PROJECTS HAD BEEN ORGANISED IN THE PAST SIX YEARS INVOLVING SOME 17 000 VOLUNTEERS BRINGING SERVICE TO OVER ONE MILLION PEOPLE.
THE VOLUNTEER SCHEME FOR PROBATIONERS ALSO SUPPLEMENTS THE DEPARTMENT’S PROBATION SERVICE BY RECRUITING VOLUNTEERS TO HELP REFORM YOUNG OFFENDERS, HE ADDED.
/MR ALLEYNE ....
TUESDAY, JANUARY 6, 1981
2
MR ALLEYNE SAID THAT IN THE VOLUNTARY SECTOR, WELFARE AGENCIES ALSO RELIED ON VOLUNTEERS IN THE PROMOTION, DEVELOPMENT AND IMPLEMENTATION OF PROGRAMMES AND ACTIVITIES.
ON A TERRITORY-WIDE BASIS, ME NOTED, THE ASSOCIATION OF VOLUNTEER SERVICE SET UP 10 YEARS AGO IS A PRIME FORCE BEHIND THE DEVELOPMENT OF VOLUNTEER SERVICE IN HONG KONG.
----_ 0 ------
AUDIT REPORT ON GOVERNMENT ACCOUNTS OUT TOMORROW * * * *
THE REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR OF AUDIT ON THE ACCOUNTS OF THE GOVERNMENT IN 1979-80 AND OF THE PUBLIC ACCOUNTS COMMITTEE WILL EE TABLED AT THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TOMORROW (WEDNESDAY).
AT THE SAME MEETING, THERE WILL BE EIGHT QUESTIONS:
THE HON FRANCIS TIEN WILL ASK WHETHER THE GOVERNMENT WILL CONSIDER TAKING STEPS TO EASE THE IMPACT OF THE PRESENT HIGH INTEREST RATES ON INDUSTRY.
THE HON LYDIA DUNN WILL ASK WHETHER THE GOVERNMENT HAS COME TO ANY VIEWS AS TO THE MOTIVATION BEHIND THE SPATE OF BUS BOMBINGS LAST FEBRUARY AND THE RECENT BOMBING INCIDENT AT THE NEW WORLD CENTRE. DR THE HON HO KAM-FAI WILL WANT TO KNOW STATISTICS ON ROBBERIES INVOLVING THE USE OF IMITATION FIREARMS, AND THE GOVERNMENT ACTION BEING TAKEN TO RESTRICT THE SALE OF TOY PISTOLS WHICH CAN BE CONVERTED INTO FIREARMS.
THE HON CHARLES YEUNG WILL ASK FOR A GOVERNMENT STATEMENT ON PLANS FOR CONCERT HALL, AUDITORIUM OR CULTURAL CENTRE FOR VARIOUS NEW TERRITORIES AREAS, AND ASK WHETHER IT IS SATISFIED WITH THE ADEQUACY OF EXISTING ACTIVE RECREATIONAL FACILITIES IN THE NEW TERRITORIES, PARTICULARLY IN THE PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATES.
OTHER QUESTIONS TO BE ASKED CONCERN THE PROGRESS OF THE PROPOSED HOME PURCHASE SCHEME FOR CIVIL SERVANTS, PUBLICATION DATE OF THE WHITE PAPER ON PRE-PRIMARY AND PRIMARY EDUCATION AND PRIMARY 1 ENTRY PROCEDURES FOR THE COMING SEPTEMBER, AND PROSECUTIONS FOR NON-CARRYING OF IDENTITY DOCUMENTS AND THE NUMBER OF ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS UNCOVERED BY IDENTITY CHECKS.
THE EMPLOYMENT (AMENDMENT) BILL 1981, INDUSTRIAL TRAINING (CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY) (AMENDMENT) BILL 1981 AND THE FOREIGN JUDGMENTS (RECIPROCAL ENFORCEMENT) (AMENDMENT) BILL 1981 WILL BE INTRODUCED FOR FIRST AND SECOND READINGS.
DEBATE WILL RESUME ON THE SECOND READING OF THE LEGAL PRACTITIONERS (AMENDMENT) (NO. 2) BILL 1980, INTERPRETATION AND GENERAL CLAUSES (AMENDMENT) BILL 1981, REVISED EDITION OF THE LAWS (AMENDMENT) BILL 1981, FIRE AND MARINE INSURANCE COMPANIES DEPOSIT (AMENDMENT) BILL 1981, AND THE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANIES (AMENDMENT) BILL 1981.
/3......
TUESDAY, JANUARY 6, 1981 - 3 -
ELDERLY COUPLES GO ON SECOND HONEYMOON * * K MM
A ELDERLY couples from the new territories will start
TOMORROW (WEDNESDAY)H0NEYM00N+ ™E H,LT0N H°TEL IN CENTRAL niUT|TvEnDrTHE FAMILY L,FE EDUCATION CAMPAIGN T?E S0C1AL WELFARE DEPARTMENT AND VOLUNTARY AGENCIES TO PROMOTE +HAPPY MARRIAGE, HAPPY LIFE+.
'J STARTED BY THE REGIONAL SOCIAL WELFARE
JfRR,T0R,ES). MR HENRY AU, AT A CEREMONY IN WHICH
A COMMUNITV LEADER, MR KWOK WING-CHI, WILL PRESENT A CHEQUE FOR «20 OOO AS CONTRIBUTION TOWARDS THE PROGRAMME.
*1 WILL BE FLOWED BY A LUNCH IN WHICH THE PARTICIPATING COUPLES WILL GET TO KNOW EACH OTHER.
THE +SECOND HONEYMOON* WILL FEATURE FILM SHOWS, TALKS AND DISCUSSIONS ON MARITAL ADJUSTMENT, AND OUTINGS TO SUCH PLACES AS THE HONG KONG SPACE MUSEUM AND OCEAN PARK.
ORGANISED BY THE TUEN MUN-YUEN LONG DISTRICT FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION COMMITTEE, IT IS AMONG A SERIES PLANNED IN THE VARIOUS DISTRICTS TO FOSTER HARMONIOUS MARITAL RELATIONSHIP.
-----0------
RADIO TALKS ON PREVENTION OF DISABILITIES * * * *
THE MEDICAL AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT IS LAUNCHING A YEAR-LONG WEEKLY RADIO PROGRAMME ON HEALTH SUBJECTS IN SUPPORT OF THE INTERNATIONAL YEAR OF DISABLED PERSONS.
STARTING THIS WEEK, THE DEPARTMENT’S CENTRAL HEALTH EDUCATION UNIT, IN CONJUNCTION WITH RADIO TELEVISION HONG KONG WILL EDUCATE THE PUBLIC ON PREVENTION OF DISABILITIES IN A SERIES OF TALKS TO BE BROADCAST FROM 2.30 TO 3 PM ON TUESDAYS ON RTHK’S CHINESE CHANNEL.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT EXPLAINED THAT THE PURPOSE OF THESE PROGRAMMES WAS TO PROMOTE PUBLIC AWARENESS OF THE DISEASES wHICH BRING ABOUT DISABILITIES.
THE TALKS WILL COVER THE CAUSES, PREVENTION, EARLY DETECTION, TREATMENT AND REHABILITATION OF DISEASES, INCLUDING THOSE OF HEART, RESPIRATORY, RHEUMATOID AND SENSORY ORGANS.
+THE TOPICS ARE SPECIALLY SELECTED IN LINE WITH THE OBJECTIVES SET OUT BY THE UNITED NATIONS GENERAL ASSEMBLY TO PROMOTE EFFECTIVE MEASURES FOR THE PREVENTION OF DISABILITY AND FOR THE REHABILITATION OF DISABLED PERSONS,* THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
EACH PROGRAMME LASTS 30 MINUTES, WITH THE FIRST HALF DEVOTED TO A BRIEF TALK BY A SPECIALIST IN A PARTICULAR FIELD, AND THE REMAINING HALF FOR PHONE-IN QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS.
/APART FRCM......
TUESDAY, JANUARY 6, 1981
4
APART FROM THESE RADIO TALKS, THE MEDICAL AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT IS ALSO PLANNING A MENTAL HEALTH CAMPAIGN IN THE SECOND HALF OF THE YEAR.
THE AIM IS TO EDUCATE THE PUBLIC ON MENTAL HEALTH, DISABILITIES RELATED TO MENTAL DISEASES AND THEIR PREVENTION.
-------0-----------
SWD DIRECTOR CONTINUES TOUR OF WELFARE SERVICES
* * * *
THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE, MR SELWYN ALLEYNE, TODAY WENT ON A HALF-DAY INSPECTION TOUR OF WELFARE SERVICES PROVIDED FOR THE YOUNG AND THE OLD IN CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICTS.
ACCOMPANIED BY ASSISTANT DIRECTOR, MRS EVELYN DOE, HE VISITED A DAY NURSERY AND A SOCIAL CENTRE FOR THE ELDERLY RUN BY THE WESTERN DISTRICT WOMEN’S WELFARE CLUB IN BRIDGES STREET.
HE WAS MET AND BRIEFED ON THE OPERATIONS BY THE CLUB CHAIRMAN, MRS KHO CHIU BI-KE, AND THE PRESIDENT, MRS SIU TSANG FUNG-KWAN.
THE NURSERY TAKES CARE OF 170 CHILDREN AGED TWO TO SIX YEARS, WHILE THE CENTRE PROVIDES LEISURE FACILITIES FOR ELDERLY MEN AND WOMEN IN WESTERN DISTRICT.
MR ALLEYNE LATER CALLED AT THE HONG KONG JUVENILE CARE CENTRE AT LOWER ALBERT ROAD, A SPECIAL SCHOOL FOR 70 SOCIALLY DEPRIVED BOYS AGED EIGHT TO 14 YEARS.
ACCOMPANIED BY THE CENTRE’S CHAIRMAN, MR WOO WING-FAI, HE INSPECTED THE FACILITIES, LOOKING AT ITS DORMITORY, CLASSROOMS, LIBRARY, PLAYGROUND, ROOFTOP GARDEN AND KITCHEN.
THE CENTRE PROVIDES PRIMARY SCHOOL EDUCATION, PHYSICAL AND PRE-VOCATIONAL TRAINING, AS WELL AS RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES.
-----0. - - -
GET TO KNOW THE PLASTICS INDUSTRY * * * *
A SERIES OF WORKSHOPS AND EXHIBITIONS ON SYNTHETIC POLYMERS WILL BE HELD THIS MONTH AT THE SCIENCE TEACHING CENTRE IN NORTH POINT FOR CHEMISTRY TEACHERS.
THE AIM IS TO INTRODUCE THE TEACHERS TO THE DIFFERENT
MOULDING METHODS USED IN THE PLASTICS INDUSTRY, THE RAW MATERIALS USED IN PRODUCING COMMON PLASTIC ARTICLES, AND THE RELEVANT POLYMER CHEMISTRY EXPERIMENTS RECOMMENDED IN THE NEW CHEMISTRY SYLLABUS FOR FORMS 4 AND 5.
A LOOPFILM SHOW HIGHLIGHTING THE DIFFERENT ASPECTS OF THE PLASTICS INDUSTRY WILL ALSO EE PRESENTED.
/PARTICIPATIN3....
TUESDAY, JANUAHY 6, 1981
- 5 -
PARTICIPATING TEACHERS WILL BE ABLE TO TRY OUT THE EXPERIMENTS SET UP AT THE CENTRE, AND WILL ALSO RECEIVE SMALL SAMPLES OF VARIOUS RAW PLASTIC MATERIALS.
THE WORKSHOP AND EXHIBITION WILL BE HELD EVERY TUESDAY, THURSDAY AND SATURDAY FROM JANUARY 13 TO 24. OPENING HOURS ON TUESDAYS AND THURSDAYS ARE FROM 2 PM TO 5 PM, AND ON SATURDAYS FROM 9 AM TO 12 NOON.
THE SCIENCE TEACHING CENTRE IS LOCATED AT 4 PAK FUK ROAD, NORTH POINT, HONG KONG.
ENQUIRIES MAY BE MADE AT THE SCIENCE SUBJECTS SECTION OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT ON 5-774001 EXT. 38.
------0-------
BARBECUE PARK BEING BUILT AT TAI 0 * X X X X—
ISLANDS DISTRICT ADVISORY BOARD IS FUNDING A $28 000 BARBECUE PARK AT TAI 0, LANTAU.
THE PROJECT INCLUDES A PAVILION AND THREE BARBECUE PITS FOR USE BY LOCAL PEOPLE AND VISITORS.
THE PARK, MEASURING 168 SQUARE METRES, LIES BETWEEN TAI 0 ROAD NEAR HANG MEI AND A NATURAL STREAM CALLED KWAI FAI CHE. A PUBLIC CAR PARK IS SITUATED NEARBY.
THE PROJECT AND ITS LOCATION WERE PROPOSED BY TA I 0 RURAL COMMITTEE.
THE PAVILION WILL BE BUILT IN MODERN STYLE WITH THREE CONCRETE BENCHES.
WORK STARTED IN EARLY NOVEMBER AND WILL BE COMPLETED LATER THIS MONTH. IT IS BEING SUPERVISED BY ISLANDS DISTRICT WORKS CFFICE.
------o-------
DEATH SENTENCE COMMUTED
X * X
THE GOVERNOR, AFTER TAKING INTO CONSIDERATION THE ADVICE OF THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL, HAS DECIDED THAT THE DEATH SENTENCE PASSED ON YUNG TAI-WAI ON JULY 9, 1979 SHOULD BE COMMUTED TO LIFE IMPR ISONMENT.
YUNG WAS FOUND GUILTY OF THE MURDER OF HUI KA-WING IN ABERDEEN ON NOVEMBER 6, 1978.
-------0---------
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 7, 1981
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL:
PUBLIC ACCOUNTS COMMITTEE WANTS BETTER RESPONSE ................ 1
INTEREST RATES MUST FIND THEIR OWN LEVEL ....................... 2
a NTT- n.T.EGAT, IMMIGRATION LAW SHOWS RESULT .................. 3
NO APPARENT MOTIVE BEHIND BOMBING INCIDENTS .................... 3
TOUGHER LAW ON FIREARMS ...................................
LABOUR LAW WAGE CEILING TO BE FURTHER RAISED ................... 5
STRICTER ENFORCEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION TRAINING LEVY ............. 6
FAIRER DEAL FOR HK REGISTERED FOREIGN JUDGMENTS ................ 7
CIVIL SERVANTS' HOME BUYING SCHEME READY FOR EXCO .............. 7
WHITE PAPER ON PRE-PRIMARY AND PRIMARY EDUCATION ............... 8
SCOPE FOR BETTER NT RECREATIONAL FACILITIES .................... 8
MORE CULTURAL CENTRES FOR THE NT ............................... 9
FIVE BILLS PASSED THIRD READING ............................... 10
STATEMENT ON APPLICATIONS FOR BUS FARES INCREASE .................... 10
HK HAS WITNESSED RECREATION AND SPORT EXPLOSION ..................... 14
APPOINTMENT OF DIRECTOR, ROYAL OBSERVATORY ......................• 16
SHA TIN TOWN CENTRE SITE GRANTED TO DEVELOPER ....................... 16
COMMUNITY BUILDING VITAL IN NEW TOWN DEVELOPMENT .................... 17
ELDERLY COUPLES REVIVE MARRIAGE MEMORIES ............................ 20
CUSTOMS SERVICE HOLDS PaSSING-OUT PARADE ............................ 21
CASTLE PEAK PAVILION TO BE OPENED ON FRIDAY ......................... 21
TWO MORE BUS-ONLY LANES ON KING'S ROAD............................... 22
TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN KOWLOON ..................................... 22
WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 7, 1981
1
PUBLIC ACCOUNTS COMMITTEE WANTS BETTER RESPONSE
* * * *
THE PUBLIC ACCOUNTS COMMITTEE IS NOT SATISFIED WITH THE GOVERNMENT’S RESPONSE TO ITS SECOND REPORT, THE HON LI FOOK-WO TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
♦ WHEN I ADDRESSED THIS COUNCIL LAST JANUARY, I EXPRESSED THE HOPE THAT THE GOVERNMENT MINUTE IN REPLY TO OUR SECOND REPORT WOULD BE AS SATISFACTORY AS THE GOVERNMENT RESPONSE TO OUR FIRST REPORT.
+ 1 REGRET THIS HOPE WAS NOT FULLY REALISED,* HE SAID.
MR LI WAS SPEAKING AT THE TABLING OF THE REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR OF AUDIT FOR THE YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1980 AND OF THE THIRD REPORT OF THE PUBLIC ACCOUNTS COMMITTEE ON WHICH HE SERVES AS CHAIRMAN.
♦ AS THE MINUTE ITSELF INDICATED, ACTION ON VARIOUS MATTERS REMAINED OUTSTANDING, AND IT HAS BEEN NECESSARY FOR THE COMMITTEE TO MONITOR PROGRESS ON THESE ITEMS.
♦ AFTER MEETING TO CONSIDER THE GOVERNMENT MINUTE WE OBTAINED A FURTHER PROGRESS REPORT, AND NOTE THAT FRESH INTERNAL INSTRUCTIONS HAVE BEEN ISSUED REGARDING THE FOLLOW-UP PROCEDURES TO BE OBSERVED BOTH IN REGARD TO OUR REPORTS AUD THOSE OF THE DIRECTOR OF AUDIT,* HE SAID.
MR LI NOTED THAT STEPS HAD BEEN TAKEN TO ENSURE UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS ARE KEPT REGULARLY INFORMED OF PROGRESS ON OUTSTANDING ITEMS.
IN THEIR LATEST REPORT, MR LI SAID, THE UNOFFICIALS HAVE MADE TWO GENERAL CONCLUSIONS WHICH THEY BELIEVE +ARE OF FUNDAMENTAL IMPORTANCE TO THE PUBLIC SERVICE AND TO THE COMMUNITY AT LARGE*.
THE FIRST REFERS TO DELAYS IN DECISION-MAKING AND INACTION IN THE CONDUCT OF GOVERNMENT BUSINESS.
♦ I REGRET TO SAY THAT IN OUR EXAMINATION OF BRANCH SECRETARIES AND HEADS OF DEPARTMENTS WE WERE FREQUENTLY LEFT WITH THE IMPRESSION THAT PUBLIC BUSINESS IS OFTEN NOT PURSUED WITH A PROPER SENSE OF URGENCY,* HE EXPLAINED.
♦ OUR SECOND CONCLUSION IS OF GENERAL COMPLACENCY TOWARDS THE EXTENT TO WHICH MATERIAL AND STAFFING DEFICIENCIES CAN BE OVERCOME, OR AT LEAST SUBSTANTIALLY REDUCED, BY IMPROVEMENTS IN STAFF PRODUCTIVITY.
♦ WE STRONGLY RECOMMEND THAT THE GOVERNMENT SEEK TO RAISE ITS PERFORMANCE IN BOTH THESE AREAS,+ MR LI SAID.
----0----
WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 7, 1981
2
INTEREST RATES MUST FIND THEIR OWN LEVEL
* * * *
THE GOVERNMENT WILL NOT CONSIDER TAKING STEPS TO EASE THE IMPACT OF THE PRESENT HIGH INTEREST RATES ON INDUSTRY, THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY, THE HON SIR PHILIP HADDON-CAVE SAID IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
IN REPLY TO A QUESTION BY THE HON FRANCIS TIEN, SIR PHILIP SAID IT WAS +NO PART OF THE GOVERNMENT’S APPROACH TO THE MANAGEMENT OF OUR ECONOMY FOR COST INPUTS TO BE SUBSIDISED*, EXCEPT INDIRECTLY WHERE SOCIAL CONSIDERATIONS APPLY AS THEY DO, FOR EXAMPLE, IN THE CASE OF PUBLIC HOUSING AND EDUCATION.
+BUT, EVEN IF WE HAD A CONVENIENT MECHANISM TO INFLUENCE THE COST OF BORROWING, THE BALANCE OF ADVANTAGE LIES IN ALLOWING INTEREST RATES TO FIND THEIR OWN LEVEL, WHICH THEY DO AS HONG KONG HAS AN OPEN ECONOMY, A FREELY FLOATING EXCHANGE RATE AND NO EXCHANGE CONTROLS,* SIR PHILIP SAID.
HE POINTED OUT THAT AT PRESENT INTEREST RATES WERE NOT RELATIVELY HIGH WHEN COMPARED WITH INTEREST RATES ELSEWHERE, ALTHOUGH THEY WERE BY HISTORICAL STANDARDS.
+FOR OUR INTEREST RATES TO BE KEPT SUBSTANTIALLY LOWER THAN THE GENERAL LEVEL IN, SAY, NORTH AMERICA WOULD TEND TO CAUSE FUNDS TO BE MOVED OUT OF HONG KONG, THUS AFFECTING THE EXCHANGE RATE.
+THIS WOULD PARTICULARLY BE THE CASE IF THE LOWER INTEREST RATES IN HONG KONG MEANT THAT THE RETURN TO LENDERS IN HONG KONG WAS NEGATIVE IN REAL TERMS TO ANY SIGNIFICANT EXTENT.
+IN THE EVENT, THE RESULT WOULD PROBABLY BE THAT INDUSTRY WOULD FIND IT INCREASINGLY DIFFICULT TO BORROW AT ALL,* SIR PHILIP SAID.
BESIDES, HE DOUBTED WHETHER THERE WOULD BE ANY WAY OF ENSURING THAT LOANS EXTENDED ON SPECIAL TERMS WERE IN FACT USED TO FINANCE MANUFACTURING AND NOT OTHER ACTIVITIES.
HE CITED THE PREFERENTIAL INTEREST RATES ARRANGEMENT INTRODUCED IN 1979 BY CERTAIN BANKS. IT DEMONSTRATED THAT IT WAS VERY DIFFICULT TO IDENTIFY PRECISELY LOANS THAT GENUINELY QUALIFIED FOR PREFERENTIAL TREATMENT AND TO ENSURE THAT SUCH LOANS WERE USED AS INTENDED.
-------o---------
/3......
WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 7, 1981
3
ANTI-ILLEGAL IMMIGRATION LAW SHOWS RESULT
*****
THE DETERRENT EFFECT OF THE NEW IMMIGRATION LEGISLATION EFFECTIVE ON OCTOBER 30, 1980 IS REVEALED IN A DRAMATIC REDUCTION IN THE NUMBER OF ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS ARRESTED ON ENTRY INTO HONG KONG.
THE SECRETARY FOR SECURITY, THE HON GEOFFREY BARNES, SAID THIS IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY IN REPLY TO A QUESTION BY THE HON WONG LAM.
THE DRAMATIC REDUCTION HAS BEEN ASSISTED BY THE EFFORTS OF THE CHINESE AUTHORITIES, HE ADDED. *FOR EXAMPLE, IN SEPTEMBER 1980, 13 365 ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS WERE ARRESTED ON ENTRY, REPRESENTING A DAILY AVERAGE OF 446 ARRESTS.
♦ IN DECEMBER THE MONTHLY TOTAL HAD FALLEN TO 716, A DAILY AVERAGE OF 23 ARRESTS,* MR BARNES SAID.
THESE FIGURES, HE EMPHASIZED, WILL REMAIN LOW ONLY IF OUR MEASURES CONTINUE TO BE ENFORCED WITH THE UTMOST DETERMINATION AND PERSISTENCE. +THIS IS THE GOVERNMENT’S FIRM INTENTION,* HE SAID
IN HIS REPLY, MR BARNES POINTED OUT THAT UP TO JANUARY 6 THIS YEAR THE POLICE HAD PROSECUTED UNDER THE LEGISLATION 2 220 PERSONS IN THE URBAN AREAS AND 639 PERSONS IN THE NEW TERRITORIES FOR NON-CARRYING OF IDENTITY DOCUMENTS. THIS WAS 0.05 PER CENT OF THE POPULATION.
♦ DURING THE SAME PERIOD, 145 PERSONS WERE REFERRED TO THE IMMIGRATION DEPARTMENT BY THE POLICE FOR FURTHER INVESTIGATION ON THE GROUNDS THAT THEY WERE SUSPECTED OF BEING ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS.
♦ IMMIGRATION INVESTIGATIONS TO DATE HAVE ESTABLISHED THAT 49 OF THESE PERSONS WERE ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS FROM CHINA OR MACAU,+ MR BARNES SAID.
-----o------
NO APPARENT MOTIVE BEHIND BOMBING INCIDENTS
* * *
THERE IS NO EVIDENCE OF ANY MOTIVATION BEHIND THE BUS BOMBING LAST FEBRUARY AND THE RECENT BOMBING INCIDENT AT THE NEW WORLD CENTRE, THE SECRETARY FOR SECURITY, THE HON GEOFFREY BARNES, TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
REPLYING TO A QUESTION FROM THE HON LYDIA DUNN, MR BARNES POINTED OUT THAT THERE WAS ONLY ONE BUS BOMBING IN FEBRUARY 1980 IN POLICE RECORDS AND TWO HOAX BOMB INCIDENTS RELATING TO BUSES IN JANUARY AND JUNE.
♦NONE OF THESE INCIDENTS WAS ACCOMPANIED BY ANY THREATS OF VIOLENCE OR DEMANDS FOR MONEY OR FOR ACTION IN SUPPORT OF ANY PARTICULAR CAUSE.
♦IT IS THEREFORE DIFFICULT TO SPECULATE ON THE MOTIVATION BEHIND THEM,+ HE SAID.
/REFERRING TO ......
WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 7, 1981
- 4 -
REFERRING TO THE RECENT INCIDENT AT THE NEW WORLD CENTRE, MR BARNES SAID IT WOULD APPEAR TO HAVE NO CONNECTION WITH THE INCIDENTS INVOLVING BUSES.
♦HERE AGAIN THERE IS SO FAR A LACK OF EVIDENCE AS TO MOTIVATION,♦ HE SAID.
MR BARNES ADDED THAT THE CASE WAS UNDER ACTIVE INVESTIGATION BY THE POLICE AND IT WOULD BE WRONG FOR HIM TO MAKE ANY FURTHER COMMENT AT THIS STAGE.
------o-------
TOUGHER LAW ON FIREARMS
* * *
A REVISED ARMS AND AMMUNITION BILL WILL SOON BE CONSIDERED BY THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL TO TIGHTEN CONTROL OVER FIREARMS AND IMITATION FIREARMS, THE SECRETARY FOR SECURITY, THE HON GEOFFREY BARNES SAID TODAY.
IN REPLY TO A QUESTION BY DR THE HON HO KAM-FAI IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, MR BARNES SAID THE PROVISIONS OF THIS BILL WOULD INCLUDE MEASURES TO TIGHTEN CONTROL OVER THE IMPORTATION AND LICENSING OF FIREARMS, THE POSSESSION AND USE OF IMITATION FIREARMS, AS WELL AS INCREASED PENALTIES FOR OFFENCES RELATING TO THESE ARMS.
HE EXPLAINED THAT THE GOVERNMENT HAD PREVIOUSLY CONSIDERED RESTRICTING THE SELLING OF TOY PISTOLS WHICH COULD BE CONVERTED INTO REAL FIREARMS, BUT THERE WERE PROBLEMS OF LEGAL DEFINITION AND ENFORCEMENT.
IT HAS CONCLUDED THAT MORE EFFECTIVE CONTROL CAN BE ACHIEVED BY IMPOSING HEAVY PENALTIES ON THOSE CONVICTED OF OFFENCES INVOLVING THE POSSESSION OR USE OF IMITATION FIREARMS OR THEIR CONVERSION INTO REAL FIREARMS, MR BARNES SAID.
LAST YEAR, IMITATION FIREARMS WERE USED IN 25 DETECTED ROBBERY CASES. PISTOL-LIKE OBJECTS (WHICH MAY HAVE BEEN REAL OR IMITATION) WERE USED IN 147 OTHER REPORTED CASES. REAL FIREARMS WERE USED IN EIGHT DETECTED AND 14 UNDETECTED CASES.
-----o------
WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 7, 1981
- 5 -
LABOUR LAW WAGE CEILING TO BE FURTHER RAISED
* * ft *
IT IS STILL THE GOVERNMENT’S LONG-TERM OBJECTIVE TO REMOVE THE WAGE CEILING FOR NON-MANUAL EMPLOYEES IN THE EMPLOYMENT ORDINANCE SO THAT ALL EMPLOYEES, WHETHER MANUAL OR NON-MANUAL, WILL BE BROUGHT UNDER THE PROTECTION OF THE ORDINANCE.
THIS WAS STATED BY THE COMMISSIONER FOR LABOUR, THE HON J.N. HENDERSON, AT THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY WHEN HE MOVED THE SECOND READING OF THE EMPLOYMENT (AMENDMENT) BILL 1981, WHICH PROPOSES TO RAISE THE WAGE CEILING FOR NON-MANUAL EMPLOYEES FROM S3 500 TO $6 000.
HE RECALLED THAT AT THE LAST REVISION OF THE WAGE CEILING IN APRIL 1979 (FROM $2 000 TO $3 500) HE TOLD THE COUNCIL THAT THE INCREASE WAS AN INTERIM MEASURE, AND UNDERTOOK TO REVIEW THE POSSIBILITY OF THE REMOVAL OF THE WAGE CEILING FOR NON-MANUAL EMPLOYEES FOR MOST, IF NOT ALL, PARTS OF THE ORDINANCE.
HE SAID, HOWEVER, THAT THIS PROPOSAL MET WITH CERTAIN OBJECTIONS FROM THE MAJOR EMPLOYERS’ ASSOCIATIONS AS WELL AS SOME PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT ORGANISATIONS, WHO FELT THAT IT MIGHT HAVE THE UNDESIRABLE EFFECT OF SETTING STANDARDS BELOW THE CURRENT NORM FOR HIGHER PAID EXECUTIVES AS WELL AS IMPOSING HEAVY FINANCIAL CONSTRAINTS UPON SMALLER EMPLOYERS.
THE COMMISSIONER SAID THAT WHILE IT WAS STILL THE GOVERNMENT’S LONG-TERM OBJECTIVE TO REMOVE THE WAGE CEILING FOR NON-MANUAL EMPLOYEES, IN VIEW OF THE FAIRLY SMALL NUMBER INVOLVED, HE WAS PREPARED TO ACCEPT THIS POSITION.
HE ESTIMATED THAT AFTER THE WAGE CEILING IS RAISED TO
$6 000, ABOUT 35 000 EMPLOYEES OR JUST UNDER TWO PER CENT OF THE TOTAL NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES, WOULD REMAIN OUTSIDE THE PROTECTION OF THE EMPLOYMENT ORDINANCE.
HE POINTED OUT THAT SINCE THE EMPLOYMENT ORDINANCE WAS ENACTED IN SEPTEMBER 1968, THE WAGE CEILING FOR NON-MANUAL EMPLOYEES IN THE ORDINANCE HAD BEEN AMENDED TWICE TO $2 000 IN MARCH 1974 AND TO S3 500 IN APRIL 1979 TO KEEP IT GENERALLY IN LINE WITH RISES IN WAGES AND WITH INCREASES IN THE COST OF LIVING. THE CURRENT REVISION IS BEING MADE FOR THE SAME REASON.
BETWEEN SEPTEMBER 1968 AND MARCH 1980, THE PERCENTAGE INCREASE IN THE INDEX OF NOMINAL AVERAGE DAILY WAGES FOR WORKERS IN INDUSTRY WAS 378.6. +IT IS THEREFORE CONSIDERED TO BE APPROPRIATE NOW TO RAISE THE WAGE CEILING FOR NON-MANUAL EMPLOYEES TO SIX THOUSAND DOLLARS A MONTH.
♦AS THE COST OF LIVING CONTINUES TO CHANGE, THE BILL ALSO PROPOSES THAT THE WAGE CEILING COULD BE REVISED, IF NECESSARY, IN THE FUTURE BY RESOLUTION OF THE COUNCIL,* MR HENDERSON ADDED.
DEBATE ON THE BILL WAS ADJOURNED.
WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 7, 1981
6
STRICTER ENFORCEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION TRAINING LEVY ft * * * * *
AN AMENDMENT BILL WHICH PROPOSES TO IMPOSE A PENALTY FOR THE LATE PAYMENT OF THE CONSTRUCTION TRAINING LEVY AND TO ALLOW THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY TRAINING AUTHORITY TO DISCLOSE INFORMATION RELATING TO LEVIABLE CONSTRUCTION WORKS TO THIRD PARTIES, WAS INTRODUCED INTO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY BY THE COMMISSIONER FOR LABOUR, THE HON J.N. HENDERSON.
MOVING THE SECOND READING OF THE INDUSTRIAL TRAINING (CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY)(AMENDMENT) BILL 1981, HE SAID THE AMENDMENTS HAD BEEN RECOMMENDED BY THE AUTHORITY.
THE INDUSTRIAL TRAINING (CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY) ORDINANCE, MR HENDERSON EXPLAINED, STIPULATES THAT THE PAYMENT OF THE LEVY OR SURCHARGE MUST BE MADE WITHIN 28 DAYS OF THE CONTRACTORS RECEIVING NOTIFICATION FROM THE AUTHORITY, BUT DOES NOT PROVIDE FOR A PENALTY FOR LATE PAYMENT.
+THIS HAS LED NOT ONLY TO THE AUTHORITY LOSING INTEREST INCOME BUT ALSO TO IT INCURRING HIGHER ADMINISTRATIVE COSTS.
+THE AUTHORITY HAS ACCORDINGLY RECOMMENDED THE INCLUSION OF A PROVISION FOR A PENALTY FOR THE LATE PAYMENT OF A LEVY OR A SURCHARGE AS WELL AS A FURTHER PENALTY WHERE THE LEVY OR SURCHARGE IS STILL OUTSTANDING THREE MONTHS AFTER THE EXPIRY OF THE PRESCRIBED PERIOD,♦ MR HENDERSON SAID.
THE PROPOSED INITIAL PENALTY IS FIVE PER CENT OF THE UNPAID LEVY OR SURCHARGE AND THE FURTHER PENALTY IS FIVE PER CENT OF THE TOTAL OUTSTANDING SUM.
THE AUTHORITY, IN ORDER TO PREVENT EVASION OF THE LEVY, MAY WISH IN THE FUTURE TO EMPLOY PROFESSIONAL QUANTITY SURVEYORS TO CHECK THE VALUE OF CONSTRUCTION WORKS WHERE IT SUSPECTS SUCH VALUE TO HAVE BEEN UNDERSTATED, HE ADDED.
HOWEVER, THE ORDINANCE STATES THAT THE CONSENT OF THE PERSON PROVIDING THE INFORMATION MUST BE OBTAINED BEFORE SUCH INFORMATION COULD BE DISCLOSED TO THIRD PARTIES.
THE BILL, THEREFORE, ALSO AMENDS THE ORDINANCE TO REMOVE THE NEED FOR OBTAINING SUCH CONSENT SO THAT THE PROCESS OF CHECKING CAN BE EXPEDITED, MR HENDERSON SAID.
THE AMENDMENT ALSO ALLOWS THE AUTHORITY TO DISCLOSE RELEVANT INFORMATION TO THE PNEUMOCONIOSIS COMPENSATION FUND BOARD TO ASSIST THE BOARD IN THE ASSESSMENT OF THE LEVY FOR THE PNEUMOCONIOSIS COMPENSATION FUND.
WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 7, 1981
FAIRER DEAL FOR HK REGISTERED FOREIGN JUDGMENTS
*****
THE HONG KONG DOLLAR EXCHANGE RATE FOR SUMS OF MONEY PROVIDED IN A FOREIGN JUDGMENT REGISTERED IN HONG KONG WILL BE CONVERTED AS PREVAILING AT THE TIME THE FOREIGN JUDGMENT IS REGISTERED AND NOT AT THE DATE OF JUDGMENT OF THE FOREIGN COURT.
THE FOREIGN JUDGMENTS (RECIPROCAL ENFORCEMENT) (AMENDMENT) BILL 1981, WHICH PROVIDES FOR THIS CHANGE, WAS INTRODUCED INTO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL THIS AFTERNOON BY THE LAW DRAFTSMAN, THE HON GERALD NAZARETH.
+AS CURRENCY EXCHANGE RATES CAN FLUCTUATE CONSIDERABLY, A PERSON IN WHOSE FAVOUR SUCH A JUDGMENT HAS BEEN GIVEN CAN BE SEVERELY PREJUDICED, IF THE HONG KONG DOLLAR DEPRECIATES SUBSTANTIALLY AGAINST THE CURRENCY IN WHICH THE JUDGMENT WAS EXPRESSED,* MR NAZARETH EXPLAINED.
HE ADDED THAT THE JUDICIARY, THE BAR ASSOCIATION AND THE LAW SOCIETY HAD ALL BEEN CONSULTED ON THE BILL, DEBATE ON WHICH WAS ADJOURNED.
-------o---------
CIVIL SERVANTS’ HOME BUYING SCHEME READY FOR EXCO
* * * *
THE COMPLEX AND FAR-REACHING HOME PURCHASE SCHEME FOR CIVIL SERVANTS HAS BEEN FINALISED AND WILL BE PUT TO THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL NEXT MONTH.
THIS WAS DISCLOSED BY THE SECRETARY FOR THE CIVIL SERVICE, THE HON MARTIN ROWLANDS, IN HIS REPLY TO A QUESTION BY THE HON ANDREW SO IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
MR ROWLANDS SAID IT HAD TAKEN RATHER LONGER THEN HE HAD EARLIER EXPECTED TO FINALISE THE SCHEME BUT ADDED THAT FIRM PROPOSALS WERE NOW READY.
HE TOLD THE COUNCIL THAT THE SCHEME HAD GENERAL SUPPORT FROM STAFF AND THE SUGGESTIONS MADE BY THE STAFF ASSOCIATIONS HAD BEEN TAKEN INTO CONSIDERATION IN INCORPORATING THE PROPOSALS.
HOWEVER, HE SAID, THE PROPOSALS DRAWN UP ARE CAPABLE OF MODIFICATION TO MEET CHANGING CIRCUMSTANCES.
MR ROWLANDS NOTED THAT FUTURE TRENDS IN PROPERTY PRICES AND INTEREST RATES WERE MATTERS FOR CONJECTURE, AND THEY DID NOT SEEM TO HIM LIKELY TO BE SUCH AS TO UNDERMINE THE VIABILITY OF THE PROPOSED SCHEME.
PROPERTY PRICES AND INTEREST RATES ARE ONLY TWO OF THE FACTORS WHICH WILL AFFECT ITS VIABILITY, HE SAID.
/OTHER NO ......
WEDNESDAY, JANUABY 7, 1981
8
OTHER NO LESS IMPORTANT FACTORS INCLUDEi
* THE LEVELS OF THE PROPOSED HOME PURCHASE ALLOWANCE,
* AVAILABILITY OF MONEY NO LONGER REQUIRED BY THE OFFICER TO MEET RENT PAYMENTS,
* AVAILABILITY OF SAVINGS AND OTHER FAMILY INCOME,
* LOCATION AND TYPE OF PROPERTY TO BE PURCHASED,
* TIMING OF AN OFFICER’S ENTRY INTO THE SCHEME, AND,
* PERHAPS MOST IMPORTANT, THE DEGREE OF PRIORITY WHICH THE INDIVIDUAL OFFICER ACCORDS TO THE ACHIEVEMENT OF HOME OWNERSHIP.
------0 - - - -
WHITE PAPER ON PRE-PRIMARY AND PRIMARY EDUCATION
THE WHITE PAPER ON PR IMARY EDUCAT ION AND FRE-PRIMARY SERVICES IS EXPECTED TO BE ISSUED TOWARDS THE LATTER PART OF THE CURRENT LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL SESSION.
THIS WAS DISCLOSED BY THE SECRETARY FOR SOCIAL SERVICES, THE HON ERIC HO IN REPLY TO A QUESTION BY THE REV THE HON JOYCE BENNETT IN THE COUNCIL TODAY.
MR HO ADDED THAT IT WOULD NOT BE PRACTICABLE TO IMPLEMENT ANY CHANGES TO PRIMARY 1 ENTRY BEFORE SEPTEMBER 1983, IN ORDER TO GIVE TIME FOR SCHOOLS AND PARENTS TO FAMILIARISE THEMSELVES WITH THE WHITE PAPER PROPOSALS.
SCOPE FOR BETTER NT RECREATIONAL FACILITIES * * * *
tup COVFRNMENT IS EXAMINING THE SCOPE FOR IMPROVING EXISTING RECREATIONAL FACILITES IN THE NEW TERRITORIES, THE SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, THE HON DAVID AKERS-JONES SAID TODAY.
HE WAS REPLYING TO A QUESTION IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL FROM THE HON CHARLES YEUNG, WHO ASKED WHETHER THE GOVERNMENT WOULD SAY IT WAS SATISFIED WITH THE ADEQUACY OF EXISTING ACTIVE RECREATIONAL FACILITIES TO COPE WITH THE RAPID INCREASE OF POPULATION IN THE NEW TERRITORIES, PARTICULARLY IN THE PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATES IN THE NEW TOWNS.
MR AKERS-JONES SAID THE GOVERNMENT WAS NOT SAT ISFI ED WI TH THE ADEQUACY OF RECREATIONAL FACILITIES IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.
/MANY FACILITIES ....
WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 7, 1981
9
MANY FACILITIES HAVE BEEN PROVIDED AND OTHERS ARE BEING CONSTRUCTED, BUT WE HAVE NATURALLY HAD TO CONCENTRATE IN THE PAST FEW YEARS ON THE PRIMARY OBJECTIVES OF PROVIDING HOMES AND WORK AND INFRASTRUCTURE IN THESE RAPIDLY DEVELOPING AREAS, HE SAID.
♦HOWEVER, BY A REMARKABLE COINCIDENCE, I SHALL NEXT WEEK BE EXAMINING WITH MY COLLEAGUES THE SCOPE FOR IMPROVING EXISTING FACILITIES, THE PROVISION OF ADDITIONAL TEMPORARY FACILITIES, AND IN THE LONGER TERM THE GENERAL QUESTION OF PROVIDING MORE FACILITIES FOR INTENSIVE USE.
♦IN THE MEANTIME THERE ARE CURRENTLY 123 ITEMS IN THE PUBLIC WORKS PROGRAMME FOR THE PROVISION OF RECREATIONAL FACILITIES IN THE NEW TERRITORIES, AND MR YEUNG MAY BE ASSURED THAT WORK ON THESE ITEMS TAKES PLACE JUST AS SOON AS THEY CAN BE ACCORDED THE REQUISITE PRIORITY IN THE WORKS PROGRAMME,+ MR AKERS-JONES SAID.
- - 0 - -
MORE CULTURAL CENTRES FOR THE NT
THE PROVISION OF CONCERT HALLS, AUDITORIUMS AND CULTURAL CENTRES IN THE NEW TERRITORIES IS NOW BEING EXAMINED WITH A VIEW TO SUBMITTING RECOMMENDATIONS TO THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL.
THIS WAS SAID TODAY IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL BY THE SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, THE HON DAVID AKERS-JONES.
MR AKERS-JONES WAS REPLYING TO A REQUEST FROM THE HON CHARLES YEUNG FOR A STATEMENT ON WHETHER THERE WAS GOING TO BE A PROPER AND PURPOSE BUILT CONCERT HALL, AUDITORIUM OR CULTURAL CENTRE FOR SAI KUNG, TAI PO, FANLING, CHEUNG CHAU, MUI WO, TAI 0 AND YUEN LONG.
MR AKERS-JONES SAID HE WAS NOT ABLE TO ANSWER MR YEUNG’S QUESTION IN THE CATEGORICAL TERMS WHICH HE REQUIRED.
THE SUGGESTION, WHICH HAS BEEN SUPPORTED BY DISTRICT ADVISORY BOARDS, THAT WE SHOULD BUILD CONCERT HALLS AND RELATED FACILITIES IN TOWNS OF THE NEW TERRITORIES, OTHER THAN THE THREE MAJOR CENTRES AT SHA TIN, TSUEN WAN AND TUEN MUN, IS NOW BEING EXAMINED WITH A VIEW TO SUBMITTING RECOMMENDATIONS TO THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL WITHIN THE NEXT FEW MONTHS, HE SAID.
♦HOWEVER, THE RANGE AND CAPACITY OF THE FACILITIES TO BE PROVIDED REQUIRES CAREFUL CONSIDERATION AND, IT GOES WITHOUT SAYING, ANY PROPOSALS FOR THE TOWNS MR YEUNG HAS MENTIONED WILL DEPEND UPON THE AVAILABILITY OF FUNDS FOR THEM AND THEIR PRIORITY IN THE PUBLIC WORKS PROGRAMME,♦ MR AKERS-JONES ADDED.
♦CLEARLY, FOLLOWING THE OPENING OF TSUEN WAN TOWN HALL, OUR FIRST EFFORT MUST GO INTO BUILDING CENTRES AT SHA TIN AND TUEN MUN, AND I AM HOPEFUL THAT WORK WILL START IN THESE TWO TOWNS LATER THIS YEAR.
/♦IN THE
WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 7, 1981 - 10 -
+IN THE MEANTIME OTHER TOWNS AND DISTRICTS WILL BE SERVED < / BY SCHOOL HALLS AND COMMUNITY HALLS, SOME, BECAUSE OF GENEROUS PRIVATE DONATIONS, WITH IMPROVEMENTS SUCH AS AIR-CONDITIONING AND LARGER STAGES.
+THUS, BY THE END OF 1984, WE WILL HAVE A RING OF HALLS OF VARIOUS TYPES AROUND THE NEW TERRITORIES,* HE SAID.
-------0 -
FIVE BILLS PASSED THIRD READING * * *
FIVE BILLS PASSED THEIR THIRD READING IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
THEY ARE THE LEGAL PRACTITIONERS (AMENDMENT)(NO. 2) BILL 1980, INTERPRETATION AND GENERAL CLAUSES (AMENDMENT) BILL 1981, REVISED EDITION OF THE LAWS (AMENDMENT) BILL 1981, FIRE AND MARINE INSURANCE COMPANIES DEPOSIT (AMENDMENT) BILL 1981, AND THE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANIES (AMENDENT) BILL 1981..
-------0 - -
STATEMENT ON APPLICATIONS FOR BUS FARES INCREASE * * *
THE GOVERNMENT HAS REPLIED TO PETITIONS RECEIVED IN CONNECTION WITH APPLICATIONS FOR INCREASES IN BUS FARES BY KMB AND CMB.
THE REPLY, IN THE FORM OF A GENERAL STATEMENT, IS REPRODUCED BELOWt
THE GOVERNMENT HAS NOT AS YET COMPLETED ITS INTERNAL EXAMINATION OF THE TWO COMPANIES’ APPLICATIONS FOR FARES INCREASES. WHEN IT HAS DONE SO, THE ADVICE OF THE TRANSPORT ADVISORY COMMITTEE WILL BE SOUGHT. THE CHAIRMAN OF THE TRANSPORT ADVISORY COMMITTEE HAS SAID PUBLICLY THAT THE VIEWS OF THE PUBLIC WILL BE TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT IN FORMING THE TRANSPORT ADVISORY COMMITTEE’S RECOMMENDATIONS ON THE MATTER.
/THE GOVERNMENT ......
WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 7, 1981
11
THE GOVERNMENT IS COMMITTED TO ENSURING, SO FAR AS IT LIES WITHIN ITS POWER, THAT THE COMMUNITY IS PROVIDED WITH AN EFFICIENT AND RELIABLE BUS SERVICE. IN HONG KONG BUSES PROVIDE ONE OF THE CHEAPEST FORMS OF PUBLIC TRANSPORT AND THEY COMPARE FAVOURABLY WITH THE COST OF SIMILAR SERVICES ELSEWHERE IN THE REGION. THE GOVERNMENT WOULD BE WRONG TO TAKE ANY COURSE CF ACTION WHICH MIGHT RESULT IN A REDUCTION IN THE STANDARD OF SERVICE.
BEFORE THE FARE INCREASES GRANTED TO THE TWO MAIN FRANCHISED BUS COMPANIES ON 3RD FEBRUARY 1980 CONSIDERABLE DISSATISFACTION WAS BEING EXPRESSED BY THE PUBLIC WITH THE STANDARD OF SERVICE PROVIDED BY THE COMPANIES. THE GOVERNMENT THEREFORE NEGOTIATED WITH THE COMPANIES A PROGRAMME OF IMPROVEMENTS. THESE WERE INCORPORATED IN FORMAL AGREEMENTS WHICH WERE SIGNED AT ABOUT THE TIME OF THE FARE INCREASES.
THE AGREEMENTS COVER FIVE MAIN AREAS WHICH ENCOMPASS ALL ASPECTS OF BUS SERVICES IN HONG KONG CONDITIONS. SPECIFICALLY THEY PROVIDE FOR 1-
FIRST PLANS FOR THE PURCHASE OF NEW BUSES AND ----- SPARE PARTS RELATED TO ROUTE DEVELOPMENT
PROGRAMMES TO BE AGREED WITH THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT AND UPDATED ANNUALLY.
SECONDLY IMPROVED FACILITIES FOR THE MAINTENANCE -------- AND SERVICING OF BUSES.
THIRDLY BETTER WORKING CONDITIONS AND WAGES FOR ------- DRIVERS, MECHANICS AND OTHER EMPLOYEES
AND THE RECRUITMENT OF MORE STAFF TO MAN AND MAINTAIN THE NEW BUSES.
FOURTHLY THE PROVISION OF MORE DEPOT FACILITIES -------- FOR THE PARKING, SERVICING AND REPAIRING OF BUSES.
FINALLY TO REVIEW AND INTRODUCE IMPROVEMENTS IN ------- THE MANAGEMENT STRUCTURES OF THE COMPANIES.
THESE ARRANGEMENTS ARE DESIGNED TO ENSURE, NOT ONLY THAT ADEQUATE PLANS FOR THE FUTURE EXPANSION OF SERVICES ARE DRAWN UP, BUT THAT THEY ARE ALSO CONSTANTLY MONITORED AND REVIEWED AGAINST AGREED YARDSTICKS, SO THAT ENOUGH WELL-MAINTAINED BUSES ARE PUT INTO SERVICE TO IMPROVE FREQUENCIES AND TO INTRODUCE NEW ROUTES TO MEET ADDITIONAL DEMAND AS REQUIRED. BY THEIR VERY NATURE, HOWEVER, THE ARRANGEMENTS CAN ONLY BE FULLY IMPLEMENTED OVER A PERIOD OF YEARS, AS IT TAKES TIME TO ORDER AND ACCEPT DELIVERY OF NEW BUSES, TO BUILD ADDITIONAL DEPOT AND OTHER FACILITIES, TO RECRUIT AND TRAIN NEW STAFF AND TO IMPROVE MANAGEMENT STRUCTURES.
/SINCE FEBRUARY ......
WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 7, 1981
12
SINCE FEBRUARY, THE GOVERNMENT HAS BEEN CLOSELY MONITORING EACH COMPANY’S ADHERENCE TO THE AGREEMENTS. IN GENERAL, THE AGREEMENTS HAVE BEEN ADHERED TO. THE EFFECT OF THE IMPROVEMENTS CAN BE SEEN IN A NUMBER OF WAYS. FIRST, BECAUSE OF IMPROVED STANDARD OF MAINTENANCE, MORE BUSES ARE AVAILABLE FOR SERVICES. SECONDLY, BECAUSE OF THE GROWTH IN THE SIZE OF THE FLEET WITH THE PURCHASE OF MORE BUSES, IMPROVEMENTS HAVE BEEN MADE TO EXISTING SERVICES, BOTH BY INCREASING BUS FREQUENCY AND CAPACITY AND THROUGH THE INTRODUCTION OF NEW WEEKDAY SERVICES (29 NEW ROUTES IN 1980). FURTHER SUBSTANTIAL IMPROVEMENTS ARE PLANNED IN 1981 WHEN, ON THE BASIS OF CONFIRMED ORDERS, KMB’S FLEET WILL
EXPAND FROM JUST OVER 2 000 TO JUST UNDER 2 500 BUSES, AND CMB’S FLEET WILL EXPAND FROM ABOUT 950 TO ABOUT 1 050 BUSES.
THE COMPANIES MUST INITIALLY THEMSELVES FIND THE MONEY REQUIRED TO MEET THE IMPROVEMENT AND EXPANSION PROGRAMMES, EITHER THROUGH RAISING FUNDS FROM SHAREHOLDERS (WHO CAN FAIRLY EXPECT A REASONABLE RETURN ON THEIR INVESTMENT) OR FROM LOANS. IN PRACTICE, THEY FUND THE PROGRAMMES THROUGH A MIXTURE OF THE TWO SOURCES.
IN EXAMINING THE COMPANIES’ APPLICATIONS FOR ANY INCREASE IN FARES THE GOVERNMENT IS CAREFUL TO ENSURE THAT THE PUBLIC OBTAINS VALUE FOR ITS MONEY AND THAT EQUALLY THE COMPANIES SHOULDER THEIR RESPONSIBIL IT IES.FOR IMPROVING SERVICES.
THE COSTS WHICH THE TRAVELLING PUBLIC ARE EXPECTED TO PAY ARE EXAMINED BELOW 1 THESE COSTS FORM THE MAIN BURDEN OF THE PETITIONS SUBMITTED. THEY FALL INTO THREE MAIN CATEGORIES t-
(A) THE COST OF RUNNING THE SERVICE PROVIDED TO THE PUBLIC, THAT IS THE WAGES OF DRIVERS, MECHANICS AND OTHER STAFF, FUEL, SPARE PARTS AND OTHER MAINTENANCE CHARGES-
(B) FINANCIAL COSTS - PRINCIPALLY DEPRECIATION AND INTEREST ON LOANS- AND
(C) A LIMITED LEVEL OF PROFITS FOR THE COMPANY, PART OF WHICH MAY BE USED TO ASSIST IN DEVELOPMENT AND EXPANSION.
WITH REGARD TO CATEGORY (A), I THINK YOU WILL AGREE THAT THESE ARE CHARGES THAT SHOULD WITHOUT DOUBT BE MET BY THE TRAVELLING PUBLIC. THEY HAVE ALL BEEN INCREASING DRAMATICALLY IN RECENT YEARS, AND THIS TREND IS LIKELY TO CONTINUE. THE FACTORS INVOLVED INCLUDE HIGHER WAGES FOR DRIVERS AND MECHANICS AND THE SPIRALLING COST OF FUEL AND SPARE PARTS. IN 1981 WHEN, AS NOTED ABOVE, THE FLEET IN SERVICE WILL INCREASE SUBSTANTIALLY RUNNING COSTS WILL OF COURSE FURTHER INCREASE.
/CATEGORY (B) .....
WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 7, 1981
- 13 -
CATEGORY (B) IS DIFFICULT TO EXPLAIN IN SIMPLE TERMS. BRIEFLY, THE CHARGE FOR DEPRECIATION, THE PURPOSE OF WHICH IS TO WRITE OFF THE COST OF ASSETS (PRINCIPALLY BUSES) OVER THEIR ESTIMATED USEFUL LIFE, MUST INCREASE AS A RESULT OF THE PROPOSED EXPANSION PROGRAMME OF BOTH COMPANIES. ALTHOUGH, IDEALLY, EXPANSION COSTS SHOULD BE PAID FOR BY INTERNALLY GENERATED FUNDS AND BY FURTHER CONTRIBUTIONS FROM SHAREHOLDERS, IN PRACTICAL TERMS THIS IS NOT ALWAYS POSSIBLE AND COMPANIES MUST RESORT TO LOANS TO HELP PURCHASE SOME OF THEIR ASSETS. LOANS INVOLVE INTEREST CHARGES AND IT IS NORMAL COMMERCIAL PRACTICE THAT AT LEAST A PART OF SUCH INTEREST CHARGES SHOULD BE MET BY THE CONSUMER.
AS REGARDS PROFITABILITY, THAT IS CATEGORY (C) ABOVE, BOTH COMPANIES OPERATE UNDER SCHEMES OF CONTROL WHICH SET FIRM LIMITS ON THE LEVEL OF THEIR PROFITS. THE LEVEL OF PROFITABILITY IS CALCULATED ON THE BASIS OF THE AVERAGE NET FIXED ASSETS OF THE COMPANIES, USED SOLELY FOR THE PURPOSE OF BUS OPERATIONS. WHILE BUSES AND BUILDINGS (E.G. DEPOTS) ARE DEPRECIATED OVER TIME, THE VALUE OF LAND USED FOR BUS OPERATIONS IS FIXED AT 1959 PRICES OR THE ACTUAL VALUE OF THE LAND AT THE TIME OF THE PURCHASE, WHICHEVER IS THE LATER. IN OTHER WORDS, THE BUS COMPANIES ARE NOT ALLOWED, UNDER THE SCHEMES OF CONTROL, TO REVALUE THEIR LAND ASSETS SO AS TO ACHIEVE A HIGHER LEVEL OF PROFITABILITY. THE ASSET BASE CAN ONLY BE INCREASED THROUGH FURTHER CAPITAL INVESTMENT IN THE BUS OPERATION, FOR INSTANCE BY BUYING MORE NEW BUSES OR BY EXPANDING DEPOT FACILITIES. THIS PROVIDES THE COMPANIES’ SHAREHOLDERS WITH AN INCENTIVE TO INVEST FURTHER CAPITAL IN THE EXPANSION OF THEIR BUS OPERATIONS ON THE EXPECTATION OF REASONABLE, BUT NOT EXCESSIVE, PROFITS ON THEIR INVESTMENT. IN THIS REGARD ONE ASPECT TO WHICH THE GOVERNMENT HAS TO PAY ATTENTION IS THE LEVEL OF DIVIDEND PAYMENT MADE TO SHAREHOLDERS IN RELATION TO UNDISTRIBUTED PROFITS WHICH ARE PLOUGHED BACK INTO THE COMPANIES’ BUS OPERATIONS.
IN CONSIDERING THE COMPONENTS IN THE ACCOUNTS AiS CATEGORISED ABOVE, AND FOLLOWING THE SCHEME OF CONTROL, IT SHOULD BE EMPHASISED THAT THE MAJOR FACTORS PUSHING UP COSTS AND WHICH HAVE TO BE MET BY THE PASSENGERS FALL WITHIN HEADINGS (A) AND (B) ABOVE. IN CONTRAST, THE PROPORTION OF COSTS FALLING UNDER HEADING (C), THAT IS PROFITS, IS RELATIVELY SMALL.
FINALLY, IT SHOULD BE NOTED THAT THE INCREASES IN FARES SOUGHT BY KMB AND CMB ARE DIFFERENT. THE KMB FIGURES RANGE FROM 33 PER CENT TO 100 PER CENT DEPENDING ON THE ROUTE WHEREAS CMB ARE SEEKING INCREASES OF ABOUT 30 PER CENT. THE EFFECT OF THESE PROPOSALS, IF THEY ARE APPROVED, WOULD BE TO MAKE THE FARES CHARGED ON SIMILAR ROUTES APPROXIMATELY THE SAME ON BOTH SIDES OF THE HARBOUR.
0 -------
WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 7, 1981
u
HK HAS WITNESSED RECREATION AND SPORT EXPLOSION *****
HONG KONG HAS WITNESSED A RECREATION AND SPORT EXPLOSION IN THE LAST ONE OR TWO YEARS, THE COMMISSIONER FOR RECREATION AND CULTURE, MR BARRIE WIGGHAM SAID TODAY.
WITH MORE LEISURE TIME AVAILABLE TO EVERYONE, THERE ARE MORE OPPORTUNITIES TO PARTICIPATE IN MANY KINDS OF SPORTING ACTIVITIES, « SAID, IN AN ADDRESS TO THE ROTARY CLUB OF HONG KONG ISLAND EAST.
MR WIGGHAM POINTED OUT THAT THE TASK OF ADVISING THE GOVERNMENT ON HOW THE SUPERVISION OF RECREATION AND SPORT BY GOVERNMENT AND VOLUNTARY AGENCIES CAN BE IMPROVED AND EXPANDED WAS THE MAIN FUNCTION OF THE COUNCIL FOR RECREATION AND SPORT (CRS).
IN ADDITION THE COUNCIL ACTS AS THE CHANNEL FOR ADVICE TO THE GOVERNMENT ON FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE TO AMATEUR SPORT, AND MAKES RECOMMENDATIONS TO THE GOVERNMENT ON ANY SPECIAL SERVICES AND FACILITIES REQUIRED TO MEET LEISURE-TIME NEEDS, ESPECIALLY OF YOUNG PEOPLE.
THE COMMISSIONER NOTED THAT IT WAS ON THE ADVICE OF THE CRS THAT AT THE END OF 1974 THE GOVERNMENT ESTABLISHED ITS RECREATION AND SPORT SERVICE (RSS), THE AIM OF WHICH WAS TO PROVIDE HEALTHY OPPORTUNITIES FOR ORGANISED RECREATION.
OVER THESE YEARS, THE RSS HAS BECOME WELL ESTABLISHED AND THE VAST PROGRAMMES IT ORGANISED EVERY DAY NO LONGER NEED THE DETAILED SUPERVISION OF THE COUNCIL. AS A RESULT, THE COUNCIL IS ABLE TO DEVOTE MORE OF ITS TIME AND ENERGY TO THE SPORT ASPECT OF ITS FUNCTIONS, HE SAID.
♦THE WIDER AND MORE IMPORTANT ISSUES RELATING TO SPORT IN HONG KONG ARE DEALT WITH BY THE FULL COUNCIL, BUT SOME OF THE MORE DETAILED OR TECHNICAL SUBJECTS ARE DELEGATED TO COMMITTEES,+ W WIGGHAM EXPLAINED.
THERE ARE THREE SUCH COMMITTEESi THE COMMUNITY RECREATION COMMITTEE, THE COMMITTEE ON SAFETY IN OUTDOOR PURSUITS AND THE VETTING COMMITTEE.
THE COMMUNITY RECREATION COMMITTEE KEEPS TABS ON THE SERVICES, ACTIVITIES AND FACILITIES PROVIDED FOR RECREATION AND SPORT, ESPECIALLY FOR YOUNG PEOPLE- AND IN PARTICULAR, HAS ESTABLISHED CLOSE LIAISON WITH AMATEUR SPORTS BODIES TO ASSESS WHAT SUPPORT OR FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE THEY MAY REQUIRE.
THE COMMITTEE ON SAFETY IN OUTDOOR PURSUITS AIMS AT IDENTIFYING THOSE OUTDOOR PURSUITS WHERE APPROPRIATE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS NEED TO BE ESTABLISHED, AND ADVISING HOW THESE ARE TO BE IMPLEMENTED. IT HAS PRODUCED A VERY USEFUL BOOKLET IN ENGLISH AND CHINESE ENTITLED +STEPPING OUT - A GUIDE TO OUTDOOR RECREATION IN HONG KONG+ WHICH IS AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE.
THE VETTING COMMITTEE IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ENSURING THAT THE MONEY SET ASIDE BY THE GOVERNMENT FOR THE PROMOTION OF SPORT IS FAIRLY DISTRIBUTED AND PROPERLY SPENT.
/apabt pbom .......
AY, JAMLAHY 7, 1981
- 15 -
WEDK
APART FROM THESE COMMITTEES, WORKING PARTIES AND ACTION GROUPS AR€ ALSO SET UP FROM TIME TO TIME, MR WIGGHAM ADDED.
THERE ARE TWO WORKING PARTIES IN SESSION AT PRESENT, ONE ON CAMPING, NOW AN EXTREMELY POPULAR PASTIME, AND ONE ON THE MAXIMISATION OF USE OF FACILITIES. IN THE PAST, THERE HAD BEEN WORKING PARTIES LOOKING INTO MOUNTAINEERING, AQUATIC SPORTS AND CYCLING, HE SAID.
HE POINTED OUT THAT ALTHOUGH THE- CRS WAS AN ADVISORY BODY AND HAD NO FUNDS OF ITS OWN, IT ADMINISTERED THREE SOURCES OF FUNDS, NAMELY 1 THE PROMOTION OF SPORTS VOTE, THE SIR DAVID TRENCH FUND FOR RECREATION, AND THE GOVERNOR’S SPECIAL FUND.
♦GOVERNING BODIES OF SPORT, AND TEAMS PARTICIPATING IN INTERNATIONAL EVENTS AND CHAMPIONSHI PS OVERSEAS OR IN HONG KONG MAY APPLY TO THE COUNCIL FOR GRANTS FROM THE PROMOTION OF SPORTS VOTE. THIS FINANCIAL YEAR, THE COUNCIL HAS ABOUT $1.2 MILLION AVAILABLE AND WE EXPECT MORE NEXT YEAR
♦THE SIR DAVID TRENCH FUND FOR RECREATION WAS ESTABLISHED IN JANUARY 1970 WITH A DONATION OF $3 MILLION BY AN ANONYMOUS DONOR, AND WAS RECENTLY ENLARGE!!) BY A GRANT OF $15 MILLION FROM THE LOTTERIES FUND.
♦THE GOVERNOR’S SPECIAL FUND WAS ESTABLISHED IN 1974 THROUGH A VERY GENEROUS DONATION OF $10 MILLION AGAIN FROM AN ANONYMOUS SOURCE. THIS FUND HAS BEEN DEVOTED MAINLY TO ’BRICKS AND MORTAR’ TYPE PROJECTS. ALTOGETHER 78 SUCH PROJECTS HAVE BEEN HELPED WITH GRANTS FROM THE FUND, WHICH NOW UNFORTUNATELY IS ALMOST EXHAUSTED,+ MR WIGGHAM SAID.
HE POINTED OUT THAT THE CRS ADVISED THE GOVERNMENT THROUGH ITS CHAIRMAN, THE SECRETARY FOR HOME AFFAIRS, AND HE EMPHASIZED THAT THE GOVERNMENT HAD NO WISH WHATSOEVER TO SET ITSELF UP AS THE SUPREME GOVERNING BODY FOR SPORT.
♦BUT BECAUSE SPORT, AS WITH RECREATION, IS SO IMPORTANT TO THE WELL-BEING OF THE COMMUNITY, THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT HAS A VERY DEFINITE RESPONSIBILITY IN ENCOURAGING ITS DEVELOPMENT,+ HE SAID.
HE EXPLAINED THAT ONE PRACTICAL WAY IN WHICH THE GOVERNMENT’S EFFORTS SUPPORT AND COMPLEMENT THOSE OF THE VARIOUS INDEPENDENT SPORTS BODIES WAS THE LINK BETWEEN THE RECREATION AND SPORT FUNCTIONS OF THE RSS IN THE COURSE OF WHICH NATURAL SPORTING TALENT CAN BE DISCOVERED.
THIS TALENT CAN BE ENCOURAGED TO A CLUB OR THE GOVERNING BODY OF
AND NURTURED, THEN HANDED ON THE SPORT IN QUESTION.
♦IN A SIMILAR WAY WE ARE BUILDING A THREE-WAY LINK BETWEEN THE GOVERNMENT, THE NATIONAL SPORTS BODIES AND THE JUBILEE SPORTS CENTRE, SO THAT BETWEEN US WE CAN PRODUCE THE INTERNATIONAL STARS OF TOMORROW.
/+ANOTKEH OBVIOUS ......
WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 7, 1981
♦ANOTHER OBVIOUS FORM OF PRACTICAL ENCOURAGEMENT IS FINANCIAL. I HAVE ALREADY MENTIONED GOVERNMENT’S PROMOTION OF SPORTS VOTE, FUNDS FROM WHICH ARE USED TO HELP LOCAL TEAMS PARTICIPATE IN INTERNATIONAL EVENTS. IN ADDITION, A NUMBER OF GOVERNING BODIES OF SPORT RECEIVE FUNDS TO EMPLOY A FULL-TIME ASSISTANT AND TO RENT OFFICE ACCOMMODATION,+ HE SAID.
HE SAID THIS SCHEME WAS FIRST INTRODUCED IN 1976 AND HAD RECENTLY BEEN EXTENDED, ON THE COUNCIL’S ADVICE, TO INCLUDE 26 SPORTS ASSOCIATIONS, WHICH WERE NOW IN THE PROCESS OF MOVING INTO THE OFFICE BLOCK OF THE QUEEN ELIZABETH STADIUM, TOGETHER WITH THE AMATEUR SPORTS FEDERATION AND OLYMPIC COMMITTEE OF HONG KONG.
- 0 - -
APPOINTMENT OF DIRECTOR, ROYAL OBSERVATORY * * H *
THE DIRECTOR OF ROYAL OBSERVATORY, MR G.J. BELL, WILL BE RETIRING FROM HIS PRESENT POST ON JANUARY 17, 1981.
HE WILL BE SUCCEEDED BY MR J.E. PEACOCK, DEPUTY DIRECTOR OF ROYAL OBSERVATORY, WHOSE PROMOTION HAS BEEN APPROVED BY THE SECRETARY OF STATE FOR FOREIGN AND COMMONWEALTH AFFAIRS.
MR PEACOCK IS AGED 53. HE JOINED THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT IN APRIL 1950 AS A SCIENTIFIC OFFICER. HE WAS PROMOTED TO SENIOR SCIENTIFIC OFFICER IN JULY 1963, AND TO HIS PRESENT RANK OF DEPUTY DIRECTOR OF ROYAL OBSERVATORY IN AUGUST 1965. HE HAS ACTED AS DIRECTOR ON MANY OCCASIONS.
MR PEACOCK WAS APPOINTED AN OFFICIAL JUSTICE OF THE PEACE IN FEBRUARY 1968.
- - 0 - -
SHA TIN TOWN CENTRE SITE GRANTED TO DEVELOPER K * X *
THE CONDITIONS OF GRANT FOR A SITE ON WHICH A MASSIVE COMMERCIAL COMPLEX IS TO BE BUILT IN WHAT WILL BE THE CENTRE OF SHA TIN NEW TOWN WERE SIGNED TODAY.
SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR DAVID AKERS-JONES, SIGNED FOR THE GOVERNMENT, WHILE MR T.S. KWOK, CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS, SIGNED FOR SUN HUNG KAI PROPERTIES, WHO WILL BUILD THE COMPLEX.
THE SITE, SITUATED BETWEEN THE RAILWAY STATION AND SHING MUN RIVER, MEASURES 26 230 SQUARE METRES. IT WAS DISPOSED OF THROUGH A LETTER B TENDER IN SEPTEMBER.
/development on
WEDNESDAY, JANUAEY 7, 1981
- 17 -
DEVELOPMENT ON THE SITE WILL FORM THE +CORE+ OF THE TOWN CENTRE, EXPECTED TO BECOME THE REGIONAL SHOPPING AND CULTURAL CENTRE FOR THE EASTERN PART OF THE NEW TERRITORIES.
IT CARRIES A BUILDING COVENANT OF $163 MILLION TO BE FULFILLED WITHIN FOUR YEARS.
INCLUDED IN THE COMMERCIAL COMPLEX AREA WILL BE A BUS STATION FOR INTERNAL CITY ROUTES. ADJACENT TO THE RAILWAY STATION WILL BE A FURTHER BUS STATION FOR EXTERNAL SERVICES.
THERE WILL ALSO BE TWO 8OO-SEAT CINEMAS.
THE COMPLEX WILL BE AT THE HUB OF THE TRANSPORT INTERCHANGE IN SHA TIN, LINKED ON TWO LEVELS TO THE RAILWAY STATION, WHICH IS CURRENTLY UNDER RE-CONSTRUCTION.
MORE THAN 400 000 PEOPLE ARE EXPECTED TO PASS THROUGH THE TRANSPORT INTERCHANGE EACH DAY BY THE END OF THE DECADE WHEN THE NEW TOWN’S POPULATION IS PROJECTED TO REACH 750 000.
THE COMMERCIAL COMPLEX WILL BE THE SECOND OF FOUR PHASES IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF A TOWN CENTRE FOR SHA TIN.
PHASES I AND III WILL BE MAINLY RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT, PROVIDING HOMES FOR 40 000 TO 50 000 PEOPLE.
PHASE IV WILL INCLUDE OFFICE BLOCKS, A MAGISTRACY, A CULTURAL COMPLEX AND A TOWN PARK FRONTING SHING MUN RIVER.
THE GROSS COMMERCIAL FLOOR AREA OF THE COMPLEX WILL BE 90 655 SQUARE METRES.
-----o------
COMMUNITY BUILDING VITAL IN NEW TOWN DEVELOPMENT
*****
THE PROBLEMS OF DEVELOPING A NEW TOWN CANNOT BE OVERCOME MERELY BY BUILDING SOCIAL FACILITIES! HUMAN CONTACTS AND WIDESPREAD LIAISON WORK ARE OBVIOUSLY OF CRITICAL IMPORTANCE.
THIS WAS SAID TODAY BY THE DISTRICT OFFICER SHA TIN, DR PATRICK HASE, AT A MEETING OF SHA TIN ROTARY CLUB.
DR HASE SAID A HAPPY LIFE REQUIRED, OF COURSE, HEALTHY AND DECENT PHYSICAL SURROUNDINGS.
BUT, MORE IMPORTANTLY, IT REQUIRED A SUITABLE ENVIRONMENT FOR A SATISFYING FAMILY LIFE, AN ENVIRONMENT IN WHICH FRIENDSHIPS COULD FLOURISH AND IN WHICH INDIVIDUALS COULD RELATE TO A SMOOTHLY RUNNING AND POSITIVE COMMUNITY.
IT REQUIRED ALSO THE CAPACITY TO ALLOW INDIVIDUALS TO FULFIL THEIR SPIRITUAL AND MENTAL NEEDS.
/+DJ SHORT...
WEDNESDAY, JANUAHY 7, 1981
- 18 -
♦IN SHORT, A HAPPY LIFE REQUIRES THAT A GENUINELY VIABLE COMMUNITY IS BUILT- THAT AS MANY RESIDENTS AS POSSIBLE ARE INVOLVED IN IT- THAT IT FULFILS ALL THE NEEDS OF THESE RESIDENTS- AND THAT A COMMUNITY SPIRIT IS DEVELOPED DEEPER AND MORE WIDESPREAD THAN THE PUBLIC SPIRIT OF MERE INDIVIDUALS,* DR HASE SAID.
HOW DID WE HOPE TO ACHIEVE THIS? HE ASKED.
♦ABOVE ALL, OUR AIM MUST BE TO ASSIST AND ENCOURAGE GROUPS OF RESIDENTS TO FORM THEMSELVES INTO POSITIVE COMMUNITY GROUPS.
♦NO COMMUNITY CAN BE BUILT FROM OUTSIDE- IT MUST GROW FROM WITHIN.
♦ALL OUTSIDE AGENCIES CAN DO, AND ESPECIALLY GOVERNMENT, IS TO ASSIST BY ENCOURAGING AND BRINGING TOGETHER LIKE MINDED CITIZENS, TO HELP, IN OTHER WORDS, TO ESTABLISH THE SORT OF ATMOSPHERE IN WHICH COMMUNITY SPIRIT CAN GROW UP,+ HE SAID.
IT DOES NOT REALLY MATTER WHAT THE GROUP OF CITIZENS WISHED TO DO, HE ADDED.
ANYTHING (OTHER, OF COURSE, THAN THE OBVIOUSLY ILLEGAL OR ANTI-SOCIAL) WHICH A GROUP OF CITIZENS WISHED TO DO WOULD HELP TO DEVELOP A COMMUNITY: THE VERY FACT THAT CITIZENS WERE WORKING SUCCESSFULLY TOGETHER AND WERE SEEN TO BE WORKING TOGETHER WOULD LEAD OTHER GROUPS TO DO THE SAME.
♦NOTHING SUCCEEDS LIKE SUCCESS, AND ANY TRULY SUCCESSFUL COMMUNITY GROUP WILL LEAD VERY QUICKLY TO AN EVER WIDENING AND DEEPENING CIRCLE OF COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT,+ DR HASE SAID.
♦OBVIOUSLY, THE THING THAT HAS TO BE DONE AS SOON AS A SUFFICIENT NUMBER OF RESIDENTS’ GROUPS IS FORMED IS TO ESTABLISH A SUITABLE STRUCTURE.
♦CLEARLY, ANY INDIVIDUAL RESIDENTS’ GROUP IS GOING TO BE MORE SUCCESSFUL IF IT IS IN CONTACT WITH OTHER GROUPS OF A SIMILAR NATURE, SO THAT BY JOINT ACTION WORK CAN BE DONE GREATER THAN ANY INDIVIDUAL ASSOCIATION COULD MANAGE ON ITS OWN, AND SO THAT DUPLICATION OF WORK CAN BE AVOIDED.
♦IN THIS FIELD GOVERNMENT HAS, OF COURSE, A CLEAR ROLE TO PLAY.
♦THE MOST IMPORTANT ORGAN WITHIN A NEW TERRITORIES NEW TOWN FOR CO-ORDINATING THE WORK OF LOCAL RESIDENTS GROUPS IS THE DISTRICT BOARD.
♦THE DISTRICT BOARD WHICH WILL BE PARTLY ELECTED FROM 1982 ONWARDS IS DESIGNED TO REPRESENT ALL THE RESIDENTS OF THE DISTRICT AND TO COORDINATE THE WORK OF ALL LOCAL ASSOC I AT IONS.+
DR HASE SAID IT WAS HOPED THAT BOARDS WOULD BECOME THE VERY HEART OF WORK IN THIS FIELD.
♦NONETHELESS, IT IS CLEAR THAT A DISTRICT AS LARGE AS SHA TIN IS NOT GOING TO BE ABLE TO DEAL WITH THE JOB OF COORDINATION EFFECTIVELY WITHOUT SOME SUB-STRUCTURE OF SUB-ORDINATE AGENCIES.
/♦WE NEED.....
ay, jahuary 7, 1981
- 19 -
WEDNj
♦WE NEED THEREFORE TO ESTABLISH AREA COMMITTEES, APPROXIMATELY ONE FOR EACH AREA WITH 50 000 INHABITANTS, IN ORDER TO COORDINATE
THE WORK OF RESIDENTS’ GROUPS AT THE GRASSROOT LEVEL AND IN ORDER TO
ACT AT THE LOCAL LEVEL AS THE AGENTS OF THE DISTRICT BOARD.
+WITHIN SHA TIN, AREA COMMITTEES WILL BE FORMED WITHIN THE NEXT YEAR IN ORDER THAT THIS NECESSARY GRASSROOT COORDINATION WORK CAN BEGIN - PREVIOUSLY TO THIS YEAR THE POPULATION HAD NOT RISEN TO THE POINT WHERE IT WAS IMPOSSIBLE FOR THE DISTRICT BOARD TO FUNCTION WITHOUT A SUB-STRUCTURE.+
DR HASE SAID ONCE THE REQUISITE STRUCTURE OF RESIDENTS GROUPS WAS FORMED, GOVERNMENT’S MOST IMPORTANT ROLE WAS TO ASSIST THE GROUPS TO WORK TOWARDS A CLEARLY DEFINED AIM.
THIS COULD BE MOST USEFULLY DONE BY ENCOURAGING THE GROUPS TO PARTICIPATE IN CAMPAIGNS OF A TERRITORY OR DISTRICT-WIDE NATURE, OR TO ENCOURAGE THEM TO TAKE PART IN WORK OF A RECREATIONAL OR CULTURAL NATURE.
THE ADVANTAGE OF ENCOURAGING RESIDENTS GROUPS TO WORK TOWARDS CLEARLY DEFINED CAMPAIGN OBJECTIVES WAS THAT IT MADE IT EASIER FOR THESE GROUPS TO MEET WITH OTHER LOCAL GROUPS.
AFTER SEVERAL YEARS OF WORKING FOR CAMPAIGNS, MEMBERS OF SUCH GROUPS WOULD HAVE A VERY WIDE RANGE OF CONTACTS AND FRIENDLY RELATIONSHIPS WITH SIMILARLY PUBLIC SPIRITED PERSONS IN OTHER GROUPS- ONCE THIS STAGE HAD BEEN REACHED, CAMPAIGN WORK BECAME OF LESS SIGNIFICANCE AS THE GROUPS WOULD HAVE MATURED INTO A SUFFICIENTLY ADVANCED STAGE THAT FUTURE COMMUNITY WORK COULD BE LEFT TO THEIR OWN DISCRETION.
AT THE SAME TIME, OF COURSE, CAMPAIGN WORK WAS ONLY ONE AMONG MANY USEFUL METHODS OF INTRODUCING ORGANISATIONS TO EACH OTHER- WE WOULD ALSO HOPE THAT THE ORGANISATIONS WOULD WORK ON SUBJECTS THAT THEY WERE THEMSELVES INTERESTED IN, EVEN THOUGH THIS WORK WAS NOT NECESSARILY PART OF OR CONNECTED WITH A RECOGNISED GOVERNMENT CAMPAIGN.
♦IN SUCH CIRCUMSTANCES THE GOVERNMENT WOULD GIVE SUCH HELP AS WAS POSSIBLE IN THE CIRCUMSTANCES,+ DR HASE CONTINUED.
EXAMPLES OF CAMPAIGN WORK WHICH COULD INVOLVE LARGE NUMBERS OF LOCAL ORGANISATIONS WERE THE ANTI-NARCOTICS AND THE KEEP HONG KONG CLEAN CAMPAIGNS.
DR HASE SAID ALL THIS WORK INVOLVED A GREAT DEAL OF GOVERNMENT TIME PARTICULARLY IN THE INITIAL STAGES.
UNTIL THE RESIDENTS’ GROUPS WERE FORMALLY ESTABLISHED, LIAISON STAFF OF THE DISTRICT OFFICE IN PRACTICE HAD TO DO A GOOD DEAL OF THE WORK. NONETHELESS IT WAS NOT OUR AIM THAT THIS SHOULD REMAIN SOLELY A DISTRICT OFFICE JOB.
♦OUR AIM IS TO ASSIST AND ENCOURAGE MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC TO FORM THEMSELVES INTO A VIABLE AND FUNCTIONING COMMUNITY.
♦THE DISTRICT OFFICE WORK IS PURELY SECONDARY TO THIS AIM. IT CANNOT SUCCEED IF IT DEVELOPS AS A DISTRICT OFFICE JOB IN ITSELF.
/♦A HORSE.........
WEDNESDAY, JANUABY 7, 1981
- 20 -
+A HORSE WITH THREE LEGS CANNOT RUN- IF GOVERNMENT DOES NOT SEEK THE WHOLE-HEARTED COOPERATION AND SUPPORT OF THE RESIDENTS ITS COMMUNITY BUILDING WORK WILL EQUALLY FAIL.
♦WE MUST REMEMBER AT ALL TIMES THAT OUR LIAISON WORK IS WORK TO AN END AND NOT AN END IN ITSELF- ALTHOUGH IT IS CLEAR THAT SO MUCH REMAINS TO BE DONE THAT THE DISTRICT OFFICE WILL HAVE A MAJOR COMMUNITY BUILDING ROLE TO PLAY FOR MANY YEARS TO COME.+ DR HASE SAID.
------0
ELDERLY COUPLES REVIVE MARRIAGE MEMORIES * * * *
TWENTY ELDERLY COUPLES FROM TUEN MUN AND YUEN LONG TODAY CHECKED INTO A HOTEL IN CENTRAL TO START A THREE-DAY +SECOND HONEYMOON+.
THEY ARE SPENDING TWO NIGHTS AT THE HILTON HOTEL TO REFRESH EMORIES OF THEIR EARLY MARRIAGE TO ENRICH THEIR RELATIONSHIP AND TO HAVE MORE INSIGHT INTO MARITAL ADJUSTMENT.
THE SECOND HONEYMOON TRIP IS BEING ORGANISED BY THE TUEN MUN-YUEN LONG DISTRICT COMMITTEE ON FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION TO PROMOTE ♦HAPPY MARRIAGE, HAPPY LIFE+.
IT FORMS PART OF THE FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION CAMPAIGN ORGANISED BY THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT AND VOLUNTARY AGENCIES TO FOSTER PROPER ATTITUDES TOWARDS ALL ASPECTS OF MARRIAGE.
BEFORE THE COUPLES CHECKED IN, A CEREMONY WAS HELD AT THE HOTEL IN WHICH THE REGIONAL SOCIAL WELFARE OFFICER (NEW TERRITORIES), MR HENRY AU, MADE AN OPENING ADDRESS TO WISH THEM HAPPINESS.
A COMMUNITY LEADER, MR KWOK WING-CHI, PRESENTED A CHEQUE FOR $20 000 AS CONTRIBUTION TOWARDS THE EVENT. THIS WAS FOLLOWED BY A LUNCH AT WHICH THE COUPLES EXCHANGED IDEAS ON MARITAL RELATIONSHIP.
MISS JOYCE CHAN, CHAIRMAN OF THE DISTRICT COMMITTEE, SAID RESPONSE TO THE SECOND HONEYMOON TRIP WAS OVERWHELMING.
A MEMBER OF EACH PARTICIPATING COUPLE MUST BE AGED AT LEAST 60 YEARS, SHE SAID, AND THE CHARGE IS $200 PER COUPLE.
SHE SAID THE SECOND HONEYMOON PROGRAMME FEATURED A VARIETY OF EVENTS WHICH WERE BOTH INFORMATIVE AND LEISURELY.
ON THE FIRST DAY THERE IS AN AFTERNOON TRIP TO THE SUNG DYNASTY VILLAGE IN LAI CHI KOK AMUSEMENT PARK, FOLLOWED BY AN EVENING FILM SHOW AND DISCUSSION SESSION ON GENERATION GAP.
ON THE SECOND AND THIRD DAYS, THE COUPLES WILL GO ON OUTINGS TO THE OCEAN PARK AND THE HONG KONG SPACE MUSEUM, AND ATTEND A FILM SHOW AND DISCUSSION SESSION ON +MARITAL ADJUSTMENT AFTER MENOPAUSE+. THEY WILL ALSO ENJOY TOGETHER THE HARBOUR VIEW FROM THE PEAK.
------0------- /21 ................................
WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 7, 1981
21
CUSTOMS SERVICE HOLDS PASSING-OUT PARADE *****
THIRTY-FOUR PROBATIONARY CUSTOMS INSPECTORS AND 93 CUSTOMS OFFICERS WHO HAVE COMPLETED THEIR INDUCTION COURSES WILL TAKE PART IN A PASSING-OUT PARADE ON SATURDAY (JANUARY 10).
TAKING THE SALUTE AT THE PARADE, THE LARGEST EVER IN THE HISTORY OF THE CUSTOMS AND EXCISE SERVICE, WILL BE THE DEPUTY COMMISSIONER, MR KEITH BROADBRIDGE.
THE PARADE WILL TAKE PLACE BEFORE SOME 400 GUESTS AT THE SERVICE’S TRAINING SCHOOL IN TAI LAM CHUNG, NEW TERRITORIES.
THE CUSTOMS AND EXCISE TRAINING COURSES ARE DESIGNED TO GIVE RECRUITS A THOROUGH UNDERSTANDING OF THE LAW IN RELATION TO THE DUTIES OF THE SERVICE, INCLUDING REVENUE COLLECTION AND PROTECTIONSUPPRESSION OF TRAFFIC IN NARCOTICS- DETECTION OF IMPORTATION AND EXPORTATION OF PROHIBITED GOODS, AND PROTECTION OF COPYRIGHT.
THE INDUCTION COURSES ALSO INCLUDE TRAINING IN JUDO, THE USE OF FIREARMS AND METHODS OF SEARCHING ON LAND, SEA AND AT THE AIRPORT.
NOTE TO EDITORS:
THE PASSING-OUT PARADE OF 34 CUSTOMS INSPECTORS AND 93 CUSTOMS OFFICERS WILL TAKE PLACE AT THE CUSTOMS AND EXCISE TRAINING SCHOOL IN TAI LAM CHUNG AT 10.30 AM ON SATURDAY (JANUARY 10).
A GOVERNMENT COACH, AM 5606, WILL BE WAITING AT HUNG HOM FERRY PIER BETWEEN 8 AM AND 8.15 AM ON SATURDAY TO TAKE GUESTS AND MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES TO THE TRAINING SCHOOL AND LATER RETURN THE PARTY TO KOWLOON.
YOU ARE INVITED TO SEND A REPRESENTATIVE TO COVER THE EVENT.
-----o-----
NOTE TO EDITORS:
CASTLE PEAK PAVILION TO BE OPENED ON FRIDAY *****
A PAVILION AT CASTLE PEAK WILL BE OPENED ON FRIDAY (JANUARY 9) AT 11.30 AM.
OFFICIATING AT THE CEREMONY WILL BE TUEN MUN DISTRICT OFFICER, fR BILLY LAM- PROJECT MANAGER, MR STAN BARDEN- AND MEMBERS OF THE DISTRICT ADVISORY BOARD.
YOU ARE INVITED TO SEND MEMBERS OF YOUR STAFF TO COVER THE EVENT. REPORTERS PLEASE MEET MR DONALD STRANGE OF THE NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION PRESS UNIT EITHER AT KOWLOON PUBLIC PIER AT 10 AM OR AT TUEN MUN DISTRICT OFFICE AT 11.20 AM. TRANSPORT WILL BE PROVIDED TO TAKE THEM TO THE PAVILION WHICH IS SITUATED ON CASTLE PEAK ABOVE TSI NG SHAN TEMPLE.
------0 ------ /22 ................
WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 7, 1981* ‘
22
TWO MORE BUS-ONLY LANES ON KING’S ROAD
* * * *
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT TWO MORE SECTIONS OF THE WESTBOUND KERB-SIDE LANE OF KING’S ROAD WOULD BE MADE BUS-ONLY LANES FROM 7 AM ON SATURDAY (JANUARY 10).
VEHICLES EXCEPT OMNIBUSES AND THOSE WITH WRITTEN AUTHORITY WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM ENTERING THESE LANES FROM 7 AM TO 10 AM AND FROM 4 PM TO 7 PM DAILY.
ONE SECTION EXTENDS 30 METRES WEST FROM A POINT 30 METRES WEST OF THE JUNCTION OF KING’S ROAD WITH KAM HONG STREET.
THE OTHER SECTION EXTENDS 35 METRES FROM A POINT 30 METRES WEST OF ITS JUNCTION WITH CHEUNG HONG STREET.
THE LANES WILL BE INDICATED BY TRAFFIC SIGNS AND CARRIAGEWAY MARK INGS.
------0 - - - -
TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN KOWLOON X * * X
A SECTION OF FIFE STREET BETWEEN NATHAN ROAD AND SAI YEUNG CHOI STREET IN MONG KOK WILL BE DESIGNATED A 24-HOUR URBAN CLEARWAY FROM 10 AM ON FRIDAY (JANUARY 9).
MOTOR VEHICLES EXCEPT THOSE WITH WRITTEN AUTHORITY WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM STOPPING FOR PASSENGERS OR LOADING OR UNLOADING GOODS WITHIN THE CLEARWAY.
ALSO FROM 10 AM ON FRIDAY, THE FOLLOWING TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS WILL BE INTRODUCED IN SHAM SHU I PO TO IMPROVE TRAFFIC FLOW:
X NORTHBOUND TRAFFIC ON NAM CHEONG STREET WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM TURNING RIGHT INTO WOH CHAI STREET EASTBOUND.
M SOUTHBOUND TRAFFIC ON NAM CHEONG STREET EXCEPT FRANCHISED BUSES MUST TURN LEFT INTO WOH CHAI STREET EASTBOUND.
X THE COMPULSORY LEFT TURN FROM WOH CHAI STREET WESTBOUND INTO NAM CHEONG STREET SOUTHBOUND WILL BE RESCINDED.
* NORTHBOUND TRAFFIC ON NAM CHEONG STREET WILL BE ALLOWED TO TURN RIGHT INTO BERWICK STREET EASTBOUND.
M KMB ROUTE NOS. 36M AND 40M WILL USE NAM CHEONG STREET, BERWICK STREET, AND SHEK KIP MEI STREET FOR ACCESS TO THE BUS TERMINUS IN WAI CHI STREET.
-----o-----
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
THURSDAY, JjNUARY 8, 1981
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
PLANS FOR URBAN PARK ON FORI ER REFUSE TIP .................... 1
LOW-BUDGET HOLIDAY RESORT OPENS AT S.J KUNG ................... 2
LAND FOR YUEN LONG NEW TOOT ................................... 3
NEW BOOK DEPICTS HONG KONG'S ANIMAL LIFE....................... 4
FIRST-TIME SCHOOL ENTRIES TO HKCEE NEED APPROVAL .............. 5
TAI PO CYCLISTS URGED TO BE MORE CAREFUL ...................... 5
COMPETITION FOR CLEANEST VILLAGE HOUSE......................... 6
AMS HOLDS CELEBRATION DINNER................................... 7
HK HAS OVER 190 000 PRIVATE CARS
7
THURSDAY, JANUARY 8, 1981
1
PLANS FOR URBAN PARK ON FORMER REFUSE TIP
*****
LANDSCAPE CONSULTANTS HAVE BEEN APPOINTED TO CARRY OUT STUDIES FOR THE FIRST STAGE OF DEVELOPMENT OF GIN DRINKERS BAY CONTROLLED TIP INTO AN URBAN PARK.
THE APPOINTMENT WAS MADE BY THE TSUEN WAN NEW TOWN DEVELOPMENT OFFICE OF PWD’S NEW TERRITORIES DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT.
THE CONSULTANTS CHOSEN ARE EDMOND BULL CORKERY (EBC (HK) IN JOINT VENTURE WITH YUNCKEN FREEMAN (HK). THEY WILL BE ASSISTED BY GOLDER ASSOCIATES, EXPERTS IN WASTE DISPOSAL.
MR EDDIE SHORT, PROJECT MANAGER FOR TSUEN WAN NEW TOWN, SIGNED THE AGREEMENT ON BEHALF OF PWD, AND MR ROBIN EDMOND AND JOHN DENTON ON BEHALF OF THE CONSULTANTS.
THE GIN DRINKERS BAY TIP IS ONE OF THE LARGEST OF ITS KIND IN THE WORLD AND THE PROCESS OF TURNING THE AREA INTO A PLACE FOR RECREATION AND LEISURE ACTIVITIES IS EXPECTED TO BE LONG AND COMPLEX.
THE CONSULTANTS HAVE BEEN ASKED TO FIND APPROPRIATE SOLUTIONS TO THE PROBLEMS OF i
* DISPOSAL OF LIQUID WASTES, LEACHING FROM THE BOTTOM OF THE TIP,
* SAFE DISPERSAL OF METHANE GASES PRODUCED BY DECOMPOSING ORGANIC MATERIAL, AND
* DIFFERENTIAL SETTLEMENT OF THE TIP DUE TO VARYING DEGREES OF COMPACTION THROUGHOUT THE TIP.
THEY HAVE ALSO BEEN ASKED TO LOOK INTO THE EFFECTS OF THESE FACTORS ON PLANTS, BUILDINGS AND PAVED AREAS.
THE FACILITIES TO BE INCORPORATED INTO THE DEVELOPMENT ARE EXPECTED TO INCLUDE A FULL SIZE SOCCER PITCH, TENNIS COURTS, BASKETBALL COURTS, AN AMPHITHEATRE, CHANGING AND CLUB ROOMS, A CYCLE TRACK, PLEASURE GARDEN AND PAVILION, PICNIC AREAS, AND PARKING AND PUBLIC TRANSPORT FACILITIES. OTHER PROVISIONS ARE ALSO BEING CONSIDERED.
WORK IS DUE TO START ON THE FIRST PHASE OF DEVELOPMENT, LARGELY ADVANCE PLANTING, IN THE COMING SPRING, WITH POSSIBLE PHASED COMPLETION AND PUBLIC ACCESS TO PARTS OF THE PARK IN 1983/84.
THE CURRENT ESTIMATED COST OF THE DEVELOPMENT, WHICH IS EXPECTED TO SERVE AS A DISTRICT AND REGIONAL FACILITY, IS ABOUT $30 MILLION.
-------o --------
/2.......
THURSDAY, JANUARY 8, 1981
2
LOW-BUDGET HOLIDAY RESORT OPENS AT SAI KUNG * * * *
LADY MACLEHOSE OPENED HONG KONG’S FIRST FAMILY HOLIDAY VILLAGE FOR THE GENERAL PUBLIC IN THE SAI KUNG COUNTRY PARK TODAY.
ATTENDING AT THE OPENING CEREMONY OF THE LADY MACLEHOSE holiday village were the governor, sir hurray maclehose, and sir SHIU-KIN TANG, WHO HAS MADE A DONATION OF $2 MILLION TOWARDS THE COST OF THE FIRST STAGE OF THE HOLIDAY VILLAGE.
AT THE CEREMONY, LADY MACLEHOSE UNVEILED A PLAQUE TO SIGNIFY THE OFFICIAL OPENING OF THE WELL-EQUIPPED HOLIDAY RESORT FOR HONG KONG’S OVERCROWDED MILLIONS.
SHE RECEIVED A PLEASANT SURPRISE AFTER THE OPENING. ONE OF THE GUESTS, MRS CHAN MOK WING-CHUN, PRESENTED HER A CHEQUE FOR $10 000 TO BE USED FOR EQUIPMENT FOR THE HOLIDAY VILLAGE.
MRS CHAN TOLD OFFICERS OF THE RECREATION AND SPORT SERVICE THAT SHE WAS VERY IMPRESSED WITH THE LADY MACLEHOSE VILLAGE AND WISHED TO MAKE A PERSONAL CONTRIBUTION.
LADY MACLEHOSE THANKED MRS CHAN FOR HER GENEROSITY AND ACCEPTED THE CHEQUE ON BEHALF OF THE RSS.
SPEAKING AT THE OPENING CEREMONY, THE SECRETARY FOR HOME AFFAIRS, MR DENIS BRAY SAID THE PROJECT WAS THE RESULT OF A HAPPY SERIES OF EVENTS INVOLVING INITIATIVE, INGENUITY AND GENEROSITY.
♦THE BUILDINGS WERE ORIGINALLY PUT UP FOR THE ENGINEERS ENGAGED IN BUILDING THE HIGH ISLAND RESERVOIR JUST OVER THE HILL. IT WAS ITSELF THE LARGEST AND MOST IMAGINATIVE OF THE MANY WORKS UNDERTAKEN IN HONG KONG TO PRODUCE WATER. THE ENGINEERS LIVED HERE FOR A FEW YEARS BUT THE BUILDINGS PUT UP FOR THEM ARE STILL DURABLE,* THE SECRETARY SAID.
HE SAID THE IDEA OF CONVERTING THE ENGINEERS’ BUNGALOWS INTO A HOLIDAY CAMP WAS NOT THE FAR-FETCHED SCHEME IT WOULD HAVE SEEMED EVEN FIVE OR SIX YEARS AGO BUT A PRACTICAL AND USEFUL PLAN WANTING ONLY FUNDS FOR FULFILMENT.
HE THANKED SIR SHIU-KIN TANG FOR HIS $2 MILLION DONATION.
♦EVEN THOSE OF US WHO KNOW HIM WELL FIND DIFFICULTY IN RECALLING THE MANY VALUABLE SCHEMES HE HAS HELPED THROUGH HIS DONATIONS.
♦LAST YEAR ALONE HE GAVE OVER $12 MILLION TOWARDS A WHOLE SERIES OF IMPORTANT PROJECTS THROUGHOUT HONG KONG.
♦’SECOND UNCLE’ WE CALL HIM. I AM SURE THIS TERM OF AFFECTION AND RESPECT WILL SPRING READILY TO THE MINDS OF THOSE WHO WILL ENJOY THIS CAMP,+ MR BRAY SAID.
/THE HOLIDAY ...
thubsdat, JAiTOAaT 8, 1981
3
THE HOLIDAY VILLAGE IS SITUATED IN 12 HECTARES OF WOODED COUNTRYSIDE NEAR PAK TAM. IT WILL PROVIDE CHALET-STYLE ACCOMMODATION FOR UP TO 12Q OVERNIGHT VISITORS. WHEN THE WHOLE PROJECT IS COMPLETED, THERE WILL BE OVERNIGHT ACCOMMODATION FOR UP TO 250 PEOPLE AT ANY ONE TIME.
THE BUNGALOWS RANGE IN SIZE FROM 3-BED UNITS OF 30 SQUARE METRES EACH, TO 100-SQUARE-METRE UNITS SLEEPING 12. THEY HAVE BEEN REFURBISHEfr-FWlSHED WITH SPECIALLY-DESIGNED FURNITURE; AND EQUIPPED WITH AIR-CONDITIONERS IN THE BEDROOMS AND WATER-HEATERS IN THE SHOWERS. MOST OF THE UNITS HAVE SITTING-ROOMS.
. _ VILLAGE IS MANAGED BY THE GOVERNMENT’S RECREATION
^0 SPORT SERVICE, AND WILL FEATURE A VARIETY OF RECREATIONAL FACILITIES AND ORGANISED ACTIVITIES.
BOOKINGS CAN BE MADE TO THE MANAGER OF THE HOLIDAY VILLAGE. APPLICATION .FORMS ARE AVAILABLE AT ALL RSS DISTRICT OFFICES AND COMPLETED FORMS SHOULD BE SENT TO THE MANAGER, LADY MACLEHOSE HOLIDAY VILLAGE, PAK TAM, SAI KUNG, THREE MONTHS IN ADVANCE.
0
LAND FOR YUEN LONG NEW TOWN
*****
ABOUT 20 HECTARES OF LAND WILL BE FORMED IN THE SOUTHERN PART OF YUEN LONG NEW TOWN FOR ITS FURTHER DEVELOPMENT.
A $70 MILLION CONTRACT FOR THE WORK WAS SIGNED TODAY BY MR P.B. KEOWN, CHIEF ENGINEER OF THE NEW TERRITORIES DEVELOPMENT BRANCH OF THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT AND MR MAK WAI-KEI OF THE EXPRESS TRANSPORT AND BUILDING CONTRACTORS LTD.
THE CONTRACT, WHICH INCLUDES THE CONSTRUCTION OF ROADS, DRAINS AND SEWERS, FORMS PART OF THE NEW TOWN’S DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME BEING UNDERTAKEN BY THE PWD’S NEW TERRITORIES DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT.
THE LAND FORMED WILL BE FOR PRIVATE RESIDENTIAL AND COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT, AND GOVERNMENT, INSTITUTE AND COMMUNITY USES — THERE WILL BE SITES FOR FOUR SCHOOLS, A MAGISTRACY, A DIVISIONAL FIRE STATION, AN AMBULANCE DEPOT, A CLINIC, CAR PARKS AND OPEN SPACES.
WORK ON THE CONTRACT WILL BEGIN LATER THIS MONTH AND TAKE ABOUT 30 MONTHS TO COMPLETE.
THE WORKS HAVE BEEN DESIGNED AND CONSTRUCTION WILL BE SUPERVISED BY THE CONSULTING ENGINEERS, BINNIE AND PARTNERS (HONGKONG), FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT.
/K.....
THURSDAY, JANUARY 8, 1981
A
NEW BOOK DEPICTS HONG KONG’S ANIMAL LIFE *****
THE MANY DIFFERENT FORMS OF ANIMAL LIFE TO BE FOUND IN HONG KONG — SOME UNUSUAL OR RARE — ARE PORTRAYED IN THEIR NATURAL COLOURS IN A NEW BOOK NOW ON SALE.
CONTAINING ABOUT 600 ORIGINAL PAINTINGS, THE BOOK ENABLES EASY IDENTIFICATION OF MOST LOCAL ANIMALS, INCLUDING MAMMALS, REPTILES, INSECTS, FRESHWATER FISH AND OTHER MARINE LIFE.
THE PAINTINGS ARE THE WORK OF KAREN PHILL IPPS, A TALENTED LOCAL ARTIST WITH A SPECIAL INTEREST IN NATURAL HISTORY. DR DENNIS S. HILL, UNTIL RECENTLY WITH THE UNIVERSITY OF HONG KONG’S DEPARTMENT OF ZOOLOGY, HAS PRODUCED THE TEXT WHICH IS THE RESULT OF 11 YEARS’ PERSONAL EFFORT.
PUBLISHED UNDER THE TITLE, +A COLOUR GUIDE TO HONG KONG ANIMALS*, THE 280-PAGE BOOK WAS COMMISSIONED BY THE GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES AND HAS BEEN PRINTED BY THE GOVERNMENT PRINTER.
IT IS ON SALE AT $38 AT THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE, LEADING BOOKSHOPS, CITY DISTRICT OFFICES AND DISTRICT OFFICES IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.
IN AN INTRODUCTORY CHAPTER TO THE BOOK, THE AUTHORS NOTE THAT THERE IS AN EVER-INCREASING AWARENESS OF LOCAL ECOLOGY IN HONG KONG.
WITH THE PROMOTION OF THE COUNTRY PARKS PROGRAMME AND THE INCREASE OF THE ECOLOGY CONTENT IN VARIOUS SCHOOL CURRICULA, THE AUTHORS HOPE THAT THIS AWARENESS WILL EVENTUALLY LEAD TO INTEREST.
THE BOOK CONTAINS INFORMATION ON THE MAIN ECOLOGICAL HABITATS PRESENT IN HONG KONG AND GIVES A BRIEF INTRODUCTION TO THE STUDY OF ANIMAL COMMUNITIES.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES SAID THE BOOK WAS EXPECTED TO AROUSE CONSIDERABLE INTEREST AS IT WAS THE FIRST DETAILED SOURCE OF REFERENCE ON HONG KONG’S ANIMAL LIFE.
+ IT SHOULD APPEAL NOT ONLY TO THE SERIOUS STUDENT OF NATURAL HISTORY, BUT ALSO TO THE NON-EXPERT WHO WANTS TO INCREASE HIS KNOWLEDGE OF THE MANY CREATURES WITH WHOM HE SHARES A PLACE IN THE ENVIRONMENT,* HE SAID.
THE BOOK IS THE SECOND TITLE IN THE +COLOUR GUIDE* SERIES INTRODUCED BY THE GIS. AN EARLIER BOOK ON HONG KONG BIRDS, FEATURING ORIGINAL PAINTINGS BY THE SAME ARTIST, PROVED SO POPULAR THAT A SECOND EDITION HAD TO BE PRINTED.
- - 0 - -
/5 ---
THURSDAY, JANUARY 8, 1981
5
FIRST-TIME SCHOOL ENTRIES TO HKCEE NEED APPROVAL ******
SCHOOLS ARE REMINDED THAT IF THEY WISH TO ENTER FORM/MIDDLE V CANDIDATES AND +ENGLISH ONLY* CANDIDATES FOR THE FIRST TIME IN THE HONG KONG CERTIFICATE OF EDUCATION EXAMINATION IN 1982, THEY MUST APPJ-Y T0 THE SECRETARY OF THE HONG KONG EXAMINATIONS AUTHORITY FOR APPROVAL NOT LATER THAN FEBRUARY 1 THIS YEAR.
THE SAME PROCEDURE APPLIES TO SCHOOLS WISHING TO ENTER CANDIDATES FOR THE FIRST TIME FOR CERTAIN PRACTICAL SUBJECTS.
THESE SUBJECTS INCLUDE SHORTHAND, TYPING, PHYSICS (SYLLABUSES 1 AND 2), CHEMISTRY (SYLLABUSES 1 AND 2), BIOLOGY (SYLLABUSES 1 AND 2), POTTERY, HOME ECONOMICS, NEEDLEWORK/DRESS, DRESSMAKING, WOODWORK, METALWORK, PRACTICAL ELECTRICITY, ELECTRONICS AND ELECTRICITY, TECHNICAL DRAWING, DESIGN AND TECHNOLOGY, EMBROIDERY, AND THREE-DIMENSIONAL DESIGN.
APPLICATIONS TO THE SECRETARY SHOULD BE SENT TO THE EXAMINATIONS AUTHORITY AT CANTON ROAD GOVERNMENT OFFICES, 11TH FLOOR, 393 CANTON ROAD, KOWLOON. APPLICATION FORMS CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE SAME OFFICE.
HANDBOOKS IN ENGLISH AND CHINESE VERSIONS ON THE REGULATIONS AND SYLLABUSES FOR THE 1982 HONG KONG CERTIFICATE OF EDUCATION EXAMINATION ARE NOW ON SALE AT THE EXAMINATIONS AUTHORITY’S PUBLICATIONS UN IT AT 17-TSEUK LUK STREET, SAN PO KONG.
THEY ARE ALSO AVAILABLE AT THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE, GENERAL POST OFFICE BUILDING, CONNAUGHT PLACE, HONG KONG.
-----o------
TAI PO CYCLISTS URGED TO BE MORE CAREFUL * * * *
TAI PO CYCLISTS WHO FAIL TO OBSERVE TRAFFIC REGULATIONS COULD FACE FINES OR IMPRISONMENT.
THIS WAS SAID TODAY DURING A VISIT TO CYCLING +BLACK SPOTS+ IN THE TOWN BY THE CHAIRMAN OF TAI PO ROAD SAFETY COMMITTEE, MR WONG CHUN-WAI.
ACCOMPANIED BY THE DISTRICT TRAFFIC INSPECTOR, MR KWOK FUK-SHING, MR WONG LOOKED ESPECIALLY AT THE SITUATION AT TAI MEI TUK, A POPULAR AREA FOR CYCLISTS.
AT TING KOK ROAD, MR WONG WAS TOLD THAT POLICE OFFICERS WERE ON DUTY DURING WEEKENDS AND HOLIDAY PERIODS TO INSTRUCT CYCLISTS ON SAFETY PRECAUTIONS THEY SHOULD OBSERVE.
THOSE WHO FAIL TO MAKE USE OF THE CYCLE TRACK OR WHO IGNORE TRAFFIC REGULATIONS ARE LIABLE TO A $500 FINE OR IMPRISONMENT FOR THREE MONTHS.
MR WONG AND MR KWOK ALSO CALLED ON LOCAL BICYCLE HIRING OPERATORS TO SEEK THEIR COOPERATION IN THE ROAD SAFETY DRIVE.
/+IT WILL ...
THURSDAY, JANUARY 8, 1981
6
+IT WILL HELP VERY MUCH IF ALL BICYCLES ARE KEPT IN SOUND THFv'rnMP ™DtScSI2aoRS ARE T0LD T0 RIDE CAREFULLY EVERY TIME THEY COME TO THE SHOP,* MR WONG TOLD THE OPERATORS.
REM I NDER^TO^CYCUSTS^S‘FETV H‘VE BEE“ PUT UP AS A
JAI PO ROAD SAFETY COMMITTEE, CHAIRED BY MR WONG, COMPRISES ^,n™.SE^TATiyES 0F THE DISTRICT OFFICE, POLICE, GOVERNMENT
°Mi2f£ulC*SA RURAL C0MM,TTEE> KOWLOON MOTOR BUS COMPANY AND LOCAL MINIBUS AND TAXI OPERATORS’ ASSOCIATIONS.
DAAn BEING ORGANISED BY THE COMMITTEE TO IMPROVE
wnDASM™I.Y ™,TAI P0 INCLUDE SEMINARS FOR DRIVERS, FILM SHOWS, AND A MODEL DRIVER COMPETITION.
------0-------
COMPETITION FOR CLEANEST VILLAGE HOUSE * X X
A DISTRICT-WIDE +BUILDING CLEAN-UP COMPETITION* FOR RESIDENTS OF VILLAGE HOUSES AND MULTI-STOREY BUILDINGS IN NT NORTH DISTRICT WAS LAUNCHED TODAY.
THE COMPETITION, ORGANISED BY THE NORTH DISTRICT KEEP HONG KONG CLEAN CAMPAIGN COMMITTEE, EXHORTS THE RESIDENTS TO KEEP THEIR ENVIRONMENT A PLEASANT PLACE TO LIVE IN.
♦WE ALSO HOPE TO REVIVE THE SPIRIT OF THE 1972 KEEP HONG KONG CLEAN CAMPAIGN BEFORE STARTING ANOTHER BIG DRIVE,* SAID A SPOKESMAN FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT.
MEMBERS OF THE CAMPAIGN COMMITTEE VISITED A NUMBER OF HOUSES AT VARIOUS VILLAGES THROUGHOUT THE DISTRICT TODAY TO PICK THE WINNERS.
THE COMMITTEE MEMBERS COMPRISE RURAL LEADERS, MUTUAL AID COMMITTEE MEMBERS, AND REPRESENTATIVES OF NORTH DISTRICT OFFICE AND THE NORTH URBAN SERVICES OFFICE.
TOMORROW, THE PANEL OF JUDGES WILL INSPECT THE COMMON PLACES, CORRIDORS AND CANOPIES OF MORE THAN 10 MULTI-STOREY BUILDINGS IN THE TOWNS TO FIND MODEL BUILDINGS THERE.
PRIZES WILL BE PRESENTED AT A CEREMONY TOWARDS THE END OF THIS MONTH TO THE CLEANEST VILLAGE HOUSES AT FANLING, SHEUNG SHUI AND SHA TAU KOK, AND MULTI-STOREY BUILDINGS AT LUEN WO HUI AND SHEK WU HUI.
------0-------
THURSDAY, JANUARY 8, 1981
7
AMS HOLDS CELEBRATION DINNER * * * *
THE AUXILIARY MEDICAL SERVICE WILL HOLD ITS ANNUAL DINNER ON SATURDAY (JANUARY 10), CLIMAXING A YEAR OF ACTIVITIES COMMEMORATING ITS 30TH ANNIVERSARY.
MORE THAN 1 200 MEMBERS ARE EXPECTED TO ATTEND THE FUNCTION WHICH WILL BE OFFICIATED BY THE DIRECTOR OF MEDICAL AND HEALTH SERVICES, DR K.L. THONG, WHO IS ALSO UNIT CONTROLLER OF THE SERVICE.
DR THONG WILL ADDRESS THE GATHERING AND PRESENT LONG SERVICE MEDALS TO 56 MEMBERS WHO HAVE SERVED BETWEEN 15 TO 27 YEARS.
AMONG THE GUESTS INVITED TO THE DINNER WILL BE THE COMMISSIONER OF CIVIL AID SERVICES, MR ROGER LOBO, THE PRINCIPAL ASSISTANT SECRETARY FOR SECURITY, MR A.K. MASON, DR HENRY LI FOOK-KUEN OF THE HONG KONG MEDICAL ASSOCIATION, AND OTHER SENIOR GOVERNMENT OFFICIALS AND LOCAL DIGNITARIES.
NOTE TO EDITORS!
MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES ARE WELCOME TO COVER THE EVENT WHICH WILL BEGIN AT 7 PM ON SATURDAY (JANUARY 10) AT THE MAXIM PALACE RESTAURANT, WORLD TRADE CENTRE, CAUSEWAY BAY.
- - 0 - -
HK HAS OVER 190 000 PRIVATE CARS * * *
THE NUMBER OF REGISTERED PRIVATE CARS IN HONG KONG TOPPED 190 000 AT THE END OF LAST YEAR. THIS WAS A RISE OF OVER 27 000 CR 16.8 PER CENT OVER THE LAST 12 MONTHS, AND COMPARES WITH AN INCREASE OF 20 713 IN THE PREVIOUS 12 MONTH PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER, 1979.
THE NUMBER OF NEW CARS REGISTERED DURING DECEMBER WAS 3 007, AND THE NUMBER OF REGISTRATIONS WHICH LAPSED WAS 1 132. THERE WAS THUS A NET INCREASE OF 1 875 CARS, BRINGING THE OVERALL TOTAL TO 190 131.
0 - -
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG TEL 5-233191
FRIDAY, JANUARY 9, 1981
CONTENTS Page no.
MONEY STATISTICS FOR NOVEMBER 1980 ............................ 1
TD2N MUN ON WAY TO BECOMING .. CITY ........................... 3
RESULTS OF LATEST LABOUR FORCE SURVEY.......................... 5
TUIN MUN HOME OWNERSHIP SITE FOR CASH TENDER................... 6
PUBLIC SWIMMING POOL FOR YUEN LONG ............................ 7
POSTER DESIGN FOR THE YE,iR OF THE DISABLED.................... 7
CHANGE OF POLLING STATION...................................... 8
SCHOOL SITE FOR SALE........................................... 8
CATERERS .AAlTED FOR AIRPORT .................................. 9
TINDERS INVITED FOR SUPPLY OF MOTOR BOATS
9
FRIDAY, JANUARY 9, 1981
1
MONEY STATISTICS * *
FOR NOVEMBER 1980 * * *
A FURTHER OUTFLOW OF FUNDS FROM THE HONG KONG MONETARY SECTOR DURING NOVEMBER 1980 CONTRIBUTED TO A FALL IN THE GROWTH RATES OF THE MONEY SUPPLY ON ALL DEFINITIONS, SOMEWHAT OFFSET BY THE FACT THAT LOANS AND ADVANCES IN HONG KONG BY BOTH BANKS AND DEPOSITCOMPANIES ROSE FASTER IN THAT MONTH THAN IN OCTOBER.
THE NOVEMBER MONEY SUPPLY AND FINANCIAL STATISTICS, PUBLISHED TODAY, AND COMPARISONS WITH PREVIOUS MONTHS, ARE SET OUT AS FOLLOWSi
MONEY AND BANKING FIGURES - END OF NOVEMBER 1980 (HK$M)
FIGURES FOR EARLIER MONTHS (% CHANGE)i
NOV 1980 OCT 1980 AUG 1980 NOV 1979
Ml 24 394 25 575 (-4.6%) 24 074 (+1.3%) 20 039 (+21.7%)*
M2 95 058 95 636 (-0.6%) 93 004 (+2.2%) 72 957 (+30.3%)*
134 117 131 311 (+2.1%) 124 207 (+8.0%) 95 833 (+39.9%)*
BANKS -
DEPOSITS 86 816 87 407 (-0.7%) 85 016 (+2.1%) 66 028 (+31.5%)*
LOANS AND ADVANCES IN HK 90 865 85 278 (+6.6%) 76 764 (+18.4%) 58 653 (+54.9%)*
LOAN/DEPOSIT RATIO 104.7% 97.6% 90.3% 88.8%
AVERAGE LIQUIDITY RATIO 48.2% 46.8% 48.6% 48.9%
DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES
DEPOSITS 39 059 35 675 (+9.5%) 31 203 (+25.2%) 22 876 (+70.7%)
LOANS AND ADVANCES IN HK 28 689 27 149 (+5.7%) 24 784 (+15.8%) 13 085 (+119.3%)
LOAN/DEPOSIT RATIO 73.5% 76.1% 79.4% 57.2%
AVERAGE LIQUIDITY 46.6% 47.9% 46.4% R
RATIO a
/BANIS AND .....
FRIDAY, JANUARY 9, 1981
- 2 -
BANKS AND DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES -
TOTAL LOANS AND 119 554 112 427 101 548 71 738
ADVANCES IN HK (+6.3%) (+17.7%) (+66.7%)
% THESE FIGURES ARE RECALCULATED TO EXCLUDE BANKS' LIABILITIES TO, AND CLAIMS ON, DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES.
« THE STATUTORY REQUIREMENT FOR DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES TO OBSERVE A MINIMUM LIQUID ASSETS RATIO CAME INTO FORCE ON JANUARY 1, 1980.
MONEY SUPPLY
THE MONEY SUPPLY ON THE NARROWEST DEFINITION, Ml (NOTES AND COINS WITH THE PUBLIC, PLUS DEMAND DEPOSITS, OTHER THAN FROM BANKS AND DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES, WITH LICENSED BANKS) FELL BY 4.6 PER CENT IN NOVEMBER, AFTER HAVING REMAINED UNCHANGED IN OCTOBER.
THERE WAS A SHARP FALL IN THE VOLUME OF DEMAND (NON-INTEREST EARNING) DEPOSITS WITH LICENSED BANKS DURING THE MONTH, PRESUMABLY REFLECTING RISING INTEREST RATES AVAILABLE ON OTHER DEPOSITS.
M2 (Ml PLUS SAVINGS AND TIME DEPOSITS, OTHER THAN FROM BANKS AND DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES, WITH LICENSED BANKS) FELL BY 0.6 PER CENT IN NOVEMBER, AFTER A 0.1 PER CENT RISE IN OCTOBER.
M3 (M2 PLUS DEPOSITS WITH DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES) ROSE BY 2.1 PER CENT IN NOVEMBER, SLIGHTLY DOWN FROM AN INCREASE OF 2.2 PER CENT IN OCTOBER. THE NOVEMBER GROWTH WAS CAUSED BY A 9.5 PER CENT RISE IN DEPOSITS WITH DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES, AGAIN PRESUMABLY REFLECTING INTEREST RATE MOVEMENTS DURING THE MONTH.
IN THE LAST THREE MONTHS Ml ROSE BY ONLY 1.3 PER CENT AND M2 BY 2.2 PER CENT, MUCH LESS THAN THE 14.9 PER CENT INCREASE (ON BOTH DEFINITIONS) IN THE PREVIOUS THREE MONTHS. IN THE LAST THREE MONTHS M3 GREW BY 8.0 PER CENT, ALSO WELL DOWN FROM AN 11.0 PER CENT INCREASE IN THE PREVIOUS THREE MONTHS.
LOANS IN HONG KONG
TOTAL LOANS AND ADVANCES IN HONG KONG EXPANDED BY 6.3 PER CENT IN NOVEMBER, UP FROM A 5.6 PER CENT RISE IN OCTOBER. IN THE LAST THREE MONTHS TOTAL LOANS AND ADVANCES IN HONG KONG ROSE BY 17.7 PER CENT, SHARPLY UP FROM AN INCREASE OF 10.9 PER CENT IN THE PREVIOUS THREE MONTHS.
BANK LOANS IN HONG KONG INCREASED BY 6.6 PER CENT IN NOVEMBER, AFTER A RISE OF 6.0 PER CENT IN OCTOBER. LOANS IN HONG KONG BY DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES ROSE BY 5.7 PER CENT IN NOVEMBER, AFTER RISING BY 4.3 PER CENT IN OCTOBER. IN THE LAST THREE MONTHS, BANK LOANS IN HONG KONG GREW BY 18.4 PER CENT AND LOANS IN HONG KONG BY DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES BY 15.8 PER CENT, WELL UP FROM THE INCREASE OF 9.8 PER CENT AND 14.3 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY IN THE PREVIOUS THREE MONTHS.
/poasror assets......
FRIDAY, JANUARY 9, 1981
- 3 -
FOREIGN ASSETS
THE NET IDENTIFIABLE FOREIGN ASSETS OF ALL BANKS FELL IN NOVEMBER BY $4 699 MILLION, WHILE THOSE OF DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES ROSE BY $1 928 MILLION, SUGGESTING AN OUTFLOW OF FUNDS FROM THE HONG KONG MONETARY SECTOR OF $2 771 MILLION, AS COMPARED WITH AN OUTFLOW OF $1 782 MILLION IN THE PREVIOUS MONTH.
BALANCE SHEET RATIOS
THE AVERAGE LIQUIDITY RATIO FOR ALL BANKS IN HONG KONG ROSE IN NOVEMBER TO 48.2 PER CENT FROM 46.8 PER CENT IN OCTOBER. THE LOAN/ DEPOSIT RATIO ALSO ROSE TO 104.7 PER CENT AT THE END OF NOVEMBER FROM 97.6 PER CENT AT THE END OF OCTOBER, REFLECTING THE RAPID GROWTH IN BANK LENDING DURING THE MONTH.
THE AVERAGE LIQUIDITY RATIO FOR ALL DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES FELL IN NOVEMBER TO 46.6 PER CENT FROM 47.9 PER CENT IN OCTOBER. THE LOAN/DEPOSIT RATIO FELL FURTHER TO 73.5 PER CENT AT THE END OF NOVEMBER FROM 76.1 PE? CENT AT THE END OF OCTOBER, REFLECTING THE SHARP INCREASE IN DEPOSITS WITH DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES DURING THE MONTH.
NUMBER OF REPORTING INSTITUTIONS
THE NUMBER OF REPORTING BANKS WAS UNCHANGED IN NOVEMBER AT 113. TWO MORE DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES BEGAN TO REPORT DURING THE MONTH, BRINGING THEIR TOTAL TO 300.
------- 0 ---------
TUEN MUN ON WAY TO BECOMING A CITY
*****
THIS YEAR WILL SEE TUEN MUN ON THE ROAD TO BECOMING A ^TY ™AJ will MAKE AN important CONTRIBUTION TO THE DEVELOPMENT CF HONG KONG.
OAOn<JH,Mu^VAID T0DAY BY TUEN MUN PROJECT MANAGER, MR STAN BARDEN, WHEN HE, AND THE DISTRICT OFFICER, MR BILLY LAM, GAVE ™?ETA*!:E2 BR,EFING TO LOCAL DISTRICT ADVISORY BOARD MEMBERS ON THE LATEST DEVELOPMENTS IN BUILDING THE NEW TOWN.
THE OCCASION WAS THE OFFICIAL OPENING OF AN $85 000 PAVILION WHICH COMMANDS A PANORAMIC VIEW OF THE GROWING +CITY+.
..... ™E NAMED TS,NG SHAN pavilion, WAS COMPLETED IN
RESIDENTS^ND’TOURISTS S’NCE BEC°ME A FAVOURITE SPOT FOR LOCAL
/MR BARDfflJ.........
FRIDAY, JANUARY 9, 1981
4
MR BARDEN SAID ALREADY TUEN MUN’S POPULATION HAD GROWN TO FOUR TIMES THAT OF THE ORIGINAL VILLAGES WHICH MADE UP +CASTLE PEAK*, AND THIS WAS ONLY THE BEGINNING.
+THE FURST REALLY LARGE ESTATES BUILT BY THE HOUSING DEPARTMENT, ON TING AND YAU Ol, ARE ALREADY TAKING SHAPE AND WILL BE NEARING COMPLETION BY THE END OF THE YEAR, WHILE THE NEXT ONE, BUTTERFLY ESTATE, IS BEGINNING TO EMERGE.
+THE FIRST PUBLIC HOUSING TYPE OF ESTATE BUILT BY THE PRIVATE SECTOR FOR SALE, CHI LOK FA YUEN, WILL ALSO BE COMPLETED, WHILE A START WILL BE MADE ON ANOTHER NEAR BUTTERFLY BEACH FOR OUR ♦MIDDLE CLASS* CITIZENS.
+YET ANOTHER, IN THE FORM OF A HOME OWNERSHIP SCHEME, IS TAKING SHAPE AT THE NORTH OF THE TOWN AND SHAN KING ESTATE HAS STARTED TO THE WEST. PROGRESS IS BY NO MEANS LIMITED TO PUBLIC HOUSING, HOWEVER, AND WORK WILL START DURING THE YEAR ON THE GREATER PART OF TUEN MUN TOWN CENTRE, WHICH INCLUDES FLATS FOR SOME 25 OOO PEOPLE,* THE BOARD MEMBERS WERE TOLD.
FOUR OF THE SEVEN LOTS THAT MAKE UP THIS PRESTIGIOUS PROJECT WOULD HAVE BEEN SOLD BY THE YEAR’S END, INCLUDING ONE THAT WOULD PROVIDE COMMERCIAL AND SHOPPING FACILITIES RIVALLING THOSE TO BE FOUND ON HONG KONG ISLAND.
THE MEDICAL NEEDS OF THE FAST GROWING POPULATION HAVE NOT BEEN FORGOTTEN, THOUGH PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED ON SITE FORMATION AND OTHER WORKS HAVE PREVENTED THE MAIN 1 400 BED HOSPITAL REACHING COMPLETION AS EARLY AS WAS ORIGINALLY HOPED.
NEVERTHELESS, MR BARDEN SAID, IT IS ANTICIPATED THAT PILING WORK FOR THE FIRST BUILDINGS OF THE HOSPITAL WOULD START THIS YEAR, WHILE THE YAN 01 POLYCLINIC, TO BE OPENED THIS YEAR, WOULD HELP TO BRIDGE THE GAP.
ON THE CULTURAL FRONT, THE BOARD MEMBERS HEARD THAT BUILDING TUEN MUN’S 1 500 SEAT AUDITORIUM WAS EXPECTED TO START THIS YEAR, USING A DESIGN THAT HAD BEEN TESTED AND FOUND SUCCESSFUL IN TSUEN WAN, THOUGH IT WOULD HAVE ITS OWN CHARACTERISTICS MAKING IT CLEARLY PART OF THE TUEN MUN SCENE.
CLOSE BY, THE FIRST BLOCK OF GOVERNMENT OFFICES WOULD ALSO BE STARTED, PROVIDING A MUCH NEEDED FOCAL POINT FOR THE PUBLIC SERVICES THAT HAVE TO BE PROVIDED BY VARIOUS GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS.
AMONG WHAT MR BARDEN DESCRIBED AS +THE MORE MUNDANE ACHIEVEMENTS, BUT AS IMPORTANT AS ANY* WOULD BE THE COMPLETION OF THE LINING OF THE LARGE NULLAH THAT RUNS THROUGH TUEN MUN, AND COMPLETION OF ITS MAIN SEWER.
EVENTUALLY, THE CONTENTS OF THE NULLAH WOULD, DURING DRY PERIODS, BE TRANSFERRED TO THE SEWAGE SYSTEM, WHILE THE SEWAGE WOULD BE GIVEN PRIMARY TREATMENT AT PILLAR POINT AND DISCHARGED INTO THE SEA WELL OFF-SHORE SO THAT THE PRESENT EFFECT ON BATHING FACILITIES WOULD BE MUCH REDUCED.
TBIDAY, JAHUABY 9> 1981
- 5 -
TO THE SOUTH OF THE TOWN, THE BIGGEST TYPHOON SHELTER IN THE WESTERN NEW TERRITORIES IS TAKING SHAPE AND BY THE END OF THE YEAR MAY PROVIDE SUFFICIENT PROTECTION TO VESSELS TO MAKE A START ON CLEARING THE TEMPORARY SHELTER.
TO THE WEST OF THE TOWN, THE FIRST STAGE OF THE TWO MASSIVE POWER STATIONS TO BE BUILT AT TAP SHEK KOK, THAT WOULD TOGETHER PROVIDE OVER 60 PER CENT OF ALL THE POWER CONSUMED IN HONG KONG, WOULD COME +0N STREAM* IN 1981, LESS THAN THREE YEARS FROM THE DATE THAT THE FIRST PIECE OF EARTH MOVING PLANT MOVED ON TO THE SITE.
THIS IS A MAJOR ACHIEVEMENT, EVEN FOR HONG KONG, WHERE MAJOR ACHIEVEMENTS ARE NOT UNUSUAL, BUT IT IS ESSENTIAL TO HELP MEET THE RAPIDLY GROWING DEMAND FOR POWER WITHOUT WHICH THE TERRITORY CANNOT SURVIVE, MR BARDEN SAID.
THE PAVILION OFFICIALLY OPENED TODAY IS IN TRADITIONAL CHINESE STYLE AND HAS A MAP SHOWING THE LAYOUT OF TUEN MUN NEW TOWN. IT COVERS AN AREA OF 25 SQUARE METRES.
-------o - - - -
RESULTS OF LATEST LABOUR FORCE SURVEY
*****
THE RESULTS OF A SAMPLE LABOUR FORCE SURVEY CONDUCTED IN SEPTEMBER LAST YEAR BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT INDICATE THAT THERE WERE AT THAT TIME 101 900 UNEMPLOYED PERSONS IN HONG KONG.
THIS NUMBER REPRESENTED 4.3 PER CENT OF THE TOTAL LABOUR FORCE.
THESE FIGURES COMPARE WITH 74 600 OR 3.4 PER CENT IN SEPTEMBER 1979 AND 73 000 OR 3.2 PER CENT IN MARCH 1980.
IN COMMENT ON THESE FIGURES, THE COMMISSIONER FOR CENSUS AND STATISTICS SAID THERE WAS AN INCREASE IN THE UNEMPLOYMENT RATE OF 1.1 PERCENTAGE POINTS OVER THE PAST SIX MONTHS.
+HOWEVER, THERE ARE USUALLY SUBSTANTIALLY MORE FIRST-TIME JOB-SEEKERS (PEOPLE WHO HAVE JUST LEFT SCHOOL) IN SEPTEMBER THAN IN MARCH,* HE SAID.
+THE ESTIMATED NUMBER OF FIRST-TIME JOB-SEEKERS IN THE SEPTEMBER 1980 SURVEY WAS 18 600 AS COMPARED WITH 6 600 IN THE MARCH 1980 SURVEY (AN INCREASE OF 12 000 PERSONS).
+IF THE SEPTEMBER 1980 RATE IS ADJUSTED FOR THE SEASONAL INFLUENCE TO PUT IT ON THE SAME BASIS AS THE MARCH 1980 RATE, IT BECOMES 3.8 PER CENT.
+THE CORRECTED DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THIS AND THE MARCH 1980 FIGURE OF AN INCREASE IN THE RATE OF 0.6 PERCENTAGE POINT IS STATISTICALLY SIGNIFICANT.*
/bs said ...
FHIDAY, JAJTUA2Y 9, 1981
6
HE SAID ALTHOUGH THERE WAS AN ACTUAL INCREASE IN THE LEVEL OF UNEMPLOYMENT (AN ABSOLUTE INCREASE IN THE ESTIMATED NUMBER OF UNEMPLOYED PERSONS OF 16 900) OVER THE PAST SIX MONTHS, THERE WAS ALSO AN INCREASE IN JOB OPPORTUNITIES TAKEN UP BECAUSE THE SIZE OF THE LABOUR FORCE ROSE BY 94 700.
FOR THE PURPOSE OF THE SURVEY, PERSONS AGED BETWEEN 15 - 64 WHO WERE NOT IN EMPLOYMENT, OR WHO HAD WORKED FOR LESS THAN 15 HOURS IN THE SEVEN DAYS BEFORE THE SURVEY DATE, BUT WERE LOOKING FOR WORK, WERE CLASSIFIED AS UNEMPLOYED.
THE COMMISSIONER ALSO DREW ATTENTION TO THE VARIOUS DEFINITIONS OF UNEMPLOYMENT USED BY DIFFERENT COUNTRIES.
IN HONG KONG, ’UNEMPLOYED’ INCLUDED PEOPLE WHO HAD JUST LEFT SCHOOL AND WHO REALLY HAD NOT MUCH CHANCE TO FIND A JOB-OR WHO HAD JUST, BUT ONLY JUST, TAKEN UP WORK- OR WHO HAD TEMPORARILY BEEN LAID OFF WORK (WORKING LESS THAN 15 HOURS IN THE LAST SEVEN DAYS)- OR WHO WERE AVAILABLE FOR WORK, BUT WERE NOT ACTUALLY LOOKING FOR WORK BECAUSE THEY THOUGHT THERE WAS NONE TO BE HAD OR BECAUSE THEY WERE TEMPORARILY SICK.
A PRELIMINARY REPORT ON THE SURVEY IS NOW AVAILABLE AND COPIES CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE, GENERAL POST OFFICE BUILDING, CONNAUGHT PLACE, HONG KONG.
TUEN MUN HOME OWNERSHIP SITE FOR CASH TENDER KM#
THE NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION IS INVITING APPLICATIONS FOR A LARGE SITE IN TUEN MUN FOR HOME OWNERSHIP SCHEME DEVELOPMENT.
DETAILS ARE PUBLISHED IN THE GOVERNMENT GAZETTE TODAY.
THE 5.303 HECTARE SITE, SITUATED NEAR BUTTERFLY BEACH AND LUNG MUN ROAD, WAS PUT UP FOR TENDER TO HOLDERS OF LAND EXCHANGE ENTITLEMENTS IN OCTOBER LAST YEAR, BUT NO OFFERS WERE RECEIVED WHEN IT CLOSED ON JANUARY 2.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION SAID THE SITE WAS NOW OFFERED FOR DISPOSAL BY CASH TENDER.
THE CLOSING DATE FOR RECEIPT OF BIDS IS APRIL 10.
HE SAID A PROBABLE REASON FOR THE FIRST TENDER FAILING TO ATTRACT ANY OFFERS WAS THE VERY RAPID INCREASE IN LETTER ’B’ PRICES DURING THE PAST FEW MONTHS.
THE SITE CARRIES A BUILDING COVENANT OF $216 MILLION.
THE SUCCESSFUL TENDERER WILL BE REQUIRED TO BUILD 2 100 TO 2 300 RESIDENTIAL UNITS RANGING BETWEEN 50 SQUARE METRES AND 80 SQUARE METRES IN COVERED AREA.
THE TOTAL GROSS RESIDENTIAL FLOOR AREA WILL NOT EXCEED 155 900 SQUARE METRES.
/the units ...
raiDAY, JaNHAHY 9, 1981
THE UNITS WILL BE SOLD AT PRICES TO BE OF HOUSING.
DETAILS OF THE TENDER AND TENDER FORMS NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION HEADQUARTERS SHA TIN, TAI PO, NORTH, TSUEN WAN, TUEN MUN OFF ICES.
FIXED BY THE DIRECTOR
ARE AVAILABLE FROM AND ISLANDS, SAI KUNG, AND YUEN LONG DISTRICT
0
PUBLIC SWIMMING POOL FOR YUEN LONG X X X X X
A $31 MILLION SWIMMING POOL COMPLEX AND GARDEN WILL BE BUILT NEXT TO YUEN LONG STADIUM IN YUEN LONG NEW TOWN.
TO
THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT HAS LET A CONTRACT FOR THE PROJECT WOON LEE CONSTRUCTION COMPANY LIMITED.
MR C.S. LEE, CHIEF ARCHITECT OF THE PWD’S ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE SAID THE WORK WOULD BEGIN LATER THIS MONTH AND BE COMPLETED IN JULY NEXT YEAR.
THE SWIMMING POOL COMPLEX TO THE SOUTH OF THE STADIUM WILL COMPRISE A MAIN AND A SECONDARY POOL, AND POOLS FOR TEACHING, DIVING AND PADDLING. THERE WILL ALSO BE A SPECTATOR STAND.
OTHER FACILITIES WILL INCLUDE CHANGING ROOMS, TOILETS, A LIGHT REFRESHMENT SHOP AND OFFICE ACCOMMODATION.
THE GARDEN, TO BE BUILT TO THE NORTH OF THE SWIMMING POOL COMPLEX, WILL FEATURE A PLANTING AND SITTING-OUT AREA, A SHALLOW POOL AND A FOUNTAIN.
A TEMPORARY RECREATION GROUND WITH TWO BASKETBALL COURTS AND A SMALL REST GARDEN WILL ALSO BE PROVIDED BY THE SIDE OF THE COMPLEX.
- - - - 0 - - - -
POSTER DESIGN FOR THE YEAR OF THE DISABLED X X X X X
SECONDARY AND PRIMARY SCHOOL PUPILS ARE INVITED TO JOIN A POSTER DESIGN COMPETITION INTENDED TO AROUSE PUBLIC INTEREST IN THE ACTIVITIES OF THE INTERNATIONAL YEAR OF DISABLED PERSONS (IYDP).
THE COMPETITION IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE HONG KONG CHINESE WOMEN’S CLUB AND THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT IN RESPONSE TO THE UNITED NATIONS’ DECISION TO PROCLAIM 1981 AS IYDP.
ENTRIES SHOULD SHOW THE IDEA OF INTEGRATION OF THE DISABLED INTO THE COMMUNITY, OR THE DISABLED AND THE ABLE-BODIED JOINING HANDS IN MEANINGFUL PUBLIC SERVICE WORK.
/POSTERS SHOULD ......
Friday, January 9, 1981
- 8 -
POSTERS SHOULD BEAR THE WORDS +INTERNATIONAL YEAR OF DISABLED PERSONS - 1981+ IN CHINESE OR ENGLISH, OR BOTH- AND SHOULD SHOW THE UNITED NATIONS EMBLEM FOR THE IYDP IN BLUE COLOUR.
THEY MAY BE IN THE FORM OF PHOTOGRAPH, COLLAGE, PHOTOGRAM, PRINT, PAINTING OR DRAWING- AND SHOULD MEASURE EITHER 420 BY 594 MM OR 297 BY 420 MM.
THERE WILL BE SEPARATE SECTIONS FOR SECONDARY AND PRIMARY SCHOOL PUPILS. ANY NUMBER OF ENTRIES MAY BE SUBMITTED BY ONE PERSON.
PRIZES WILL BE AWARDED IN THE FORM OF BOOK OR STATIONERY TOKENS RANGING FROM $500 TO $50.
ALL ENTRIES SHOULD BE SENT THROUGH HEADS OF SCHOOLS TO THE SPECIAL EDUCATION SECTION, EDUCATION DEPARTMENT, LEE GARDENS, 3RD FLOOR, HYSAN AVENUE, HONG KONG BY JANUARY 20.
A PUBLIC EXHIBITION OF WINNING ENTRIES WILL BE HELD AT THE OCEAN TERMINAL CONCOURSE ON FEBRUARY 14 AND 15.
0
CHANGE OF POLLING STATION
X * * *
REGISTERED VOTERS FOR URBAN COUNCIL ELECTIONS WHO HAVE CHOSEN TO POLL AT THE DELIA MEMORIAL SCHOOL IN KWUN TONG WILL INSTEAD HAVE TO DO SO AT KWUN TONG GOVERNMENT PRIMARY SCHOOL.
THIS WAS ANNOUNCED TODAY BY MR KUO KET-CHEN, REGISTRATION OFFICER FOR THE ELECTIONS.
KWUN TONG GOVERNMENT PRIMARY SCHOOL IS AT 240 NGAU TAU KOK ROAD. IT HAS BEEN DESIGNATED A NEW POLLING STATION.
Tuev W,LL AFFECT A TOTAL °F 1 *53 REGISTERED ELECTORS.
THEY WILL RECEIVE A LETTER INFORMING THEM OF THE CHANGE.
------0-------
SCHOOL SITE FOR SALE * * K
THE CROWN LANDS AND SURVEY OFFICE OF THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT IS OFFERING A SITE AT HIP WO STREET, KWUN TONG FOR SALE BY TENDER.
THE SITE, WITH AN AREA OF ABOUT 1 120 SQUARE METRES, IS FOR A SECONDARY SCHOOL.
THE DEADLINE FOR ACCEPTANCE OF TENDERS IS NOON ON FEBRUARY 13.
TENDER FORMS, TOGETHER WITH NOTICES AND CONDITIONS MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE CROWN LANDS AND SURVEY OFFICE IN MURRAY BUILDING, 19TH FLOOR, GARDElil ROAD AND IN KOWLOON GOVERNMENT OFFICES, 405 NATHAN ROAD, 10TH FLOOR, KOWLOON.
PLANS MAY ALSO BE INSPECTED AT THESE PLACES.
------0------- /9.....................
FRIDAY, JANUARY 9,
1981
9
CATERERS WANTED FOR AIRPORT
* * * *
TENDERS ARE INVITED FOR THE OPERATION OF A SNACK BAR AT THE PASSENGER TERMINAL AND A CANTEEN AT THE AIR CARGO TERMINAL OFFICE BLOCK OF THE HONG KONG INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT.
THE SNACK BAR, LOCATED AT THE ARRIVALS LEVEL OF THE TERMINAL BUILDING, WILL SELL SNACKS AND BEVERAGES INCLUDING ALCOHOLIC DRINKS TO AIRPORT VISITORS. THE TENANCY WILL BE FOR FOUR YEARS FROM THIS APRIL, OR A LATER DATE AS MAY BE FIXED BY THE AIRPORT MANAGEMENT.
THE CANTEEN WILL BE ON THE 6TH FLOOR OF THE AIR CARGO TERMINAL OFFICE BLOCK. IT WILL SERVE AS A STAFF CANTEEN AND PROVIDE MEALS, LIGHT REFRESHMENTS, LIQUOR AND NON-ALCOHOLIC DRINKS TO PERSONNEL OF THE AIR CARGO TERMINAL COMPLEX. THE TENANCY WILL BE FOR A PERIOD OF FOUR YEARS BEGINNING FROM MARCH.
TENDERERS FOR EITHER OR BOTH FACILITIES ARE REQUIRED TO HAVE MORE THAN THREE YEARS CATERING EXPERIENCE. THEIR TENDERS SHOULD BE PLACED IN THE SECRETARIAT TENDER BOX BY 12 NOON ON JANUARY 30, FRIDAY.
FORMS OF TENDER AND FURTHER PARTICULARS MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE HEADQUARTERS OF THE CIVIL AVIATION DEPARTMENT, NEW RODNEY BLOCK, QUEENSWAY, HONG KONG OR FROM THE AIRPORT MANAGEMENT, HONG KONG INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT.
• » W * O’* W • •
TENDERS INVITED FOR SUPPLY OF MOTOR BOATS
X X * X
THE CUSTOMS AND EXCISE SERVICE IS INVITING TENDERS FOR THE SUPPLY OF AT LEAST THREE MOTOR BOATS ON HIRE FOR A YEAR FROM THIS APRIL.
THE BOATS, TO BE ON HIRE AT ONE TIME AT HOURLY RATES, WILL BE USED TO TAKE OFFICERS OF THE SERVICE BETWEEN THE SHORE AND SHIPS AT ANCHOR IN THE HARBOUR AND FOR PATROLS WITHIN HONG KONG WATERS.
IT IS EXPECTED THAT THE TOTAL SAILING TIME PER MONTH WILL NOT BE LESS THAN 200 HOURS AND THE TOTAL WAITING TIME 500 HOURS.
FORMS OF TENDER AND FURTHER PARTICULARS MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE SUPPLIES SECTION OF THE TRADE INDUSTRY AND CUSTOMS DEPARTMENT, ROOM 1321, 13TH FLOOR, OCEAN CENTRE, 5 CANTON ROAD, KOWLOON.
NOTICE OF THE TENDER IS PUBLISHED IN TODAY’S GOVERNMENT GAZETTE.
-----o------
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
SATURDAY, JANU^JiY 10, 1?81
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
WELL-RUN PRIVATE SCHOOLS HERE TO STAY....................... 1
ACTION AGAINST SNYIROTMT^ NUISANCE.......................... 1
GREATER DEMANDS ON CUSTOMS SERVICE EXPECTED................. 2
WATER FOR SHA TIN DEVELOPMENT .............................. 3
SCOUT TRAINING PATH IN TAI PO OPENED........................ 4
LAM TIN WATER CUT .......................................... 4
PRESS CONFERENCE ON IYDP ................................... 5
FIRING PRACTICE REMINDER
5
SATURDAY, JANUARY 10, 1981
WELL-RUN PRIVATE SCHOOLS ARE HERE TO STAY
*****
THERE WILL ALWAYS BE A PLACE IN THE HONG KONG EDUCATION SYSTEM FOR AN OUTSTANDING PRIVATE INDEPENDENT SCHOOL, MR COLVYN HAYE, DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION SAID TODAY.
SPEAKING AT THE SPEECH DAY OF DELIA MEMORIAL SCHOOL IN KWUN TONG, HE SAID SINCE FREE PRIMARY EDUCATION WAS INTRODUCED IN 1971, MANY PARENTS STILL PREFERRED TO SEND THEIR CHILDREN TO PRIVATE PRIMARY SCHOOLS.
+IT IS INTERESTING TO NOTE THAT TODAY, OF A TOTAL OF 803 PRIMARY SCHOOLS, 672 ARE GOVERNMENT AND AIDED, AND 131 ARE PRIVATE AND INDEPENDENT.
♦ THIS IS TO SAY THAT FOR THE LAST 10 YEARS PRIVATE PRIMARY SCHOOLS HAVE MANAGED TO COMPETE AND EXIST.
♦ THE SAME SITUATION WILL PROBABLY APPLY TO THE SECONDARY SECTOR, + THE DIRECTOR SAID.
FOR THE LAST 20 YEARS PRIVATE SECONDARY SCHOOLS HAD OUTNUMBERED GOVERNMENT AND AIDED SCHOOLS.
BUT THE BALANCE IS SHIFTING AND THERE ARE NOW 213 GOVERNMENT AND AIDED SECONDARY SCHOOLS, AND 191 PRIVATE SECONDARY SCHOOLS.
♦ BUT AGAIN, THIS IS NOT TO SAY THAT THE GOOD PRIVATE INDEPENDENT SCHOOLS WILL NOT SURVIVE. I AM SURE THAT SCHOOLS LIKE DELIA a ILL ALWAYS HAVE A PLACE IN OUR EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM BECAUSE THEY HAVE WON THE RESPECT OF PARENTS,* MR HAYE SAID.
- - 0
ACTION AGAINST ENVIRONMENTAL NUISANCE * * *
THE WONG TAI SIN DISTRICT MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE IS TAKING ACTION TO CLEAR THE DISTRICT OF AN ENVIRONMENTAL NUISANCE.
NOTICES OF CLEARANCE HAVE ALREADY BEEN POSTED ON JANUARY 2 BY THE CROWN LANDS AND SURVEY OFFICE ON STRUCTURES WHICH BLOCK FIRE ENGINES AND POSE HEALTH HAZARDS IN A LANE NEAR SZE MEI STREET.
THE CLEARANCE OPERATION IS EXPECTED TO START NEXT WEEK UNDER THE CONCERTED EFFORT OF THE PUBLIC WORKS, HOUSING, URBAN SERVICES AND FIRE SERVICES DEPARTMENTS AS WELL AS THE POLICE AND THE CITY DI STR ICT OFF ICE.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DISTRICT MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE, WHICH IS COORDINATING THE EFFORT, POINTED,OUT THAT BACK LANES IN SAN PO KONG HAD LONG BEEN CLUTTERED WITH FIXED, UNLICENSED FOOD-STALLS AND SMALL-SCALE ENTERPRISES.
THESE STALLS CAUSE HYGIENE PROBLEMS AND ALSO OBSTRUCT THE ACCESS OF FIRE APPLIANCES INTO THE LANES IN EMERGENCIES, HE SAID.
/SL'CE CBSTRDCriOi
SATURDAY, JANUARY 10, 1981
- 2 -
SUCH OBSTRUCTION MEANS FIRE-FIGHTING EQUIPMENT HAVE TO BE CARRIED BY HAND FOR SOME DISTANCE BEFORE THEY CAN BE USED AND IN SOME CASES AERIAL EQUIPMENT SUCH AS TURNTABLE LADDERS AND ELEVATED PLATFORMS CANNOT BE OPERATED AT ALL.
THIS RESULTS IN INCREASED DANGER TO THE PEOPLE WORKING OR LIVING IN THE BUILDINGS, AND GREATER MATERIAL LOSS.
NUMEROUS ARRESTS AND PROSECUTIONS OF THE OPERATORS OF THESE BACK LANE SET-UPS BY THE URBAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT IN THE PAST HAD NCT PRODUCED THE DETERRENT EFFECT EXPECTED.
THE PROBLEM wAS HIGHLIGHTED ON DECEMBER 8 LAST YEAR WHEN A NO. 5 ALARM FIRE BROKE OUT IN WING HIN INDUSTRIAL BUILDING WHICH IS NEXT TO AN UN-NAMED LANE IN SZE MEI STREET BETWEEN NG FONG STREET AND CHOI HUNG ROAD.
FIREMEN WERE HANDICAPPED IN FIGHTING THE BLAZE BECAUSE THEY FOUND FOOD-STALL STRUCTURES IN THE LANE OBSTRUCTING THE ACCESS RESERVED FOR FIRE-FIGHTING APPLIANCES.
THE PROBLEM CROPPED UP AGAIN LESS THAN THREE WEEKS LATER WHEN ANOTHER FIRE STRUCK THE SAME BUILDING.
THE PROBLEMATIC STRUCTURES TO BE CLEARED NEXT WEEK WILL BE THE FIRST TO COME UNDER THE ACTION OF THE DISTRICT MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE.
A PRIORITY LIST HAS BEEN DRAWN UP FOR FURTHER CLEARANCE ACTION TO RID THE DISTRICT OF HAZARDS TO PUBLIC SAFETY AND HEALTH, THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
---------o ---------
GREATER DEMANDS ON CUSTOMS SERVICE EXPECTED * * * *
THE DEPUTY COMMISSIONER OF CUSTOMS AND EXCISE, MR KEITH BROADBRIDGE, TODAY TOLD RECRUITS OF THE SERVICE THAT THE INCREASING SOPHISTICATION OF CUSTOMS WORK, IN PARTICULAR THE EXPANDED RESPONSIBILITIES IN THE HANDLING OF IMPORT AND EXPORT CARGO, WILL MAKE GREATER DEMANDS ON INDIVIDUAL OFFICERS.
THIS IS EXPECTED IF THE OBJECTIVE OF EFFICIENT LAW ENFORCEMENT WITH THE PROPER FACILITATION OF TRADE IS TO BE ACHIEVED.
MR BROADBRIDGE WAS ADDRESSING A PASSING-OUT PARADE OF 35 CUSTOMS AND EXCISE INSPECTORS AND 93 CUSTOMS OFFICERS AT THE SERVICE’S TRAINING SCHOOL AT TAI LAM CHUNG - THE LARGEST EVER IN ITS HISTORY.
MR BROADBRIDGE EXPLAINED: +TRADE FACILITATION REFERS, OF COURSE, TO ENSURING THAT OUR PROCEDURES PROVIDE AN EFFECTIVE CONTROL WHILST ALSO ALLOWING LEGITIMATE TRADE TO FLOW EASILY IN AND OUT OF HONG KONG.+
/faO’.7EVER, HE...........
Saturday, jauuahy 10, 1981
HOWEVER, HE WARNED THE RECRUITS: *IT IS POSSIBLE THAT YOU WILL, ON OCCASIONS, BE SUBJECT TO PRESSURES TO CIRCUMVENT THE PROCEDURES. TO RESIST THESE PRESSURES DEMANDS A HIGH STANDARD OF PERSONAL INTEGRITY. IT IS THEREFORE IMPORTANT THAT WE ARRANGE OUR LIVES SO THAT THESE APPROACHES CAN ALWAYS BE RESISTED.*
♦TAKE PRIDE IN THE FACT THAT WE IMPOSE ON OURSELVES THESE HIGH STANDARDS AND THUS DEVELOP A LOYALTY TO THE CUSTOMS AND EXCISE SERVICE,* HE ADDED.
MR BROADBRIDGE TOLD THE PROBATIONARY OFFICERS THAT THOUGH CUSTOMS AND EXCISE WORK IS DEMANDING OF INTELLECT, TIME AND ENERGY, IT IS IMPORTANT *T0 KEEP IN TOUCH WITH THE REST OF THE HUMAN RACE*.
+ALWAYS BE SOMETHING MORE THAN AN OFFICIAL,* HE SAID.
THE EIGHT BEST RECRUITS, INSPECTORS FUNG CHI-HO, AU YEUNG HO-LOK, HO SANG-LEE- CUSTOMS OFFICERS LEUNG PAK-FONG, YUEN YIN-FUNG LO CHI-LAM, WONG LUNG-TAK, TSANG HON-MO, WERE EACH PRESENTED WITH A GOLDEN WHISTLE BY MR BROADBRIDGE.
- - 0 -
WATER FOR SHA TIN DEVELOPMENT * * * *
THE WATER SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT IS INVITING TENDERS FOR THE LAYING OF TWO SYSTEMS OF WATER MAINS IN SHA TIN NEW TOWN.
THEY FORM PART OF A SUPPLY SCHEME TO COPE WITH THE INCREASED DEMAND FOR WATER FROM DEVELOPMENTS IN THE NEW TOWN.
ONE OF THE PROJECTS IS FOR THE LAYING OF SOME SEVEN KILOMETRES OF ASBESTOS CEMENT AND MILD STEEL PIPES, RANGING FROM 150 MM TO 900 MM IN DIAMETER, NEAR TO SHEK, CHAP WAI KON AND WO CHE ESTATE.
THE OTHER INVOLVES THE LAYING OF ABOUT FOUR KILOMETRES OF ASBESTOS CEMENT AND MILD STEEL PI=ES, RANGING FROM 150 MM TO 700 MM IN DIAMETER, NEAR TAI .'Al, TUNG LO WAN AND PAK TIN.
WORK ON BOTH PROJECTS WILL BEGIN IN MARCH AND WILL TAKE ABOUT 15 MONTHS TO COMPLETE.
- - 0 - -
/4 • ••■>.»
SATURDAY, JANUARY 10, 1981
4
SCOUT TRAINING PATH IN TAI PO OPENED * * * *
A ONE-KILOMETRE PATH IN THE SCOUT TRAINING TSZ, TAI PO, WAS OPENED BY MRS JANE AKERS-JONES, SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES TODAY.
CENTRE AT TUNG WIFE OF THE
THE PATH WAS NAMED AFTER MADAM LEUNG SHING-TAK THE $20 000 BUILDING COSTS.
WHO DONATED
MADAM LEUNG IS CHAIRMAN OF THE CAMPSITES AND PROPERTIES cfMhongEkongE* terr,tories reg-onal HEADQUARTERS, SCOUT ASSOCIATION
PART OF THE PATH WAS BUILT BY SCOUTS THEMSELVES, WHILE MORE COMPLICATED PROJECTS WERE CARRIED OUT BY THE CONTRACTOR?
ALONG THE PATH THREE PLAY STRUCTURES, A ROPE BRIDGE AND A WATCH TOWER HAVE BEEN CONSTRUCTED.
ALSO PROVIDED ARE A NUMBER OF CAMP SITES.
OFFICIATING AT THE OPENING CEREMONY, MADAM LEUNG FOR FINANCING THE PROJECT.
MRS AKERS-JONES THANKED
THE PATH WILL SERVE AS A TRAINING AND RECREATION VENUE FOR SCOUTS AS WELL AS MEMBERS OF --- ‘
THE PUBLIC.
-----o------
LAM TIN WATER CUT
* * * *
WATER SUPPLY TO LAM TIN WILL BE INTERRUPTED FROM 10 PM ON TUESDAY (JANUARY 13) TO 6 AM THE FOLLOWING MORNING.
THE AREA TO BE AFFECTED COVERS LAM TIN ESTATE AND PREMISES ALONG KAI TIN ROAD, ON TIN STREET, TAK TIN STREET, LEUNG TIN LANE, AND PING TIN STREET.
SAU MAU PING SALT WATER STATION AND CHINA LIGHT SUB-STATION ON JUNK BAY ROAD WILL ALSO 3E AFFECTED.
--------c-----------
• o o • 6
SATURDAY, JANUARY 13, 1981
- 5 -
NOTE TO EDITORS:
PRESS CONFERENCE ON IYDP
* * * *
A PRESS CONFERENCE TO ANNOUNCE HONG KONG’S PARTICIPATION IN THE 1981 INTERNATIONAL YEAR OF DISABLED PERSONS (IYDP) WILL EE HELD ON MONDAY (JANUARY 12) AT 2.33 PM IN THE THEATRE OF THE GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES, 5TH FLOOR, BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG.
A PROGRAMME OF MAJOR EVENTS ORGANISED BY THE GOVERNMENT AND VOLUNTARY AGENCIES TO PROMOTE THE LOCAL THEME OF THE YEAR -♦INTEGRATING THE DISABLED INTO THE COMMUNITY* - WILL BE OUTLINED.
CHAIRING THE PRESS CON-ERE'.’CE .'ILL BE DR HARRY FANG, CHAIRMAN OF THE CENTRAL CO-ORDINATING COMMITTEE OF IYDP. ON THE PANEL WILL BE MR KEVIN MAK, PRINCIPAL ASSISTANT SECRETARY, SOCIAL SERVICES BRANCH- AND MISS MARION FANG, CHAIRMAN OF THE EXHIBITION ORGANISING COMMITTEE.
DURING THE CONFERENCE, A CHEQUE PRESENTATION CEREMONY WILL BE HELD TO ACKNOWLEDGE DONATIONS FROM INTERESTED INDIVIDUALS AND COMMERCIAL ORGANISATIONS TO THE IYDP CENTRAL CO-ORDINATING COMMITTEE FOR IYDP PROJECTS IN HONG KONG.
MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES A'.E INVITED TO THE PRESS CONFERENCE AND PRESENTATION CEREMONY.
-----o------
FIRING PRACTICE REMINDER * * *
FIRING PRACTICE WILL T. ME PLACE ON TUESDAY (JANUARY 13) FROM 8 AM TO 4 PM AT THE HA TSUEN-CASTLE PEAK RANGE.
MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC ,“E .'EMINDED NOT TO ENTER THE AREA WHEN RED FLAGS ARE FLYING DURING THOSE HOURS.
- - 0
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
SUNDAY, JANUARY 11, 1981
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
YOUTHS URGED TO HELP FIGHT DRUGS ............................ 1
$600 000 RAISED IN TWO NT WALKS ............................. 2
ANTI-CRIME BASKETBALL TOURNAMENT ............................ 2
FINE WEATHER IN DECEMBER .....................................3
SPORT EVENTS THRIVING IN ISLANDS DISTRICT ................... 4
COLOURFUL FISH STAMPS ON SHOW ............................... 5
NEW MARKET FOR TUEN MUN...................................... 5
WATER CUT IN REPULSE BAY .................................... c
SUNDAY, JANUARY 11, 1981
1
YOUTHS URGED TO HELP FIGHT DRUGS * * *
THE CHAIRMAN OF THE PREVENTIVE EDUCATION AND PUBLICITY SUB-COMMITTEE OF THE ACTION COMMITTEE AGAINST NARCOTICS, MR KARL STUMPF TODAY (SUNDAY) CALLED ON THE YOUTHS OF HONG KONG TO COME UP *ITH NEW AND CONSTRUCTIVE IDEAS THAT MAY BRING ABOUT A CHANGE IN THE METHOD OF TACKLING DRUG ABUSE.
HE WAS SPEAKING AT THE CLOSING OF THE STUDY CAMP ON DRUG ABUSE PREVENTION ORGANISED BY THE ACAN IN THE SAI KUNG OUTDOOR RECREATION CENTRE.
ALTHOUGH THERE WERE NO SINGLE OR SIMPLE SOLUTIONS TO THE PROBLEM OF DRUG ABUSE IN HONG KONG OR ANYWHERE IN THE WORLD, HE HOPED THE INTENSIVE STUDY CAMP PARTICIPATED BY 200 YOUTHS WOULD PROVIDE SOME INSIGHTS AND NEW APPROACHES THAT MIGHT BRING ABOUT CHANGE.
MR STUMPF ALSO PRAISED THE YOUNG PEOPLE OF HONG KONG FOR PLAYING A GROWING AND IMPORTANT ROLE IN THE FIGHT AGAINST DRUG ABUSE AND SAID THAT THE STUDY CAMP HIGHLIGHTED THE INVOLVEMENT OF YOUTHS IN COMBATTING THE DRUG PROBLEM.
♦ANOTHER EXAMPLE OF THE GROWING AND WILLING PARTICIPATION OF OUR COMMUNITY IS THE DISTRICT CAMPAIGNS WHICH THE ACAN IS CARRYING OUT EACH YEAR. THESE CAMPAIGNS ARE BECOMING MORE AND MORE THE CAMPAIGNS OF THE PEOPLE LIVING IN THE AREA WHERE THESE ARE HELD.
♦THIS IS INDEED A VERY IMPORTANT AND ENCOURAGING STEP IN THE RIGHT DIRECTION,+ HE TOLD THE MEMBERS OF THE CAMP WHICH WAS OFFICIALLY OPENED BY MR PETER LEE, COMMISSIONER FOR NARCOTICS YESTERDAY (SATURDAY).
THE PARTICIPANTS OF THE CAMP, COME FROM VARIOUS VOLUNTARY AGENCIES AND IT WAS HELD TO ENHANCE THE INTEREST OF YOUTH LEADERS IN DRUG ABUSE PREVENTION AND TO PROVIDE THEM WITH THE TRAINING AND KNOWLEDGE IN ANTI-NARCOTICS WORK.
THE OTHcR SPEAKERS IN THE CAMP WERE • MR GFORPF yiicki ruiee INFORMATION OFFICER OF GIS- MR JAMES MAK, SUPERVISOR OF^ARITAR ^rirHEEP CLUB AND MR EDD,E S0> PRINCIPAL INFORMATION OFFICER OF I v AG •
SUNDAY, JANUARY 11, 1981
2
$600 000 RAISED IN TWO NT WALKS * * * *
TWO CHARITY WALKS HELD IN THE NEW TERRITORIES THIS MORNING HAVE RAISED A FURTHER $600 000 FOR THE COMMUNITY CHEST.
THE FIRST WALK, OVER A 16-KILOMETRE COURSE FROM TSUNG TSAI YUEN TO TAI PO MARKET, WAS STARTED BY SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR DAVID AKERS-JONES.
ALSO OFFICIATING AT THE RIBBON-CUTTING WERE MISS HONG KONG, WANDA TAI- TAI PO DISTRICT OFFICER, MR NICHOLAS NG- AND THE CHAIRMAN OF THE WALK ORGANISING COMMITTEE, MR STEPHEN WONG.
MORE THAN 1 000 PEOPLE, MOSTLY LOCAL RESIDENTS, TOOK PART IN THE WALK, THE ENTIRE COURSE OF «HICH WAS WITHIN THE SCENIC TAI PO KAU NATURE RESERVE AREA.
OVER $100 000 WAS RAISED FROM THIS EVENT.
ABOUT 20 000 PEOPLE TOOK PART IN THE TSUEN WAN WALK OVER A 12-KILOMETRE COURSE IN THE SHING MUN COUNTRY PARK, WHICH RAISED $500 000.
THE STARTING CEREMONY AT CHEUNG SHAN ESTATE WAS PERFORMED BY TSUEN WAN DISTRICT OFFICER, MR LUI HAU-TUEN- THE CHAIRMAN OF THE HEUNG YEE KUK, MR LAU WONG-FAT- THE CHAIRMAN OF THE WALK ORGANISING COMMITTEE, MRS IVY WU- AND LOCAL COMMUNITY LEADERS.
SO FAR, SIX WALKS HAVE BEEN HELD IN THE NEW TERRITORIES IN THE CURRENT YEAR FROM WHICH OVER $1.8 MILLION HAS BEEN RAISED.
THE REMAINING TWO NT WALKS WILL BE HELD IN SHA TIN AND NORTH DISTRICT NEXT SUNDAY (JANUARY 18).
ANTI-CRIME BASKETBALL TOURNAMENT * M * M
AN ANTI-CRIME BASKETBALL COMPETITION FOR INDUSTRIAL WORKERS, JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE SHAM SHUI PO DISTRICT FIGHT CRIME COMMITTEE, LAI CHI KOK AREA COMMITTEE AND THE DISTRICT’S RECREATION AND SPORT OFFICE WILL BE HELD FROM MARCH 1 TO 29 AT CHEUNG SHA WAN INDOOR GAMES HALL AND MONG KOK STADIUM.
THE COMPETITION IS DIVIDED INTO A MEN’S AND A LADIES’ SECTION.
IT IS SPECIALLY ORGANISED TO EDUCATE THE INDUSTRIAL YOUTHS AGAINST CRIME AND TO PROVIDE LEISURE ACTIVITIES FOR THEM.
YOUNG WORKERS AND FACTORY MANAGEMENTS ARE INVITED TO OBTAIN APPLICATION FORMS FROM THE RECREATION AND SPORT OFFICE (SHAM SHUI PO) AT 299 LA CHI kOK ROAD, KOWLOON, OR 'HE SHAM SHUI PO CITY DISTRICT OFFICE, MEI FOO SuB-OFFICE, AT 20B NASSAU STREET, STAGE V, MEI FOO SUN CHUEN BEFORE FEBRUARY 18.
APPLICATION FORMS ARE TO BE RETURNED To THE SAME OFFICES
SUNDAY, JANUARY 11, 1981
3
FINE WEATHER IN DECEMBER
* * * *
LAST MONTH WAS DRIER AND SUNNIER THAN USUAL, ACCORDING TO THE MONTH’S WEATHER SUMMARY ISSUED BY THE ROYAL OBSERVATORY.
DECEMBER 7 WAS THE ONLY DAY WITH MEASURABLE RAIN AT THE OBSERVATORY — THE RAINFALL RECORDED AMOUNTED TO 0.7 MM, 25.2 MM BELOW NORMAL.
DECEMBER WAS ALSO SLIGHTLY WARMER THAN NORMAL, WITH 199.5 HOURS OF SUNSHINE WHICH WAS 27.6 HOURS ABOVE AVERAGE.
OWING TO THE DRY CONDITIONS, FIRE DANGER WARNINGS WERE IN EFFECT ON MOST DAYS OF THE MONTH — THE YELLOW WARNING ON EIGHT DAYS AND THE RED WARNING ON 15 DAYS.
THE WEATHER WAS FINE AND SUNNY BETWEEN DECEMBER 1 AND 6 AND THE MONTH’S MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE C- 26.0 DEGREES CELSIUS WAS RECORDED ON DECEMBER 2.
A COLD FRONT CAUSED SOME RAI'.' IN THE EVENING OF DECEMBER 7 AND THE WEATHER REMAINED CLOUDY THE FOLLOWING DAY.
IT WAS SUNNY AGAIN ON DECEMBER 9 AND 10, BUT THE WEATHER BECAME COOLER AND CONDITIONS WERE VERY DRY.
ANOTHER COLD FRONT PASSED ON THE NIGHT OF DECEMBER 11 AND STRONG NORTHERLY WINDS BROUGHT VERY DRY CONTINENTAL AIR.
APART FROM A TRACE OF RAIN IN THE EVENING OF DECEMBER 14, FINE AND SUNNY WEATHER PERSISTED FROM DECEMBER 13 TO 21.
WINDS TURNED NORTHERLY ON DECEMBER 22 AND CONDITIONS BECAME CLOUDY, BUT IT WAS SUNNY AGAIN ThE FOLLOWING DAY.
ON DECEMBER 24, THE WEATHER BECAME COOLER AND THE TEMPERATURE FELL TO 12.1 DEGREES, WHICH WAS THE LOwEST OF THE MONTH.
CHRISTMAS DAY WAS CLOUDY WITH A TRACE OF RAIN IN THE MORNING.
ALTHOUGH A WEAK COLD FRONT PASSED EARLY ON BOXING DAY (DECEMBER 26) AND CAUSED FRESH NORTHERLY WINDS, THE TEMPERATURE ONLY DROPPED SLIGHTLY.
CLOUDY CONDITIONS RETURNED ON DECEMBER 27 AND THERE WAS ANOTHER TRACE OF RAIN EARLY THE FOLLOWING DAY.
THE WEATHER IMPROVED DURING THE DAY AND REMAINED SUNNY UNTIL DECEMBER 30. HOwEVER, IT BECAME CLOUDY AGAIN ON Trit LAS* DAY OF THE MONTH.
DURING THE MONTH, ONLY ONE TROPICAL CYCLONE DEVELOPED OVER THE WESTERN NORTH PACIFIC AND THE SOUTh CHINA SEA. IT DISSIPATED OFF THE PHILIPPINES. ThE STRONG “ONSOON SIGNAL WAS HOISTED ON DECEMBER 12.
NO AIRCRAFT WERE DIVERTED FROM HONG KONG DURING THE MONTH.
SUNDAY, JANUARY 11, 1981
4 -
SPORT EVENTS THRIVING IN ISLANDS DISTRICT
* * * *
A PREPARATORY COMMITTEE HAS BEEN FORMED TO ESTABLISH AN ISLANDS DISTRICT SPORTS ASSOCIATION, DEPUTY SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR AUGUSTINE CHUI KAM SAID TODAY.
MR CHUI WAS SPEAKING AT THE OPENING OF THE THIRD ISLANDS DISTRICT ATHLETICS MEETING WHICH TOOK PLACE AT ABERDEEN SPORTS GROUND.
HE SAID THE ASSOCIATION, WHEN FORMED, WOULD BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CO-ORDINATING THE PROMOTION OF SPORTS IN VARIOUS ISLANDS OF THE DISTRICT AND TO ENTER DISTRICT TEAMS IN TERRITORY-WIDE COMPETITIONS.
MR CHUI DESCRIBED LAST YEAR AS A +VERY EXCITING ONE* FOR SPORTING ACTIVITIES IN ISLANDS DISTRICT.
BESIDES FORMATION OF THE PREPARATORY COMMITTEE, A DISTRICT FOOTBALL TEAM WAS TAKING PART IN THE NT DISTRICT SPORTS COMPETITION AND, HE UNDERSTOOD, A BASKETBALL TEAM WAS BEING FORMED.
♦I AM PARTICULARLY PLEASED TO SEE THE ENCOURAGING WAY IN WHICH LOCAL LEADERS AND RESIDENTS OF ISLANDS DISTRICT HAVE RESPONDED IN INITIATING AND PROMOTING THE ABOVE ACTIVITIES,-^ MR CHUI SAID.
+1 AM SURE THAT, IN THE LONG TERM, ALL SUCH EFFORTS WILL PROVE TO BE WORTHWHILE AND BENEFICIAL TO ALL RESIDENTS OF THE DISTRICT.+
FOR ITS PART, THE GOVERNMENT WOULD CONTINUE TO ENDEAVOUR TO IMPROVE DISTRICT RECREATIONAL FACILITIES, MR CHUI SAID.
WORK WOULD BEGIN THIS MONTH ON STAGE II OF THE CHEUNG CHAU RECREATIONAL GROUND PROJECT AND ON CONSTRUCTING A CHANGING ROOM. FOR THE PENG CHAU SOCCER PITCH.
PLANS WERE ALSO IN HAND TO PROVIDE MINI-SOCCER PITCHES AND SPORTS GROUNDS IN TUNG CHUNG, YUNG SHUE WAN AND SOK KWU WAN IN THE COMING FINANCIAL YEAR.
+1 AM SURE ALL THESE NEW SPORTS FACILITIES BEING BUILT OR PLANNED WILL GO A LONG WAY TOWARDS PROMOTING SPORTS ACTIVITIES IN "HE DISTRICT AND I HOPE THAT ALL CONCERNED WILL MAKE GOOD USE OF THEM,* MR CHUI SA ID.
TODAY’S EVENT WAS ORGANISED BY ISLANDS DISTRICT OFFICE, RURAL COMMITTEES, LOCAL SCHOOLS AND SP~CTS ORGANISATIONS AND THE RECREATION AND SPORT SERVICE. THERE wERE MORE THAN PARTICIPANTS IN THE ATHLETICS EVENTS.
/5
SUNDAY, JANUARY 11, 1981
5
COLOURFUL FISH STAMPS ON SHOW WWW
THE FIRST SPECIAL ISSUE OF STAMPS THIS YEAR — DEPICTING FOUR SPECIES OF FISH COMMONLY FOUND IN HONG KONG -- WILL BE EXHIBITED ON JANUARY 26, MONDAY.
THE COLOURFUL STAMPS, DESIGNED BY JANE THATCHER, WILL BE ON VIEW AT THE FIRST FLOOR PUBLIC COUNTER OF THE GENERAL POST OFFICE IN CONNAUGHT PLACE FROM 9.30 AM TO 4.30 PM THAT DAY.
THE STAMPS WILL BE PLACED ON SALE ON JANUARY 28 AND THE OFFICIAL FIRST DAY COVERS, AT 50 CENTS EACH, ON JANUARY 20 AT ALL POST OFFICES.
THE SPECIAL STAMPS ARE IN A SET OF FOUR:
THE 20 CENT ISSUE SHOWS A RED GROUPER, A VERY POPULAR FOOD FISH COMMERCIALLY REARED IN LOCAL FISH FARMS AND THE SI STAMP DEPICTS THE GOLDEN THREAD WITH ITS FILAMENTOUS TAIL AND YELLOW BANDS.
EQUALLY COLOURFUL WITH A STEEP HEAD PROFILE AND PATTERNS OF RED, PURPLE, ORANGE AND YELLOW IS THE TOOTHED WRASSE WHICH IS THE SUBJECT OF THE 31.30 STAMP. THE $2 STAMP IS OF THE BLUE-STRIPED PARROTFISH WITH PARROT-LIKE TEETH AND A BLUE AND ORANGE PATTERN.
DETAILS OF THE TWO FURTHER SPECIAL STAMP ISSUES THIS YEAR, ON +PUBLIC HOUSING* AND +THE PORT OF HONG KONG, PAST AND PRESENT*, WILL BE ANNOUNCED LATER BY THE GENERAL POST OFFICE.
0 - -
NEW MARKET FOR TUEN MUN * * * * W
THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT IS INVITING TENDERS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF A NEW MARKET IN LUK YUEN, TUEN MUN.
THE MARKET COMPLEX WILL HAVE MORE THAN 300 HAWKER STALLS, OFFICES, STORE ROOMS, SERVICE AREAS AND STAFF QUARTERS.
THERE WILL ALSO BE A REST GARDEN AND A LIGHT REFRESHMENT SHOP ON THE ROOFTOP.
CONSTRUCTION WORK WILL BEGIN IN FEBRUARY AND TAKE ABOUT 16 MONTHS.
0 - -»
wATER CUT IN REPULSE BAY WWW
WATER SUPPLY TO RE°ULSE BAY AND SOUTH EAY AREA WILL BE INTERRUPTED FRO*' 10 AM TO 2 P* ON TUESDAY (JANUARY 13) FOR wORK ON A WATER MAINS CONNECTION.
TO BE AFFECTED ARE NOS. 58 AND 70-8A REPULSE BAY ROAD, ALL PREMISES ON REPULSE BAY BEACH ROAD, HEADLAND ROAD, AND SOUTH BAY ROAD, INCLUDING MIDDLE BEACH BUILDING AND SOUTH BAY BEACH BUIlDING.
- - 0 - -
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
I.DNDAY, JANUARY 12, 1981
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
IYDP A COWUNITY EFFORT ....................................... i
GOVERNOR VISITS Sf5D AND MA TAU EI GIRLS' HOME ............... 2
ARRANGEMENTS FOR DISTRIBUTION OF BLANKETS .................... 3
BRITISH TRADE MISSION VISITS NT .............................. 4
CAREERS aND JOBS FOR YOUNG MEN ............................... 5
STUDY ON BUSINESS SPONSORSHIP OF THE ARTS .................... 6
careers convention opens ....................... 7
SITES SOLD FOR TSUEN WAN NEW YEAR F..TR
8
MONDAY, JANUARY 12, 1981
1
IYDP A COMMUNITY EFFORT
*****
HONG KONG IS SUPPORTING THE UNITED NATIONS’ INTERNATIONAL YEAR OF DISABLED PERSONS (IYDP), 1981 WITH A SERIES OF EVENTS ORGANISED BY THE GOVERNMENT AND VOLUNTARY AGENCIES.
THE PROGRAMME WILL BE DIRECTED PRIMARILY TO INCREASING PUBLIC UNDERSTANDING OF WHAT DISABILITY IS, AN AWARENESS OF THE PROBLEMS IT MAY BRING, AND THE REHABILITATION SERVICES AVAILABLE.
THIS WILL INCLUDE AN OPENING CEREMONY TO MARK THE START OF THE YEAR, AN EXHIBITION, A WALKATHON, AN OUTSTANDING DISABLED PERSONS AWARD, AND AN INDUSTRIAL SKILLS CONTEST OR ABILYMPICS FOR THE DISABLED.
ANNOUNCING THE PROGRAMME AT A PRESS CONFERENCE TODAY, THE CHAIRMAN OF THE CENTRAL CO-ORDINATING COMMITTEE (CCC) OF IYDP, DR HARRY FANG, SAID THE LOCAL THEME CHOSEN FOR THE YEAR WAS +INTEGRATING THE DISABLED INTO THE COMMUNITY*.
+THIS THEME HAS BEEN CHOSEN TO RE-EMPHASIZE THE GOVERNMENT’S DETERMINATION TO INTEGRATE THE DISABLED INTO THE COMMUNITY AND IS IN LINE WITH THE POLICY OBJECTIVES OF THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT AS STATED IN ITS 1977 WHITE PAPER ON REHABILITATION,* SAID DR FANG.
+ALTHOUGH THIS LOCAL THEME SOUNDS DIFFERENT FROM ’FULL PARTICIPATION AND EQUALITY’, THE OVERALL THEME FOR THE YEAR CHOSEN BY THE UNITED NATIONS, IT IS OUR CONVICTION THAT SUCCESSFUL INTEGRATION WILL INEVITABLY INVOLVE THE PARTICIPATION OF THE DISABLED IN ALL THE ACTIVITIES OF THE COMMUNITY, CREATE A LASTING PARTNERSHIP BETWEEN THE DISABLED AND NON-DISABLED TO THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF EACH OTHER AND FINALLY RESULT IN THE EMERGENCE OF A MORE EQUAL SOCIETY,* HE ADDED.
ALSO SPEAKING AT THE PRESS CONFERENCE WAS THE VICE-CHAIRMAN OF THE CCCIYDP, MR KEVIN MAK OF THE SOCIAL SERVICES BRANCH, WHO GAVE A BRIEF RUNDOWN OF THE MAJOR EVENTS OF THE YEAR.
MR MAK SAID THAT MORE THAN 230 EVENTS, WITH AN AVERAGE OF ABOUT 20 EVENTS EACH MONTH, WILL BE ORGANISED THROUGHOUT THE YEAR.
THE HIGHLIGHT WOULD BE A GRAND OPENING CEREMONY TO BE HELD AT THE CONCERT HALL OF THE CITY HALL ON JANUARY 16, IN WHICH THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, WOULD FORMALLY DECLARE THE YEAR OPEN.
IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE CEREMONY, THE GOVERNOR WOULD OPEN AN EXHIBITION ENTITLED ’ONE OF US’ AT THE CITY HALL EXHIBITION HALL.
/THE CHaIHWOIUN ......
monpay, January 12, 1981
2 -
THE CHAIRWOMAN OF THE EXHIBITION ORGANISING COMMITTEE, MISS MARION FANG, SAID THE AIM OF THE ONE-WEEK EXHIBITION WAS TO PROMOTE A BETTER UNDERSTANDING OF THE DISABLED AND FACILITATE THEIR INTEGRATION INTO THE LOCAL COMMUNITY.
♦FOLLOWING THE CITY HALL EXHIBITION, ’ONE OF US’ WILL MOVE ON TO 11 LOCAL DISTRICTS WHERE IT WILL OPEN IN ROTATION UNTIL THE END OF THIS YEAR,+ SAID MISS FANG.
PREPARATORY WORK FOR THE YEAR STARTED MORE THAN A YEAR AGO FOLLOWING THE SETTING UP OF THE CCCIYDP, WHICH COMPRISED MEMBERS FROM BOTH THE GOVERNMENT AND VOLUNTARY AGENCIES.
♦RESPONSE FROM THE LOCAL PRIVATE AND COMMERCIAL SECTOR TO HONG KONG’S PARTICIPATION IN THE YEAR HAS BEEN ENCOURAGING. A NUMBER OF INTERESTED INDIVIDUALS AND ORGANISATIONS HAS PLEDGED SPONSORSHIP TO THE CCCIYDP FOR PROJECTS ORGANISED IN CONNECTION WITH THE YEAR.+ DR FANG SAID.
AT THE PRESS CONFERENCE, MR LIU LIT-FOR OF THE LIU CHONG HING BANK LTD, PRESENTED A CHEQUE FOR $100 000, AND MR LEE MAN-BAN, REPRESENTING A GROUP OF 12 SPONSORS, PRESENTED A CHEQUE FOR $115 000 TO DR FANG.
--------o--------
GOVERNOR VISITS SWD AND MA TAU WEI GIRLS’ HOME * * *
THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, TODAY (MONDAY) VISITED
THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT’S MA TAU WEI GIRLS’ HOME IN HO MAN TIN TO SEE THE SERVICES PROVIDED FOR THE INMATES.
THE VISIT FOLLOWED A BRIEFING SESSION AT THE DEPARTMENT’S HEADQUARTERS ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF WELFARE SERVICES FOR PEOPLE IN NEED, THE YOUNG, THE OLD AND THE DISABLED.
AT THE MEETING WERE THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE, MR SELWYN ALLEYNE, DEPUTY DIRECTOR, MRS ANSON CHAN, AND OTHER SENIOR OFFICIALS.
THE $4 MILLION MA TAU WEI GIRLS’ HOME, OPENED BY LADY MACLEHOSE IN 1978, PROVIDES INSTITUTIONAL CARE AND TRAINING TO REHABILITATE GIRLS PUT ON PROBATION OR REMAND, OR IN NEED OF CARE AND PROTECTION.
ACCOMPANIED BY MR ALLEYNE AND THE WEST KOWLOON REGIONAL OFFICER, MRS ROSE GOODSTADT, THE GOVERNOR TOURED THE HOME SEEING GIRLS UNDERGOING SCHOOL LESSONS AND HANDICRAFT TRAINING IN KNITTING, EMBROIDERY AND TOYMAKING.
THE TRAINING PROGRAMMES EMPHASIZE CHARACTER TRAINING THROUGH DISCIPLINED ROUTINES, POSITIVE GUIDANCE AND INDIVIDUAL ATTENTION.
/SIS HURRAY.....
Monday, January 12, 1981
- 3 -
SIR MURRAY INSPECTED THE FACILITIES OF THE HOME INCLUDING ITS DORMITORIES, LIBRARY, ASSEMBLY HALL, RECREATION ROOMS, BASKETBALL COURT AND CLINIC.
WITH A CAPACITY FOR 144, THE MODERN COMPLEX OPERATES AS A COMBINED REMAND AND PROBATION HOME, AND REFUGE FOR GIRLS AGED BETWEEN SEVEN AND 18 YEARS.
EARLIER AT THE DEPARTMENT’S HEADQUARTERS, THE GOVERNOR ALSO LOOKED AT THE OPERATIONS OF THE PAYMENT CONTROL SECTION, WHICH SERVES AS THE +NERVE CENTRE* OF SOCIAL SECURITY PAYMENTS WHICH IN 1983 AMOUNTED TO ABOUT $421 MILLION IN PUBLIC ASSISTANCE AND SPECIAL NEEDS ALLOWANCES ALONE.
THE SECTION ARRANGES FOR POST DELIVERIES OF CASH COUPONS TO 44 600 PUBLIC ASSISTANCE CASES, PAYMENTS THROUGH BANKS’ AUTOPAY SYSTEM TO 152 600 OLD AGE ALLOWANCE CASES AND 27 300 DISABILITY ALLOWANCE CASES, AND CASH RELIEF PAYMENTS FOR COLLECTION BY VICTIMS OF TRAFFIC ACCIDENTS AND CRIMES OF VIOLENCE.
-----o------
ARRANGEMENTS FOR DISTRIBUTION OF BLANKETS X X X X X X
IN VIEW OF THE COLD WEATHER, STAFF OF THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT ARE GOING OUT TO A NUMBER OF DISTRICTS THIS (MONDAY) EVENING TO DISTRIBUTE BLANKETS TO STREET SLEEPERS.
THEY WILL TOUR THE DISTRICTS OF YAU MA TEI, MONG KOK, SHAM SHU I PO, WONG TAI SIN, KOWLOON CITY AND KWUN TONG TO REACH OUT TO PEOPLE IN NEED.
MEANWHILE, MORE THAN 15 OF THE DEPARTMENT’S FIELD OFFICES IN VARIOUS DISTRICTS HAVE MADE AVAILABLE BLANKETS FOR DISTRIBUTION DURING OFFICE HOURS TO THOSE WHO NEED THEM TO KEEP WARM.
SPECIAL ARRANGEMENTS ARE ALSO IN HAND TO OPEN NINE COMMUNITY CENTRES FOR TEMPORARY SHELTER THROUGHOUT HONG KONG IN THE EVENT OF THE TEMPERATURE DROPPING TO 10 DEGREES CELSIUS OR BELOW.
BLANKETS AND SLEEPING BAGS WILL BE DISTRIBUTED FROM AND PROVIDED IN THESE CENTRES FOR PEOPLE WHO COME TO MAKE USE OF THE FACILITIES.
THE FIELD OFFICES WITH BLANKETS FOR DISTRIBUTION DURING OFFICE HOURS ARE :
HONG KONG ISLAND -- WAN CHAI FIELD UNIT AT 194 LOCKHART ROAD- CAUSEWAY BAY FIELD UNIT AT CAUSEWAY BAY MAGISTRACY BUILDING- AND ABERDEEN FIELD UNIT AT 48 ABERDEEN MAIN ROAD.
/KO'SLOON — SHAM...
Monday, January 12, 1981
KOWLOON -- SHAM SHU I PO DISTRICT OFFICE AT 202-204 CHEUNG SHA WAN ROAD- SHEK KIP MEI FIELD UNIT AT 8-11, BLOCK 16, UPPER PAK TIN ESTATE- LAI CHI KOK FIELD UNIT AT 234 TAI PO ROAD- KOWLOON CITY DISTRICT OFFICE AT 108 BAKER STREET, HUI^G HOM- KOWLOON CITY FIELD UNIT AT ROOMS 401-404 MEI TUNG ESTATE, TUNG TAU TSUEN ROAD- YAU MA TEI-MONG KOK DISTRICT OFFICE AT KOWLOON GOVERNMENT OFFICES BUILDING, 8TH FLOOR, 405 NATHAN ROAD LAM TIN FIELD UNIT AT LAM TIN (EAST) ESTATE COMMUNITY CENTRE-NGAU TAU KOK FIELD UNIT AT NGAU TAU KOK ESTATE COMMUNITY CENTRE SAU MAU PING FIELD UNIT AT 3-7, BLOCK 25, SAU MAU PING ESTATE-YAU TONG FIELD UNIT AT 18-22, BLOCK 24, YAU TONG ESTATE- WONG TAI SIN-SAI KUNG DISTRICT OFFICE AT SAN PO KONG GOVERNMENT OFFICES BUILDING, KING FOOK STREET, SECOND FLOOR.
NEW TERRITORIES — TA I PO NORTH COMMUNITY AND YOUTH OFFICE AT TAI PO GOVERNMENT OFFICES BUILDING IN TING KOK ROAD, TAI PO-AND SHEUNG SHU I SOCIAL CENTRE IN SAN CHOI STREET, SHEUNG SHU I.
THE NINE COMMUNITY CENTRES OPERATING AS TEMPORARY SHELTERS DURING COLD SPELLS ARE :
HONG KONG ISLAND -- WESTERN DISTRICT COMMUNITY CENTRE AT WESTERN STREET- CHAI WAN COMMUNITY CENTRE AT 230 CHAI WAN ROAD
KOWLOON — WONG TAI SIN COMMUNITY CENTRE AT 104 CHING TAK STREET- KWUN TONG COMMUNITY CENTRE AT 17 TSUI PING ROADTAI HANG TUNG COMMUNITY CENTRE AT TONG YAM STREET.
NEW TERRITORIES -- PRINCESS ALEXANDRA COMMUNITY CENTRE AT TAI HO ROAD, TSUEN WAN- LEK YUEN COMMUNITY HALL AT KWAI HO HOUSE, LEK YUEN ESTATE, SHA TIN- FANLING ROTARY YOUTH CENTRE AT FANLING WAI- TAI HING COMMUNITY HALL AT TA I HING ESTATE, TUEN MUN.
- - 0 - -
BRITISH TRADE MISSION VISITS NT ******
A BRITISH TRADE MISSION, WHICH ARRIVED IN HONG KONG ON FRIDAY TO EXPLORE TRADING OPPORTUNITIES, TODAY (MONDAY) TOURED THE NEW TERRITORIES.
THE 10-MEMBER MISSION IS PARTICULARLY INTERESTED IN THE TERRITORY’S ECONOMIC SITUATION, INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT AND TRAINING.
TODAY’S VISIT STARTED WITH A CALL AT THE NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION HEADQUARTERS FOR A BRIEFING BY SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR DAVID AKERS-JONES, ON THE NEW TOWN DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME.
/the group
MONDAY, JANUARY 12, 1981
- 5 -
THE GROUP THEN TRAVELLED TO SHA TIN NEW TOWN TO BE BRIEFED BY THE DISTRICT OFFICER, DR PATRICK HASE, AND ITS PROJECT MANAGER, MR KENNETH KWOK. THEY TOURED THE MAJOR DEVELOPMENT AREAS OF THE NEW TOWN BEFORE GOING TO THE HANG SENG SCHOOL OF COMMERCE WHERE THEY MET THE PRESIDENT, MR HO NGA-MING, TEACHERS AND STUDENTS.
THE VISITORS LATER TOURED TAI PO NEW TOWN AND THE INDUSTRIAL ESTATES CORPORATION SITE WHERE SEVERAL FACTORIES HAVE BEGUN OPERATION.
AFTER LUNCH AT ISLAND HOUSE HOSTED BY DEPUTY SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR AUGUSTINE CHUI KAM, AND MRS AKERS-JONES, THE PARTY CALLED AT THE TRADE INDUSTRY AND CUSTOMS DEPARTMENT.
DURING THEIR STAY, THEY WILL MEET OFFICIALS OF THE TRADE DEVELOPMENT COUNCIL, HONG KONG GENERAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE, CHINESE MANUFACTURERS’ ASSOCIATION, HONG KONG CLOTHING TRAINING CENTRE AND FEDERATION OF HONG KONG INDUSTRIES BEFORE LEAVING ON FRIDAY (JANUARY 16).
-------0----------
CAREERS AND JOBS FOR YOUNG MEN *****
OPPORTUNITIES ARE NOW OPEN. TO YOUNG MEN SEEKING A CAREER IN THE ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL FIELD.
THE ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL OFFICE OF THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT IS INVITING APPLICATIONS FROM FORM TWO SCHOOL LEAVERS BETWEEN 15-17 YEARS OF AGE TO JOIN THE CRAFT APPRENTICE SCHEME.
TD* F0R THE SCHEME WILL RECEIVE FOUR YEARS
TRAINING AS CRAFTSMEN IN ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL OR AIR-CONDITIONING FIELDS AND BE ENTITLED TO A MONTHLY SALARY EETWEEN 5645 AND 3970 WITH ANNUAL PAID LEAVE AND FREE MEDICAL CARE + SAID W WONG SHIU-KWONG, SUPERINTENDENT OF APPRENTICES OF THE ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL OFFICE TODAY (MONDAY).
COMPLETION OF THE COURSE, APPRENTICES WILL BE CONSIDERED FOR APPOINTMENT AS ARTISANS WI TH THE GOVERNMENT. THEY ARE ALSO FREt '° THE PRIVATE SECTOR IN WHICH WELL-TRAINED CRAFTSMEN ARE IN GREAT DEMAND,* HE ADDED.
MR WONG POINTED OUT THAT PROMOTION PROSPECTS WERE GOOD AND THEY WERE ELIGIBLE FOR PROMOTION TO SUPERVISOR OR EVEN MORE SENIOR POSTS DEPENDING ON INDIVIDUAL PERFORMANCE.
FOR ARTISANS
WORKS
THE IR
Athzy may.....
MONDAY, JANTJABY 12, 1?81
- 6 -
+THEY MAY BE EMPLOYED IN THE ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL OFFICE, WATER SUPPLIES OFFICE, AND GEOTECHNICAL OFFICE OF THE PWD OR KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY WORKSHOPS ALTHOUGH THERE IS NO GUARANTEE THAT THEY WILL ALL BE TAKEN UP BY THE GOVERNMENT,* HE ADDED.
+HOWEVER, ARTISAN I AND II POSTS ARE NORMALLY FILLED BY CRAFT APPRENTICES WHO HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THEIR TRAINING.*
ABOUT 16J APPRENTICES WILL BE RECRUITED FOR THESE POSTS THIS YEAR.
THE FOUR-YEAR APPRENTICESHIP CONSISTS OF BASIC AND ON-THE-JOB TRAINING.
DURING THE FIRST YEAR, APPRENTICES WILL ATTEND A SIX-MONTH FULL-TIME ENGINEERING CRAFT COURSE AT MORRISON HILL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE FOLLOWED BY ANOTHER SIX MONTHS BASIC TRAINING IN THE APPRENTICE TRAINING CENTRE AT CAROLINE HILL.
IN THE FOLLOWING THREE YEARS, THEY WILL RECEIVE FURTHER TRAINING IN VARIOUS GOVERNMENT WORKSHOPS AS WELL AS ATTENDING PART-TIME DAY-RELEASE COURSES IN TECHNICAL INSTITUTES.
THE COMPREHENSIVE TRAINING PROGRAMME WILL INCLUDE INSTRUCTIONS ON BENCH FITTING, MACHINE TOOLS, WELDING, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONICS AND SHEET METAL WORK.
+THE TRAINING SCHEME PRACTICALLY COVERS EVERY MAJOR ARTISAN TRADE THUS PROVIDING APPRENTICES WITH A BROAD ENGINEERING KNOWLEDGE,* MR WONG SAID.
APPLICATION FORMS FOR THE SCHEME ARE AVAILABLE AT ALL CITY DISTRICT OFFICES AND THE NEW TERRITORIES DISTRICT OFFICES, LABOUR DEPARTMENT’S LOCAL EMPLOYMENT SERVICE OFFICES AND THE APPRENTICE TRAINING CENTRE OF THE PWD’S ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL OFFICE.
----0----
STUDY ON BUSINESS SPONSORSHIP OF THE ARTS X X X *
A CULTURAL EXPERT FROM THE UK IS IN HONG KONG TO LOOK INTO THE POSSIBILITY OF DEVELOPING BUSINESS SPONSORSHIP OF THE ARTS IN HONG KONG.
MR LUKE RITTNER, DIRECTOR OF THE ASSOCIATION FOR BUSINESS SPONSORSHIP OF THE ARTS (ABSA), HAS BEEN INVITED TO HONG KONG BY THE BRITISH COUNCIL AND THE GOVERNMENT’S RECREATION AND CULTURE DIVISION.
HE ARRIVED ON JANUARY 10 (SATURDAY) AND WILL STAY UNTIL JANUARY 19.
Zdukikg SIS ......
MONDAY, JANUAHY 12, 1?81
- 7 -
DURING HIS STAY, HE WILL MEET PEOPLE IN THE ARTS AND BUSINESS FIELDS TO SEEK THEIR VIEWS ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF SPONSORSHIP.
ABSA WAS ESTABLISHED IN THE UK IN 1976 TO ENCOURAGE THE GROWTH OF ARTS SPONSORSHIP BY BUSINESS ORGANISATIONS. IT IS NEITHER A FUND-RAISING NOR A GRANT-GIVING ORGANISATION, BUT PROVIDES A SERVICE FOR SPONSORS WHO IN TURN SUPPORT THE ARTS.
♦IF ALL SECTORS OF THE COMMUNITY CAN COME TOGETHER TO SUPPORT CULTURAL ACTIVITIES IN HONG KONG,+ SAID MR BARRIE WIGGHAM, COMMISSIONER FOR RECREATION AND CULTURE, +THERE WOULD BE A GOOD CHANCE FOR THESE ACTIVITIES TO DEVELOP FURTHER, MAKING HONG KONG A BETTER PLACE TO LIVE IN+.
+BY SUPPORTING THE ARTS, THE BUSINESS SECTOR CAN BENEFIT FROM IT THROUGH BETTER PUBLIC RELATIONS, GREATER COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT AND ENHANCED IMAGE,+ HE ADDED.
MR RITTNER CAN BE CONTACTED THROUGH MR PETER DAY, ARTS OFFICER OF THE BRITISH COUNCIL ON TELEPHONE 5-756501.
-----o------
CAREERS CONVENTION OPENS
* * * *
THE FIRST OF SIX REGIONAL CAREERS CONVENTIONS ORGANISED BY THE YOUTH EMPLOYMENT ADVISORY SERVICE OF THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT AND THE HONG KONG ASSOCIATION OF CAREERS MASTERS WILL START TOMORROW (TUESDAY) IN THE BUDDHIST SIN TAK COLLEGE, KWAI CHUNG.
THE TWO-DAY CONVENTION WILL BE OPENED BY THE DEPUTY COMMISSIONER FOR LABOUR, MR J.C.A. HAMMOND, THE HEADMISTRESS OF BUDDHIST SIN TAK COLLEGE, MRS LAM MOK SAU-HING, AND THE CHAIRMAN OF THE ASSOCIATION, MR PETER FAN.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT SAID TODAY (MONDAY) THAT THE PROGRAMME FOR EACH CONVENTION CONSISTS OF SPECIALIST TALKS, FILM AND SLIDE SHOWS ON CAREERS AND A CAREERS DISPLAY STAGED BY STUDENTS. THE TALKS WILL BE GIVEN BY REPRESENTATIVES FROM COMMERCE, INDUSTRY, PROFESSIONAL ASSOCIATIONS, TRAINING INSTITUTES AND GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS.
TOPICS WILL INCLUDE HOTEL AND TOURISM, MEDICAL AND HEALTH CARE, FURTHER STUDIES, BANKING, ELECTRONICS INDUSTRY, APPRENTICE TRAINING, ACCOUNTANCY AND ELECTRONIC DATA PROCESSING.
+IT IS HOPED THAT STUDENTS WHO ATTEND THE CONVENTION CAN FREELY CHOOSE THE TOPIC THAT SUITS THEIR INTEREST AND EXPLORE THE WORLD OF WORK BY TAKING PART IN THE COLLECTION OF CAREERS INFORMATION FOR THE DISPLAY.
+IN ORGANISING THE CONVENTION, CAREERS TEACHERS CAN EXCHANGE IDEAS AND EXPERIENCE AND UNDERSTAND MORE ABOUT THE NEEDS OF ThtlR STUDENTS,+ HE SAID.
------0--------
/8 ........
8
MONDAY, JANUARY 12, 1981
SITES SOLD FOR TSUEN WAN NEW YEAR FAIR
*****
ALL 208 STALL SITES AT THE FORTHCOMING TSUEN WAN LUNAR NEW YEAR FAIR WERE SOLD AT ABOVE THE UPSET PRICE AT A PUBLIC AUCTION TODAY (MONDAY).
THE TSUEN WAN FAIR IS THE LARGEST OF ITS KIND TO BE HELD IN THE NEW TERRITORIES, SAID A SPOKESMAN FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT.
MOST OF THE STALL SITES FETCHED UNEXPECTEDLY HIGH PRICES DESPITE THE INNOVATION OF A SIMILAR FAIR AT KWAI CHUNG THIS YEAR. THE HIGHEST PRICE FOR A SITE SELLING FLOWERS WAS $2 100 AND THE LOWEST WAS S275.
THE UPSET PRICE FOR EACH SITE WAS $50.
THE AUCTION, ORGANISED BY THE TSUEN WAN URBAN SERVICES OFFICE, WAS HELD AT THE TSUEN WAN TOWN HALL AUDITORIUM.
SITES FOR KWAI CHUNG FAIR WILL BE AUCTIONED TOMORROW (TUESDAY).
-----0------
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
TUESDAY, JANUARY 13, 1?81
CONTENTS PaGE NO.
SIR MURRAY: HK MUST KEEP AHEAD OF MARKET FASHIONS ............... 1
AMENDMENTS TO PROPOSED ABORTION BILL ..........................
district management committee studies ko./loon bay
DEVELOPMENTS ................................................ -• 3
students keen on careers education ............................. 4
S’./D DIRECTOR SERVED LUNCH BY VOCATIONAL TRAINEES ...........,. 5
KCR GEARING UP FOR NEW YEAR RUSH ................................ 6
MAJOR SHA TIN SITE FOR SALE.................................. 6
TRIBUTE TO HAD COMMUNITY ORGANISERS ............................ 7
TUEN MUN SPORTS GROUND STONE LAYING CEREMONY...................• 8
NIGHT CLOSURE OF NULLAH ROAD IN SHA TIN ......................... 8
water cut in jestern district ................................... 8
TUESDAY, JANUARY 13, 1981
1
SIR MURRAY* HK MUST KEEP AHEAD OF MARKET FASHIONS
* ** * *
IT IS PARTICULARLY IMPORTANT THAT HONG KONG SHOULD CONTINUE TO KEEP AHEAD OF CONSTANTLY CHANGING MARKET TASTES AND FASHIONS IN THE MORE DIFFICULT MARKET CONDITIONS IN WHICH WE FIND OURSELVES, THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE TOLD A CONGREGATION OF TRADE AND INDUSTRY LEADERS THIS EVENING.
SPEAKING AT THE PRESENTATION OF THE 12TH ANNUAL ♦GOVERNOR’S AWARD FOR HK DESIGN* AT GOVERNMENT HOUSE, SIR MURRAY ADDED THAT THESE CONDITIONS SEEMED LIKELY TO CONTINUE AT LEAST DURING THE FIRST TWO QUARTERS OF THE YEAR.
HE POINTED OUT THAT OUR ECONOMIC SUCCESS HAD BEEN DUE, AMONGST OTHER THINGS, TO AN ABILITY TO ADAPT TO CHANGED CIRCUMSTANCES QUICKER THAN OUR COMPETITORS.
♦TO KEEP AHEAD OF THE CONSTANTLY CHANGING TASTES AND FASHIONS IN OUR MARKETS MEANS NOT ONLY CONTINUOUS AND INTENSE MARKET RESEARCH, BUT INVESTMENT IN DESIGN AND ENCOURAGEMENT OF THOSE WITH CREATIVE TALENTS, AND OF COURSE THE FLEXIBILITY OF PRODUCTION WHICH ONLY SOPHISTICATED TECHNOLOGY AND A WELL-TRAINED AND HARMONIOUS WORKFORCE CAN PRODUCE.
♦IN SUCH THINGS HONG KONG HAS ALWAYS MANAGED TO STAY A LITTLE AHEAD OF THE GAME,* SIR MURRAY SAID.
HE SAID IT WAS ENCOURAGING THAT THE NUMBER OF ENTRIES FOR DESIGN AWARDS HAD INCREASED THIS YEAR* +CREDIT FOR THIS MUST GO TO THE HONG KONG INDUSTRIAL DESIGN COUNCIL FOR THEIR CONTINUING EFFORTS TO PROMOTE HIGHER STANDARDS OF DESIGN AND PRODUCTION, AND TO BRING HOME TO MANUFACTURERS THAT IN THE CIRCUMSTANCES OF HONG KONG, WITHOUT THESE, OUR GOOD NAME, OUR GRIP ON EXPORT MARKETS, AND OUR PROSPERITY WILL FADE.*
SIR MURRAY WAS PLEASED THAT THIS YEAR’S GOVERNOR’S AWARD - ONLY PRESENTED IF THERE IS AN ENTRY MEETING THE VERY HIGH STANDARDS -WENT TO A PRODUCT WHICH COMBINES EXCELLENT DESIGN AND QUALITY WITH ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY.
THE WINNER, +VIEWDATA ADAPTOR MODEL VDX lOOO PRODUCED BY RADOFIN ELECTRONICS (FAR EAST) LTD., IS THE FIRST PRODUCT OF ITS KIND TO HAVE BEEN DESIGNED AND PRODUCED IN HONG KONG. IT ALSO WON THE WAH KIU YAT PO AWARD FOR THE MOST TECHNOLOGICALLY ADVANCED PRODUCT.
SIX OTHER HONG KONG PRODUCTS WERE CHOSEN FOR RECOGNITION, AND RECEIVED TROPHIES FROM THE GOVERNOR*
* SOUTH CHINA MORNING POST AWARD FOR DESIGN ORIGINALITY*
♦DIAMOND POCKET HANDKERCHIEF+ SUBMITTED BY KEVIN JEWELRY LTD., DESIGNED BY MR ALAN TAM YIU-CHO-
TUESDAY, JANUARY 13, 1981
2
M FEDERATION OF HONG KONG INDUSTRIES’ AWARD FOR GOOD DESIGN IN THE ELECTRICAL PRODUCTS CATEGORYi ♦CONTINUOUS FOOD PROCESSOR* SUBMITTED BY NGA I KWONG INDUSTRIAL CO. LTD., DESIGNED BY MR TSANG FAN KWONG AND MR CHOY KWOK TUNG-
M FEDERATION OF HONG KONG INDUSTRIES’ AWARD FOR GOOD DESIGN IN THE FURNITURE CATEGORYi ♦FOLDING CHAIR+ SUBMITTED BY QUALIDUX INDUSTRIAL CO. LTD., DESIGNED BY MR PERCY SO KING HO-
* FEDERATION OF HONG KONG INDUSTRIES’ AWARD FOR GOOD DESIGN IN THE JEWELLERY, WATCHES AND CLOCKS CATEGORY! ♦LCD PROJECTING ALARM CLOCK+ SUBMITTED BY INTEGRATED DISPLAY TECHNOLOGY LTD., DESIGNED BY MR KENNEY MA CHIU MING AND THE DESIGN TEAM OF INTEGRATED DISPLAY TECHNOLOGY LTD.-
M FEDERATION OF HONG KONG INDUSTRIES’ AWARD FOR GOOD DESIGN IN THE METAL PRODUCTS CATEGORY!
♦PORTABLE COOKER* SUBMITTED BY CHUNG MEI MANUFACTORY LTD., DESIGNED BY MR CHAN MING-KONG-
* CERTIFICATE OF MERIT IN THE SPECIALISED PRODUCTS CATEGORYi
♦INJECTION MOULDING MACHINE MODEL JM 176.80.ES.2+ SUBMITTED BY CHEN HSONG MACHINERY CO. LTD., DESIGNED BY THE DESIGN TEAM OF CHEN HSONG MACHINERY CO. LTD.
MR H.C. TANG, CHAIRMAN OF THE FEDERATION OF HONG KONG INDUSTRIES, WHICH ORGANISES THE ANNUAL DESIGN COMPETITION, ALSO SPOKE DURING THE PRESENTATION CEREMONY.
NOTE TO EDITORS!
THE GOVERNOR’S SPEECH AT THE CEREMONY WILL BE CONTAINED IN A SUPPLEMENT TO THE DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN TODAY. COPIES OF A PRESS RELEASE BY THE FEDERATION OF HONG KONG INDUSTRIES AND THE SPEECH BY MR TANG WILL BE BOXED FOR COLLECTION.
AMENDMENTS TO PROPOSED ABORTION BILL * * * *
THE GOVERNMENT IS PROPOSING TO INTRODUCE CERTAIN AMENDMENTS TO THE OFFENCES AGAINST THE PERSON (AMENDMENT) BILL WHEN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL RESUMES DEBATE ON THE SUBJECT ON JANUARY 21.
A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN SAID THAT A CLAUSE IN THE BILL RELATING TO ABORTION FOR GIRLS UNDER 17 HAD BEEN RECAST TO REFLECT MORE CLEARLY THE INTENTION OF THE LEGISLATION. THE ADOPTION OF THE REVISED AGE LIMIT ALSO TIES IN WITH SECTION 124 OF THE CRIMES ORDINANCE WHICH MAKES IT AN OFFENCE TO HAVE SEXUAL INTERCOURSE WITH A GIRL UNDER 16 YEARS OF AGE.
TUESDAY, JAOTAEY 1J, ->981
IT HAS BEEN SUGGESTED THAT THE EFFECT OF THE ORIGINAL CLAUSE WAS THAT PREGNANCIES RESULTING FROM INTERCOURSE BELOW THE AGE OF 16 AND RAPE AND INCEST CASES WERE SEPARATE GROUNDS FOR ABORTION. THE EFFECT OF THE AMENDMENT IS THAT THEY ARE BROUGHT WITHIN THE GENERALITY OF THE EXISTING LAW WHICH ONLY PERMITS ABORTION ON MEDICAL GROUNDS.
IN DECIDING WHETHER OR NOT TO PERFORM AN ABORTION, A REGISTERED MEDICAL PRACTITIONER MAY TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE AGE OF THE WOMAN CR WHETHER SHE WAS A RAPE/INCEST VICTIM.
IN CASE OF DOUBT AS TO WHETHER THE CONTINUATION OF SUCH PREGNANCY WOULD PRESENT GREATER RISKS TO THE PHYSICAL AND MENTAL HEALTH OF THE PREGNANT WOMAN, HE MAY PRESUME THAT THE CONTINUANCE OF HER PREGNANCEY WOULD INVOLVE RISK OF INJURY TO HER PHYSICAL AND MENTAL HEALTH GREATER THAN IF THE PREGNANCY WERE TERMINATED.
SUCH PRESUMPTION WILL PROTECT A REGISTERED MEDICAL PRACTITIONER FROM PROSECUTION UNDER THE ORDINANCE.
--------C----------
DISTRICT MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE STUDIES KOWLOON BAY DEVELOPMENTS * * X X
RECLAMATION AT KOWLOON BAY HAS ALREADY BEEN COMPLETED WITh THE EXCEPTION OF ONE SMALL AREA BEHIND A SEAWALL NEAR THE airport RUNWAY TO BE COMPLETED TOWARDS THE END OF THIS YEAR.
this was disclosed by mr raymond chiu, senior town planner (NE KOWLOON) OF THE URBAN AREA DEVELOPMENT OFFICE, PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT, AT THE 1OTH MEETING OF THE KWUN TONG DISTRICT MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE THIS MORNING.
IN A BRIEF OUTLINE TO MEMBERS OF THE COMMITTEE, MR CHIU SAID THE LAYOUT WOULD BE DICTATED BY TWO MAJOR TRAFFIC ROUTES PASSING
through the area, namely the airport tunnel road and wai yip
STREET EXTENSION.
FACILITIES IN THE PLANNED DEVELOPMENT WILL INCuUDE BUS AND PUBLIC LIGHT BUS terminals, A POLICE STATION, SUB-DIVISIONAL FIRE STATION, FOUR MULTI-STOREY CAR PARKS, A CLINIC, AND AN AMBULANCE DEPOT.
THERE WILL ALSO BE PRIMARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOLS, SUPERMARKETS, DEPARTMENT STORES, MARKETS, AND RESTAURANTS.
TURNING TO RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT, MR CHIU SAID TELFORD GARDENS WOULD PROVIDE HOMES FOR 25 000 WHEN COMPLETED IN MID-1932 AND THE KAI YIP ESTATE, FORMERLY KNOWN AS KAI TAK ESTATE, WOULD HOUSE 20 000 PEOPLE UPON COMPLETION AT THE END OF 1982 OR EARLY 1983.
WITH THE PLANNED DEVELOPMENTS AT KOWLOON BAY, THERE WILL BE MANY JOB OPPORTUNITIES IN FUTURE FOR AN ESTIMATED 1*0 000 WORKERS.
TUESDAY, JANUARY 1J, 1981
It
THERE WILL ALSO BE COOKED FOOD STALLS TO PROVIDE EATING FACILITIES FOR THEM, MR CHIU SAID.
MEMBERS OF THE DISTRICT MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE LATER VISITED TELFORD GARDENS AND SAW FOR THEMSELVES VARIOUS ACTIVITIES WITHIN A PRIVATE HOUSING ESTATE.
THE COMMITTEE HELD ITS MEETING TODAY IN THE LECTURE THEATRE OF THE MTRC KOWLOON BAY ADMINISTRATION BUILDING ---- THE FIRST
TIME SUCH A MEETING WAS HELD OUTSIDE A GOVERNMENT OFFICE.
THE CITY DISTRICT COMMISSIONER MR DAVID K.P. TSUI, CHAIRMAN, WELCOMED A NEW MEMBER TO THE COMMITTEE, DR K.F. NIP, DEVELOPMENT MANAGER/NE KOWLOON, OF THE PWD, WHO WILL OVERSEE AND CO-ORDINATE ACTION ON ALL DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS IN THE DISTRICT.
FORMED JUST OVER A YEAR AGO, THE COMMITTEE COMPRISES REPRESENTATIVES OF GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS AND SETS OUT TO ASCERTAIN MEASURES REQUIRED TO ADVANCE THE INTERESTS OF LOCAL RESIDENTS AND IMPROVE CONDITIONS IN THE DISTRICT.
-------0----------
STUDENTS KEEN ON CAREERS EDUCATION
* * *
MORE THAN 21 OOO STUDENTS AND YOUNG PEOPLE VISITED THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT’S TWO CAREERS INFORMATION CENTRES LAST YEAR, THE DEPUTY COMMISSIONER FOR LABOUR, MR J.C.A. HAMMOND, SAID TODAY.
HE wAS SPEAKING AT THE OPENING CEREMONY OF A REGIONAL CAREERS CONVENTION HELD AT THE BUDDHIST SIN TAK COLLEGE IN KWAI Chung.
THE TWO-DAY CONVENTION IS THE FIRST OF A SERIES OF SIX JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE HONG KONG ASSOCIATION OF CAREERS MASTERS AND THE YOUTH EMPLOYMENT ADVISORY SERVICE OF THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT.
PROGRAMMES FOR THE CONVENTIONS CONSIST OF SPECIALIST TALKS ON VARIOUS CAREER AND TRAINING OPPORTUNITIES, CAREERS EXHIBITIONS STAGED BY STUDENTS, AS WELL AS FILM AND SLIDE SHOWS.
MR HAMMOND POINTED OUT THAT THERE IS NO SPOON-FED METHOD IN CAREERS EDUCATION AND STUDENTS MUST DO THEIR OWN EXPLORATION AND RESEARCH.
HE TOLD THE STUDENTS PARTICIPATING IN THE CONVENTION: +YOU SHOULD SEARCH ACCORDING TO YOUR OWN INTERESTS, APTITUDES, EXPECTATIONS AND CIRCUMSTANCES. YOUR ANSWER TO THE QUESTION OF A CAREER CHOICE CAN NEVER BE THE SAME AS THAT OF OTHERS.
+THE CAREERS INFORMATION CENTRES PROVIDE A BROAD RANGE OF RESOURCE MATERIALS IN THE FORM OF PUBLICATIONS AS WELL AS AUDIOVISUAL FACILITIES AND YOU ARE MOST WELCOME TO MAKE USE OF THEM.*
TUSSDAY, JANUARY 1J, 1981
5
MR HAMMOND SAID THE PROGRAMMES FOR THE CONVENTIONS HAVE BEEN INGFUL AS A RESULT OF THE ACTIVE PARTICIPATION OF CAREERS TEACHERS WHO KNOW THE NEEDS OF THEIR STUDENTS BEST.
I
HE NOTED THAT CAREERS EDUCATION. AS A SUBJECT CANNOT RF taiicmt TESTED THROUGH THE PROCESS OF An’exAM I NAT I ON ISucaTISn. 13 NEVERTHELESS *“ essential iSgr!E?en!?AJf0N-
1 iizc- ^NCE ATTACHED TO CAREERS EDUCATION BY HEAD TEACHERS
LIKE MRs LAM (PRINCIPAL OF BUDDHIST SIN TAK COLLEGE) IS AN EXCELLENT EXAMPLE FOR OTHERS TO FOLLOW,+ HE SAID.
-------0----------
SWD DIRECTOR SERVED LUNCH BY VOCATIONAL TRAINEES X * *
THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE, MR SELWYN ALLEYNE, TODAY VISITED THE KWUN TONG VOCATIONAL TRAINING CENTRE WHERE HE WAS SERVED LUNCH PREPARED BY THE CENTRE’S OWN STUDENTS.
CONTINUING HIS VISITS TO VOLUNTARY AGENCIES, MR ALLEYNE ALSO CALLED ON THE HEADQUARTERS OF THE HONG KONG CHRISTIAN SERVICE IN TSIM SHA TSUI WHICH RUNS THE TRAINING CENTRE.
WITH HIM ON THE VISIT WAS THE EAST KOWLOON REGIONAL SOCIAL WELFARE OFFICER, MR ALEXANDER FUNG. HE INSPECTED THE FACILITIES AT THE CENTRE WHICH PROVIDES A VARIETY OF VOCATIONAL TRAINING FOR OVER 2 400 STUDENTS IN DAY AND EVENING CLASSES.
THE OPENING OF CLASSES IS BASED ON THE NEEDS OF THE COMMUNITY WHILE THE SOCIAL AND PERSONAL DEVELOPMENTS OF THE STUDENTS ARE LOOKED AFTER BY AN ACTIVE SOCIAL WORK SECTION.
ACCOMPANIED BY THE ACTING DIRECTOR OF HONG KONG CHRISTIAN SERVICE, REV KWOK NAI-WANG, AND THE DEPUTY DIRECTOR, MR NG SHUI-LAI, THE SOCIAL WELFARE DIRECTOR SAW STUDENTS IN CLASSES WHICH RANGE FROM HOTEL SERVICE, TAILORING, COMMERCE, AND PHOTOGRAPHY TO TECHNICAL TRADES.
HE LATER HAD LUNCH PREPARED BY STUDENTS OF THE HOTEL AND CATERING SERVICE CLASSES.
AT THE HONG KONG CHRISTIAN SERVICE HEADQUARTERS, HE WAS BRIEFED ON THE WIDE-RANGING SERVICcS PROVIDED BY THE ORGANISATION, WHICH INCLUDE FAMILY SERVICES, HOME HELP, SERVICES FOR THE ELDERLY, THE DISABLED, AND YOUNG PEOPLE.
HONG KONG CHRISTIAN SERVICE CAME INTO OPERATION AS A
RESULT OF THE MERGER IN 1975 OF THE FORMER LUTHERAN WORLD SERVICE, HONG KONG, WITH THE HONG KONG CHRISTIAN COUNCIL’S UNIT FOR CHR I ST I AN SERVICE.
TUESDAY, JANUARY 13, 1981 •
6
KCR GEARING UP FOR NEW YEAR RUSH M * M
THE KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY TODAY ADVISED VISITORS TO CHINA DURING THE LUNAR NEW YEAR PERIOD TO TAKE THEIR RAIL JOURNEYS WELL IN ADVANCE OR WELL AFTER THE FESTIVE DAYS.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE KCR SAID EVEN THOUGH ADDITIONAL SERVICES WOULD BE PROVIDED BETWEEN JANUARY 31 AND FEBRUARY 11, THERE WERE STILL CHANCES OF POSSIBLE DIFFICULTIES IN HANDLING PASSENGER VOLUMES EXCEEDING LAST YEAR BECAUSE OF ELECTRIFICATION, DOUBLE TRACKING AND OTHER MAJOR WORKS ALONG THE ENTIRE SYSTEM THIS YEAR.
♦CHINA-BOUND PASSENGERS ARE ADVISED,* SAID THE SPOKESMAN, ♦THAT IN THEIR INTEREST THEY SHOULD TRAVEL BEFORE AND AFTER THE PEAK DAYS IN ORDER THAT THE LOAD CAN BE MORE EVENLY SPREAD.♦
HE ADDED THAT KCR WOULD PRODUCE A MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE AS MANY TRAINS AS POSSIBLE DURING THE PERIOD BY PROVIDING ADDITIONAL SERVICES TO LO WU.
ADDITIONAL TRAIN SERVICES TO LO WU FOR THE LUNAR NEW YEAR WILL BEi JANUARY 31, FOUR- FEBRUARY 1, FOUR- FEBRUARY 2, EIGHT-FEBRUARY 3, EIGHT- FEBRUARY 4, NINE- FEBRUARY 5, EIGHT- FEBRUARY 6, EIGHT- FEBRUARY 7, EIGHT- FEBRUARY 8, SIX- FEBRUARY 9, FIVE-FEBRUARY 10, THREE- FEBRUARY 11, FOUR.
------o-------
MAJOR SHA TIN SITE FOR SALE N * * X
A MAJOR SITE IN SHA TIN FOR HOTEL OR RESIDENTIAL AND COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT IS TO BE AUCTIONED TOMORROW (WEDNESDAY).
THE SITE MEASURES 5 000 SQUARE METRES AND FRONTS THE SHING MUN RIVER.
IT IS IN AN AREA WHICH WILL BE THE CENTRE OF THE NEW TOWN WHEN IT IS COMPLETED BY THE END OF THE 1980’S.
SALE CONDITIONS SPECIFY THAT, IF DEVELOPED AS A HOTEL, A BUILDING COVENANT OF $84 MILLION HAS TO BE COMPLETED IN FOUR YEARS. THE FLOOR AREA SHOULD NOT EXCEED 47 082 SQUARE METRES AND PARKING SPACES FOR TAXIS AND TOURIST BUSES SHOULD BE PROVIDED.
THE BUILDING COVENANT WILL BE $42 MILLION IF THE SITE IS DEVELOPED FOR RESIDENTIAL AND COMMERCIAL PURPOSES. DEVELOPMENT WOULD INCLUDE A THREE-LEVEL PODIUM STRUCTURE, ABOVE WHICH FLATS WOULD BE BUILT. INCLUDED IN THE PODIUM WOULD BE A CINEMA OR AUDITORIUM WITH UP TO 2 000 SEATS.
A NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION SPOKESMAN SAID THE SHING MUN RIVER WAS NOW BEING DREDGED SO THAT IT COULD BE USED FOR A RANGE OF ACTIVITIES. INCLUDING DRAGON BOAT RACES. HE SAID BOTH BANKS OF THE RIVER WOULf) BE TREE-LINED AND CONVERTED INTO TOWN PARKS, GIVING THE DEVELOPMENT A PLEASANT VIEW.
TUESDAY, JANUARY 1J, 1981
7
THE AUCTION WILL BE HELD IN THE SHOUSON THEATRE OF THE ARTS CENTRE STARTING AT 11 AM.
ALSO TO BE AUCTIONED TOMORROW ARE A FURTHER SHA TIN SITE FOR TWO-STOREY RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT, A SITE IN TAI PO TOWN CENTRE FOR RESIDENTIAL AND COMMERCIAL USE AND TWO INDUSTRIAL SITES IN TUI MIN HOI, SAI KUNG.
-----0 -
TRIBUTE TO HAD COMMUNITY ORGANISERS
*****
THE DIRECTOR OF HOME AFFAIRS, MR GRAHAM BARNES TODAY PAID TRIBUTE TO THE COMMUNITY ORGANISERS WORKING FOR THE CITY DISTRICT OFFICES FOR THEIR PART IN PROMOTING THE MUTUAL AID COMMITTEE MOVEMENT IN HONG KONG.
SPEAKING AT A TEA RECEPTION AT THE CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES ATTENDED BY THE COMMUNITY ORGANISERS AND REPRESENTATIVES OF MUTUAL AID COMMITTEES, MR BARNES SAID THEIR GOOD WORK AND ACHIEVEMENTS MIGHT HAVE ESCAPED PUBLIC ATTENTION, NEVERTHELESS, THEIR COMMENDABLE SERVICE WAS DEEPLY APPRECIATED BY THE GOVERNMENT AND THE HOME AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT.
THE DIRECTOR ALSO DISCLOSED THE GOOD NEWS THAT THE SALARY FOR THE COMMUNITY ORGANISERS, EMPLOYED ON TEMPORARY TERMS, HAD BEEN INCREASED FROM $900 TO $1 250 A MONTH FROM JANUARY AND THEIR HOURS OF WORK REDUCED FROM 120 TO 100 HOURS.
HE RECALLED THAT COMMUNITY ORGANISERS FIRST JOINED THE SERVICE OF THE HOME AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT IN 1973 TO ASSIST THE CITY DISTRICT OFFICES WITH COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT WORK FOR THE FIGHT VIOLENT CRIME CAMPAIGN AND CLEAN HONG KONG CAMPAIGN.
IN THE SAME YEAR, THE CONCEPT OF MUTUAL AID COMMITTEES WAS INTRODUCED AND SINCE THEN THEY HAD HELPED TO ENCOURAGE AND ASSIST RESIDENTS TO FORM THEMSELVES INTO SUCH COMMITTEES.
♦MAC’S ARE NOW A PERMANENT FEATURE IN HONG KONG AND THEY HAVE BEEN GROWING STEADILY IN NUMBER, COVERING PRIVATE MULTI-STOREY BUILDINGS, PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATES, FACTORIES, TEMPORARY HOUSING AREAS AND SQUATTER AREAS.
♦TODAY, ABOUT 2 500 MAC’S HAVE BEEN FORMED AND ARE SERVICED BY TEMPORARY COMMUNITY ORGANISERS AND LIAISON OFFICERS IN THE URBAN AREAS,♦ MR BARNES SAID.
TODAY’S RECEPTION WAS HELD FOR COMMUNITY ORGANISERS WORKING ON HONG KONG ISLAND. A SIMILAR ONE WILL BE GIVEN ON THURSDAY (JANUARY 15) AT THE AMBASSADOR HOTEL FOR THOSE IN KOWLOON.
------0-------
TUESDAY, JANUARY 13, 1981
8
note to EDITORS:
LAY KIN
TUEN MUN SPORTS GROUND STONE LAYING CEREMONY
*****
SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES. MR DAVID AKERS-JONES, WILL THE FOUNDATION STONE OF THE $6.5 MILLION TUEN MUN TANG SHIU SPORTS GROUND ON THURSDAY (JANUARY 15) AT 3.30 PM.
YOU ARE INVITED TO SEND MEMBERS OF YOUR STAFF TO COVER THE EVENT. REPORTERS PLEASE MEET MR DONALD STRANGE OF THE NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION PRESS UNIT AT KOWLOON PUBLIC PIER AT 2 PM. A GOVERNMENT VAN WILL TAKE THE PRESS TO TUEN MUN.
NIGHT CLOSURE OF NULLAH ROAD IN SHA TIN
*****
NULLAH ROAD IN HIN TIN, SHA TIN, AT ITS JUNCTION WITH KENG -iAU ROAD WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC BETWEEN IQ PM AND 6 AM ON THREE CONSECUTIVE NIGHTS FROM THURSDAY (JANUARY 15).
THE CLOSURE IS REQUIRED FOR THE RECONSTRUCTION OF A RAILWAY IDGE NEARBY.
AN ALTERNATIVE ROUTE IS AVAILABLE VIA TAI PO ROAD.
TRAFFIC SIGNS AND BARRIERS WILL BE SET UP TO INDICATE ThE CLOSURE.
-----o-------
WATER CUT IN WESTERN DISTRICT
* * *
WATER SUPPLY TO AN AREA OF WESTERN DISTRICT WILL BE TURNED OFF FROM 11 PM ON THURSDAY (JANUARY 15) TO 6 AM THE FOLLOWING DAY FOR A LEAKAGE TEST.
THE AREA IS BOUNDED BY QUEEN’S ROAD wEST, WESTERN STREET, CONNAUGHT ROAD wEST AND EASTERN STREET.
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN—SUPPLEMENT
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG TEL 5-233191
Speech by His Excellency the Governor at the Presentation Ceremony of the 1981 Governor’s Award- for Hong Kong Design at Government House on Tuesday, January 1?., 1981
Mr Tang, Ladies and Gentlemen,
I am pleased to welcome you here once again for the presentation of design awards.
These awards are made only if products represent a significant advance in design and quality. It is not simply a competition with the best being rewarded irrespective of standard. But in spite of their very high standards this year the Panel of Judges have found a worthy product - • ’ • ..... L -
for the Governor’s Award.
It is encouraging that the number of entries has increased this year. Credit for this must go to the Hong Kong Industrial Design Council for their continuing efforts to promote higher standards of design and production, and to bring home to manufacturers that in the circumstances of Hong Kong, without these, our good name, our grip on export markets, and our prosperity will fade.
Our economic success has been due, amongst other things, to an ability to adapt to changed circumstances quicker than our competitors. To keep ahead of the constantly changing tastes and fashions in our markets means not only continuous and intense market research, but investment in design and encouragement of those with creative talents, and
/of course the .
2
of course the flexibility of production which only sophisticated technology and a well trained and harmonious workforce can produce. In such things Hong Kong has always managed to stay a little ahead of the game- It is particularly important that we should continue to do so now in the more difficult market conditions in which we find ourselves, and which seem likely to continue at least during the first two quarters of the year._\ '________ X........
I am gratified that this year’s Governor’s Award for Hong.Kong ..Design goes to a product which combines excellent design and quality with advanced technology. It is the first product of its kind to have been designed and produced in Hong Kong and has also been awarded the Wah Kiu Yat Po Award for the most technologically advanced product. I am proud to announce the winner of the award, the ”Viewdata Adaptor Model VDX 1000” produced by Radofin Electronics (Far East) Ltd. I congratulate the company and wish them every success.
Ladies and Gentlemen, it gives me great pleasure to call upon the representative of Radofin Electronics (Far East) Ltd to come forward to receive the trophy.
- - - - 0--------
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL 5-233191
WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 14, 1981
contents page no.
WHITE PAPER ON DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION ............................. 1
GOVERNOR TO LAUNCH YEAR OF THE DISABLED ............................ 4
FIVE NT SITES SOLD FOR NEARLY $439 MILLION ......................
LADY CATER CONTINUES VISIT TO COMMUNITY CHEST AGENCIES............... 7
FAREWELL CEREMONY FOR ROYAL OBSERVATORY DIRECTOR..................... 7
PT.RA FOR SAFETY AT CONSTRUCTION SITES ..........................
P’ffi BLOOD FOR THE RED CROSS ...................................
NEW TERRITORIES WATER CUT
9
WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 14, 1981
1
WHITE PAPER ON DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION
* * * *
THE GOVERNMENT TODAY (WEDNESDAY) PUBLISHED THE WHITE PAPER ON DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION IN HONG KONG. THE WHITE PAPER SETS OUT THE GOVERNMENT’S INTENTIONS FOR THE FUTURE PATTERN OF DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION AND INCORPORATES A NUMBER OF MODIFICATIONS ARRIVED AT ON THE BASIS OF PUBLIC COMMENTS ON THE CONSULTATIVE GREEN PAPER PUBLISHED IN JUNE 1980.
A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN SAID THAT THE MAIN THRUST OF THE ORIGINAL PROPOSALS HAD MET WITH VERY WIDE ACCEPTANCE, AND THAT THE NUMBER AND RANGE OF COMMENTS RECEIVED FROM INDIVIDUALS, COMMUNITY GROUPS AND PUBLIC REPRESENTATIVES, WAS ENCOURAGING. +IN DRAWING UP THE COURSE OF ACTION SET OUT IN THE WHITE PAPER,
THE GOVERNMENT HAS GIVEN FULL WEIGHT TO COMMENTS RECEIVED FROM
THE PUBLIC AND A NUMBER OF MODIFICATIONS HAVE BEEN MADE,+ HE SAID.
THE WHITE PAPER WILL BE TABLED IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL
ON JANUARY 21, 1981, WHEN THE CHIEF SECRETARY, SIR JACK CATER,
WILL PUT THE GOVERNMENT’S PLANS BEFORE THE COUNCIL.
THE SPOKESMAN SAID THAT COPIES OF THE WHITE PAPER HAD BEEN PRINTED IN ENGLISH AND CHINESE, AND WERE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE AT CITY DISTRICT OFFICES, DISTRICT OFFICES AND THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE.
+IT IS HOPED THAT MANY PEOPLE WILL TAKE THE OPPORTUNITY TO GET A COPY OF THE WHITE PAPER AND READ IT CAREFULLY,+ HE SAID.
THE WHITE PAPER SPELLS OUT IN DETAIL THE FULL RANGE OF GOVERNMENT’S INTENTIONS RELATING TO THE STRUCTURE OF DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION, INCLUDING: -
* DISTRICT MANAGEMENT COMMITTEES
* DISTRICT BOARDS
M THE ELECTORAL FRANCHISE
* QUALIFICATIONS FOR CANDIDATES
* REGISTRATION AND ELECTORAL PROCEDURES
* THE URBAN COUNCIL
* CONSEQUENTIAL LEGISLATION
THE SPOKESMAN SAID THAT THE SCHEME SET OUT IN THE WHITE PAPER WAS DESIGNED TO PLACE GREATER EMPHASIS ON LOCAL ADMINISTRATION, INCLUDING ACTIVE PARTICIPATION BY THE PUBLIC.
AN IMPORTANT COMPONENT WAS THAT OFFICIALS SHOULD EE OF SUFFICIENT SENIORITY AND AUTHORITY TO RESPOND EFFECTIVELY TO LOCAL NEEDS AND ASPIRATIONS. IN THE WHITE PAPER THE GOVERNMENT REITERATES ITS INTENTION TO ENSURE THAT DEPARTMENTAL REPRESENTATIVES APPOINTED TO THE DISTRICT MANAGEMENT COMMITTEES AND DISTRICT -BOARDS ARE AT AN APPROPRIATE LEVEL.
/+THIS WILL........
AY, JANUARY 14, 1981
wedk:
2 -
♦THIS WILL ENABLE THEM TO SPEAK AUTHORITATIVELY. AND, WHERE POSSIBLE, TO ACT UPON ALL DEPARTMENTAL MATTERS AFFECTING THE SPECIFIC DISTRICT,* HE SAID.
HE EXPLAINED THAT THE MAIN FUNCTION OF THE COMMITTEES WOULD BE TO PROVIDE A +FORUM FOR INTER-DEPARTMENTAL CONSULTATION AND CO-ORDINATION TO ENSURE THAT DISTRICT NEEDS ARE MET, AND THAT DISTRICT PROBLEMS ARE RESOLVED MORE EFFECTIVELY*.
ONE AREA IN WHICH THE GREEN PAPER PROPOSALS HAVE BEEN MODIFIED CONCERNS ELECTIONS TO DISTRICT BOARDS. THERE WAS CONSIDERABLE COMMENT FROM THE PUBLIC IN FAVOUR OF THE ADDITION OF A DIRECTLY ELECTED ELEMENT ON TO THE DISTRICT BOARDS IN THE URBAN AREA AS WELL AS THE SEATS PROVIDED FOR URBAN COUNCILLORS.
THE WHITE PAPER MAKES ADDITIONAL PROVISION FOR DIRECTLY ELECTED MEMBERS TO SIT ON THE URBAN AREA DISTRICT BOARDS REPRESENTING EACH CONSTITUENCY IN THE DISTRICT. NO CHANGE IS MADE TO THE PROPOSALS IN RESPECT OF ELECTED MEMBERS ON THE NEW TERRITORIES DISTRICT BOARDS AS SET OUT IN THE GREEN PAPER.
IT IS PROPOSED THAT ELECTIONS TO THE DISTRICT BOARDS IN THE NEW TERRITORIES BE HELD IN MARCH 1982, AND ELECTIONS TO THE DISTRICT BOARDS IN THE URBAN AREA IN SEPTEMBER 1982.
THE CHAIRMANSHIP OF THE DISTRICT BOARDS WAS ANOTHER ASPECT COMMENTED ON BY THE PUBLIC, AND THERE WERE ARGUMENTS IN FAVOUR OF UNOFFICIAL CHAIRMEN.
TAKING THIS INTO ACCOUNT, ALTHOUGH THE GOVERNMENT CONSIDERS THAT INITIALLY THE CHAIRMEN SHOULD BE OFFICIALS BECAUSE OF THE NEED TO ESTABLISH LINKS WITH DISTRICT MANAGEMENT COMMITTEES, IT INTENDS AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE THAT THE CHAIRMEN SHOULD BE +EITHER UNOFFICIAL OR OFFICIAL, ELECTED BY THE MEMBERS OF THE BOARDS THEMSELVES*.
*NO CHANGE IS MADE TO THE BROAD FUNCTIONS OF THE DISTRICT BOARDS AS SET OUT IN THE GREEN PAPER, BUT THE WHITE PAPER DOES SPELL OUT THEIR TERMS OF REFERENCE,* THE SPOKESMAN SAID. ALTHOUGH ESSENTIALLY ADVISORY IN NATURE, DISTRICT BOARDS WILL HAVE SUBSTANTIAL POWER OF INFLUENCE OVER AFFAIRS AT THE DISTRICT LEVEL.
THERE WAS ALSO A GOOD DEAL OF PUBLIC COMMENT ABOUT THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ELIGIBILITY TO REGISTER TO VOTE.
THE GREEN PAPER PROPOSED A MINIMUM RESIDENTIAL QUALIFYING PERIOD OF THREE YEARS, WHICH WAS BASED ON THE EXISTING REQUIREMENT FOR URBAN COUNCIL ELECTORAL REGISTRATION. HOWEVER, THE MAJORITY OF COMMENTS RECEIVED SUGGESTED THAT A THREE-YEAR PERIOD WAS TOO SHORT, AND THAT SEVEN YEARS WOULD BE MORE APPROPRIATE.
THE SPOKESMAN SAID: +THE GOVERNMENT IS IMPRESSED WITH THE FORCE OF THESE ARGUMENTS AND THE WHITE PAPER NOW STATES THAT A PERSON WHO HAS BEEN ORDINARILY RESIDENT IN HONG KONG FOR SEVEN YEARS OR MORE, BEFORE THE CLOSING DATE FOR REGISTRATION, WILL BE ELIGIBLE TO BECOME A REGISTERED VOTER.*
/+H0NG KONG....
WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 14, 1?81
- 3 -
♦HONG KONG BELONGERS+ AND PEOPLE WHO ARE REGISTERED VOTERS FOR THIS YEAR’S URBAN COUNCIL ELECTIONS - EVEN IF THEY DO NOT MEET THE SEVEN-YEAR REQUIREMENT - WILL ALSO BE ENTITLED TO REGISTER.
MOREOVER, FOREIGN NATIONALS WILL BE ENTITLED TO REGISTER PROVIDED THEY FULFIL THE OTHER REQUIREMENTS.
THE GREEN PAPER PROPOSED THAT THE AGE OF ELIGIBILITY FOR VOTING SHOULD BE 21 YEARS. THERE WERE SUGGESTIONS THAT IT SHOULD EITHER BE LOWERED TO 18 YEARS OR RAISED ABOVE 21, BUT THE MAJORITY OF COMMENTS SUPPORTED 21 YEARS. THE GOVERNMENT WILL INTRODUCE LEGISLATION TO PROVIDE FOR 21 YEARS AS THE MINIMUM AGE OF ELIGIBILITY TO REGISTER TO VOTE.
FOR CANDIDATES THERE WILL BE THE ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENT THAT THEY SHALL HAVE BEEN ORDINARILY RESIDENT IN HONG KONG FOR 10 YEARS OR MORE. CANDIDATES ARE NOT TO BE REQUIRED TO RESIDE IN THE CONSTITUENCY FOR WHICH THEY STAND. CANDIDATES MAY ONLY STAND FOR ONE CONSTITUENCY IN ANY ONE ELECTION.
THE WHITE PAPER ALSO CONTAINS CERTAIN PROPOSALS CONCERNING QUALIFICATIONS AND DISQUALIFICATIONS OF CANDIDATES, WHICH WERE NOT DETAILED IN THE GREEN PAPER.
THE WHITE PAPER SETS OUT IN SOME DETAIL THE REGISTRATION AND ELECTORAL PROCEDURES. THE PRINCIPLE OF ELECTIONS ON THE CONSTITUENCY BASIS, AS SET OUT IN THE GREEN PAPER, IS MAINTAINED.
ONE DIFFERENCE IS THAT WHEREAS THE GREEN PAPER SUGGESTED THAT THE 15 ELECTED URBAN COUNCILLORS SHOULD BE ELECTED FROM CONSTITUENCIES IN EIGHT DISTRICTS IN THE URBAN AREA, THE GOVERNMENT HAS ACCEPTED THE ARGUMENTS AGAINST DECREASING THE EXISTING FIGURE OF 10 DISTRICTS IN THE URBAN AREA.
THE WHITE PAPER, THEREFORE, PROPOSES THAT ONE URBAN COUNCILLOR SHOULD BE ELECTED FOR EACH OF TWO CONSTITUENCIES IN THE FIVE LARGEST DISTRICTS, WHILE THERE SHOULD BE ONLY ONE CONSTITUENCY IN THE FIVE SMALLER DISTRICTS. THE PROPOSED BALANCE OF MEMBERSHIP OF THE URBAN COUNCIL AT 15 ELECTED AND 15 APPOINTED MEMBERS REMAINS UNCHANGED FROM THAT IN THE GREEN PAPER.
FOR ELECTIONS TO DISTRICT BOARDS, THE GOVERNMENT INTENDS THAT EACH DISTRICT WILL BE DIVIDED INTO A NUMBER OF CONSTITUENCIES, THE VAST MAJORITY OF WHICH WILL RETURN ONE ELECTED MEMBER TO THE DISTRICT BOARD.
THE NUMBER OF CONSTITUENCIES IN A DISTRICT AND THEIR SIZE WILL VARY ACCORDING TO THE CHARACTERISTICS OF THE DISTRICT CONCERNED, BUT IN THE URBAN AREA THE CONSTITUENCIES WILL BE BASED GENERALLY ON THE EXISTING AREA COMMITTEE BOUNDARIES. THERE ARE LIKELY TO BE ABOUT 80 SUCH CONSTITUENCIES.
THE NUMBER OF CONSTITUENCIES IN THE NEW TERRITORIES AT PRESENT IDENTIFIED IS ABOUT 50, FOR SOME OF WHICH TWO MEMBERS MAY BE ELECTED, RETURNING ALTOGETHER SOME 60 ELECTED MEMBERS TO THE DISTRICT BOARDS.
/THE registration ......
WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 14, 1981
THE REGISTRATION PROCESS IS TO BE BASED ON THE EXISTING SYSTEM.
AT THE ELECTIONS FOR BOTH THE DISTRICT BOARDS AND THE URBAN COUNCIL, REGISTERED PERSONS WOULD BE REQUIRED TO VOTE IN CONSTITUENCIES BASED ON THE RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS THEY DECLARED AT REGISTRATION. AS PROPOSED IN THE GREEN PAPER, RESIDENTS IN THE NEW TERRITORIES WOULD NOT BE ABLE TO VOTE IN URBAN COUNCIL ELECTIONS- HOWEVER PERSONS LIVING IN THE NEW TERRITORIES WOULD BE ELIGIBLE TO STAND AS CANDIDATES FOR THE URBAN COUNCIL PROVIDED THEY FULFILLED THE OTHER REQUIREMENTS.
THE METHOD OF VOTING FOR BOTH DISTRICT BOARDS AND URBAN COUNCIL ELECTIONS IS TO BE THE SIMPLE +FIRST PAST THE POST* SYSTEM I.E. BY SIMPLE MAJORITY.
THE SPOKESMAN SAID THAT ALSO ON JANUARY 21, 1981, COUNCIL (AMENDMENT) BILL 1981 WOULD BE INTRODUCED.
THE URBAN
HE EXPLAINED THAT THE PURPOSE OF THE BILL WAS TO LIMIT THE TERMS OF OFFICE OF SIX URBAN COUNCILLORS ELECTED IN THE MARCH 1981 ELECTION TO TWO YEARS. THIS WOULD MEAN THAT THE TERMS OF ALL 12 ELECTED COUNCILLORS WOULD EXPIRE IN MARCH 1983, AT WHICH TIME URBAN COUNCIL ELECTIONS WOULD BE HELD UNDER THE NEW SYSTEM.
THE REGULATIONS GOVERNING THE NEW ELECTIONS TO THE DISTRICT BOARDS AND THE URBAN COUNCIL WOULD BE ENACTED IN MAY THIS YEAR, SAID THE SPOKESMAN, AND REGISTRATION FOR THESE ELECTIONS WOULD BEGIN IN JUNE.
-------o----------
GOVERNOR TO LAUNCH YEAR OF THE DISABLED
* * * *
THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE WILL OFFICIALLY DECLARE OPEN HONG KONG’S CELEBRATION OF THE INTERNATIONAL YEAR OF DISABLED PERSONS (IYDP) AT A CEREMONY TO BE HELD IN THE CONCERT HALL, CITY HALL THIS FRIDAY (JANUARY 16) AFTERNOON.
THE OPENING CEREMONY WILL MARK THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE SERIES OF EVENTS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE GOVERNMENT AND VOLUNTARY AGENCIES IN SUPPORT OF THE UNITED NATIONS’ IYDP THIS YEAR.
THEY ARE PRIMARILY DIRECTED TO INCREASING PUBLIC UNDERSTANDING OF WHAT DISABILITY IS, AN AWARENESS OF THE PROBLEMS IT MAY BRING, AND THE REHABILITATION SERVICES AVAILABLE.
ALSO ADDRESSING AT THE CEREMONY WILL BE THE CHAIRMAN OF THE CENTRAL COORDINATING COMMITTEE OF THE IYDP, DR HARRY FANG AND THE SECRETARY FOR SOCIAL SERVICES, MR E.P. HO.
AFTER THE CEREMONY, THE GOVERNOR WILL PROCEED TO THE EXHIBITION HALL TO CUT THE RIBBON FOR AN EXHIBITION ENTITLED +ONE OF US+ — THE FIRST EVENT IN THE SERIES.
/he vtll .....
WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 14, 1?81
HE WILL THEN TOUR THE EXHIBITION WITH LADY MACLEHOSE, ACCOMPANIED BY DR FANG AND MR HO.
NOTE TO EDITORSi
YOU ARE INVITED TO SEND REPRESENTATIVES TO COVER THE OPENING CEREMONY OF THE IYDP AND THE +ONE OF US+ EXHIBITION IN THE CITY HALL THIS FRIDAY (JANUARY 16) AFTERNOON.
THE GOVERNOR WILL BE ARRIVING AT THE CITY HALL AT 2.20 PM.
THE OPENING CEREMONY IN THE CONCERT HALL WILL START AT 2.30 PM AND THE RIBBON-CUTTING CEREMONY OF THE EXHIBITION WILL BE HELD IN THE EXHIBITION HALL AT 3.15 PM.
MEMBERS OF THE PRESS ARE REQUESTED TO ASSEMBLE AT THE EAST DOOR OF THE CITY HALL IN FRONT OF THE ARTS FESTIVAL BOX OFFICE NOT LATER THAN 1.45 PM WHERE GIS OFFICERS WILL BE ON HAND TO BRIEF THEM AND ESCORT THEM TO THE RESPECTIVE PRESS POSITIONS.
THERE WILL BE TWO PRESS POSITIONSi POSITION A WILL COVER THE GOVERNOR’S ARRIVAL AND THE RIBBON-CUTTING CEREMONY OF THE EXHIBITION.
POSITION B WILL COVER THE OPENING CEREMONY FROM THE RIGHT PROMENADE IN THE CONCERT HALL. THOSE IN PRESS POSITION A WILL NOT BE ABLE TO COVER THE OPENING CEREMONY INSIDE THE CONCERT HALL. THOSE IN POSITION B WILL NOT BE ABLE TO COVER THE GOVERNOR’S ARRIVAL OR THE EXHIBITION OPENING.
PHOTOGRAPHERS ARE ADVISED TO BRING ALONG EQUIPMENT FOR INDOOR PHOTOGRAPHY.
-----o------
FIVE NT SITES SOLD FOR NEARLY $439 MILLION
* * * *
FIVE NEW TERRITORIES SITES WERE SOLD FOR A TOTAL OF $438.7 MILLION TODAY.
THE AUCTION, HELD IN A PACKED SHOUSON THEATRE OF THE ARTS CENTRE, LASTED ONE AND A QUARTER HOURS.
THE HIGHEST PRICE WAS PAID FOR A SITE IN SHA TIN FOR EITHER HOTEL OR RESIDENTIAL AND COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT.
MEASURING ABOUT 5 000 SQUARE METRES, IT WAS BOUGHT BY KA DUK INVESTMENT COMPANY LIMITED FOR $241 MILLION ($48 200 PER SQUARE I'ETRE).
•> f -
BIDDING OPENED AT $125 MILLION.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE BUYERS SAID HE FELT THAT SHA TIN HAD A VERY GOOD FUTURE AND THE LAND WOULD BE USED FOR HOTEL DEVELOPMENT.
/the site ......
WEDNESDAY, JANUAHY 14, 1981
J
6
THE SITE IS CLOSE TO THE SHING MUN RIVER IN WHAT WILL BE THE CENTRE OF SHA TIN NEW TOWN.
A BUILDING COVENANT OF $84 MILLION HAS TO BE MET WITHIN FOUR YEARS (THE FIGURE WOULD HAVE BEEN HALF IF THE SITE WAS FOR RESIDENTIAL AND COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT).
AT THE SAME AUCTION, THE FIRST SITE FOR TAI PO NEW TOWN CENTRE WAS SOLD FOR $169 MILLION ($33 720 PER SQUARE METRE).
BIDDING STARTED AT $70 MILLION.
THE PURCHASER WAS AMPLE GAIN COMPANY LIMITED WHO WILL BUILD MAINLY RESIDENTIAL AND COMMERCIAL PROPERTY ON THE 5 012 SQUARE METRE SITE.
THE BUILDING COVENANT ON THIS SITE IS $32 MILLION TO BE FULFILLED WITHIN FOUR YEARS.
THE SITE IS THE FIRST OF NINE TAI PO NEW TOWN CENTRE SITES TO COME ON THE MARKET OVER THE NEXT THREE YEARS.
THE GOVERNMENT LAND AGENT, MR TONY HARLAND, WHO CONDUCTED THE AUCTION, SAID THE PRICE SHOWED CONFIDENCE IN THE NEW TOWN DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME.
A FURTHER SHA TIN SITE MEASURING 1 328 SQUARE METRES WAS SOLD FOR $5.7 MILLION ($4 292 PER SQUARE METRE).
THE SITE IS FOR LOW DENSITY RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT WITH A PLOT RATIO OF ONLY 0.4.
THE PURCHASER WAS REDRIDGE COMPANY LIMITED.
THE BUILDING COVENANT IS $1.12 MILLION TO BE FULFILLED WITHIN THREE YEARS.
TWO SITES AT TUI MIN HOI, SAI KUNG, WERE BOUGHT BY DASIDO COMPANY LIMITED FOR A TOTAL OF $23 MILLION ($4 340 PER SQUARE METRE).
BOTH SITES ARE FOR INDUSTRIAL OR GODOWN USE AND MEASURE 2 710 AND 2 588 SQUARE METRES.
THE BUILDING COVENANTS ARE $7.8 MILLION AND $6.54 MILLION, BOTH TO BE COMPLETED WITHIN FOUR YEARS.
WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 14, 1981
7
NOTE TO EDITORSi
LADY CATER CONTINUES VISIT TO
* * *
COMMUNITY CHEST AGENCIES *
LADY CATER, PRESIDENT OF THE COMMUNITY CHEST OF HONG KONG, WILL VISIT ANOTHER THREE OF ITS MEMBER AGENCIES ON HONG KONG ISLAND ON FRIDAY (JANUARY 16).
THE DEPUTY EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR OF THE COMMUNITY CHEST, MR G.A. HENDERSON, WILL ACCOMPANY LADY CATER ON HER VISITS TO THE HONG KONG SOCIETY FOR THE DEAF, THE STREET SLEEPERS’ SHELTER SOCIETY AND THE SHENG KUNG HUI DIOCESAN WELFARE COUNCIL.
MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES ARE WELCOME TO COVER THE VISITS AT THE FOLLOWING TIMESi
M HONG KONG SOCIETY FOR - HOST LIONS CENTRE, 21 HOSPITAL THE DEAF ROAD, SAI YING POON,
FROM 9.30 TO 10.15 AM,
* STREET SLEEPERS’ SHELTER - 21 HOSPITAL ROAD, SAI YING SOCIETY POON, FROM 10.15 TO 10.45 AM,
M SHENG KUNG HUI DIOCESAN - 101 RIDLEY HOUSE, 2 UPPPER WELFARE COUNCIL ALBERT ROAD, FROM 11 TO
11.45 AM.
------o-------
FAREWELL CEREMONY FOR ROYAL OBSERVATORY DIRECTOR K K # K
STAFF MEMBERS OF THE ROYAL OBSERVATORY WILL BE BIDDING FAREWELL TO MR GORDON BELL AT A PRESENTATION CEREMONY ON FRIDAY (JANUARY 16) AFTERNOON.
MR BELL HAS BEEN DIRECTOR, ROYAL OBSERVATORY FOR MORE THAN 15 YEARS SINCE AUGUST 1965 AND WILL BE RETIRING FROM THE POST ON SATURDAY, JANUARY 17.
HE JOINED THE ROYAL OBSERVATORY AS A SCIENTIFIC OFFICER ON JULY 2, 1949 AND WAS SUBSEQUENTLY PROMOTED TO SENIOR SCIENTIFIC OFFICER IN 1961 AND DEPUTY DIRECTOR IN 1963. HE WAS AWARDED THE OBE IN 1975.
DURING THE TIME HE HAS BEEN IN HONG KONG, MR BELL HAS ALSO BEEN AN ACTIVE OFFICER IN THE ROYAL HONG KONG AUXILIARY AIR FORCE.
HAVING JOINED IN 1951, HE WAS PROMOTED TO COMMANDING OFFICER OF THE FORCE IN 1962.
DURING HIS SERVICE IN THE RHKAAF, MR BELL FLEW BOTH FIXED-WING AIRCRAFT SUCH AS HARVARDS AND SPITFIRES, AS WELL AS WIDGEON AND ALOUETTE HELICOPTERS.
IN RECOGNITION OF HIS SERVICE, HE WAS PRESENTED WITH THE AIR EFFICIENCY AWARD IN 1958. HE IS AT PRESENT HONORARY AIR COMMODORE OF THE FORCE.
/m HIS.....
WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 14, 1981
8
IN HIS CAPACITY AS DIRECTOR, ROYAL OBSERVATORY, MR BELL HAS REPRESENTED HONG KONG AT MANY INTERNATIONAL SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS IN EUROPE, AMERICA AND IN SOUTH EAST ASIA. HE HAS ALSO HAD PUBLISHED A NUMBER OF SCIENTIFIC PAPERS ON VARIOUS ASPECTS OF METEOROLOGY, PARTICULARLY THAT OF THE SOUTH EAST ASIAN REGION.
MR BELL WILL BE REMAINING IN HONG KONG WITH HIS FAMILY FOR SIX TO 12 MONTHS.
NOTE TO EDITORS:
MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES ARE WELCOME TO COVER THE PRESENTATION CEREMONY, MARKING THE RETIREMENT OF MR GORDON BELL, TO BE HELD IN THE STAFF CLUB HOUSE OF THE ROYAL OBSERVATORY, NATHAN ROAD, KOWLOON, AT 4.30 PM ON FRIDAY (JANUARY 16).
-----o------
PLEA FOR SAFETY AT CONSTRUCTION SITES *****
BUILDING CONTRACTORS WERE URGED TODAY TO MEASURES TO PREVENT OBJECTS FROM FALLING FROM SITES.
TAKE ALL POSSIBLE HEIGHT AT CONSTRUCTION
THE PLEA WAS MADE BY A SPOKESMAN FOR THE FACTORY INSPECTORATE DIVISION OF THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT FOLLOWING A RECENT ACCIDENT IN WHICH A WORKER WAS KILLED BY A FALLING SLAB OF CONCRETE AT A TSIM SHA TSUI CONSTRUCTION SITE.
IN ADDITION TO THE FATAL CASE, THE SPOKESMAN SAID THERE HAVE BEEN A NUMBER OF ACCIDENTS INVOLVING FALLING OBJECTS ON CONSTRUCTION SITES. THE OBJECTS RANGED FROM WOODEN BOARDS TO SIZEABLE CONCRETE BLOCKS.
HE SAID: +MANY OF THESE ACCIDENTS COULD HAVE BEEN PREVENTED IF ADEQUATE PRECAUTIONS WERE TAKEN. BOTH CONTRACTORS AND WORKERS HAVE THEIR RESPONSIBILITIES IN OBSERVING THE SAFETY RULES LAID DOWN BY THE CONSTRUCTION SITES (SAFETY) REGULATIONS, 1978.♦
ACCORDING TO THE REGULATIONS, THE SPOKESMAN CONTINUED, ALL STRUCTURES UNDER CONSTRUCTION SHOULD BE PROTECTED BY NETS AND FANS CAPABLE OF CATCHING ANY MATERIAL OR OBJECT THAT MAY FALL FROM THESE STRUCTURES ENDANGERING WORKERS ON THE SITE.
SCAFFOLDING MATERIALS, TOOLS OR ANY OTHER OBJECT SHOULD NOT BE THROWN, TIPPED OR SHUTTLED DOWN FROM HEIGHT TO THE DANGER OF ANY PERSON BELOW. WHERE, PRACTICABLE, THESE OBJECTS SHOULD BE LOWERED BY MEANS OF A LIFTING APPLIANCE OR LIFTING GEAR. BUILDING DEBRIS SHOULD BE DISCHARGED THROUGH PROPER DELIVERY CHUTES.
/MATERIALS PLACED .-.
AY, JANUARY 14» 1981
W]
- 9 -
MATERIALS PLACED NEAR EDGES WHERE THEY ARE LIABLE TO FALL SHOULD BE REMOVED OR OTHERWISE FASTENED DOWN TO PREVENT THEM FROM FALLING.
ALL WORKERS ON CONSTRUCTION SITES SHOULD BE PROVIDED WITH SUITABLE SAFETY HELMETS WHICH SHOULD BE WORN AT ALL TIMES WHILE ON THE SITE.
♦THE FACTORY INSPECTORATE WILL TAKE OUT SUMMONSES AGAINST CONTRACTORS OR WORKERS WHO BREACH THE REGULATIONS,♦ THE SPOKESMAN WARNED.
PWD BLOOD FOR THE RED CROSS * * * *
STAFF OF THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT IN MURRAY BUILDING TODAY DONATED 80 UNITS OF BLOOD TO THE HONG KONG RED CROSS.
THIS WAS THE FIRST DONATION BY THE DEPARTMENT THIS YEAR.
IN 1980, THE PWD DONATED A TOTAL OF 433 UNITS ON FOUR OCCASIONS.
-----o------
NEW TERRITORIES WATER CUT ft ft ft ft
WATER SUPPLY TO AREAS OF SHA TIN AND TUEN MUN WILL BE INTERRUPTED FOR SEVERAL HOURS ON FRIDAY (JANUARY 16).
IN SHA TIN, WHERE SUPPLY WILL BE TURNED OFF FROM 9 AM TO 7 PM, THE AFFECTED AREA COVERS SHA TIN TOWN LOT NO. 1, TO SHEK TSUEN, NGAU PEI SHA TSUEN, SIU LEK YUEN TSUEN, UN CHOW KOK TEMPORARY HOUSING AREA, AND SHA TIN AREA 14.
IN TUEN MUN, THERE WILL BE NO SUPPLY BETWEEN 10 PM AND 7 AM THE FOLLOWING DAY (SATURDAY) TO PREMISES IN AREA 12 INDUSTRIAL ZONE, CLASS +2+ LICENSED AREA IN AREA 34, TSING SHAN TSUEN, KIN TAI STREET FROM PUI TO ROAD TO HO TIN STREET, AND LUNG MUN ROAD FROM TSING WAN ROAD TO PILLAR POINT, INCLUDING PREMISES OF THE CHINA LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY AND CASTLE PEAK BOYS’ HOME.
-----0------
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
THURSDAY, JANUARY 15, 1981
coin?HITS PAGE NO.
total ban on fires in tai lam country park and tai po kau....... 1
1980: A YEAR OF WEATHER RECORDS ................................. 2
MORE ATTENTION paid to nt recreational FACILITIES ............... 5
IF YOU HAVE A TAX COMPLAINT ..................................... 7
SQUATTERS RECEIVE PROPER ELECTRICITY SUPPLY..................... 7
UK INSPECTOR TO .DVISE ON TECHNICAL EDUCATION ................... 8
FANLING SWUIMING POOL TO CLOSE................................... 9
MAXICAB ROUTE CHANGES
9
THURSDAY, JANUARY 15, 1981
1
TOTAL BAN ON FIRES IN TAI LAM COUNTRY PARK AND TAI PO KAU *****
A COMPLETE BAN ON THE LIGHTING OF FIRES FOR ANY PURPOSE IN ONE COUNTRY PARK AND A NATURE RESERVE AREA IN THE NEW TERRITORIES HAS BEEN IMPOSED, BEGINNING TOMORROW (FRIDAY).
THE TOTAL BAN ON FIRES WILL BE APPLIED IN THE PAT HEUNG AREA AND THE CAMP SITES OF TAI LAM COUNTRY PARK AND THE TAI PO KAU NATURE RESERVE. THE BAN WILL REMAIN IN FORCE UNTIL FURTHER NOTICE.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE COUNTRY PARKS AUTHORITY SAID THE BAN IS NECESSARY WITH THE PREVAILING DRY AND WINDY WEATHER CONDITIONS WHICH PLACE THE COUNTRYSIDE IN GREAT DANGER FROM HILLFIRES.
+AGGRAVATING THE SITUATION IS THE FACT THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO MEASURABLE RAINFALL FOR MORE THAN 30 DAYS,+ THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
THE SPOKESMAN ADVISED MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC PLANNING TO PICNIC IN ANY OF THE COUNTRY PARKS TO TAKE SANDWICHES OR PRE-COOKED FOOD WITH THEM.
♦AT THIS TIME OF YEAR, PEOPLE SHOULD ALSO AVOID LIGHTING FIRES ANYWHERE IN THE COUNTRYSIDE FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER,* THE SPOKESMAN SAID, +AND IN PARTICULAR, VISITORS SHOULD BE VERY CAREFUL OVER SMOKING FOR CARELESS DISPOSAL OF CIGARETTE ENDS IS A MAJOR CAUSE OF FIRES.+
FIRE IS THE BIGGEST SINGLE THREAT TO THE COUNTRYSIDE AND NO ONE SHOULD UNDERESTIMATE THE VULNERABILITY OF LARGE AREAS OF HONG KONG TO CARELESSNESS BY PERSONS VISITING THE COUNTRYSIDE.
THE SPOKESMAN APPEALED FOR THE FULLEST COOPERATION FROM ALL MEMBERS OF THE COMMUNITY DURING THIS CRITICAL PERIOD.
HE REMINDED THE PUBLIC THAT ILLEGAL USE OF FIRES IN COUNTRY PARKS COULD RESULT IN A MAXIMUM FINE OF S5 000 WHILE THE MAXIMUM FINE FOR ILLEGAL USE OF FIRES ANYWHERE ELSE IN THE COUNTRYSIDE BUT OUTSIDE COUNTRY PARKS IS $2 000.
HE ADDED THAT 178 PEOPLE HAD BEEN PROSECUTED AND CONVICTED FOR THIS OFFENCE SINCE APRIL LAST YEAR.
-----o------
/2 O. O O • .
THURSDAY, JANUARY 15, 1981
- 2 -
1980 i A YEAR OF WEATHER RECORDS ft ft ft ft
1980 WILL BE REMEMBERED AS THE YEAR IN WHICH THERE WERE THUNDERSTORMS AND HAILSTORMS IN FEBRUARY, A LONG HOT DRY SPELL IN JUNE, AND STRONG DESTRUCTIVE TYPHOONS WHICH FORTUNATELY DID NOT COME CLOSE TO HONG KONG TO CAUSE SERIOUS DAMAGE.
ACCORDING TO THE 1980 WEATHER SUMMARY ISSUED BY THE ROYAL OBSERVATORY TODAY, THUNDERSTORMS IN FEBRUARY ARE RARE IN HONG KONG AND HAVE NOT OCCURRED AT THE ROYAL OBSERVATORY SINCE 1966.
HOWEVER THERE WERE SUCH STORMS ON FOUR OF THE LAST SIX DAYS OF FEBRUARY LAST YEAR.
THE STORMS ON THE EARLY MORNING OF FEBRUARY 27 WERE ASSOCIATED WITH THE ARRIVAL OF A COLD FRONT COUPLED WITH PERTURBATIONS IN THE UPPER WESTERLY WINDS. THEY WERE ACCOMPANIED BY VIOLENT NORTHWESTERLY SQUALLS. A CHINESE PASSENGER FERRY, THE SHUGUANG NO. 401, CAPSIZED ON THE RIVER TAN JIANG ABOUT 80 NAUTICAL MILES WEST OF HONG KONG.
ON THE SAME DAY, HAIL, WHICH HAS NEVER BEEN RECORDED IN FEBRUARY BEFORE, WAS REPORTED BY A NUMBER OF PEOPLE IN THE KWAI CHUNG AND REPULSE BAY AREAS.
HAIL WAS AGAIN REPORTED ON MARCH 5 AND 6. THIS SET A NEW RECORD OF THREE HAILSTORMS IN NINE DAYS.
ON MARCH 5, RESIDENTS IN YUEN LONG, KAM TIN, TUEN MUN, TSUEN WAN, TAI MO SHAN AND TAI PO REPORTED HAIL BETWEEN 12.05 PM AND 12.45 PM. THE BIGGEST HAILSTONES MEASURED ABOUT 30 MM IN DIAMETER. ABOUT 400 HECTARES OF CROPS, REPRESENTING 12 PER CENT OF HONG KONG’S TOTAL VEGETABLE PRODUCTION, WERE DAMAGED BY THE HAIL. IT WAS REPORTED AGAIN SHORTLY AFTER 5 AM ON MARCH 6 AT KAM TIN, LAM TSUEN AND YUEN CHAU TSAI.
THE HOT SPELL IN JUNE WAS UNPRECEDENTED SINCE RECORDS BEGAN IN 1884i MAXIMUM TEMPERATURES WERE ABOVE 33.0 DEGREES CELSIUS EVERY DAY BETWEEN JUNE 17 AND 24 AND ABOVE 34.0 DEGREES CELSIUS BETWEEN JUNE 19 AND 22.
THE HOTTEST DAY OF THE MONTH WAS JUNE 22 WHEN THE MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE REACHED 34.8 DEGREES CELSIUS — THE SECOND HIGHEST ON RECORD FOR THE MONTH, THE HIGHEST BEING 35.6 DEGREES RECORDED ON JUNE 1, 1963.
JUNE SET ANOTHER RECORD — ONLY 12 DAYS WITH MEASURABLE RAIN AMOUNTING TO ONLY 150.9 MM, 306.6 MM SHORT OF NORMAL.
TROPICAL CYCLONES BEGAN TO AFFECT THE WEATHER OF HONG KONG IN MAY WITH SEVERE TROPICAL STORM GEORGIA PASSING ABOUT 90 NAUTICAL MILES TO THE EAST-SOUTHEAST ON MAY 23. GALES WERE EXPERIENCED OFFSHORE AND ON HILL TOPS BUT GEORGIA DID NOT BRING MUCH RAIN.
SEVERE TROPICAL STORM HERBERT WAS THE ONLY TROPICAL CYCLONE OVER THE WESTERN NORTH PACIFIC AND THE SOUTH CHINA SEA DURING JUNE. HERBERT PASSED ABOUT 300"NAUTICAL MILES FROM HONG KONG ON JUNE 28 AND ONLY BROUGHT SOME SHOWERS AND THUNDERSTORMS.
/TH MHR WERE.....
THURSDAY, JANUARY 15, 1981
THERE WERE FOUR TROPICAL CYCLONES IN JULY FOR WHICH LOCAL WARNING SIGNALS WERE HOISTED. SEVERE TROPICAL STORM IDA WAS CLOSEST ON JULY 11 AND BROUGHT A TOTAL OF 190.8 MM OF RAIN. AN UNNAMED STORM SOUTH OF HONG KONG CAUSED STRONG WINDS ON JULY 18. TYPHOON KIM DEVASTATED THE NORTHERN PHILIPPINES ON JULY 25 AND WAS CLOSEST TO HONG KONG ON JULY 27, CAUSING SLIGHT DAMAGE.
THE ONLY GALE OR STORM SIGNALS OF THE YEAR WERE HOISTED FOR 13 HOURS 25 MINUTES FOR TYPHOON JOE WHICH PASSED ABOUT 190 NAUTICAL MILES TO THE SOUTH-SOUTHWEST ON JULY 22.
JOE CLAIMED TWO LIVES IN AN ACCIDENT ON A CONSTRUCTION SITE IN KWAI CHUNG AND SANK A JUNK OFF ABERDEEN WITH ONE PERSON MISSING. IN ADDITION IT CAUSED INJURIES TO 59 PERSONS AND BROKE LOOSE THREE OCEAN-GOING VESSELS IN THE HARBOUR. ACCORDING TO CHINESE REPORTS, THE TYPHOON — WHICH PASSED OVER THE LEIZHOU (LUICHOW) PENINSULA — WAS THE STRONGEST OVER THE REGION IN 26 YEARS.
IN AUGUST ONLY A TROPICAL DEPRESSION PASSED TO THE SOUTHWEST ON THE 18TH WITHOUT CAUSING ANY DAMAGE TO HONG KONG.
IN THE FOLLOWING MONTH, SEVEN CYCLONES DEVELOPED BUT NONE CAME VERY CLOSE TO HONG KONG. TYPHOON RUTH STRUCK HAINAN DAO (HAINAN ISLAND) ON SEPTEMBER 15 AND REACHED THE COAST OF VIETNAM NEAR HANOI ON SEPTEMBER 16. IT WAS THE WORST TYPHOON TO HIT THANH HOA PROVINCE IN 30 YEARS. TYPHOON PERCY CROSSED THE SOUTHERN TIP OF TAIWAN CLOSE TO HENGCHUN ON SEPTEMBER 18 AND LANDED NEAR SHANTOU (SWATOW).
THE LAST TROPICAL CYCLONE OF THE YEAR, TROPICAL STORM CARY, MOVED ACROSS THE SOUTH CHINA SEA BETWEEN OCTOBER 29 AND NOVEMBER 2 BUT DID NOT AFFECT HONG KONG.
ON THE WHOLE, 1980 WAS GENERALLY A HOT DRY YEAR. RAINFALL WAS ONLY 1710.6 MM COMPARED TO A NORMAL 2246.4 MM. MOST OF THIS DEFICIT OCCURRED IN JUNE. THE NUMBER OF TROPICAL CYCLONES IN THE WESTERN NORTH PACIFIC AND CHINA SEAS WAS NEARLY NORMAL AND SIGNALS WERE HOISTED ON TEN OCCASIONS INCLUDING SEVEN ON WEEKENDS.
THE WINTER WAS EXCEPTIONALLY DRY. THE TOTAL RAINFALL FOR THE FOUR MONTHS OCTOBER 1979 TO JANUARY 1980 AMOUNTED TO ONLY 15.7 MM, MAKING IT THE DRIEST FOUR-MONTH PERIOD EVER RECORDED.
A MONTH-BY-MONTH WEATHER SUMMARY FOR 1980 FOLLOWS 1
JANUARY!
ALTHOUGH IT WAS VERY COLD AT THE END OF THE MONTH, JANUARY AS A WHOLE WAS MILDER THAN USUAL. AN INTENSE COLD FRONT ON JANUARY 29 CLEARED THE MIST AND FOG AND CAUSED AN EXTREMELY SHARP DROP IN TEMPERATURE OF MORE THAN 19 DEGREES CELSIUS IN 40 HOURS. ON THE MORNING OF JANUARY 31, FROST WAS REPORTED AT TAI MO SHAN WHERE A MINIMUM TEMPERATURE OF -3.7 DEGREES CELSIUS WAS REPORTED.
THURSDAY, JAJTOABY 15, 1981
FEBRUARY:
ALTHOUGH THE MEAN TEMPERATURE FOR THE MONTH WAS ONLY 1.9 DEGREES CELSIUS BELOW NORMAL, THE FIRST 10 DAYS WERE VERY COLD WITH DAILY MINIMUM TEMPERATURES RANGING FROM 5.5 TO 11.4 DEGREES CELSIUS. THE MEAN TEMPERATURE FOR THIS PERIOD WAS 9.9 DEGREES CELSIUS MAKING IT THE COLDEST 12-DAY PERIOD SINCE JANUARY 1900. FEBRUARY 9 WAS THE COLDEST DAY OF THE YEAR WHEN THE ROYAL OBSERVATORY RECORDED 5.5 DEGREES CELSIUS WHICH WAS THE LOWEST SINCE DECEMBER 14, 1975. THUNDERSTORMS WERE RECORDED ON FOUR OF THE LAST SIX DAYS OF THE MONTH AND A HAILSTORM WAS REPORTED ON FEBRUARY 27.
MARCH:
MARCH WAS WARMER, CLOUDIER AND MORE HUMID THAN USUAL. APART FROM THE HAILSTORMS ON MARCH 5 AND 6, THERE WAS COASTAL FOG FROM MARCH 1 TO 9. THIS WAS THE LONGEST PERIOD OF CONSECUTIVE FOGGY DAYS AT WAGLAN ISLAND SINCE 1953. FOG WAS REPORTED INSIDE THE HARBOUR ON SIX OF THESE DAYS.
APRIL:
APRIL WAS LESS SUNNY AND CLOUDIER THAN USUAL. WIDESPREAD THUNDERSTORMS AND HEAVY SHOWERS OCCURRED ON APRIL 13. MIST AND FOG DEVELOPED BETWEEN APRIL 19 AND 22. THE STRONG MONSOON SIGNAL WAS HOISTED ON FIVE OCCASIONS.
MAY:
THE MONTH WAS COOLER WITH LESS SUNSHINE THAN USUAL. THE SHOWERS AND THUNDERSTORMS ON THE FIRST 11 DAYS BROUGHT 224.3 MM OF RAIN WHICH REPRESENTED MORE THAN 80 PER CENT OF THE MONTH’S TOTAL RAINFALL.
JUNE:
DURING MOST OF JUNE, HONG KONG WAS UNDER THE INFLUENCE OF A PRONOUNCED AND PERSISTENT RIDGE OF HIGH PRESSURE FROM THE PACIFIC ANTICYCLONE AND AS A RESULT THE MONTH WAS MUCH SUNNIER AND HOTTER THAN USUAL. THE MONTH’S TOTAL RAINFALL OF 150.9 MM RANKS 10TH LOWEST ON RECORD FOR JUNE.
JULY:
JULY WAS HOTTER AND WETTER THAN USUAL. THE MONTH’S TOTAL RAINFALL Or 454.4 MM WAS 42 PER CENT ABOVE NORMAL. THE MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE OF 35.0 DEGREES CELSIUS RECORDED ON JULY 10 WAS THE HIGHEST TEMPERATURE OF THE YEAR. THERE WERE FOUR TROPICAL CYCLONES FOR WHICH LOCAL WARNING SIGNALS WERE HOISTED.
/APCTST:
THURSDAY, JANUARY 15, 1981
- 5 -
AUGUST*
AUGUST WAS HOTTER AND DRIER THAN USUAL. THE MEAN TEMPERATURE, 28.8 DEGREES CELSIUS, WAS THE FOURTH HIGHEST ON RECORD FOR THE MONTH AND THE TOTAL RAINFALL OF 250.0 MM WAS 170.2 MM BELOW AVERAGE. THUNDERSTORMS AND HEAVY RAIN ON AUGUST 7 LED TO SERIOUS FLOODINGS IN TSUEN WAN AND KWAI CHUNG.
SEPTEMBER*
SEPTEMBER WAS DRIER AND CLOUDIER THAN USUAL. SEVEN TROPICAL CYCLONES DEVELOPED OVER THE WESTERN NORTH PACIFIC AND THE SOUTH CHINA SEA BUT NONE OF THEM CAME VERY CLOSE TO HONG KONG.
OCTOBER, NOVEMBER, DECEMBER*
THE LAST THREE MONTHS OF THE YEAR WERE ALL SUNNIER, DRIER AND WARMER THAN NORMAL. THERE WAS A PROLONGED FINE SPELL FROM SEPTEMBER 29 TO OCTOBER 17. NOVEMBER’S MEAN TEMPERAURE OF 22.3 DEGREES CELSIUS WAS THE SEVENTH HIGHEST SINCE 1884. THE CONTINENTAL ANTICYCLONE DOMINATED CHINA THROUGHOUT THE MONTH, LEADING TO GENERALLY FINE AND SUNNY WEATHER IN HONG KONG. THERE WAS ONLY ONE DAY, DECEMBER 7, WITH MEASURABLE RAIN IN DECEMBER AND THE MONTH’S TOTAL RAINFALL WAS ONLY 0.7 MM.
-----o------
MORE ATTENTION PAID TO NT RECREATIONAL FACILITIES ******
THE GOVERNMENT IS NOW DEVOTING MORE ATTENTION TO THE PROVISION OF OTHER SERVICES AND FACILITIES ON TOP OF BASIC INFRASTRUCTURE IN TUEN MUN NEW TOWN.
THIS WAS STATED BY SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR DAVID AKERS-JONES, TODAY AT THE FOUNDATION STONE LAYING FOR THE TUEN MUN TANG SHIU KIN SPORTS GROUND.
THE PROJECT COST IS $6.5 MILLION, OF WHICH SIR SHIU KIN TANG DONATED $2 MILLION.
IT IS BEING BUILT NEAR TAI HING ESTATE ON A FOUR HECTARE SITE. THE FIRST PHASE, COMPRISING A STANDARD GRASS SOCCER PITCH, A 400-METRE RUNNING TRACK AND FACILITIES FOR FIELD AND TRACK EVENTS, WILL BE COMPLETED BY OCTOBER.
♦ NOW THAT THE BASIC INFRASTRUCTURE OF TUEN MUN IS ESTABLISHED AND AN IMPRESSIVE BUILDING PROGRAMME OF HOUSING ESTATES AND FACTORIES IS A CLEAR REALITY, WE MUST DEVOTE MORE ATTENTION TO THE PROVISION OF OTHER SERVICES AND FACILITIES, AND THIS wE ARE NOW DOING,+ MR AKERS-JONES SAID.
/THE COMPLETION.......
thubsday, January 15» 1981
- 6 -
THE COMPLETION OF THE SPORTS GROUND IN 10 MONTHS’ TIME WILL PROVIDE THE TOWN WITH A VENUE FOR DISTRICT SPORTS DAYS, ATHLETIC MEETS, LOCAL FESTIVALS AND INTER-DISTRICT EVENTS.
THEREAFTER, TUEN MUN DISTRICT BOARD AND DISTRICT MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE WILL ENSURE THAT THE FACILITIES ARE FULLY AND WISELY USED.
MR AKERS-JONES THANKED SIR SHIU KIN TANG FOR HIS GENEROUS DONATION WITHOUT WHICH, HE SAID, THE WORK WOULD NOT HAVE GOT OFF TO SUCH AN EARLY START.
♦SIR SHIU KIN TANG HAS DEMONSTRATED, ONCE AGAIN, HIS GREAT INTEREST IN PROVIDING SPORTS AND RECREATION FACILITIES IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.
♦THE SQUASH COURTS IN YUEN LONG, THE HOLIDAY CENTRE, THE SEA CADET CENTRE AND SAI KUNG SPORTS GROUND ARE ALL EXAMPLES OF HIS HELP AND GENEROSITY.+
MR AKERS-JONES ALSO THANKED ALL THOSE ASSOCIATED WITH THE PROJECT, PARTICULARLY THE PROJECT MANAGER OF TUEN MUN, MR STANLEY BARDEN, WHO HAD DONE SO MUCH TO GET THE PROJECT QUICKLY OFF THE GROUND AND TO ENSURE ITS EARLY COMPLETION.
SPEAKING OF PROMOTION OF SPORTS ACTIVITIES, HE SAID AN INFORMAL COORDINATING COMMITTEE, WHICH WAS FORMED TWO MONTHS AGO, WAS ORGANISING INTER-DISTRICT FOOTBALL, BASKETBALL, VOLLEY BALL, BADMINTON, TABLE TENNIS AND TENNIS TOURNAMENTS IN THE NEW TERRITORIES THROUGHOUT THE YEAR, AND THE SOCCER LEAGUE HAD ALREADY GOT OFF TO A GOOD START.
♦THERE HAS BEEN ENTHUSIASTIC SUPPORT FROM DISTRICT ASSOCIATIONS AND THE TIME MAY HAVE BEEN REACHED WHEN A MORE PERMANENT CENTRAL ORGANISING COMMITTEE IS NEEDED TO COORDINATE AND PROMOTE EVERY KIND OF SPORTING ACTIVITY.+
ALSO OFFICIATING AT THE CEREMONY WERE TUEN MUN DISTRICT OFFICER, MR BILLY LAM, AND SIR SHIU KIN TANG.
SIR SHIU KIN TANG SAIDi +MY LONG YEARS OF SERVICE TO THIS COMMUNITY HAVE CONVINCED ME THAT THE PROSPERITY OF OUR SOCIETY DEPENDS SUBSTANTIALLY ON THE MUTUAL TRUST AND CLOSE COOPERATION BETWEEN RESIDENTS AND GOVERNMENT.+
ASSURING NEW TERRITORIES RESIDENTS OF HIS CONTINUOUS STRONG SUPPORT FOR ALL WORTHWHILE PROJECTS IN THE FUTURE, HE SAID IT HAD ALWAYS BEEN HIS SINCERE WISH TO RENDER WHATEVER ASSISTANCE HE COULD TO THE GOVERNMENT IN PROVIDING ALL KINDS OF COMMUNITY SERVICES AND FACILITIES TO MEET THE RISING EXPECTATION OF THE PEOPLE.
-----0-----
/7
THURSDAY, JANUARY 15, 1981
7
IF YOU HAVE A TAX COMPLAINT *****
TAXPAYERS ARE REMINDED TODAY THAT IF THEY ARE NOT SATISFIED WITH THE SERVICES GIVEN TO THEM BY THE INLAND REVENUE DEPARTMENT, ITS COMPLAINTS OFFICER IS THERE TO HELP THEM.
MR FUNG YUN-CHI, THE COMPLAINTS OFFICER, CAN BE CONTACTED AT THE DEPARTMENT ON THE 26TH FLOOR OF WINDSOR HOUSE, CAUSEWAY BAY, HONG KONG, BY TELEPHONE (5-79595656), OR BY WRITING TO GPO BOX 11234, HONG KONG.
TAXPAYERS ARE URGED TO APPROACH MR FUNG DIRECT IF THEIR INITIAL ENQUIRIES WITH THE OFFICERS HANDLING THEIR CASE HAVE NOT RESOLVED THEIR PROBLEMS.
MR FUNG HANDLES ALL COMPLAINTS EXCEPT THOSE CONCERNING THE CORRECTNESS OF AN ASSESSMENT OR THE TAX LAW ITSELF.
♦THERE ARE ALREADY ADEQUATE SAFEGUARDS, BOTH LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE, TO ENSURE THAT OBJECTIONS AGAINST ASSESSMENTS ARE PROPERLY PROCESSED UNTIL EITHER THE OBJECTION IS WITHDRAWN OR A FORMAL DECISION IS ISSUED BY THE COMMISSIONER OF INLAND REVENUE,* A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT POINTED OUT.
LAST YEAR, THE SPECIAL COMPLAINTS SECTION RECEIVED ABOUT 1 200 TAX COMPLAINTS AND ENQUIRIES, 95 PER CENT OF WHICH WERE RECEIVED OVER THE TELEPHONE, WHILE THE REMAINING 5 PER CENT COMPRISED LETTERS AND PERSONAL INTERVIEWS.
OF THE TOTAL NUMBER, MORE THAN HALF, OR 55 PER CENT, WERE RELATED TO SALARIES TAX AND PERSONAL ASSESSMENT. OTHER COMPLAINTS AND ENQUIRIES AROSE FROM PROPERTY TAX, TAX COLLECTION, AND PROFITS TAX.
REPORTS ON SUSPECTED TAX EVASION WERE ALSO RECEIVED WHICH WERE REFERRED TO OTHER SECTIONS OF THE DEPARTMENT FOR INVESTIGATION.
- - 0 - -
SQUATTERS RECEIVE PROPER ELECTRICITY SUPPLY
*****
RESIDENTS OF YET ANOTHER SQUATTER AREA WILL NO LONGER HAVE TO LIVE WITH SERIOUS FIRE HAZARDS AND THE INCONVENIENCE OF POWER FAILURES FROM THIS SUNDAY (JANUARY 18) WHEN A PROPER ELECTRICITY SUPPLY IS CONNECTED TO THEIR VILLAGE.
THE EVENT WILL BE CELEBRATED BY THE RESIDENTS, AT CHUNG LUEN CHUEN IN SHAM SHU I PO DISTRICT, WITH A SWITCH-ON CEREMONY TO BE OFFICIATED BY THE DISTRICT’S CITY DISTRICT COMMISSIONER, STEPHEN IP.
DISTRICT ENGINEER OF CHINA LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY, W P.G. WILLIAMSON WILL BE THE GUEST OF HONOUR.
/CHUNG LUEN
THUHSDAY, JANUAHY 15, 1981
8
CHUNG LUEN CHUEN COMPRISES MORE THAN 120 STRUCTURES LIVING SOME 700 PEOPLE.
ALTHOUGH IT IS NOT A VERY LARGE SQUATTER AREA, THE RESIDENTS HAVE BEEN ABLE TO COOPERATE AND ORGANISE A MUTUAL AID COMMITTEE WITH THE HELP OF THE CDO TO WORK FOR THE INSTALLATION OF LEGAL ELECTRICITY SUPPLY.
THE HOUSING DEPARTMENT, PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT AND SHEK KIP MEI POLICE STATION HAVE ALSO HELPED THEM IN THEIR EFFORTS. TOGETHER WITH THE CDO AND THE POWER COMPANY, THEY WILL RECEIVE SOUVENIR PENNANTS FROM THE RESIDENTS AT THE SWITCH-ON CEREMONY.
NOTE TO EDITORS:
MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES ARE WELCOME TO COVER THE SWITCH-ON CEREMONY FOR THE ELECTRIFICATION SCHEME AT CHUNG LUEN CHUEN. 3-1/2 MILE TAI PO ROAD. TRANSPORT TO THE VILLAGE WILL BE PROVIDED AND WILL LEAVE SHAM SHU I PO CITY DISTRICT OFFICE AT 299 LAI CHI KOK ROAD AT 10.30 AM. THOSE GOING BY THEMSELVES ARE REQUESTED TO ASSEMBLE AT 10.45 AM AT THE FOOTHILL ENTRANCE WHERE THEY WILL BE CONDUCTED BY CDO STAFF TO THE V LLAGE OPEN SPACE FOR THE CEREMONY AT 11 AM.
-------0 - - - -
UK INSPECTOR TO ADVISE ON TECHNICAL EDUCATION *****
AN INSPECTOR FROM BRITAIN IS CURRENTLY IN HONG KONG ON A THREE-WEEK VISIT TO ADVISE THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT ON THE FUTURE DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION.
HE IS MR JOHN SWAIN, SENIOR STAFF OF HER MAJESTY’S INSPECTORATE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION AS PART OF GENERAL EDUCATION IN THE UNITED KINGDOM.
THE MAIN AIM OF HIS VISIT IS TO REAPPRAISE THE DEVELOPMENT OVER THE PAST FIVE YEARS OF CRAFT, DESIGN AND TECHNOLOGY AND OTHER ASSOCIATED SUBJECTS SUCH AS TECHNICAL DRAWING, WOODWORK, ELECTRONICS AND ELECTRICITY, IN RELATION TO THE POLICIES OUTLINED IN THE 1974 AND 1978 EDUCATION WHITE PAPERS.
MR SWAIN IS EXAMINING THE INITIAL AND IN-SERVICE TRAINING FOR TECHNICAL TEACHERS IN RELATION TO PROJECTED POLICIES- THE ROLE AND FUNCTION OF THE ADVISORY INSPECTORATE’S TECHNICAL SUBJECTS SECTION- AND THE TEACHING OF TECHNICAL SUBJECTS AT JUNIOR SECONDARY AND SENIOR SECONDARY LEVELS IN A SELECTION OF DIFFERENT TYPES OF SCHOOLS, INCLUDING PREVOCATIONAL SCHOOLS.
/IN addition ......
THURSDAY, JANUARY 15, 1281
/ liU'N ADDITION, HE W,LL BE GIVING A LECTURE ON SATURDAY JANUARY !7) T0 teCHNICAL TEACHERS ON +TRENDS IN TECHNICAL EDUCATION AS PART OF GENERAL EDUCATION+.
IT WILL BE HELD AT LEE TECHNICAL INSTITUTE TEACHERS ARE WELCOME TO
9.30 AM IN THE LECTURE THEATRE OF LEE WAI IN KOWLOON TONG, AND ALL TECHNICAL ATTEND.
NOTE TO EDITORS*
YOU ARE WELCOME TO SEND YOUR REPRESENTATIVES TO COVER THE SEMINAR WHICH WILL BE HELD AT 9.30 AM ON SATURDAY, JANUARY 17 AJ LECTURE THEATRE OF LEE WAI LEE TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, 30 RENFREW ROAD, KOWLOON TONG.
--------o--------
FANLING SWIMMING POOL TO CLOSE * * * *
THE FANLING SWIMMING POOL COMPLEX WILL BE CLOSED TO THE PUBLIC FROM TOMORROW (FRIDAY) FOR ANNUAL MAINTENANCE.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT SAID THE POOL WOULD BE RE-OPENED ON APRIL 1.
+THIS IS THE FIRST TIME IT IS CLOSED FOR MAINTENANCE SINCE ITS OPENING IN OCTOBER 1978,+ HE SAID.
-----0------
MAXICAB ROUTE CHANGES * X * * X
TWO MAXICAB ROUTES TO CAUSEWAY BAY AND ONE TO SAI WAN HO ON HONG KONG ISLAND WILL CHANGE TERMINUS THIS MONTH.
ROUTE NO. 28, SERVING BAGUIO VILLAS (NORTH), WILL MOVE ITS CAUSEWAY BAY TERMINUS TO YUN PING ROAD SOUTH OF PAK SHA ROAD.
ROUTE NO. 19, FROM 0 PUI LUNG, WILL END IN SAI WAN HO AT TAI SHEK STREET EAST OF SHING ON STREET.
THESE TWO CHANGES WILL BEGIN THIS SUNDAY (JANUARY 18).
FOR ROUTE NO. 5, BETWEEN ABERDEEN AND CAUSEWAY BAY, ITS TERMINI AT EITHER END WILL CHANGE FROM THE FOLLOWING SUNDAY (JANUARY 25). THE ROUTE WILL END AT THE NORTH SECTION OF NAM NING STREET AT ABERDEEN CENTRE, AND AT PAK SHA ROAD IN CAUSEWAY BAY. r -
-----o------
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
FRIDAY, JANUARY 16, 1981
CONTENTS PAGE NO
DO MORE FOR THE DISABLED ............................................... 1
CALL FOR MORE JOBS FOR THE DISABLED .................................... 3
RETURN VISIT OF SPECIAL POLICE ADVISERS ................................ 4
V ■
PHOTOGRAPHS OF LEGISLATIVE COUNCILLORS ................................. 5
NE 7 YEAR PARTY FOR 1 OOO KWAI CHUNG OLD PEOPLE......................... 5
TWO LAND LOTS FOR SALE ................................................. 5
SPORTS AN ANTIDOTE TO JUVENILE CRIME ................................... 6
1
FRIDAY, JANUARY 16, 1981
■ DO MORE FOR THE DISABLED M M M M
TO LOCAL MORE FOR
THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, TODAY APPEALED CHILD CARE CENTRES, STUDENT TEACHERS AND SPONSORS TO DO THE DISABLED IN SUPPORT OF THE INTERNATIONAL YEAR OF DISABLED
PERSONS (IYDP).
SPEAKING AT A CEREMONY TO LAUNCH THE EVENT AT THE CITY HALL THIS AFTERNOON, SIR MURRAY SAID THE QUANTITY OF SERVICES FOR THE DISABLED WAS INEVITABLY STILL LACKING, BUT IT WOULD BECOME MORE ADEQUATE AS THE PHASES OF THE 1977 WHITE PAPER ON REHABILITATION WERE PROGRESSLY IMPLEMENTED.
♦WE REALISE WE ARE ONLY AT THE BEGINNING OF A LONG AND DIFFICULT ROAD, NEVERTHELESS PROGRESS MADE AND PROVIDED FOR IS ALREADY SOMETHING OF WHICH WE CAN BE PROUD,♦ SIR MURRAY SAID.
♦BUT WE DO RUN UP AGAINST HUMAN FACTORS WHICH I BELIEVE IT IS ONE OF THE PRINCIPAL OBJECTIVES OF THE CAMPAIGN IN THE YEAR OF DISABLED PERSONS TO OVERCOME.
♦FOR INSTANCE I APPEAL TO CHILD CARE CENTRES TO BE MORE WILLING TO ACCEPT THE SMALL NUMBER OF DISABLED CHILDREN OFFERED BY SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT- I APPEAL TO STUDENT TEACHERS TO APPLY IN GREATER NUMBERS FOR TRAINING AS SPECIAL TEACHERS- AND I APPEAL FOR MORE SPONSORS EITHER FOR SPECIAL CLASSES FOR SLOW LEARNERS IN ORDINARY SCHOOLS OR FOR NEW SPECIAL SCHOOLS FOR THE MENTALLY HANDICAPPED.+ HE SAID.
SIR MURRAY BELIEVED OUR PLANS FOR THE EXPANSION OF BUILDINGS AND SERVICES WERE WELL FOUNDED ON THE POOLED EXPERIENCE OF PROFESSIONALS AND ADMINISTRATORS, OUR WORKERS WERE EXPERT AND DEVOTED, AND THE WORK BEING DONE WAS OF HIGH QUALITY.
BUT HE ADDED THAT IN THIS YEAR, THE GOVERNMENT AS WELL AS PRIVATE DEVELOPERS MUST ALSO CONSIDER WHETHER IN THE PRESSURES OF CONSTRUCTION, ACCESS FOR THE DISABLED WAS NOT UNNECESSARILY OR THOUGHTLESSLY BUILT OUT OF STREETS OR INSTITUTIONS OR HOUSING BLOCKS.
THE GOVERNOR POINTED OUT THAT THE OBJECT OF THE PHASED PROGRAMME IN THE WHITE PAPER ON REHABILITATION WAS MAXIMUM INTEGRATION OF THE DISABLED IN NORMAL SOCIAL AND ECONOMIC LIFE.
HOWEVER, HE SAID, THIS IS NOT AN OBJECT THAT CAN BE ACHIEVED BY BUILDING AND MONEY — THERE IS A VERY LARGE PSYCHOLOGICAL AND SOCIAL ELEMENT AS WELL.
THE EFFORT MUST BE COMPREHENSIVE BY GOVERNMENT, VOLUNTARY AGENCIES, THE COMMUNITY AND THE DISABLED THEMSELVES, HE STRESSED.
♦THE FIRST PROBLEM IS TO MAKE ALL CONCERNED REALISE THAT MOST HANDICAPS CAN BE OVERCOME.
♦THE SECOND IS TO PROVIDE THE SERVICES TO ENABLE THIS TO BE DONE.
/♦THE THIRD ..
FRIDAY, JANUARY 16, 1981
- 2 -
+THE THIRD LIES WITH THE HANDICAPPED THEMSELVES. THEY MUST HAVE THE COURAGE AND PERSISTENCE AND FAITH TO BENEFIT FROM THE SERVICES,* SIR MURRAY SAID.
HE WAS SURE THIS WOULD NOT BE WANTING PROVIDED THEY WERE SUPPORTED BY THE COMMUNITY, ♦BECAUSE NONE OF THESE PROBLEMS CAN BE OVERCOME UNLESS PEOPLE KNOW WHAT CAN BE DONE FOR THE DISABLED AND USE IT- ARE PREPARED AND PROUD TO WORK IN REHABILITATION AND SPECIAL CARE SERVICES TO DO IT- WILL ENCOURAGE THE HANDICAPPED, PARTICULARLY THEIR OWN RELATIVES WHILE THEY ARE BEING REHABILITATED-AND FINALLY WILL WELCOME THE REHABILITATED BACK INTO THE COMMUNITY AND NOT FORGET THEIR SPECIAL NEEDS.*
THE GOVERNOR STRESSED THAT IN THE EFFORTS OF THE CENTRAL COORDINATING COMMITTEE FOR THE IYDP (CCCIYDP) TO EDUCATE THE PUBLIC AS TO THE ABILITIES AND NEEDS OF THE DISABLED, NO INFLUENCE COULD BE AS EFFECTIVE AS THE DISABLED THEMSELVES, SIMPLY BY DEMONSTRATING WHAT THEY COULD DO IN SCHOOL, IN WORK, OR IN SPORT.
HE TOOK THE OPPORTUNITY TO AFFIRM THE GOVERNMENT’S WHOLE-HEARTED SUPPORT FOR THE AIMS AND PRINCIPLES SET DOWN IN A REHABILITATION INTERNATIONAL CHARTER FOR THE SO’S WHICH SETS OUT TO IMPROVE REHABILITATION SERVICES FOR THE DISABLED IN THE AREAS OF PREVENTION, PROVISION, INTEGRATION AND INFORMATION.
♦INDEED IT IS REASSURING TO NOTE HOW SIMILAR THEY ARE TO THOSE WHICH HONG KONG SET ITSELF IN THE 1977 WHITE PAPER ON REHABILITATION,* THE GOVERNOR SAID.
THE CHARTER WAS PRESENTED TO SIR MURRAY BY DR HARRY FANG, PRESIDENT OF REHABILITATION INTERNATIONAL AND CHAIRMAN OF THE CCCIYDP IN HONG KONG, DURING THE OPENING CEREMONY.
THE CEREMONY MARKED THE BEGINNING OF A SERIES OF EVENTS ORGANISED BY THE GOVERNMENT AND VOLUNTARY AGENCIES IN HONG KONG TO CELEBRATE THE UNITED NATIONS’ INTERNATIONAL YEAR OF DISABLED PERSONS.
HOSTED BY THE SECRETARY FOR SOCIAL SERVICES, MR ERIC HO, AND MEMBERS OF THE REHABILITATION DEVELOPMENT COORDINATING COMMITTEE, THE CEREMONY WAS ATTENDED BY SOME 1 2OO GUESTS, INCLUDING REPRESENTATIVES OF VARIOUS GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS, VOLUNTARY AGENCIES, PRINCIPALS, TEACHERS AND STUDENTS OF SPECIAL SCHOOLS, SPONSORS AND THE DISABLED THEMSELVES.
AMONG THOSE PRESENT WERE FOUR INTERNATIONAL GUESTS WHO HAD COME TO HONG KONG FOR THE CEREMONY. THEY ARE THE CHAIRMAN OF THE WORLD PLANNING GROUP FOR THE CHARTER FOR THE 80’S, MR ALFRED MORRIS- THE GENERAL SECRETARY OF REHABILITATION INTERNATIONAL, MR NORMAN ACTON- ITS VICE PRESIDENT FOR ASIA AND PACIFIC, PROF CHARLOTTE FLORO- AND THE PRESIDENT OF THE AUSTRALIAN COUNCIL FOR REHABILITATION OF DISABLED, MR LIONEL WATTS.
FOLLOWING THE CEREMONY, THE GOVERNOR OPENED AN EXHIBITION ENTITLED ’ONE OF US’ AT THE CITY HALL EXHIBITION HALL.
THE EXHIBITION IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE JOINT COUNCIL FOR THE PHYSICALLY AND MENTALLY DISABLED - REHABILITATION DIVISION OF THE HONG KONG COUNCIL OF SOCIAL SERVICE - AND THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT, TO PROMOTE BETTER UNDERSTANDING OF THE DISABLED AND TO HELP THEIR INTEGRATION INTO THE LOCAL COMMUNITY.
/APART FBCM ..
FRIDAY, JANUARY 16, 1981
3
APART FROM GRAPHIC ILLUSTRATIONS AND PHOTOGRAPHIC DISPLAYS, THERE IS A +TRYOUT SECTION* IN WHICH VISITORS ARE GIVEN THE OPPORTUNITY TO PUT ON AND USE VARIOUS AIDS AND EQUIPMENT FOR THE DISABLED AND EXPERIENCE FOR THEMSELVES THEIR PROBLEMS.
THE EXHIBITION WILL BE OPEN TO THE PUBLIC DAILY FROM 10 AM I? 6 PM F0R 0NE WEEK AFTER WHICH IT WILL BE STAGED IN 11 LOCAL DISTRICTS BY ROTATION UNTIL THE END OF THIS YEAR.
-------0---------
CALL FOR MORE JOBS FOR THE DISABLED *****
THE SUCCESS OR OTHERWISE OF THE SELECTIVE PLACEMENT SERVICE OF THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT DEPENDS ON EMPLOYERS OFFERING OPEN EMPLOYMENT TO DISABLED PEOPLE, THE COMMISSIONER FOR LABOUR, W J.N. HENDERSON, SAID TODAY.
SPEAKING AT THE LUNCHEON MEETING OF THE ROTARY CLUB OF KOWLOON NORTH, HE SAID THE SERVICE HAD PLACED 113 DISABLED PERSONS IN OPEN EMPLOYMENT IN THE FIRST SIX MONTHS AFTER IT WAS SET UP IN JULY. THEY COMPRISED 24 BLIND OR PARTIALLY SIGHTED, 13 DEAF, 74 PHYSICALLY OR MEDICALLY DISABLED AND TWO WITH MULTIPLE DISABILITY.
♦THIS IS A SIGNIFICANT START BECAUSE SELECTIVE PLACEMENT IS A SLOW AND TIME-CONSUMING ACTIVITY. THE SUCCESSFUL PLACEMENT OF ALL THESE DISABLED PERSONS AND THOSE WHO COME IN THE FUTURE WILL DEPEND ON A FAR MORE ENTHUSIASTIC RESPONSE FROM EMPLOYERS THAN AT PRESENT,* HE NOTED.
MR HENDERSON SAID HIS DEPARTMENT'S PLACEMENT OFFICERS WOULD CONTINUE TO CALL ON EMPLOYERS, TO SEEK MORE JOB OPENINGS FOR THE DISABLED. HOWEVER, HE URGED EMPLOYERS NOT TO WAIT FOR HIS OFFICERS TO CONTACT THEM, BUT TO CALL THE SELECTIVE PLACEMENT SERVICE AS AND WHEN THEY REQUIRED STAFF.
+ANY EMPLOYER CAN SIMPLY PLACE A VACANCY ORDER WITH THE SPS BY CALLING AT THE SPS OFFICE IN NEW RODNEY BLOCK OR TELEPHONING 5-280049 OR 5-282523 EXT. 50,* HE SAID.
DESCRIBING THE WORK OF THE SPS, MR HENDERSON SAID ITS ULTIMATE GOAL IS TO +HELP A DISABLED PERSON TO RETURN TO A NORMAL WORKING LIFE IN REMUNERATIVE EMPLOYMENT COMPATIBLE WITH HIS APTITUDE, INTERESTS AND CAPACITY SO THAT HE CAN USE HIS AVAILABLE RESIDUAL SKILL TO ITS FULLEST EXTENT.*
THE WORK OF THE SPS INVOLVES THREE DISTINCT PARTS - KNOWING THE WORKER, KNOWING THE JOB AND MATCHING THE WORKER WITH THE JOB.
THE WORK OF THE PLACEMENT OFFICER DOES NOT STOP IMMEDIATELY AFTER A DISABLED PERSON IS PLACED IN EMPLOYMENT. FOR A PERIOD CF APPROXIMATELY THREE MONTHS AFTER THE PLACEMENT, THE OFFICER WILL FROM TIME TO TIME TELEPHONE OR VISIT THE DISABLED PERSON AND THE EMPLOYER TO SEE HOW<• THE FORMER IS PROGRESSING.
/+THE PUPPOSE
FRIDAY, JANUARY 16, 1981
- "4 -
+THE PURPOSE OF THIS FOLLOW-UP ACTION IS TO ENSURE THAT THE DISABLED PERSON REALISES THAT THE PLACEMENT OFFICER’S INTEREST IN HIM DOES NOT STOP AS SOON AS PLACEMENT HAS BEEN ACHIEVED, THAT AN OPPORTUNITY IS GIVEN TO REMEDY ANY MINOR MATTERS WHICH MAY BE IMPEDING SATISFACTORY SETTLEMENT, AND THAT INFORMATION IS COLLECTED WHEREBY THE PLACEMENT SERVICE CAN BE EVALUATED,* MR HENDERSON EXPLAINED.
THE COMMISSIONER SAID THAT TO MARK THE INTERNATIONAL YEAR OF DISABLED PERSONS, THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT WILL, TOWARDS THE END OF 1981, HOLD A SPECIAL CEREMONY AT WHICH EMPLOYERS WHO HAVE PROVIDED CONSIDERABLE EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES FOR DISABLED PERSONS THROUGH THE SPS WILL BE PRESENTED WITH SOUVENIRS IN RECOGNITION OF THEIR EFFORTS IN INTEGRATING THE DISABLED INTO THE COMMUNITY.
+THE SUCCESS OR OTHERWISE OF THIS EVENT WILL DEPEND LARGELY ON THE DEGREE OF THE RESPONSE BY EMPLOYERS IN HONG KONG TO THE VERY WORTHWHILE CAUSE OF PROVIDING DISABLED PERSONS WITH EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES IN ORDER TO DEMONSTRATE THAT THEY ARE CAPABLE OF CONTRIBUTING TO THE ECONOMIC GROWTH WHICH HAS BEEN SO TYPICAL OF HONG KONG.*
LOOKING AHEAD, MR HENDERSON SAID HIS DEPARTMENT PLANNED TO SET UP ANOTHER OFFICE OF THE SPS IN KOWLOON LATER THIS YEAR.
IT ALSO PLANS TO EXTEND A SIMILAR PLACEMENT SERVICE TO THE MENTALLY HANDICAPPED, INCLUDING THOSE WHO WERE FORMERLY MENTALLY ILL OR MENTALLY RETARDED, IN ITS SECOND PHASE OF OPERATION- AND IN ITS THIRD AND FINAL STAGE, TO OTHER VULNERABLE GROUPS, GENERALLY KNOWN AS SOCIALLY MALADJUSTED, HE ADDED.
------0-------
RETURN VISIT OF SPECIAL POLICE ADVISERS * * * *
SIR JAMES CRANE, HER MAJESTY’S CHIEF INSPECTOR OF CONSTABULARY, WILL RETURN TO HONG KONG ON FEBRUARY 7 FOR A TWO-WEEK VISIT AT THE REQUEST OF THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT. HE WILL BE PRECEDED BY TWO STAFF OFFICERS, CHIEF SUPERINTENDENTS ALFRED WALLEN AND S. PLEECE, WHO WILL BE ARRIVING ON JANUARY 24.
THIS IS SIR JAMES’S THIRD VISIT TO HONG KONG AND CONTINUES THE FRUITFUL ASSOCIATION WHICH HAS BEEN ESTABLISHED IN THE PAST TWO VISITS. HE FIRST CAME HERE IN EARLY 1978 TO ADVISE THE COMMISSIONER OF POLICE ON THE ORGANISATION AND OPERATION OF THE ROYAL HONG KONG POLICE FORCE. A WIDE RANGE OF RECOMMENDATIONS WERE DEVELOPED AND A SECOND VISIT, DURING WHICH PROGRESS WAS REVIEWED, TOOK PLACE IN APRIL AND MAY 1979.
DURING HIS FORTHCOMING VISIT SIR JAMES WILL AGAIN BE ASKED TO ADVISE ON VARIOUS MATTERS RELATING TO THE MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF THE ROYAL HONG KONG POLICE AS WELL AS TO REVIEW ACTION TAKEN ON SOME OF HIS PAST RECOMMENDATIONS.
HIS TWO STAFF OFFICERS WILL PRECEDE HIM TO CARRY OUT SOME OF THE ESSENTIAL GROUNDWORK IN ADVANCE. CHIEF SUPERINTENDENT ALFRED WALLEN ACCOMPANIED SIR JAMES ON BOTH HIS 1978 AND 1979 VISITS.
FRIDAY, JANUARY 16, 1981
- 5 -
NOTE TO EDITORS:
PHOTOGRAPHS OF LEGISLATIVE COUNCILLORS * * * *
COPIES OF PORTRAIT PHOTOGRAPHS OF UNOFFICIAL LEGISLATIVE COUNCILLORS, THE HON CHAN KAM-CHUEN AND THE HON W.C.L. BROWN WILL BE AVAILABLE FOR COLLECTION FROM GIS PRESS BOXES THIS EVENING.
THE PHOTOGRAPHS ARE FOR YOUR RECORD AND EDITORIAL USE.
-----0------
NEW YEAR PARTY FOR 1 000 KWAI CHUNG OLD PEOPLE *****
A PARTY IS BEING ORGANISED IN KWAI CHUNG FOR ITS ELDERLY RESIDENTS IN THE LUNAR NEW YEAR.
THE LOCAL DISTRICT OFFICE AND THE TSUEN WAN MULTI-SERVICE CENTRE FOR THE ELDERLY ARE JOINTLY ORGANISING THE PARTY WHICH WILL BE HELD ON THE AFTERNOON OF FEBRUARY 19 (THE 15TH DAY OF THE FIRST MOON) IN A LOCAL RESTAURANT.
KWAI CHUNG RESIDENTS AGED OVER 70 ARE WELCOME TO APPLY FOR THE 1 000 TICKETS AVAILABLE ON A FIRST COME, FIRST SERVED BASIS.
BESIDES A CHINESE BANQUET, CANTONESE OPERA, A LION DANCE AND A LUCKY DRAW WILL BE INCLUDED IN THE PROGRAMME.
APPLICATION FORMS ARE NOW AVAILABLE FROM KWAI CHUNG TOWN MANAGEMENT OFFICE, KWONG FAI CIRCUIT- KWAI CHUNG PUBLIC ENQUIRY SERVICE CENTRE, BLOCK 26, KWAI CHUNG ESTATE- SHEK LEI PUBLIC ENQUIRY SERVICE CENTRE, BLOCK 14, SHEK LEI ESTATE- AND TSUEN WAN MULTI-SERVICE CENTRE FOR THE ELDERLY, BLOCK 12, KWAI SHING ESTATE.
A KWAI CHUNG DISTRICT OFFICE SPOKESMAN SAID THOSE WANTING TO ATTEND THE PARTY COULD EITHER COME TO THE OFFICES THEMSELVES OR ASK SOMEONE TO ATTEND FOR THEM. THE ONLY REQUIREMENT WAS AN IDENTITY CARD AS PROOF OF AGE.
HE ADDED THAT STAFF AT THESE OFFICES WOULD BE PLEASED TO HELP FILL IN FORMS.
FUNDS FOR THE CELEBRATION ARE BEING DONATED BY LOCAL COMMUNITY LEADER, MR YUEN KWOK-WAH.
TSUEN WAN TOWN MANAGER AND DISTRICT OFFICER, DR JAMES HAYES, WILL BE GUEST OF HONOUR AT THE PARTY.
------0-------
TWO LAND LOTS FOR SALE * * *
TWO LOTS OF CROWN LAND WILL BE OFFERED FOR SALE BY AUCTION BY THE CROWN LANDS AND SURVEY OFFICE OF THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT.
THE AUCTION WILL TAKE PLACE IN THE JADE BALLROOM OF HOTEL' FURAMA ON FEBRUARY 12 (THURSDAY) AT 2.33 PM.
/ONE LOT ...
FRIDAY, JANUARY 16, 1981
6
OTn °NE L0T» MEASURING ABOUT 2 312 SQUARE METRES NEAR SUN YIP STREET, CHAI WAN, IS FOR GODOWN PURPOSES.
tcim luf AN AREA 0F AB0UT 3 149 SQUARE METRES AT
EA£Ja ’a.F0R a multi-storey car park and other
NON-INDUSTRIAL, EXCLUDING RESIDENTIAL PURPOSES.
UNDER THE SALE CONDITIONS OF THIS SITE BUYER IS REQUIRED TO CONSTRUCT AND HAND BACK FREE OF CHARGE A POLICE REPORTING CENTRE, AN SUB-STATION AND A REFUSE COLLECTION POINT IN
THE SUCCESSFUL TO THE GOVERNMENT ELECTRICITY
THE BUILDING.
FULL PARTICULARS AND CONDITIONS OF SALE MAY BE OBTAINED FROM J^L?U^.F\ENQUIRY SUB-OFFICE, CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES (WEST WING), GROUND FLOOR, HONG KONG, AND AT THE CROWN LANDS ^E- K0WL00N GOVERNMENT OFFICES, 405 NATHAN
nUAAJ t 1U I n r LOOR ■
SALE PLANS MAY ALSO BE INSPECTED AT THESE PLACES.
-----0------
SPORTS AN ANTIDOTE TO JUVENILE CRIME
* * * *
ATHLETIC MEETS ARE HEALTHY OUTLETS FOR YOUTHS TO OCCUPY THEIR LEISURE HOURS AND CAN HELP TO REDUCE THE CHANCES OF THEIR FALLING INTO BAD COMPANY, MR MICHAEL LEUNG, DEPUTY DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION SAID TODAY.
HE WAS SPEAKING AT THE JOINT SPORTS DAY OF NINE PRIMARY
AND SIX SECONDARY SCHOOLS OF THE LOK SIN TONG BENEVOLENT SOCIETY FELD AT MONGKOK STADIUM.
ONE OF THE MAIN CAUSES OF THE RECENT INCREASE IN JUVENILE CRIME, HE SAID, WAS THAT YOUTHS LACKED A DEFINITE GOAL IN LIFE AND OFTEN FOUND THEMSELVES WITH A LOT OF SPARE TIME ON THEIR HANDS THUS FALLING EASY PREY TO BAD ELEMENTS.
♦THROUGH SPORTS MEETS WE CAN INTRODUCE STUDENTS TO HEALTHY SPORTS ACTIVITIES AND AROUSE THEIR INTERESTS IN COMPETITIONS.
♦THEY WILL THEN DEVOTE THEIR SPARE TIME TO PRACTICE WHICH WILL LEAD TO BETTER HEALTH, AND ELIMINATE THE CHANCES OF THEIR GOING ASTRAY,+ MR LEUNG SAID.
TO PREVENT THE INFILTRATION OF UNDESIRABLE ELEMENTS INTO SCHOOLS, THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT TOGETHER WITH THE ROYAL HONG KONG POLICE FORCE HAVE ORGANISED A SERIES OF SEMINARS FOR SCHOOL PRINCIPALS ON JANUARY 24. INVITATIONS HAVE BEEN SENT TO ALL SECONDARY SCHOOLS.
THE SEMINARS AIM AT GATHERING THE VIEWS OF PARTICIPANTS ON THE PROBLEM, MR LEUNG SAID.
FOR THE CONVENIENCE OF SCHOOL PRINCIPALS, THE SEMINARS WILL BE HELD AT 13 CENTRES- FOUR ON HONG KONG ISLAND, SIX IN KOWLOON AND THREE IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.
------o-------
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN - SUPPLEMENT
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG TEL 5-233191
Speech by H.E. the Governor, Sir Murray MacLehose, G.B.E., K.C.Pi.G., K.C.V.O., at the Opening Ceremony of the International Year of Disabled Persons, January 16, 1981
Dr Fang, Ladies and Gentlemen,
I am very glad to receive this Charter for the 80s on behalf of the Government and people of Hong Kong* We are particularly honoured as this is the first Charter to be presented by you, Dr Fang, and your distinguished colleagues from Rehabilitation International.
I welcome this opportunity to affirm my Government’s wholehearted support for the aims and principles set down in the Charter. Indeed it is reassuring to note how similar they are to those which Hong Kong set itself in the 1977 White Paper on Rehabilitation.
The object of the phased programme in the White Paper is maximum integration of the disabled in normal social and economic life. This is not an object that can be achieved by building and money. There is a very large psychological and social element as well. The effort must he comprehensive by Government, voluntary agencies, the community and the disabled themselves.
The first problem is to make all concerned realise that most handicaps can be overcome.
The second is to provide the services to enable this to be done.
The third lies with the handicapped themselves. They must have the courage and persistence and faith to benefit from the services. This I am sure will not be wanting provided they are supported by the community. Because none of these problems can be overcome unless people /know what .......................................................
2
know what can be done for the disabled and use it; are prepared and proud to work in rehabilitation and special care services to do it; will encourage the handicapped, particularly their own relatives while they are being rehabilitated; and finally will welcome the rehabilitated back into the community and not forget their special needs.
I believe our plans for the expansion of buildings and services are well founded on the pooled experience of professionals and administrators; our workers are expert and devoted and the work being done is of high quality. Quantity is inevitably .still lacking, but will become more adequate as the phases of the White Paper are progressively 'implemented. We realise we are only at the beginning of a long and difficult road, nevertheless progress made and provided for is already something of which we can be proud.
But we do run up against human factors which I believe it is one of the principal objectives of the campaign in the Year of the Disabled Persons to overcome. For instance I appeal to child care centres to be more willing to accept the small number of disabled children offered by Social Welfare Department; I appeal to student teachers to apply in greater numbers for training as special teachers; and I appeal for more sponsors either for special classes for slow learners in ordinary schools or for new special schools for mentally handicapped. In this year the Government and private developers too must consider whether in the pressures of construction access for the disabled is not unnecessarily or thoughtlessly built out of streets or institutions or housing blocks.
Hong Kong is an intensely practical place, and I hope that our response to the Year of the Disabled Persons will be practical too.
/Finally I ......
3
Finally I should emphasise that in the Committee’s efforts to educate the public as to the abilities and needs of the disabled no influence could be as effective as the disabled themselves, simply by demonstrating what they can do in school, in work, or in sport.
I wish the Central Coordinating Committee every success in this year’s endeavour, and. have much pleasure in declaring open Hong Kong’s celebration of the International Year of the Disabled Persons.
0 - -
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
SATURDAY, JANUARY 17, 1981
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
NEW LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM AT AIRPORT ...................... 1
REMOTE VILLAGE PIER BEING RE-BUILT .......................... 1
NEW ROAD TO SERVE TUEN MUN SbTATE ........................... 2
COURSE FOR TRADE INSTRUCTORS ................................ 2
SLIP ROAD OPENS ON MONDAY ................................... 2
SATURDAY, JANUARY 17, 1981
1
NEW LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM AT AIRPORT * * *
A NEW COMPUTERISED LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM DESIGNED TO ENHANCE AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATIONS WAS RECENTLY BROUGHT INTO USE AT THE HONG KONG INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT.
THE NEW SYSTEM WHICH REPLACED THE MANUALLY OPERATED LIGHTING CONSOLE IN THE CONTROL TOWER, PROVIDES DIRECTIONAL GUIDANCE TO BOTH APPROACHING AND DEPARTING AIRCRAFT AS WELL AS APPROPRIATE ROUTES FOR AIRCRAFT TAXIING.
ALL THE LIGHTING FUNCTIONS HAVE BEEN COMPUTERISED. THIS ENABLES AN AIR TRAFFIC CONTROLLER TO SELECT ANY OF THE 370 PRE-PROGRAMMED TAXIWAYS BY A SIMPLE PUSH-BUTTON OPERATION.
THE SYSTEM ALSO CONTAINS A COLOUR VISUAL DISPLAY WHICH COULD INDICATE WHETHER THE LIGHTING OF A SELECTED TAXIWAY AND AERONAUTICAL GROUND LIGHTS ARE IN ’ON’ OR ’OFF’ POSITION.
PREVIOUSLY THE SELECTION OF A TAXIWAY FROM THE FAR END OF THE RUNWAY TO AN AIRCRAFT PARKING BAY INVOLVED A SERIES OF PUSH-BUTTON OPERATIONS AND IN SOME CASES MORE THAN 20 SWITCHINGS
HAD TO BE DONE.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE CIVIL AVIATION DEPARTMENT SAID» +THE IMPROVEMENT TO THE LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM HAS NOT ONLY CONSIDERABLY REDUCED THE WORKLOAD OF OUR STAFF BUT ALSO ENHANCED THE CAPABILITY CF THE AIR TRAFFIC SERVICES IN HANDLING THE GROWING VOLUME OF AIR/GROUND MOVEMENTS AT THE AIRPORT.*
REMOTE VILLAGE PIER BEING RE-BUILT
MM*
THE PIER AT NAI CHUNG, A REMOTE SAI KUNG VILLAGE NEAR THREE FATHOMS COVE, IS BEING RE-BUILT BY THE GOVERNMENT AT A COST OF $200 OQO.
THE VILLAGE IN AN AREA NOTED FOR ITS SCENIC BEAUTY HAD ITS PREVIOUS PIER DESTROYED IN A TYPHOON IN THE SUMMER OF 1979.
THE LOSS CAUSED INCONVENIENCE TO THE INHABITANTS OF THE AREA WHO APPLIED TO THE DISTRICT OFFICE AT TAI PO TO HAVE IT REBUILT.
WORK STARTED IN NOVEMBER AND WILL BE COMPLETED IN FOUR MONTHS. IT INCLUDES FOUNDATION LAYING, DREDGING, EXCAVATING AND CONSTRUCTION OF THE PIER DECK WHICH WILL BE SUPPORTED BY MASSIVE PILLARS EACH WEIGHING 9 000 KILOGRAMS.
THE PIER IS BEING SPECIALLY STRENGTHENED TO REDUCE THE EFFECTS OF CURRENTS SO THAT IT CAN STAND UP TO TYPHOONS.
IT HAS BEEN DESIGNED BY THE NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION ENGINEER, MR RAYMOND WONG, WHO IS ALSO SUPERVISING THE WORK TOGETHER WITH TAI PO DISTRICT OFFICE STAFF.
------c-------
SATURDAY, JANUARY 17, 1981
- 2 -
NEW ROAD TO SERVE TUEN MUN ESTATE *****
A NEW ROAD WILL BE BUILT IN TUEN MUN NEW TOWN TO SERVE A PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATE FOR 60 000 PEOPLE.
TENDERS FOR THE WORK ARE BEING INVITED BY THE TUEN MUN NEW TOWN DEVELOPMENT OFFICE OF THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT.
THE 1 250-METRE LONG ROAD WILL ALSO PROVIDE ACCESS TO THE FUTURE INDUSTRIAL AND PRIVATE RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENTS ON THE 75-HECTARE RECLAMATION IN THE SOUTHWESTERN PART OF THE NEW TOWN.
THE PROJECT WILL ALSO INVOLVE THE WIDENING OF A SECTION OF LUNG MUN ROAD AND SITE FORMATION WORK FOR THE FUTURE LIGHT RAIL SYSTEM.
WORK ON THE PROJECT WILL BEGIN IN APRIL AND TAKE ABOUT 12 MONTHS TO COMPLETE.
- - - - 0 ----
COURSE FOR TRADE INSTRUCTORS
*****
A COURSE FOR TRADE INSTRUCTORS AND WORKSHOP SUPERVISORS TO LEARN ABOUT METHODS OF INSTRUCTION BASED ON THE STUDY OF EDUCATION THEORY AND EDUCATION PSYCHOLOGY WILL BE HELD NEXT MONTH.
THE COURSE IS ORGANISED BY THE HONG KONG TECHNICAL TEACHERS’ COLLEGE OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT ON A PART-TIME DAY-RELEASE BASIS.
PARTICIPANTS WILL ALSO BE ABLE TO LEARN VARIOUS SKILLS IN CARRYING OUT THEIR DAY TO DAY DUTIES.
APPLICATION FORMS CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TECHNICAL TEACHERS’ COLLEGE AT 373 QUEEN’S ROAD EAST. COMPLETED FORMS SHOULD BE RETURNED TO THE COLLEGE BY THE END OF THIS MONTH.
-------0 - - „ „
SLIP ROAD OPENS ON MONDAY
*****
A NEW SLIP ROAD ON WONG NAI CHUNG GAP ROAD SOUTH OF THE TAI HANG ROAD/STUBBS ROAD ROUNDABOUT WILL OPEN TO TRAFFIC AT 10 AM ON MONDAY (JANUARY 19).
WITH ITS OPENING A SECTION OF WONG NAI CHUNG GAP ROAD ADJACENT TO THE NEW SLIP ROAD WILL BE RE-ROUTED ONE-WAY NORTHBOUND. SOUTHBOUND TRAFFIC WILL BE DIVERTED TO THIS NEW SLIP ROAD.
APPROPRIATE TRAFFIC SIGNS WILL BE SET UP TO GUIDE MOTORISTS.
0 - -
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
SUNDAY, JANUARY 18, 1981
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
• r - % • • * r * • • *"
EXPANSION OF AMBULANCE FLEET ................................... 1
WORKING PARTY ON PHARMACY PRACTICE INVITES PUBLIC COMMENTS ... 2
JAPANESE INDUSTRIAL INVESTMENT MISSION ARRIVES ............... 3
TEXTILE T.JES .ilTH GREECE TO RESUME SOON ...................... 3
NT CHARITY WALKS RAISE $2.2 MILLION ............................ 4
WATER CUT
4
SUNDAY, JANUARY 18, 1981
1
EXPANSION OF AMBULANCE FLEET ******
THE FIRE SERVICES WILL SPEND SOME $8.5 MILLION IN THE NEXT THREE MONTHS TO PURCHASE 47 NEW AMBULANCES AND TO INSTALL AN ADVANCED UHF RADIO SYSTEM ON THE ENTIRE FLEET.
♦THE EXPANSION OF THE FLEET AND THE NEW ’ENCODER’ RADIO SYSTEM WILL ENABLE US TO DEAL MORE EFFECTIVELY WITH ACCIDENTS IN TERMS OF AVAILABILITY AND TIME OF RESPONSE,+ THE ASSISTANT CHIEF AMBULANCE OFFICER, MR ANTHONY MILFORD, SAID TODAY.
HE SAID 24 OF THE NEW AMBULANCES WOULD BOOST THE FLEET TO 159 VEHICLES. THE OTHER 23 AMBULANCES ON ORDER WOULD REPLACE VEHICLES WHICH HAD BEEN IN SERVICE FOR A LONG TIME.
MR MILFORD SAID THE NEW ’ENCODER’ WOULD BE A SEMI-AUTOMATIC VEHICLE STATUS INDICATOR WHICH WOULD PROVIDE THE COMPUTER AT THE DEPARTMENT’S COMMUNICATION CENTRE WITH VALUABLE DATA SUCH AS THE AVAILABILITY OR READINESS OF AN AMBULANCE, AND, IF ON THE ROAD, ITS LOCATION.
+THIS WILL ENABLE FAST AND ACCURATE DEPLOYMENT OF AN AMBULANCE TO THE SCENE OF REQUEST,+ HE ADDED.
THE ENCODER HAS A SELECTIVE RADIO CODE FOR EACH AMBULANCE TO FACILITATE EXCLUSIVE CONVERSATION WITH THE CENTRE WITHOUT INTERFERENCE.
THE CENTRE WILL BE NOTIFIED OF AN ACCIDENT INVOLVING AN AMBULANCE, IF AN EMERGENCY SIGNAL BUTTON IS PRESSED.
INSTALLATION WORK IS EXPECTED TO FINISH IN APRIL WHEN THE NEW AMBULANCES ARRIVE.
MEANWHILE THE AMBULANCE COMMAND, WITH A STAFF OF 1 333, IS CONDUCTING A LARGE SCALE RECRUITMENT DRIVE THIS MONTH TO COPE WITH ITS EXPANSION PROGRAMME.
UP TO LAST THURSDAY, THE COMMAND RECEIVED APPLICATIONS FROM 602 PEOPLE. OF THESE, 399 HAVE PASSED THE PHYSICAL TEST.
THE RECRUITMENT EXERCISE WILL END ON JANUARY 31. POTENTIAL YOUNG MEN WHO ARE PREPARED TO TAKE UP A MEANINGFUL AND CHALLENGING CAREER SHOULD APPLY AS SOON AS POSSIBLE. THEY MUST BE UNDER 30 YEARS OF AGE AND HAVE RECEIVED AT LEAST SIX YEARS PRIMARY EDUCATION. FURTHER INFORMATION ON THE RECRUITMENT DRIVE MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE HARBOUR ROAD FIRE STATION IN WAN CHAI, OR THE TSIM SHA TSUI FIRE STATION IN CANTON ROAD DURING OFFICE HOURS.
THE AMBULANCE COMMAND RESPONDED TO ABOUT 221 000 CALLS IN 1980, REPRESENTING AN INCREASE OF 22 000 CALLS, OR 10 PER CENT, COMPARED WITH THE PREVIOUS YEAR.
--------o - -
2 i
WORKING PARTY ON PHARMACY PRACTICE INVITES PUBLIC COMMENTS
THE WORKING PARTY ON THE PRACTICE ON PHARMACY AND ANCILLARY MATTERS TODAY CALLED FOR PUBLIC COMMENTS ON MATTERS WITHIN ITS TERMS OF REFERENCE WHICH INCLUDE A REVIEW OF THE LAW RELATING TO THE EMPLOYMENT OF PHARMACISTS AND THE PROVISION OF TRAINING FACILITIES.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE WORKING PARTY SAID WHILE THE PARTY HAS BEEN CONSTITUTED TO REFLECT A BROAD CROSS-SECTION OF ALL INTERESTS CONCERNED, IT WISHES TO ENSURE THAT WIDER IMPLICATIONS OF THIS VERY IMPORTANT SUBJECT ARE COVERED IN ITS DELIBERATIONS.
ALL SUBMISSIONS SHOULD BE SENT TO THE SECRETARY TO THE WORKING PARTY, C/O THE SOCIAL SERVICES BRANCH, GOVERNMENT SECRETARIAT, LOWER ALBERT ROAD, TO REACH HIM NOT LATER THAN MARCH 15.
THE WORKING PARTY, UNDER THE CHAIRMANSHIP OF MR ALEX WU, HAS HELD TWO MEETINGS SINCE ITS FORMATION LAST NOVEMBER.
THE TERMS OF REFERENCE OF THE WORKING PARTY ARE AS FOLLOWS:-
TO CONS IDER:-
(A) WHETHER THE LAW REQUIRING THE EMPLOYMENT OF PHARMACISTS REGISTERED UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE PHARMACY AND POISONS ORDINANCE (CAP. 138) SHOULD BE MODIFIED IN ANY WAY”
(B) THE NEED FOR PHARMACISTS BOTH IN THE PUBLIC AND IN THE PRIVATE SECTORS UNDER THE EXISTING LEGISLATION AND UNDER ANY POSSIBLE MODIFICATIONS, IF ANY, RECOMMENDED UNDER (A) ABOVE-
(C) THE WORK AND THE RESPONSIBILITIES OF PHARMACISTS IN BOTH SECTORS UNDER THE EXISTING LEGISLATION AND UNDER ANY POSSIBLE MODIFICATIONS, IF ANY, RECOMMENDED UNDER (A) ABOVE-
CD) THE NEED FOR AND THE LEVELS OF SUPPORTING STAFF IN BOTH SECTORS UNDER THE EXISTING LEGISLATION AND UNDER ANY POSSIBLE MODIFICATIONS, IF ANY, RECOMMENDED UNDER (A) ABOVE-
(E) WHETHER THE LAW RELATING TO THE QUALIFICATIONS FOR REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 8 OF THE PHARMACY AND POISONS ORDINANCE SHOULD BE MODIFIED TO PERMIT THE PHARMACY AND POISONS BOARD TO ACCEPT NON-COMMONWEALTH QUALIFICATIONS FOR DIRECT REG ISTRATION-
(F) WHETHER TRAINING COURSES TO PROVIDE THE NECESSARY STAFF ARE REQUIRED UNDER THE EXISTING LEGISLATION AND UNDER ANY POSSIBLE MODIFICATIONS, IF ANY, RECOMMENDED UNDER (A) AND (E) ABOVE,' AND, IF SC, WHETHER THEY SHOULD BE SET UP IN HONG KONG, AND AT WHAT LEVELS AND BY WHICH INSTITUTIONS.
------0 ------
/3 ...
« 9 •
juiwn i , unnuAni xo, xjox
- 3 -
JAPANESE INDUSTRIAL INVESTMENT MISSION ARRIVES ******
A JAPANESE INDUSTRIAL INVESTMENT MISSION ARRIVED IN HONG KONG TODAY (SUNDAY) TO EXAMINE TRADE AND INDUSTRIAL OPPORTUNITIES HERE.
THE MISSION COMPRISING SENIOR EXECUTIVES OF FIVE COMPANIES IN TOKYO, WILL BEGIN THE THREE-DAY FACT-FINDING PROGRAMME TOMORROW (MONDAY). MISSION MEMBERS WILL STUDY THE INDUSTRIAL INVESTMENT ENVIRONMENT IN HONG KONG WITH A VIEW TO TAKE PART IN INVESTMENT NEGOTIATION AND POSSIBLE JOINT VENTURES.
THE FIVE COMPANIES ARE ENGAGED IN THE FOODSTUFFS, INDUSTRIAL GAS, STATIONERY AND COMPUTER FIELDS.
THE PROGRAMME, ARRANGED BY THE TRADE, INDUSTRY AND CUSTOMS DEPARTMENT, BEGINS WITH A VISIT TO THE DEPARTMENT WHERE THE MISSION WILL BE WELCOMED AND BRIEFED ON THE INDUSTRIAL ENVIRONMENT IN HONG KONG BY ASSISTANT COMMISSIONER (HEAD OF INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT DIVISION) MR KEN YEUNG. THE GROUP WILL THEN PROCEED TO TAI PO WHERE IT WILL BE BRIEFED BY MR P.K. WONG, COMMERCIAL DIRECTOR OF THE HONG KONG INDUSTRIAL ESTATES CORPORATION, FOLLOWED BY A TOUR OF THE TAI PO INDUSTRIAL ESTATE.
ON TUESDAY AND WEDNESDAY THE VISITORS WILL EACH FOLLOW A PROGRAMME OF FACTORY VISITS AND MEETINGS WITH LOCAL INDUSTRIALISTS.
THIS IS THE FOURTH JAPANESE MISSION ORGANISED UNDER THE AUSPICES OF THE HONG KONG/JAPAN AND JAPAN/HONG KONG BUSINESS CO-OPERATION COMMITTEES. THE FIRST MISSION VISITED HONG KONG IN DECEMBER 1979, FOLLOWED BY FURTHER MISSIONS IN APRIL AND NOVEMBER LAST YEAR.
-----o------
TEXTILE TALKS WITH GREECE TO RESUME SOON * * * *
THE TRADE, INDUSTRY AND CUSTOMS DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY (SUNDAY) THAT THE ISSUE OF EXPORT LICENCES COVERING SHIPMENTS TO GREECE OF COTTON, MAN-MADE FIBRE AND wOOL TEXTILE PRODUCTS WILL BE SUSPENDED FROM TOMORROW (MONDAY).
THE COMMISSIONER OF TRADE, MR PETER TSAO EXPLAINED THAT THIS MEASURE WAS TAKEN BECAUSE HONG KONG AND THE EEC HAD AGREED TO RESUME CONSULTATIONS ON THE POSSIBILITY OF CONCLUDING A BILATERAL AGREEMENT ON HONG KONG’S EXPORTS OF TEXTILE PRODUCTS TO GREECE.
THESE TALKS WERE SUSPENDED AT THE END OF LAST YEAR WHEN THE TWO SIDES WERE UNABLE TO REACH AGREEMENT. MR TSAO SAID THE RESUMED CONSULTATIONS WOULD TAKE PLACE SHORTLY.
THE DEPARTMENT EXPECTS TO BE IN A POSITION TO ISSUE A FURTHER STATEMENT BY THE END OF THE WEEK REGARDING THE RESUMPTION OF ISSUING EXPORT LICENCES TO GREECE.
--------0 ---------
SUNDAY, JANUARY 18, 1981
4
NT CHARITY WALKS RAISE $2.2 MILLION * * * *
THE COMMUNITY CHEST HAS RAISED $2.2 MILLION FROM EIGHT CHAIRTY WALKS HELD IN THE NEW TERRITORIES IN THE PAST TWO MONTHS, $200 000
MORE THAN LAST YEAR
NEARLY 40 000 PEOPLE JOINED THE WALKS WHICH ARE A MAJOR PART OF THE ANNUAL FUND-RAISING EFFORT.
THE CHEST’S TARGET THIS YEAR IS $23 MILLION.
THE LAST OF THE WALKS TOOK PLACE IN SHA TIN AND SHEUNG SHU I TODAY (SUNDAY) AND RAISED $200 000.
OFFICIATING AT SHA TIN WAS SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, DAVID AKERS-JONES.
THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OF THE ROYAL HONG KONG JOCKEY CLUB, SIR JOHN ARCHER, AND LADY ARCHER, THE DIRECTOR OF BROADCASTING, MR JOHN TISDALL, AND THE DISTRICT POLICE COMMANDER NEW TERRITORIES, MR MIKE ILLINGWORTH, ALSO TOOK PART IN THE WALK.
ABOUT 5 000 PEOPLE COMPLETED THE 12-KILOMETRE CIRCULAR COURSE STARTING AND FINISHING AT THE ROYAL HONG KONG JOCKEY CLUB SPORTS GROUND.
THE SHEUNG SHU I WALK WAS STARTED BY DEPUTY SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR AUGUSTINE CHUI KAM- THE CHAIRMAN OF THE HEUNG YEE KUK, MR LAU WONG-FAT- AND LOCAL COMMUNITY LEADERS.
NEARLY 5 000 PEOPLE WALKED THE NINE-KILOMETRE COURSE STARTING FROM FUNG KAI SECONDARY SCHOOL.
- - 0 - -
WATER CUT * * *
FRESH wATER SUPPLY TO A NUMBER OF PREMISES IN CENTRAL DISTRICT WILL BE CUT OFF FOR SEVEN HOURS FROM 11 PM ON TUESDAY (JANUARY 20) TO 6 AM THE FOLLOWING DAY FOR A LEAKAGE TEST.
AFFECTED WILL BE ALL PREMISES AT POTTINGER STREET, QUEEN’S ROAD CENTRAL, QUEEN VICTORIA STREET, DES VOEUX ROAD CENTRAL, WING WO STREET, CONNAUGHT ROAD CENTRAL, MAN YEE LANE, PIER ROAD AND HARBOUR VIEW STREET, INCLUDING THE CENTRAL FIRE STATION.
0. - -
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL 5-233191
MONDAY, JANUARY 19, 1981
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
HE IS AN ECONOMIC PHENOMENON - SIR MURRAY......................... 1
BREAKDOWN TRADE FIGURES FOR JANUARY - NOVEMBER 1980 .............. 2
DAB MSffiERS LEARN HOW RIVER GETS NW LIFE......................... 7
WEDDING LAST YEAR SET NEW RECORD ................................. 8
NAMES WANTED FOR NW TAI PO ROADS ................................. 9
CHEAP RETREADS ARE DANGEROUS
10
MONDAY, JANUARY 19, 1981
1
HK IS AN ECONOMIC PHENOMENON - SIR MURRAY *****
HONG KONG IS AN ECONOMIC PHENOMENON WHOSE +DEFIANT SUCCESS* CONTINUES TO PROVIDE A MODEL FOR THE DEBATE OF THEORETICIANS, THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, SAID TODAY.
SPEAKING AT THE OPENING OF +HOLLAND EXPO 1981+, A FLOATING EXHIBITION ORGANISED BY THE NETHERLANDS COUNCIL FOR TRADE PROMOTION, SIR MURRAY STRESSED THAT OUR SUCCESS IS +NO CONJURING TRICK*.
+IT HAS NOT BEEN DONE WITH MIRRORS,* HE EXPLAINED, +BUT BY HARD WORK, REALISM, STRONG MARKETING OF THE PRODUCTS OF AN EFFICIENT INDUSTRY, A SUPERB NATURAL HABOUR WITH THE FASTEST TURN-AROUND IN ASIA, AND A STRONG FINANCIAL SECTOR.
+WE LEVY NO PROTECTIONIST TARIFFS ON IMPORTS, AND MAINTAIN NO OTHER CONTROLS ON TRADE THAN THOSE THAT INTERNATIONAL OBLIGATIONS OR CONSIDERATIONS OF HEALTH, SAFETY AND SECURITY REQUIRE.*
ADDRESSING THE MINISTER OF STATE FOR FOREIGN TRADE OF THE NETHERLANDS, H.E. DR K.H. BEYEN- THE CONSUL-GENERAL IN HONG KONG, W C.S. VAN STRATEN, AND TRADERS AND INDUSTRIALISTS AT THE OPENING CF THE EXHIBITION, SIR MURRAY SAID COMMERCIAL LINKS BETWEEN THE NETHERLANDS AND HONG KONG WERE ALREADY STRONG.
+TRADE AND INDUSTRIAL INVESTMENT ARE SUBSTANTIAL AND SHIPPING AND BANKING FIRMLY ESTABLISHED, BUT THERE IS PLENTY OF ROOM FOR EXPANSION,* SIR MURRAY SAID.
THE FOLLOWING IS THE FULL TEXT OF THE GOVERNOR’S SPEECHs-
+SECRETARY OF STATE, CONSUL-GENERAL, LADIES AND GENTLEMEN,
+1 AM HONOURED TO OPEN THIS EXHIBITION BY THE NETHERLANDS COUNCIL FOR TRADE PROMOTION.
+SIR Y.K. KAN, CHAIRMAN OF OUR OWN TRADE DEVELOPMENT COUNCIL, HAS TOLD ME HOW WARMLY HE WAS RECEIVED BY YOU IN THE HAGUE AND HOW IMPRESSED HE WAS BY YOUR KEEN APPRECIATION OF THE OPPORTUNITIES FOR EXPANDING TRADE WITH HONG KONG.
+YOU HAVE COME TO SELL AND TO CONSIDER INVESTMENT" YOU ARE JUST AS WELCOME AS IF YOU HAD COME TO BUY. WE LONG AGO DISCOVERED THAT THE BEST SORT OF TRADE IS TWO-WAY.
+YOU ARE NO STRANGERS IN HONG KONG, YOUR ARRIVAL IN THIS FLOATING EXHIBITION SEIZES THE IMAGINATION, AND WE WISH YOU EVERY SUCCESS.
/+K>a SOME
2
♦FOR SOME TIME THE EYES OF THE WORLD HAVE BEEN TURNING AGAIN TO THE FAR EAST AND PARTICULARLY TO THAT CIRCLE OF COUNTRIES ON THE PACIFIC’S WESTERN SHORE WHICH INCLUDES THE TERRITORY OF HONG KONG. IT IS AN AREA WHOSE RECORD OF ECONOMIC GROWTH OVER THE LAST DECADE AND A HALF IS EXTRAORDINARY, AND WHICH HAS BEEN ENCOURAGED RECENTLY BY THE EMERGENCE OF NEW ECONOMIC POLICIES IN CHINA. BUT MY INTENTION TODAY IS TO TALK ONLY ABOUT TRADE BETWEEN THE NETHERLANDS AND HONG KONG. HONG KONG IS A FOCAL POINT IN THIS GROWTH AREA - AN ECONOMIC PHENOMENON WHOSE DEFIANT SUCCESS CONTINUES TO PROVIDE A MODEL FOR THE DEBATE OF THE THEORETICIANS. IT IS NO CONJURING TRICK. IT HAS NOT BEEN DONE WITH MIRRORS BUT BY HARD WORK, REALISM, STRONG MARKETING OF THE PRODUCTS OF AN EFFICIENT INDUSTRY, A SUPERB NATURAL HABOUR WITH THE FASTEST TURN-AROUND IN ASIA, AND A STRONG FINANCIAL SECTOR.
♦ WE LEVY NO PROTECTIONIST TARIFFS ON IMPORTS, AND MAINTAIN NO OTHER CONTROLS ON TRADE THAN THOSE THAT INTERNATIONAL OBLIGATIONS OR CONSIDERATIONS CF HEALTH, SAFETY AND SECURITY REQUIRE.
♦ IN THE DEVELOPED WORLD PROTECTIONIST CLOUDS ARE LOOMING -NOT SURPRISING IN VIEW OF THE HIGH LEVELS OF UNEMPLOYMENT. NEVERTHELESS WE BELIEVE PROFOUNDLY THAT CURRENT ECONOMIC ILLS OF THE DEVELOPED WORLD WILL NOT BE CURED BY FURTHER PROTECTION, BUT ARE FAR MORE LIKELY TO EE AGGRAVATED BY IT. AND -HEN THE RENEWAL OF THE MFA AND THE BILATERALS WITH THE EEC COME 70 BE CONSIDERED THIS YEAR AND NEXT, WE TRUST THAT, AS IN THE PAST, THE VOICE OF THE NETHERLANDS WILL BE RAISED AGAINST FURTHER RESTRICTION AND IN FAVOUR OF THE EXPANSION OF INTERNATIONAL TRADE.
♦COMMERCIAL LINKS BETWEEN THE NETHERLANDS AND HONG KONG ARE ALREADY STRONG. TRADE AND INDUSTRIAL INVESTMENT ARE SUBSTANTIAL AND SHIPPING AND BANKING FIRMLY ESTABLISHED, BUT THERE IS PLENTY OF ROOM FOR EXPANSION. MOREOVER YOU WILL FIND OUR INDUSTRIALISTS THIRSTY FOR NEW TECHNOLOGY AND NEW MANUFACTURING TECHNIQUES AS THEY MOVE STEADILY TOWARDS MORE SOPHISTICATED PRODUCTION.
♦ SIR, WE IN HONG KONG BELIEVE THAT SUPERFLUOUS GOVERNMENT INTERVENTION IMPEDES BUSINESS. SO I HAVE KEPT MY SPEECH SHORT LEST IT DELAY YOUR GOVERNMENT AND BUSINESS COLLEAGUES FROM GETTING TO KNOW THEIR COUNTERPARTS IN HONG KONG. I CONGRATULATE YOU ON YOUR IMAGINATIVE ENTERPRISE AND WISH YOU EVERY SUCCESS IN DOING BUSINESS WITH US.+
-----o-----
BREAKDOWN TRADE FIGURES FOR JANUARY - NOVEMBER 1983 * * K j*r
TOTAL MERCHANDISE TRADE FOR JANUARY TO AT $189 2^4 MILLION, SHOWED AN INCREASE OF WITH THE CORRESPC DING PERIOD IK 1^79
NOVEMBER 1983, VALUED 30 Par CENT AS COMPARED
.mDaO29MEST,C EXDCRTS ROSE BY 23 PER CENT TO ' IMPORTS BY 33 PER CENT TO <133 375 ILL IC> A' t^ct2coENT to S26 955 K,LLIC • dc-estis EXPO-’ HJbt IntR
914 MILLION, E-EXPORTS DY
AND RE-EXPORTS
SHOWED «N INCRE;.
THE CE SUS ND STATISTICS
detailed brea-dc,. figu°es.
DEPART*-E'.'T TODAY "ELEASED
THE
MUNDAY, JANUARY 19, 1?81
3
CHANGES IN DOMESTIC EXPORTS TO THE TEN MAJOR OVERSEAS MARKETS ARE AS FOLLOWS I
JAN - NOV 83 (hksm) JAN - NOV 79 (HKSM) INCREASE/ DECREASE (HKSM) PERCENTAGE CHANGE
U.S.A. 23 744 17 343 + 3 731 + 22
F.R. OF GERMANY 6 634 5 633 + 1 334 + 18
U.K. 6 368 5 358 + 713 ♦ 13
JAPAN 2 131 2 466 - 335 - 14
AUSTRALIA 1 795 1 623 + 172 + 11
SINGAPORE 1 643 1 287 + 353 + 27
CANADA 1 596 1 457 + 139 + 13
NETHERLANDS 1 438 1 223 + 185 + 15
CHINA 1 373 539 + 864 +170
FRANCE 1 254 871 + 383 + 44
DOMESTIC EXPORTS TO THE U.S. CONTINUED TO GROW. SUBSTANTIAL INCREASES WERE RECORDED IN CLOTHING (BY 5903 MILLION OR 14%), ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, APPARATUS AND APPLIANCES (BY £579 MILLION OR 42%), WATCHES AND CLOCKS (BY $504 MILLION OR 52%), OFFICE MACHINES AND AUTOMATIC DATA PROCESSING EQUIPMENT (BY $473 MILLION OR 53%), AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND SOUND RECORDING AND REPRODUCING APPARATUS AND EQUIPMENT (BY $346 MILLION OR 35%).
SIGNIFICANT INCREASES WERE NOTED IN DOMESTIC EXPORTS TO WEST GERMANY OF CLOTHING (BY 8616 MILLION OR 20%), WATCHES AND CLOCKS (BY 8123 MILLION OR 27%) AS WELL AS ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, APPARATUS AND APPLIANCES (BY 394 MILLION OR 65%).
AS FOR DOMESTIC EXPORTS TO THE U.K., INCREASES WERE RECORDED IN CLOTHING (BY 8264 MILLION OR 10%), AND WATCHES AND CLOCKS (BY 73 MILLION OR 19%). HOWEVER, DECREASES WERE REGISTERED IN DOMESTIC EXPORTS OF TEXTILES (BY $141 MILLION OR 26%).
THE DOWNWARD TREND IN DOMESTIC EXPORTS TO JAPAN CONTINUED. DECREASES WERE NOTED MAINLY FOR FISH, CRUSTACEANS AND MOLLUSCS, AND THEIR ’REPARATIONS (BY S38 MILLION OR 28%), AND CLOTH I G (BY $134 MILLION OR 14%).
/am analysts
Sunday, January 19, 1981
AN ANALYSIS OF CHANGES DIVISION IS PRESENTED BELOW
IN DOMESTIC EXPORTS BY MAJOR COMMODITY
JAN - NOV 80 (HKSM) JAN - NOV 79 (HKSM) INCREASE (HKSM) PERCENTAGE CHANGE
ARTICLES OF APPAREL AND CLOTHING ACCESSOR IES 20 904 18 053 + 2 851 + 16
MISCELLANEOUS MANUFACTURED ARTICLES (MAINLY PLASTIC TOYS AND DOLLS) 10 180 8 549 + 1 631 + 19
PHOTOGRAPHIC APPARATUS, OPTICAL GOODS, WATCHES AND CLOCKS 6 494 4 656 + 1 838 + 39
TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND SOUND RECORDING AND REPRODUCING APPARATUS AND EQUIPMENT 4 587 3 621 + 966 + 27
ELECTRICAL MACHINERY APPARATUS AND APPLIANCES (MAINLY TRANSISTORS AND DIODES AND HOUSEHOLD TYPE APPLIANCES) 4 104 2 930 + 1 174 + 40
TEXTILE YARN, FABRICS, MADE-UP ARTICLES AND RELATED PRODUCTS 4 074 3 643 + 431 + 12
MONDAY, J ANO ABY 19, 1981
5 -
THE CHANGES IN IMPORTS FROM THE TEN MAJOR SOURCES ARE SUMMARIZED AS FOLLOWS :
INCREASE/
JAN - NOV 80 JAN - NOV 79 DECREASE PERCENTAGE
(HKSM) (HKSM) (HK$M) CHANGE
JAPAN 22 897 17 386 ♦ 5 511 + 32
CHINA 19 628 13 429 + 6 199 + 46
U.S.A. 11 968 9 465 + 2 503 + 26
TAIWAN 7 058 5 371 + 1 687 + 31
SINGAPORE 6 576 4 358 + 2 218 + 51
U.K. 4 961 4 033 + 928 + 23
R. OF KOREA 3 397 2 285 + 1 112 + 49
F.R. OF GERMANY 2 648 2 554 + 94 + 4
SWITZERLAND 2 591 2 332 + 259 + 11
AUSTRALIA 1 559 1 448 + 111 + 8
IN CONTRAST WITH DECLINING DOMESTIC EXPORTS TO JAPAN, LOCAL DEMAND FOR JAPANESE GOODS REMAINED STRONG. INCREASES WERE NOTED PARTICULARLY FOR ROAD VEHICLES (BY $947 MILLION OR 91%), TEXTILES (BY $698 MILLION OR 27%), TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND SOUND RECORDING AND REPRODUCING APPARATUS AND EQUIPMENT (BY $583 MILLION OR 39%), IRON AND STEEL (BY $530 MILLION OR 48%), AND WATCHES AND CLOCKS (BY $482 MILLION OR 31%).
AS FOR IMPORTS FROM CHINA, INCREASES WERE RECORDED MAINLY IN CLOTHING (BY $1 073 MILLION OR 114%), TEXTILES (BY $922 MILLION OR 34%), PETROLEUM AND RELATED PRODUCTS (BY S834 MILLION OR 64%), LIVE ANIMALS CHIEFLY FOR FOOD (BY $311 MILLION OR 28%), AND MEAT AND MEAT PREPARATIONS (BY $207 MILLION OR 40%).
INCREASES IN IMPORTS FROM THE U.S. WERE LARGELY OF OFFICE MACHINES AND AUTOMATIC DATA PROCESSING EQUIPMENT (BY $425 MILLION OR 49%), ARTIFICIAL RESINS AND PLASTIC MATERIALS, AND CELLULOSE ESTERS AND ETHERS (BY $237 MILLION OR 41%), TEXTILE FIBRES AND THEIR WASTES (BY $129 MILLION OR 18%), AND ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, APPARATUS AND APPLIANCES (BY $133 MILLION OR 16%).
SIGNIFICANT INCREASES WERE RECORDED IN THE SUPPLY OF PETROLEUM AND RELATED PRODUCTS (BY $1 823 MILLION OR 74%) FROM SINGAPORE, AS WELL AS ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, APPARATUS AND APPLIANCES (EY S266 MILLION OR 44%), AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND SOUND RECORDING AND REPRODUCING APPARATUS AND EQUIPMENT (BY $175 MILLION OR 45%) FROM TAIWAN.
/THS FOLLOWING ...
MONDAY, JANUAHY 19, 1981
6
THE FOLLOWING TABLE ILLUSTRATES THE MORE IN IMPORTS BY COMMODITY SECTION I
IMPORTANT CHANGES
JAN - NOV 89 (HK$M) JAN - NOV 79 (HKSM) INCREASE/ DECREASE (HKSM) PERCENTAGE CHANGE
MANUFACTURED GOODS CLASS IF IED CHIEFLY BY MATERIAL (MAINLY TEXTILE PRODUCTS, DIAMONDS, IRON AND STEEL, AND PAPER) 30 318 24 409 + 5 909 + 24
MACHINERY AND TRANSPORT EQUIPMENT 22 442 16 908 + 5 534 + 33
MISCELLANEOUS MANUFACTURED ARTICLES (MAINLY WATCHES AND CLOCKS, ARTICLES OF APPAREL) 15 740 11 235 + 4 505 + 40
FOOD AND LIVE ANIMALS CHIEFLY FOR FOOD 10 353 8 714 + 1 639 + 19
CHEMICALS AND RELATED PRODUCTS 7 251 6 107 + 1 144 + 19
MINERAL FUELS, LUBRICAN7S AND RELATED MATERIALS 7 157 4 466 + 2 691 ♦ 60
SUBSTANTIAL GROWTH WAS RECORDED IN RE-EXPORTS TO CHINA (BY .2 844 MILLION OR 25^.), INDONESIA (BY £955 MILLION OR 63 □), U.S.A. (BY £931 MILLION CR 51% , SINGAPORE (BY $6^5 MILLION C 40%), TAIWAN (BY 17 MILLION OR 304), THE U.K. (BY 3432 ' ILL ION CR 1414), NIGERIA (BY .419 MILLION CR 132%), MACAU (BY *310 MILLION OR 58%), AND THE F.-. GERMAN.' (BY 3186 MILLION 46%). ON THE OTHER HAND, a DECLINE *AS REGISTERED IN RE-EXPORTS TO JAPAN (BY 326 MILL IC' OF .
D3T CC’V DYTI3S ......
MONDAY, JANUABY 19, 1981
- 7 -
MOST COMMODITIES RE-EXPORTED THROUGH HONG KONG EXHIBITED STRONG GROWTH, THE MORE SIGNIFICANT ONES BEING TEXTILES (BY SI 316 MILLION OR 52%), WATCHES AND CLOCKS (BY $752 MILLION OR 67%), ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, APPARATUS AND APPLIANCES (BY $702 MILLION OR 66%), ROAD VEHICLES (BY $612 MILLION OR 148%), TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND SOUND RECORDING AND REPRODUCING APPARATUS AND EQUIPMENT (BY $565 MILLION OR 100%). CLOTHING (BY $560 MILLION OR 67%), AND NON-FERROUS METAL (BY $261 MILLION OR 90%).
♦THE HONG KONG TRADE STATISTICS - SUMMARY*, A REPORT ON HONG KONG’S EXTERNAL TRADE IN NOVEMBER 1980, WILL SOON BE ON SALE AT THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE AT $3 A COPY.
A MORE COMPREHENSIVE REPORT, +HONG KONG EXTERNAL TRADE*, WITH DETAILED ANALYSIS OF THE MONTH’S IMPORTS, EXPORTS AND RE-EXPORTS, WILL BE PUBLISHED IN EARLY FEBRUARY AND WILL ALSO BE AVAILABLE AT THE CENTRE AT $10.
ENQUIRIES CONCERNING SUBSCRIPTIONS TO THESE REPORTS MAY BE DIRECTED TO THE SALES OF PUBLICATIONS SECTION OF THE INFORMATION SERVICES DEPARTMENT AT BASKERVILLE HOUSE, HONG KONG (TEL. NO. 5-214375).
-----o------
DAB MEMBERS LEARN HOW RIVER GETS NEW LIFE ******
TEN MEMBERS OF THE YUEN LONG DISTRICT ADVISORY BOARD TODAY LEARNED HOW HUNG SHU I KIU RIVER, WHICH RUNS IN YUEN LONG AND TUEN MUN DISTRICTS, WAS GIVEN A NEW LEASE OF LIFE.
THE MEMBERS TOURED SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE 4.7 KILOMETRE RIVER AND WERE IMPRESSED BY THE PAINSTAKING EFFORTS OF THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT IN FREEING THE STREAM COURSE OF POLLUTION.
THEY WERE TOLD BY MR CHAN WING-CHEUK, URBAN SERVICES OFFICER OF YUEN LONG WHO ACCOMPANIED THEM ON THE TOUR, THAT MORE THAN 300 LORRY-LOADS OF REFUSE, JUNK AND SOLID FARM WASTE WERE REMOVED FROM THE RIVER DURING A CLEAN-UP OPERATION BETWEEN LAST SEPTEMBER AND DECEMBER.
MR CHAN SAID SOME 350 PIG AND POULTRY FARMS OPERATING ALONG THE RIVER BANKS NOW MADE USE OF THE FARM WASTE COLLECTION SERVICE PROVIDED BY THE NTSD AND MORE AND MORE VILLAGERS WERE NOW LEAVING THEIR GARBAGE WITH THE REFUSE COLLECTION POINTS SPECIALLY SET UP FOR THEM.
HE STRESSED THAT ONLY THROUGH A GREATER PUBLIC COOPERATION COULD THE CLEANLINESS OF THE RIVER BE EFFECTIVELY PREVENTED FROM DETERIORATING AGAIN.
HE URGED RURAL LEADERS TC BRING HOME THE MESSAGE TO THE IP FELLOW VILLAGERS THAT THE ONLY WAY TO KEEP THE PI VER CLEAN .AS TO DROP THEIR HABIT OF DISCHARGING AGRICULTURAL *ASTE AND REFUSE INTO THE STREAM.
------o-------
MONDAY, JANUARY 19, 1981
8
WEDDINGS LAST YEAR SET NEW RECORD
* * * *
THE NUMBER OF PEOPLE WHO WERE MARRIED IN 1980 BROKE ALL PREVIOUS RECORDS AND EXCEEDED THE 100 000 MARK.
ACCORDING TO STATISTICS RELEASED BY THE MARRIAGE REGISTRY TODAY, A NEW RECORD OF 50 845 COUPLES WERE MARRIED LAST YEAR COMPARED WITH THE PREVIOUS TOTAL OF 45 222 IN 1979 WHICH WAS THEN ALSO A RECORD. /
COMPARATIVE FIGURES OF MARRIAGES RECORDED BY THE MARRIAGE REGISTRY IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS ARE AS FOLLOWS:
1975 ............ 36 192
1976 ............ 39 700
1977 ............ 40 383
1978 ............ 40 400
1979 ............ 45 222
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE REGISTRY ATTRIBUTED THE STEADY INCREASE TO THE GROWTH IN THE MARRIAGE AGE GROUP IN THE POPULATION IN RECENT YEARS AND TO THE SHORTER WAITING PERIOD FOR AN OFFICIAL MARRIAGE CEREMONY WHICH HAS BEEN SHORTENED FROM THREE MONTHS TO 17 DAYS.
AT LEAST 15 DAYS PUBLIC NOTICE OF A MARRIAGE IS REQUIRED UNDER THE MARRIAGE ORDINANCE IN CASE THERE ARE OBJECTIONS TO THE MARRIAGE.
ANOTHER REASON FOR THE INCREASE IN THE NUMBER OF MARRIAGES WAS THE INTRODUCTION OF GROUP WEDDINGS LAST OCTOBER WHICH PROVED QUITE POPULAR, THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
THE BIGGEST EVER OF THESE GROUP WEDDINGS IN HONG KONG WILL TAKE PLACE AT YAU TONG AT THE END CF THIS MONTH WHEN 50 COUPLES WILL MARRY IN TIME FOR THE LUNAR NEW YEAR.
THERE ARE AT PRESENT 17 MARRIAGE REGISTRIES LOCATED ALL OVER HONG KONG.
TO PROVIDE BETTER SERVICE TO THE PUBLIC, THE CITY HALL MARRIAGE REGISTRY WILL FROM JANUARY 25 OPEN SEVEN DAYS A WEEK, EXCEPT ON PUBLIC HOLIDAYS, INSTEAD OF CLOSING ON SATURDAY AFTERNOONS AND SUNDAYS.
THE KOWLOON MARRIAGE REGISTRY IN YAU MA TEI AND THE TAI PO MARRIAGE REGISTRY WILL ALSO OPEN ON SUNDAY MORNINGS BETWEEN 9 AM AND 1 PM FROM THAT DAY.
------0-------
MONDAY, JANUARY 19, 1981
- 9 -
NAMES WANTED FCR NEW TAI PO ROADS * * * *
NAMES ARE BEING SOUGHT FOR THREE ROADS CURRENTLY UNDER CONSTRUCTION IN TAI PO NEW TOWN.
A COMMITTEE OF REPRESENTATIVES FROM LOCAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES AND CIVIC ORGANISATIONS IS ORGANISING A ROAD NAMING COMPETITION AS PART OF TAI PO’S LUNAR NEW YEAR CELEBRATIONS.
ANYONE LIVING, WORKING, OR STUDYING IN TAI PO IS WELCOME TO ENTER. PRIZES WILL BE AWARDED FOR THE BEST FOUR NAMES FOR EACH ROAD.
THE FIRST ROAD IS BEING BUILT ALONG THE NORTHERN BANK OF THE LOWER LAM TSUEN RIVER, LINKING TAI PO TAU, THE TOWN CENTRE AND THE RECLAMATION NEAR THE INDUSTRIAL ESTATE.
THE SECOND, ABOUT 1.4 KILOMETRES LONG, WILL LINK THE ISLAND HOUSE INTERCHANGE WITH TING KOK ROAD.
THE THIRD, WHICH IS ABOUT TWO KILOMETRES LONG, WILL JOIN THE NEW TAI PO RAILWAY STATION WITH TING KOK ROAD.
A TAI PO DISTRICT OFFICE SPOKESMAN SAID THE ROADS WOULD EE THE NEW TOWN’S MAJOR ROADS AND MAIN ARTERIES IN ITS TRANSPORT SYSTEM.
♦WE HOPE RESIDENTS CAN SUGGEST NAMES WHICH REFLECT THE CHARACTERISTICS AND TRADITIONS CF THE LOCAL COMMUNITY,+ HE ADDED.
SUGGESTED NAMES WILL EE PASSED TO THE GOVERNMENT FOR OFFICIAL ADOPTION.
THE DEADLINE FOR ENTRIES IS FEBRUARY 9. THEY SHOULD EE SUBMITTED TO TAI PO DISTRICT OFFICE, TING KOK ROAD, WH.ERE MAPS SHOWING THE LOCATIONS OF THE THREE ROADS ARE AVAILABLE.
PRIZES WILL BE PRESENTED AT THE CLOSING OF THE TAI PO LUNAR NEW YEAR CELEBRATIONS ON FEBRUARY 19.
BESIDES A ROAD-NAMING COMPETITION, OTHER ACTIVITIES BEING ORGANISED TO CELEBRATE NEW YEAR INCLUDE CHINESE COUDLET WRITING, LANTERN DESIGN, AND CLEAN BUILDING COMPETITIONS, A FLOwER SHOW, PICNICS, A DINNER FOR THE ELDERLY, FILM SHOWS AND CAMPS.
FUNDS FOR THE CELEBRATIONS ARE BEING PROVIDED BY TAI PO DISTRICT ADVISORY ECARD.
------0--------
/lO a•a a
MONDAY, JANUARY 19, 1981
- 10 -
CHEAP RETREADS ARE DANGEROUS
*****
OWNERS AND OPERATORS OF COMMERI CAL VEHICLES ARE URGED TODAY TO CHECK RETREADS CAREFULLY AND EUY THEM ONLY FROM REPUTABLE DEALERS.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT MADE THE APPEAL FOLLOWING A NUMBER OF SERIOUS TRAFFIC ACCIDENTS RECENTLY CAUSED BY THE FAILURE OF RETREADS ON TRUCKS.
HE WARNEDs +CHEAP, SUB-STANDARD RETREADS DO NOT OFFER VALUE FOR MONEY AND MAY WELL PLACE LIVES AT RISK.*
-----o------
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
TUESDAY, JANUARY 20, 1981
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
LEGCO QUESTION ON KING'S ROAD TRAFFIC SCHEME ................... 1
TRANSPORT INSPECTORS HAVE JOB TO KEEP HK MOVING ................ 2
REMINDER TO ALL REGISTERED COMPANIES ........................... 4
COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT WEEK TO BE HEI J) IN TUEN MUN ............ 4
571 PROSECUTIONS FOR BREACH OF LABOUR LAWS ..................... 5
SWD DIRECTOR INSPECTS CHILDREN'S CLUB AND PHAB CENTRE........ 6
GOVERNMENT SCIENTIFIC ADVISER APPOINTED ........................ 6
YOUNG BLOOD FOR FACTORY INSPECTORATE............................ 7
POSTING OF JURY LIST
7
TUESDAY, JANUARY 20, 1981
LEGCO QUESTION ON KING'S ROAD TRAFFIC SCHEME ft * * ft * ft
THE GOVERNMENT WILL BE ASKED TO EXPLAIN WHY, GIVEN ALL THE PLANNING THAT APPARENTLY WENT INTO IT, THE PUBLIC TRANSPORT PRIORITY SCHEME ON KING’S ROAD HAS INITIALLY PROVED A FAILURE AND WHAT MODIFICATIONS ARE NOW PROPOSED.
THE QUESTION WILL BE ASKED BY THE HON LYDIA DUNN AT THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL MEETING TOMORROW. TEN OTHER QUESTIONS WILL ALSO BE RAISED.
THE HON HU FA-KUANG WILL ASK HOW MANY CHINESE PASSPORT HOLDERS HAVE ENTERED HONG KONG IN TRANSIT DURING THE LAST 12 MONTHS AND HOW MANY HAVE SO FAR DEPARTED BEFORE AND AFTER OCTOBER 23, 1980. HE ALSO WANTS TO KNOW THE POLICY GOVERNING THE GRANT OF EXTENSIONS OF STAY TO SUCH TRANSIENTS.
DR THE HON HO KAM-FAI WILL ASK THE GOVERNMENT TO COMMENT ON THE REASONS BEHIND THE RECENT INCREASE IN UNEMPLOYMENT AND TO SAY WHAT MEASURES IT IS TAKING TO EASE THE SITUATION OF THE UNEMPLOYED.
THE HON ANDREW SO WANTS THE GOVERNMENT TO EXPLAIN WHY THE FIRST INSTALMENT OF SALARIES TAX IS USUALLY DUE AT OR AROUND LUNAR NEW YEAR. ALSO ON SALARIES TAX, THE HON CHAN KAM-CHUEN WILL LIKE TO KNOW WHETHER THE GOVERNMENT WILL CONSIDER ADJUSTING THE PERSONAL ALLOWANCE TO KEEP PACE WITH CIVIL SERVICE PAY INCREASES AT THE LOWER END OF THE MASTER PAY SCALE.
OTHER QUESTIONS TO BE ASKED CONCERN THE SPECULATIVE HOARDING OF DOMESTIC ACCOMMODATION>PROVIS ION OF WATER STANDPIPES IN SQUATTER AREAS, PROGRESS OF THE SCHOOL MEDICAL SERVICE SCHEME, DEVELOPMENT OF HONG KONG’S DEEP-SEA FISHING INDUSTRY, PETROL SUPPLY AND CAR PARKING FACILITIES IN SHA TIN, AND PROMOTION OF TREE PLANTING, PARTICULARLY IN SCHOOLS.
ALSO AT TOMORROW’S MEETING, THE CHIEF SECRETARY WILL MOVE A DEBATE ON THE WHITE PAPER ON DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION IN HONG KONG. THE DEBATE WILL BE ADJOURNED.
THREE BILLS, THE URBAN COUNCIL (AMENDMENT) BILL 1981, INLAND REVENUE (AMENDMENT) BILL 1981, AND SUMMARY OFFENCES (AMENDMENT) BILL 1981 WILL BE INTRODUCED FOR FIRST AND SECOND READINGS.
DEBATE WILL RESUME ON THE SECOND READING OF THE EMPLOYMENT (AMENDMENT) BILL 1981, INDUSTRIAL TRAINING (CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY) (AMENDMENT) BILL 1981. AND THE FOREIGN JUDGMENTS (RECIPROCAL ENFORCEMENT) (AMENDMENT) BILL 1981.
- - o - -
TUESDAY, JANUARY 20, 1981
2
TRANSPORT INSPECTORS HAVE JOB TO KEEP HK MOVING
*****
COMMUTERS QUEUING FOR KMB BUSES DURING THE AFTERNOON RUSH HOUR RECENTLY MIGHT HAVE NOTICED A FIGURE WATCHING NEARBY, ALERT WITH A CLIPBOARD AND PEN IN HAND.
THEY MAY NOT HAVE KNOWN IT BUT THEY WERE SEEING A MEMBER OF THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT’S WATCHDOG TEAMS - A SMALL ARMY OF TRANSPORT INSPECTORS - ENGAGED IN ’OPERATION SCREENLINE'.
SUCH A FULL-SCALE SCREENLINE SURVEY IS TAKEN ABOUT EVERY THREE MONTHS ON A DATE UNKNOWN TO THE BUS COMPANIES. LAST WEEK IT TOOK PLACE AT 24 CRITICAL LOCATIONS WHERE SOMETHING LIKE 34 INSPECTORS SCREENED ALL KMB'S 177 ROUTES - IN KOWLOON AND THE NEW TERRITORIES.
DOWN THE CLIPBOARD CHART WENT THE REGISTRATION NUMBER OF A BUS, ITS FLEET NUMBER, ROUTE NUMBER AND ANY NOTEWORTHY EVENT, SUCH AS OVERCROWDING.
THE INFORMATION WAS FED BACK TO HEADQUARTERS AND PUT TOGETHER WITH OTHERS. BY THE USE OF THIS TECHNIQUE THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT CAN MONITOR THE PERFORMANCE OF THE ENTIRE BUS FLEET AND GET A PICTURE OF THE TOTAL NUMBER OF BUSES IN OPERATION AT THAT TIME.
'SCREENLINE’ IS ONLY ONE OF THE DEPARTMENT’S MONITORING bETHODS. TRANSPORT INSPECTORS ALSO CHECK ON MANY OTHER ASPECTS, SUCH AS ON COMPLAINTS ABOUT SERVICES NOT RUNNING TO SCHEDULE.
THE METHODS INCLUDE!
* ROUTE SURVEYSi
ABOUT TWICE A WEEK, COVERING MANY BUS ROUTES, TO DETERMINE ADHERENCE TO SCHEDULES, WAITING TIMES FOR PASSENGERS, AND BUS RUNNING TIMES.
* BLANKET SURVEYS!
THESE ARE UNDERTAKEN BY THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT ON BEHALF OF THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT, ONCE A YEAR. THEY DETERMINE THE ACTUAL NUMBER OF BUS DEPARTURES FROM TERMINI IN RELATION TO SCHEDULED REQUIREMENTS.
* ROADWORTHINESS INSPECTIONS!
SUCH INSPECTIONS ARE CARRIED OUT ANNUALLY ON EACH BUS BEFORE IT CAN BE RELICENSED FOR SERVICE.
* FITNESS INSPECTIONS!
THEY ARE CARRIED OUT ON BUSES EVERY FOUR, THREE OR TWO YEARS DEPENDING ON THE AGE OF THE VEHICLE. THESE INVOLVE A MAJOR OVERHAUL OF THE ENGINE, CHASSIS AND BODYWORK.
'X SPOT CHECK
v ‘ TUESDAY, JANUARY 20,^981
I
* SPOT CHECK INSPECTIONS!
BUSES ARE CALLED IN AT RANDOM FOR MECHANICAL INSPECTION TO DETERMINE THE EFFECTIVENESS OF DAY TO DAY MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING.
* INSPECTION OF DEPOTS!
DEPOTS ARE INSPECTED REGULARLY TO DETERMINE COMPLIANCE WITH THE PROGRAMME OF MAINTENANCE, SERVICING AND CLEANING OF BUSES. TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT VEHICLE EXAMINERS SPEND MOST OF THEIR WORKING DAYS IN THESE DEPOTS.
* EXAMINATION OF RETURNS!
BOTH BUS COMPANIES SUBMIT REGULAR RETURNS AND REPORTS ON THEIR OPERATIONS, BUS FLEETS, NEW ORDERS FOR BUSES AND ON ACTION TAKEN TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THEIR FRANCHISES AND MEMORANDA OF UNDERSTANDING.
THE RESULTS OF ALL THESE SURVEYS AND THE RETURNS ARE RECORDED, ANALYSED AND PASSED TO PROFESSIONAL OFFICERS IN THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT. ANY SHORT-COMINGS IN PERFORMANCE ARE REPORTED TO THE OPERATORS SO THAT IMPROVEMENTS CAN BE INSTITUTED AND FOLLOW-UP CHECKS MADE. THE RESULTS ARE ALSO USED IN PREPARING ROUTE DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMMES WHERE CHANGES TO SCHEDULES ARE INDICATED.
FOR THE BUS DEPOT INSPECTIONS, FOUR TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT MOTOR VEHICLE EXAMINERS ARE EMPLOYED EXCLUSIVELY TO EXAMINE BUSES UNDER THE CERTIFICATE OF ROADWORTHINESS AND CERTIFICATE OF FITNESS INSPECTION PROGRAMMES.
THEY SPEND THEIR WORKING DAYS IN INSPECTION PITS IN THE DEPOTS AT CHAI WAN, NORTH POINT, WONG CHUK HANG, LAI CHI KOK, KWUN TONG AND KWAI SHING. THROUGH PERSONAL OBSERVATION AND CONTACT WITH BUS COMPANY EMPLOYEES THEY NOTE AND REPORT IMPROVEMENTS IN MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING.
THE EXAMINERS THEMSELVES SUBMIT MONTHLY RETURNS TO THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT HEADQUARTERS ON THE NUMBER OF INSPECTIONS CONDUCTED AND THE RESULTS, TOGETHER WITH DETAILS OF NEW BUSES PUT IN SERVICE. OTHER RETURNS ARE DESIGNED TO HELP UNDERSTAND THE REASONS FOR FAILURE TO PASS INSPECTIONS, AND INCLUDE GENERAL COMMENTS ON THE BUS MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES.
THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT’S +WATCHDOGS+ DO NOT ONLY MONITOR BUSES. ROUND THE YEAR, THEY ALSO KEEP A CLOSE EYE ON THE OPERATIONS OF PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES, TAXI STANDS, PARKING METERS - AND THE CIRCULATION OF PEDESTRIANS - ALL WITH THE OBJECT OF KEEPING HONG KONG MOVING.
-------0 ---------
TUESDAY, JANUARY 20, 1981
4
REMINDER TO ALL REGISTERED COMPANIES *****
FOREIGN COMPANIES ARE REMINDED OF ANNUAL RETURNS AND REPORT CHANGES
OPERATORS OF LOCAL AND
THEIR OBLIGATION TO SEND IN „
IN THE PRESCRIBED FORM TO THE REGISTRAR OF COMPANIES.
THE OBLIGATION IS ON COMPANIES INCORPORATED UNDER THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE AND FOREIGN COMPANIES WHICH HAVE ESTABLISHED
A PLACE OF BUSINESS IN HONG KONG.
FOR LOCAL COMPANIES, ANNUAL RETURNS SHOULD BE FORWARDED TO THE COMPANIES REGISTRY WITHIN 28 DAYS OF THEIR FIRST OR ONLY GENERAL MEETING IN THE YEAR.
♦IF FOR ANY REASON A COMPANY HAS BEEN UNABLE TO HOLD A GENERAL MEETING IN 1980, AN ANNUAL RETURN MADE UP TO DECEMBER 31, 1980 SHOULD BE FILED NOT LATER THAN JANUARY 28, 1981,♦ A REGISTRY SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY.
THESE COMPANIES ARE ALSO REQUIRED TO NOTIFY THE REGISTRAR WITHIN 14 DAYS OF ANY CHANGE IN THE REGISTERED PARTICULARS OF THE DlhECTORS, OR WITHIN 28 DAYS OF ANY CHANGE IN THE SITUATION CF THE REGISTERED OFFICE.
FOR FOREIGN COMPANIES, A BALANCE SHEET SHOULD BE MADE OUT IN EVERY CALENDAR YEAR AND A COPY SENT TO THE REGISTRAR.
THEY SHOULD ALSO INFORM THE REGISTRAR WITHIN 21 DAYS OF ANY CHANGE IN EITHER THE CONSTITUTION OF THE COMPANY, THE LIST OF DIRECTORS, OR THE NAMES OR ADDRESSES OF THE PERSONS AUTHORISED TO ACCEPT SERVICE ON BEHALF OF THE COMPANY.
A FILING FEE OF $10 IS PAYABLE FOR EACH DOCUMENT DELIVERED TO THE REGISTRY.
THE SPOKESMAN POINTED OUT THAT FAILURE TO FILE ANY OF THESE DOCUMENTS MAY RENDER COMPANIES AND THEIR OFFICERS LIABLE TO PENALTIES.
-----o------
COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT WEEK TO BE HELD IN TUEN MUN * * * *
TUEN MUN NEW TOWN, WHICH NOW HAS 120 000 RESIDENTS, IS TO HOLD A COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT WEEK FROM FEBRUARY 22 TO MARCH 1.
A COMMITTEE WITH REPRESENTATIVES FROM GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS, LOCAL VOLUNTARY AGENCIES, SCHOOLS AND ASSOCIATIONS IS ORGANISING THE WEEK.
INCLUDED IN THE PROGRAMME ARE A FUN FAIR, AN EXHIBITION ON LOCAL DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS, A CHILDREN’S GAMES DAY AND A CULTURAL EVENING, AS WELL AS FIGHT CRIME AND FIRE PREVENTION ACTIVITIES.
/a spokesman ......
TUESDAY, JANUARY 20, 19fil
- 5 -
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE ORGANISING COMMITTEE SAID IT WAS HOPED THAT A COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT WEEK WOULD ENABLE OLD AND NEW RESIDENTS TO GET TO KNOW EACH OTHER AND ALSO GIVE THEM A BETTER UNDERSTANDING OF HOW THE NEW TOWN IS BEING DEVELOPED.
THE LOCAL DISTRICT ADVISORY BOARD HAS AGREED TO SPEND $30 000 TO FINANCE THE ACTIVITIES.
THE COMMITTEE IS ALSO ORGANISING A ROUND DISTRICT RACE, TO BE HELD ON FEBRUARY 15. THE RACE WILL COVER A 5.64 KILOMETRE COURSE STARTING FROM TUEN MUN TEMPORARY SPORTS GROUND.
THERE WILL BE SECTIONS FOR MEN AND WOMEN, DIVIDED ACCORDING TO AGE.
THE DEADLINE FOR THOSE WISHING TO ENTER THE RACE IS FEBRUARY 9.
APPLICATION FORMS ARE NOW AVAILABLE FROM TUEN MUN DISTRICT OFFICE, THE LOCAL RECREATION AND SPORT SERVICE OFFICE AND TAI HING COMMUNITY HALL.
-----o------
571 PROSECUTIONS FOR BREACH OF LABOUR LAWS
*****
THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT LAST MONTH (DECEMBER) TOOK OUT 571 PROSECUTIONS FOR BREACHES OF LABOUR LEGISLATION.
OF THE CASES TAKEN OUT BY THE DEPARTMENT’S PROSECUTIONS UNIT, 569 RESULTED IN CONVICTION AND FINES IMPOSED BY THE COURTS TOTALLED MORE THAN $533 000.
THE MAJORITY OF CASES WERE RELATED TO BREACHES OF THE FACTORIES AND INDUSTRIAL UNDERTAKINGS ORDINANCE AND VARIOUS REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE ORDINANCE, INCLUDING THE CONSTRUCTION SITES (SAFETY) REGULATIONS.
AMONG THEM, 187 CONCERNED VIOLATION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY REGULATIONS AND FINES AMOUNTED TO $263 300.
OF THESE CASES, 89 (WITH $94 600 IN FINES) WERE FOR BREACHES CF THE FACTORIES AND INDUSTRIAL UNDERTAKINGS (GUARDING AND OPERATION OF MACHINERY) REGULATIONS AND 79 (WITH $154 250 IN FINES) FOR THE CONSTRUCTION SITES (SAFETY) REGULATIONS.
OFFENCES IN CONNECTION WITH EMPLOYMENT OF WOMEN AND YOUNG PERSONS ACCOUNTED FOR 451 CASES WITH $226 100 IN FINES.
------0-------
/6.....
TUESDAY, JANUARY 20, 1981
6
SWD DIRECTOR INSPECTS CHILDREN’S CLUB AND PHAB CENTRE *****
THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE, MR SELWYN ALLEYNE, TODAY INSPECTED THE SERVICES OF A CHILDREN’S CLUB IN ABERDEEN AND A RECREATIONAL CENTRE FOR THE PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED AND ABLE-BODIED IN POKFULAM.
ACCOMPANIED ON THE HALF-DAY VISIT BY ASSISTANT DIRECTOR, MRS EVELYN DOE, MR ALLEYNE FIRST CALLED AT THE WONG CHUK HANG CHILDREN’S CLUB RUN BY THE BOYS’ AND GIRLS’ CLUBS ASSOCIATION.
OCCUPYING AN AREA OF 376 SQUARE METRES IN WONG CHUK HANG ESTATE, THE CLUB PROVIDES OPPORTUNIT IES FOR CHILDREN TO EXPERIENCE MEANINGFUL GROUP LIFE, FOSTER INTEREST AND DEVELOP PERSONAL POTENTIALS.
MR ALLEYNE WAS SHOWN AROUND THE CLUB BY THE ASSOCIATION’S CHAIRMAN, MR CHEUNG WING-YIN, AND GENERAL SECRETARY, MRS CHAN WONG SHU I, AND SAW CHILDREN IN GROUP AND LEADERSHIP TRAINING ACTIVITIES.
HE ALSO TOURED THE LIBRARY AND STUDY ROOM ATTACHED TO THE CLUB WHICH HELP CHILDREN DEVELOP READING INTEREST.
THE DIRECTOR LATER VISITED THE LADY MACLEHOSE CENTRE OF THE HONG KONG PHAB ASSOCIATION IN POKFULAM, WHICH ENABLES PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED PEOPLE TO INTEGRATE WITH THEIR ABLE-BODIED COUNTERPARTS IN A VARIETY OF SPORTS AND RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES.
ACCOMPANIED BY THE ASSOCIATION’S CHAIRMAN, MR LI KWAN-HUNG, AND GENERAL SECRETARY, MR CHU HUNG-CHEUNG, MR ALLEYNE LOOKED AT THE FACILITIES OF THE CENTRE WHICH INCLUDE A MULTI-PURPOSE HALL, DORMITORY, SWIMMING POOL, PLAY AREA, ARCHERY RANGE, OUTDOOR BASKETBALL COURT AND DINING HALL.
THE CENTRE RUNS CAMPS AND SEMINARS, ARRANGES TALKS, AND ORGANISES PROMOTIONAL EVENTS TO PROMOTE THE CONCEPT OF INTEGRATION AMONG PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED AND ABLE-BODIED PERSONS.
-----o------
GOVERNMENT SCIENTIFIC ADVISER APPOINTED
* * *
FORMER DIRECTOR OF THE ROYAL OBSERVATORY, MR GORDON BELL, HAS BEEN APPOINTED SCIENTIFIC ADVISER TO THE GOVERNMENT FOLLOWING RECOMMENDATIONS BY THE ADVISORY COMMITTEE ON DIVERSIFICATION.
THE COMMITTEE SAID THE APPOINTMENT OF A SCIENTIFIC ADVISER SHOULD BE WITH A VIEW TO IMPROVING THE GOVERNMENT UNDERSTANDING OF THE REQUIREMENTS OF INDUSTRY AND THE MEANS OF COMMUNICATION BETWEEN ITSELF, INDUSTRIAL ORGANISATIONS AND MANUFACTURERS ON ISSUES INVOLVING SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY.
MR BELL’S APPOINTMENT WILL BE FOR BETWEEN SIX AND TWELVE MONTHS.
TUESDAY, JANUARY 20, 1981
- 7 _
YOUNG BLOOD FOR FACTORY INSPECTORATE
*****
THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT HAS RECRUITED 24 YOUNG PEOPLE, INCLUDING FOUR WOMEN, AS ASSISTANT FACTORY INSPECTORS.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT SAID TODAY THE OFFICERS WERE SELECTED FROM MORE THAN 1 000 APPLICANTS IN TWO RECENT RECRUITMENT EXERCISES.
+THEY ARE A WELCOME BOOST TO THE FACTORY INSPECTORATE AND AUGUR WELL FOR OUR CONTINUING EFFORTS TO PROMOTE INDUSTRIAL SAFETY,+ HE NOTED.
HE POINTED OUT THAT IN THE COMING THREE YEARS THE RECRUITS WILL RECEIVE CLASSROOM TRAINING AND PRACTICAL TRAINING BEFORE BECOMING FULL FLEDGED FACTORY INSPECTORS.
THE CLASSROOM TRAINING WILL BE CONDUCTED IN THE DEPARTMENT’S INDUSTRIAL SAFETY TRAINING CENTRE IN CANTON ROAD GOVERNMENT OFFICES, AND THE SYLLABUS WILL COVER MAINLY SAFETY LEGISLATION AND INSPECTION TECHNIQUES.
FOR PRACTICAL TRAINING, THE RECRUITS WILL BE POSTED TO THE FACTORY INSPECTORATE’S VARIOUS DIVISIONAL OFFICES WHERE THEY WILL WORK UNDER THE CLOSE SUPERVISION OF EXPERIENCED FACTORY INSPECTORS.
AFTER THEIR TRAINING, THEY WILL BE POSTED TO DIVISIONAL OFFICES AND THEIR MAIN RESPONSIBILITIES ARE TO ENFORCE SAFETY LEGISLATION BY INSPECTING FACTORIES AND CONSTRUCTION SITES AND TO INVESTIGATE INDUSTRIAL ACCIDENTS.
-----o------
POSTING OF JURY LIST * * *
THE ACTING
-------------- REGISTRAR OF THE SUPREME COURT, MR NICHOLAS JOHN ^n<NnTL ANNOUNCED today that a further list of common jurors NEXT MONDAY UANUARYH26)?TICE B°ARD °F ™E SUPREME C°URT BU,LD,NG
..... W,LL REMAIN POSTED FOR 14 DAYS. DURING THIS PERIOD
THAT N0T,CE T0 THE REGISTRAR REQUIRING
FRoJ 0F S0ME 0THER PERSON BE POSTED OR REMOVED
FROM THE LIST. HIS REASON WILL HAVE TO BE GIVEN IN THE NOTICE.
MAMC SHALL IN HIS DISCRETION, POST OR REMOVE SUCH
NAMc ACCORDINGLY, AND SHALL IF NECESSARY ALTER THE LIST.
------o--------
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL 5-233191
WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 21, 1?81
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL:
WHITE PAPER ON DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION:
PARTNERSHIP BETWEEN RESPONSIVE GOVERNMENT AND RESPONSIBLE CITIZENSHIP ........................... 1
SNAGS IN KING'S ROAD TRAFFIC SCHEME.................... 3
POLICY ON PUBLIC STANDPIPES EXPLAINED ................. 4
EASY WAY TO ORGANISE ORDERLY LION DANCES .............. 5
NO INCREASE IN DOMESTIC FLATS KEPT VACANT ............. 6
PREPARATIONS FOR COMING URBCO ELECTION ................ 7
MANY MORE JOIN SCHOOL MEDICAL SCHEME................... 7
AMPLE TIME TO PREPARE FOR TAX PAYMENT ................. 8
IMMIGRANTS ADD TO LABOUR SUPPLY........................ 9
DEPARTURES OF TJUNSIT VISITORS FROM CHINA............. 10
GOVERNMENT HELPS IN SEARCH FOR NEW FISH GROUNDS....... 11
EVERY ENCOURAGEMENT FOR TREE PLANTING ................ 11
FAIRER TO HAVE NO LABOUR LAW WAGE CEILING ............ 12
TIME TO REGISTER FURTHER TAXIS ....................... 13
MORE FACILITIES FOR DRIVERS IN SHA TIN ............... 14
BILLS PASSED ......................................... 14
ACTION AGAINST FIRE PRONE FACTORIES ........................ 15
TIMETABLE FOR STOCK EXCHANGES UNIFICATION .................. 15
GOVERNOR TO INSPECT PRISONS DEPARTMENT ANNUAL PARADE........ 16
traffic arrangements ..................................f.. f 16
WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 21, 1981
WHITE PAPER ON DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION: PARTNERSHIP BETWEEN RESPONSIVE GOVERNMENT AND RESPONSIBLE CITIZENSHIP X M H KM X
THERE IS NO QUESTION THAT THE ADVICE OF THE DISTRICT BOARDS PROPOSED TO BE SET UP WILL BE IGNORED OR NOT ACCEPTED WITHOUT VERY GOOD REASON BY THE GOVERNMENT, THE CHIEF SECRETARY, SIR JACK CATER SAID IN AMPLIFICATION OF THE WHITE PAPER ON DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION TODAY.
HE SAID: + IF THIS WERE NOT THE CASE, IF WE - AS A GOVERNMENT -WERE NOT SEEN TO BE MOST GENUINE AND KEEN TO INVOLVE THE PUBLIC IN DISTRICT AFFAIRS: IF WE WERE SEEN TO BE LESS THAN SINCERE IN OUR DESIRE, OUR DETERMINATION, TO BE A CONSULTING AND RESPONSIVE GOVERNMENT, THEN BOARD MEMBERS - AND OTHERS - WOULD LOSE HEART AND BECOME DISPIRITED AND FRUSTRATED AND OUR GRAND DESIGN TO IMPROVE DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION, TO INVOLVE THE COMMUNITY MORE, MUCH MORE, IN THEIR DAY TO DAY AFFAIR WILL HAVE FAILED.+
*BUT THE GOVERNMENT IS DETERMINED THAT THERE WILL BE NO FAILURE: THAT THE DISTRICT BOARDS WILL BE SUCCESSFUL: THAT WE SHALL PLAY OUR PART TO THE FULL,* SIR JACK SAID.
IN A SPEECH MOVING DEBATE ON THE WHITE PAPER IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, SIR JACK SAID THE GOVERNMENT’S AIM FOR THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG WAS A SATISFYING LIFE IN A SATISFYING, CONTENTED COMMUNITY.
+BUT THIS AIM, SURELY, CAN ONLY BE MET BY THE CREATION OF A PARTNERSHIP BETWEEN RESPONSIVE GOVERNMENT AND RESPONSIBLE CITIZENSHIP. SUCH A PARTNERSHIP WOULD BE DIFFICULT, PERHAPS IMPOSSIBLE TO CULTIVATE UNLESS THE PEOPLE USE, WITH ENERGY AND RESPONSIBILITY, THE OPPORTUNITIES AVAILABLE TO INVOLVE THEMSELVES DIRECTLY IN THE ADMINISTRATION AND LEADERSHIP OF THE DISTRICTS IN WHICH THEY LIVE.*
THE WHITE PAPER ON DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION, HE SAID, SETS OUT THE GOVERNMENT’S INTENTIONS TO PROVIDE SUCH OPPORTUNITIES:
+IT IS A CHALLENGE TO US ALL, TO THE COMMUNITY AS A WHOLE, INCLUDING - PERHAPS IN PARTICULAR - MEMBERS OF THIS GOVERNMENT.*
THE CHIEF SECRETARY SAID HE WAS CONFIDENT THAT THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG WOULD, AS THEY HAD DONE SO OFTEN IN THE PAST, USE SUCH OPPORTUNITIES WELL AND TO THEIR ADVANTAGE.
ON THE MAIN PROPOSALS IN THE WHITE PAPER, SIR JACK STRESSED THAT THE DISTRICT BOARDS, ALTHOUGH MAINLY ADVISORY IN NATURE, WOULD HAVE SUBSTANTIAL POWER OF INFLUENCE OVER DISTRICT LEVELS.
+THIS IS BECAUSE DISTRICT BOARDS WILL EE MONITORING THE PERFORMANCE OF GOVERNMENT AND THE DISTRICT MANAGEMENT COMMITTEES AT THE DISTRICT LEVEL, AND BECAUSE THEY ARE ABLE, AND WILL BE ENCOURAGED, TO DISCUSS A VERY WIDE RANGE OF MATTERS WHICH AFFECT THE WELL-BEING OF RESIDENTS AND PEOPLE WORKING IN THE DISTRICTS.*
/DISTRICT boards ......
TOUNESDAY, JANUABY 21, 1?81
2
DISTRICT BOARDS WILL ALSO ADVISE HOW FUNDS ALLOCATED F„OR > DISTRICT PROJECTS ARE TO BE USED AND, WHERE FUNDS ARE MADE AVAILABLE FOR THE PURPOSE, BE ABLE TO USE THEM FOR MINOR ENVIRONMENTAL IMPROVEMENTS AND FOR PROMOTION OF RECREATIONAL AND CULTURAL ACTIVITIES IN THE DISTRICTS.
SOME $3.5 MILLION ARE EXPECTED TO BE MADE AVAILABLE FOR SUCH USE IN THE URBAN AREA AND $12.2 MILLION IN THE NEW TERRITORIES IN THE COMING FINANCIAL YEAR.
THESE SUMS ARE SUBSTANTIAL COMPARED WITH THE PRESENT ALLOCATION CF $0.5 MILLION IN THE URBAN AREA (FOR KWUN TONG ONLY) AND $6 MILLION IN THE NEW TERRITORIES, SIR JACK SAID.
HE POINTED OUT THAT THE GOVERNMENT HAD GIVEN THE MOST CAREFUL CONSIDERATION TO ALL THE VIEWS AND COMMENTS IN THE MEDIA AND WITHIN THE COMMUNITY ON THE DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION PROPOSALS. NATURALLY NOT ALL THE VIEWS WERE COMPATIBLE AND NOT ALL OF THEM COULD BE ACCOMMODATED.
+FOR EXAMPLE THE GREEN PAPER PROPOSED THE INTRODUCTION OF ELECTORAL CONSTITUENCIES BOTH FOR THE DISTRICT BOARDS AND FOR THE URBAN COUNCIL. THERE WAS BOTH SUPPORT FOR AND ARGUMENT AGAINST THIS PROPOSAL. BUT THE ENTIRE THRUST OF THE GREEN PAPER, CONFIRMED IN THE WHITE PAPER, IS ON THE IMPROVEMENT OF ADMINISTRATION AT THE DISTRICT LEVEL. THIS BEING SO IT MAKES OBVIOUS SENSE TO HAVE ELECTIONS FOR THE URBAN COUNCIL BASED ON CONSTITUENCIES LINKED TO THE DISTRICTS THEMSELVES.
+TH€^PUBLIC RESPONSE ON THIS POINT OVERWHELMINGLY SUPPORTS THIS VIEW. THE GOVERNMENT AGREES AND WILL PROCEED WITH CONSTITUENCY BASED ELECTIONS RATHER THAN WITH TERRITORY-WIDE ELECTIONS OR A TWO-TIER SYSTEM INVOLVING BOTH METHODS,* SIR JACK SAID.
HE EXPLAINED THAT THE PROPOSALS IN THE WHITE PAPER WERE FOR IMPROVING DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION AND WERE NOT AN EXERCISE IN CONSTITUTIONAL CHANGE.
+THE CENTRAL ORGANS OF GOVERNMENT, THE EXECUTIVE AND LEGISLATIVE COUNCILS, HAVE EVOLVED AND WILL CONTINUE TO EVOLVE AS CIRCUMSTANCES REQUIRE AND THE SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES OF HONG KONG DICTATE,* HE SAID.
DEBATE ON THE WHITE PAPER WAS ADJOURNED.
------o-------
/3
WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 21, 1981 - 3 -
SNAGS IN KING’S ROAD TRAFFIC SCHEME ft ft ft ft ft
THE SEVERE TRAFFIC CONGESTION IN THE MORNING PEAK THROUGH SHAU KEI WAN AND QUARRY BAY IS PARTLY DUE TO THE ROAD THROUGH SHAU KEI WAN BEING TOO NARROW TO ACCOMMODATE AN EFFECTIVE BUS LANE, THE SECRETARY FOR THE ENVIRONMENT, THE HON DEREK JONES SAID IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
+THIS BOTTLENECK AFFECTS ALL TRAFFIC AND, AMONG OTHER THINGS, IT HAS PREVENTED BUSES FROM GAINING ACCESS TO THE BUS-ONLY LANES AT THE BEGINNING OF KING’S ROAD BECAUSE OF THE BLOCKAGE OF OTHER TRAFFIC,* HE SAID IN HIS REPLY TO A QUESTION BY THE HON LYDIA DUNN.
THE PROBLEM HAS BEEN MADE MUCH WORSE BY CONGESTION IN THE QUARRY BAY AREA DUE TO TWO OTHER FACTORS I
♦THE FIRST IS THE VERY CONSIDERABLE VOLUME OF TRAFFIC LEAVING TAI KOO SHING AND TURNING RIGHT, THE MOVEMENT OF WHICH HAS AGAIN PREVENTED BUSES FROM ENTERING THE BUS-ONLY LANE AT THAT JUNCTION.
+THE SECOND, AND MORE IMPORTANT, HAS RESULTED FROM THE BUS-ONLY LANES BEING CUT BACK BEFORE JUNCTIONS TO ALLOW FOR LEFT TURNING TRAFFIC,* MR JONES SAID.
HOWEVER DRIVERS OF VEHICLES NOT TURNING LEFT HAD ALSO BEEN CUTTING INTO THOSE SECTIONS TO TRY TO JUMP THE QUEUE. BY FORCING THEIR WAY BACK INTO THE THROUGH LANES AFTER THE JUNCTIONS, THEY HAVE THEN INEVITABLY LED TO THE TRAFFIC STREAM BECOMING MORE SEVERELY BLOCKED.
THIS AGAIN, IN ITS TURN, HAS RESULTED IN LONG TAIL BACKS OF TRAFFIC THROUGH PREVIOUS JUNCTIONS, THUS BRINGING ALL TRAFFIC, INCLUDING BUSES, TO AN ALMOST COMPLETE HALT, MR JONES SAID.
HE POINTED OUT THAT SETTING BACK THE BUS LANES AT JUNCTIONS TO FACILITATE LEFT TURNING TRAFFIC HAD BEEN PROVED TO WORK WELL WITH SIMILAR SCHEMES IN EUROPE, WHERE DRIVER DISCIPLINE WAS GENERALLY HIGH, BUT NOT IN HONG KONG.
IT IS NOW PLANNED TO EXTEND THE BUS LANES MUCH CLOSER TO THE JUNCTIONS TO PREVENT ABUSES OF THE SCHEME, HE SAID.
OTHER CHANGES TO THE SCHEME NOW BEING WORKED OUT MAINLY INVOLVE DETAILED ADJUSTMENTS IN, FOR EXAMPLE, TRAFFIC SIGNAL TIMINGS AND THE EXTENSION OF BUS-ONLY LANES FURTHER UP CHAI WAN HILL.
THE MAIN PROBLEM WHICH REMAINS IS THE VERY RESTRICTED WIDTH OF CARRIAGEWAY AVAILABLE I hi SHAU KEI WAN ROAD, WHICH IS COMPOUNDED BY THE PRESENCE OF BOTTLENECKS WHERE, FOR INSTANCE, SOME OLD BUILDINGS JUT OUT AND NARROW DOWN THE ROAD SPACE STILL FURTHER.
+THE POSSIBILITY OF RESUMING CERTAIN PRIVATE LOTS IN ORDER TO REMOVE SOME OF THESE BOTTLENECKS IS NOW BEING INVESTIGATED,* HE SAID.
/iffi JONES .
WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 21, 1?81
4
MR JONES POINTED OUT THAT THE WHOLE OF THE DIFFICULT SECTION THROUGH SHAU KEI WAN AND QUARRY BAY WAS BEING EXAMINED IN DETAIL TO SEEK ACCEPTABLE SOLUTIONS.
♦THE BUS-ONLY LANES IN THIS SECTION WILL ONLY BE RESTORED WHEN SUCH SOLUTIONS HAVE BEEN FOUND AND ARE THOROUGHLY TESTED,+ HE SAID.
MR JONES THOUGHT IT WAS AN EXAGGERATION TO LABEL THE WHOLE OF THE KING’S ROAD PUBLIC TRANSPORT PRIORITY SCHEME A FAILURE.
SOME OF THE MEASURES IN THE SCHEME HAVE BEEN RELATIVELY SUCCESSFUL, HE SAID.
AMONG THE SUCCESSES WERE
X A SIGNIFICANT INCREASE IN THE SPEED OF TRAMS, SO THAT THEY CARRY 40 000 TO 50 000 MORE PASSENGERS PER DAY THAN BEFORE,
* AN IMPROVEMENT IN BUS SPEEDS EASTBOUND ALONG VIRTUALLY THE WHOLE KING’S ROAD AND ALSO WESTBOUND FROM NORTH POINT TO CENTRAL.
MR JONES EMPHASISED THAT WHAT WAS INVOLVED WAS A COMPLEX TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT SCHEME AND THAT THERE WERE OVER 100 ROAD JUNCTIONS ALONG THE WHOLE LENGTH OF THE SYSTEM.
EACH OF THE ROAD JUNCTIONS HAS DIFFERENT CHARACTERISTICS AND INVOLVES A CONSIDERABLE NUMBER OF VARIABLES IN TERMS OF TRAFFIC BEHAVIOUR.
♦IT WAS IMPOSSIBLE FULLY TO ACCOUNT FOR ALL THESE VARIABLES IN ADVANCE AND SO IT WAS NOT UNEXPECTED THAT MODIFICATIONS WOULD NEED TO BE MADE TO THE SCHEME IN THE LIGHT OF ACTUAL EXPERIENCE WITH ITS WORK ING,+ HE SAID.
POLICY ON PUBLIC STANDPIPES EXPLAINED *****
THE GOVERNMENT HAS THE APPROVED POLICY OF INSTALLING WATER STANDPIPES TO PROVIDE FREE WATER SUPPLIES TO ALL SQUATTER AREAS, ON CURRENT RECOMMENDATIONS BY CITY DISTRICT OFFICERS AND NT DISTR ICT OFFICERS.
THIS WAS DISCLOSED BY THE ACTING DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS, THE HON JACK STEAN IN REPLY TO QUESTIONS BY THE HON STEPHEN CHEONG AT THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
MR STEAN EXPLAINED THAT THE PROVISION OF STANDPIPES WAS ON THE BASIS OF ONE FOR EVERY 500 PERSONS WITHOUT METERED SUPPLY.
WEDNESDAY, JANUABY 21, 1981
- 5 -
HOWEVER, THE NUMBER OF PEOPLE REQUIRED FOR A STANDPIPE TO BE INSTALLED MIGHT BE VARIED DOWNWARDS +WHERE THE AREA SERVED EXCEEDS A RADIUS OF 500 FEET OR A DIFFERENCE IN ELEVATION OF 200 FEET OR WHERE THE HEALTH AUTHORITY CERTIFIES THAT THERE WERE OVER-RIDING HEALTH CONSIDERATIONS DUE TO INADEQUACY OR GROSS POLLUTION OF EXISTING SUPPLIES.+
THE INSTALLATION OF STANDPIPES, MR STEAN SAID, IS ALSO SUBJECT TO THE DIRECTOR OF WATER SUPPLIES’ ADVICE ON THE FEASIBILITY OF THE PROPOSAL IN QUESTION.
HE POINTED OUT THAT THE SUPPLY OF WATER TO SQUATTER AREAS WAS BEING ACTIVELY EXAMINED BY THE WATER SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT IN CONJUNCTION WITH OTHER INTERESTED DEPARTMENTS.
IMPROVEMENTS IN THE PROVISION OR LOCATION OF STANDPIPES MAY PROVE TECHNICALLY FEASIBLE IN THE MAJORITY OF AREAS, HE ADDED.
HOWEVER, HE SAID, MANY OF THE PROBLEMS OF PROVIDING AN ADEQUATE SUPPLY ARISE FROM THE LOCATION OF SQUATTER AREAS, WHICH MAY BE REMOTE FROM THE NEAREST AVAILABLE SUPPLY OR WHICH MAY BE AT AN ELEVATION ABOVE THAT CAPABLE OF BEING SUPPLIED FROM THE WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM BY GRAVITY, SUCH AS THE HIGHER SLOPES OF THE MA SHAN AREA.
MR STEAN SAID: +THE POSSIBILITY OF EXTENDING SUPPLIES TO THESE AREAS IS INCLUDED IN THE CURRENT EXAMINATION, WHICH MAY INDICATE THAT THE IMPROVEMENT OF SUPPLIES GENERALLY LIES IN THE PROVISION OF MORE INDIVIDUALLY METERED SERVICES.
♦SUCH SERVICES HAVE ALREADY BEEN PROVIDED IN A FEW AREAS WHERE PROPER ACCESS, A REASONABLE CONFIGURATION OF THE LAYOUT OF THE DWELLINGS TO PERMIT MAINLAYING, AND POSTAL IDENTIFICATION OF THE DWELLINGS FOR BILLING PURPOSES ARE AVAILABLE.*
--------o----------
EASY WAY TO ORGANISE ORDERLY LION DANCES *****
REPUTABLE ORGANISATIONS WHO HOLD LION OR SIMILAR DANCES REGULARLY WILL BE ABLE TO APPLY FOR A GENERAL PERMISSION AND NOT HAVE TO OBTAIN APPROVAL ON EACH OCCASION.
THEREBY, THOSE WHOSE ACTIVITIES POSE NO LAW AND ORDER PROBLEMS WOULD NOT BE INCONVENIENCED BY THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SUMMARY OFFENCES (AMENDMENT) BILL 1981, THE SECRETARY FOR SECURITY, THE HON LEWIS DAVIES SAID IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
THE BILL, WHICH HE INTRODUCED FOR SECOND READING, REQUIRES ORGANISERS OF LION AND SIMILAR DANCES TO OBTAIN ADVANCE PERMISSION FOR PERFORMANCES FROM THE POLICE. PREVIOUSLY A LICENCE IS REQUIRED UNDER THE PUBLIC ORDER ORDINANCE.
WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 21, 1981
+ IN THE ABSENCE OF CONTROL THERE IS A DANGER THAT UNRULY OR UNLAWFUL BEHAVIOUR MAY OCCUR, OR THAT THE FREE MOVEMENT OF PEDESTRIAN AND VEHICULAR TRAFFIC MAY BE OBSTRUCTED,+ MR DAVIES EXPLAINED.
DEBATE ON THE BILL WAS ADJOURNED.
- - 0 - -
NO INCREASE IN DOMESTIC FLATS KEPT VACANT * * * *
THERE IS NO INDICATION OF ANY SIGNIFICANT RISE IN THE NUMBER OF DOMESTIC FLATS BEING KEPT VACANT, THE SECRETARY FOR HOUSING, THE HON DONALD LIAO SAID IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
THE LEVEL OF VACANCIES AT THE END OF 1979 AT 3.2 PER CENT OF THE TOTAL IS ABOUT THE SAME IN PERCENTAGE TERM AS IN 1973 AND SLIGHTLY LOWER THAN 1974, AND CERTAINLY A FAR CRY FROM THE MID-SIXTIES WHEN OVER 19 OOO FLATS OR NEARLY 9 PER CENT OF THE THEN TOTAL STOCK REMAINED VACANT FOR A CONSIDERABLE PERIOD, HE SAID IN REPLY TO A QUESTION BY DR THE HON HENRY HU.
HE SAID THE SITUATION WAS BEING KEPT UNDER REVIEW THROUGH THE COMMISSIONER OF RATING AND VALUATION’S PROPERTY SURVEYS AT REGULAR INTERVALS.
ACCORDING TO THE 1980 PROPERTY REVIEW, DOMESTIC VACANCIES AT THE END OF 1979 IN RESPECT OF NEW PREMISES COMPLETED DURING THAT YEAR TOTALLED 11 200 UNITS, OR JUST OVER 40 PER CENT OF THE NUMBER BUILT.
A MID-YEAR REVIEW IN JUNE 1980 SHOWED THAT OF THE 27 565 UNITS COMPLETED IN THE PRECEDING TWELVE MONTHS 11 405 OR 41.3 PER CENT WERE VACANT, SHOWING A MARGINAL INCREASE.
ENQUIRIES INDICATED THAT A LARGE PROPORTION OF THESE HAD BEEN VACANT FOR A LONGER PERIOD AND THAT THE MAJORITY OF THESE UNITS WERE IN THE HANDS OF INDIVIDUAL OWNERS.
MR LIAO POINTED OUT THAT THE REASONS FOR PREMISES BEING KEPT VACANT WERE VARIOUS, AND THE POSSIBILITY COULD NOT BE RULED OUT THAT SOME WERE BEING HOARDED FOR SPECULATIVE REASONS.
IN OTHER CASES OWNERS MAY BE RELUCTANT TO LET OUT THEIR PROPERTY AT THIS TIME BECAUSE OF THE EFFECT THAT RENT CONTROL LEGISLATION WOULD HAVE ON SUCH LETTINGS IN THE FUTURE.
HOWEVER SINCE 1974 FULL RATES HAVE BEEN LEVIED ON ALL DOMESTIC PREMISES, WHETHER OCCUPIED OR NOT, THREE MONTHS AFTER THE ISSUE OF AN OCCUPATION PERMIT. +THIS IS INTENDED TO DISCOURAGE OWNERS FROM KEEPING PREMISES VACANT,+ MR LIAO SAID.
- - 0 - -
/7 ..00•»
WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 21, 1981
7
PREPARATIONS FOR COMING URBCO ELECTION
* * * *
THE RETURNING OFFICER APPOINTED FOR THE URBAN COUNCIL ELECTIONS WILL SHORTLY ANNOUNCE A DAY IN MARCH THIS YEAR FOR THE FORTHCOMING ELECTION AND WILL RECEIVE NOMINATIONS OF CANDIDATES.
THIS WAS DISCLOSED BY THE CHIEF SECRETARY, THE HON SIR JACK CATER IN MOVING THE SECOND READING OF THE URBAN COUNCIL (AMENDMENT) BILL 1981 IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
SIR JACK EXPLAINED THAT IF THE PROPOSALS IN THE WHITE PAPER ON DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION WERE TO BE IMPLEMENTED, IT WOULD BE NECESSARY TO MAKE TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS TO ENSURE THAT THE SIX URBAN COUNCIL MEMBERS TO BE ELECTED IN MARCH SHOULD COMPLETE THEIR TERM OF OFFICE IN TWO AND NOT FOUR YEARS’ TIME AS PREVIOUSLY UNDER THE LAW.
THE BILL IS INTRODUCED SO AS TO ENSURE THAT PEOPLE WHO MAY wISH TO RUN FOR THE COMING ELECTION, AND THE PUBLIC, KNOW CLEARLY THAT THE ELECTION IS FOR A TERM OF OFFICE OF TWO YEARS.
-----o------
MANY MORE JOIN SCHOOL MEDICAL SCHEME
v * X * *
THE SCHOOL MEDICAL SERVICE SCHEME, WHICH IS SCHOOL-BASED, VOLUNTARY AND CONTRIBUTORY. HAS RECORDED A SIGNIFICANT INCREASE IN ENROLMENT IN THE PAST 12 MONTHS.
THIS WAS STATED BY THE DIRECTOR OF MEDICAL AND HEALTH SERVICES DR THE HON K.L. THONG, IN REPLY TO A QUESTION BY THE HON WONG LAM IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
DR THONG SAID THERE WAS AN INCREASE OF NEARLY 40 000 PUPILS IN ENROLMENT OR 30 PER CENT OVER THE PREVIOUS YEAR, BRINGING THE TOTAL NUMBER OF PARTICIPATING PUPILS TO ABOUT 200 000.
HE EXPLAINED THAT THE AIM OF THE SCHEME, WHICH IS HEAVILY SUBSIDISED BY THE GOVERNMENT, IS TO PROVIDE ECONOMICAL MEDICAL TREATMENT FOR PUPILS FROM PRIMARY 1 TO FORM 3 IN LINE WITH THE GOVERNMENT POLICY OF FREE EDUCATION.
UNDER THE SCHEME, HE SAID, A PUPIL IS REQUIRED TO CONTRIBUTE ONLY $5 A YEAR WHILE THE GOVERNMENT’S CONTRIBUTION IS $30 PER PUPIL PER YEAR.
DR THONG ADDED THAT THE GOVERNMENT HAD AGREED TO INCREASE ITS CONTRIBUTION TO $50 FROM APRIL 1 THIS YEAR.
THE ARRANGEMENTS UNDER THE SCHEME ARE FOR A REGISTERED MEDICAL PRACTITIONER TO PARTICIPATE IN THE SCHEME ON APPLICATION TO THE SCHOOL MEDICAL SERVICE BOARD, WHICH IS AN INDEPENDENT STATUTORY BODY.
/thb doctor ......
WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 21, 1981
- 8 -
THE DOCTOR IS REQUIRED DURING NORMAL CONSULTATION HOURS TO ATTEND IN HIS OFFICE TO THE PUPILS ALLOTTED TO HIM FROM ONE OR MORE SCHOOLS.
DEPENDING ON CIRCUMSTANCES OF THE PARTICULAR CASE, THE DOCTOR MAY ISSUE PRESCRIPTIONS FOR CERTAIN DRUGS WHICH ARE °'StupSpatipnt AT THE PHARMACIES, THE COST OF WHICH IS TO BE BORNE BY THE PATIENT.
DR THONG POINTED OUT THAT THE SCHEME HAD BEEN QUITE POPULAR, AS COULD BE SEEN BY THE NUMBER OF PARTICIPATING PUPILS, WHICH HAS MORE THAN DOUBLED IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS.
- - 0 ---------
AMPLE TIME TO PREPARE FOR TAX PAYMENT * K * *
IT IS NOT CORRECT TO SAY THAT THE FIRST INSTALMENT OF SALARIES TAX IS USUALLY DUE AT OR AROUND LUNAR NEW YEAR, THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY, THE HON SIR PHILIP HADDON-CAVE SAID TODAY.
IN REPLY TO A QUESTION BY THE HON ANDREW SO AT THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, SIR PHILIP SAID THE SCHEDULE OF DUE DATES FOR FIRST INSTALMENTS SPANS A NINE-WEEK PERIOD, BEGINNING THIS YEAR ON JANUARY 5 AND ENDING ON MARCH 6.
THE FIRST INSTALMENT IS MADE UP OF THE BALANCE OWING FROM THE FINAL ASSESSMENT ON EARNINGS IN THE PRECEDING YEAR AND 75 PER CENT ONLY OF THE CURRENT YEAR’S PROVISIONAL TAX, HE SAID.
THIS IS EFFECTIVELY A PAYMENT IN ARREARS FOR INCOME EARNED IN THE FIRST NINE MONTHS UP TO DECEMBER AND TAKES NO ACCOUNT OF ADDITIONAL EARNINGS RECEIVED DURING THE YEAR.
AND, OF COURSE, SPECIAL ARRANGEMENTS EXIST IN THE FORM OF TAX RESERVE CERTIFICATES FOR INDIVIDUALS TO SAVE FOR EVENTUAL PAYMENT OF TAX, SIR PHILIP SAID.
IN REPLY TO ANOTHER QUESTION BY THE HON CHAN KAM-CHUEN, SIR PHILIP SAID THE GOVERNMENT WOULD NOT CONSIDER ADJUSTING THE PERSONAL ALLOWANCE FOR SALARIES TAX TO KEEP PACE WITH CIVIL SERVICE PAY INCREASES AT THE LOWER END OF THE MASTER PAY SCALE.
SUCH AN APPROACH TO ANY REVISION OF THE THRESHOLDS FOR PERSONAL TAXATION AND EFFECTIVE RATES OF TAX WOULD BE ILLOGICAL, NOT TO SAY, NARROW-MINDED, HE SAID.
------o-------
/9
WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 21, 1981
9
IMMIGRANTS ADD TO LABOUR SUPPLY
******
IMMIGRATION IS THE MAJOR FACTOR WHICH ACCOUNTED FOR THE
VERY RAPID GROWTH RATE OF THE SUPPLY OF LABOUR, THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY, THE HON SIR PHILIP HADDON-CAVE, SAID IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
REPLYING TO A QUESTION BY DR THE HON HO KAM-FAI, SIR PHILIP SAID THE IMMIGRANTS, THROUGH COMPETING FOR JOB OPPORTUNITIES AND SLOWING DOWN THE RATE OF INCREASE IN WAGES, INDIRECTLY FORCED RELATIVELY MORE PEOPLE, SUCH AS HOUSEWIVES, INTO THE LABOUR FORCE.
HE SAID HONG KONG’S LABOUR FORCE HAD GROWN BY 8.3 PER CENT DURING THE 12 MONTHS ENDING SEPTEMBER I960. THIS IS THREE TO FOUR TIMES THE TREND GROWTH RATE OF THE LABOUR FORCE DURING THE PREVIOUS EIGHT YEARS.
THE LABOUR FORCE PARTICIPATION RATE IN SEPTEMBER 1980 WAS 63.8 PER CENT COMPARED WITH 62.4 PER CENT IN SEPTEMBER 1979.
♦SO, ALTHOUGH THERE WAS A STRONG GROWTH RATE OF DEMAND FOR LABOUR, IT WAS NOT RAPID ENOUGH TO ABSORB COMPLETELY THIS ADDITIONAL SUPPLY,+ HE SAID.
♦ALTHOUGH THE GROWTH RATE OF THE EMPLOYED LABOUR FORCE WAS AS HIGH AS 7.2 PER CENT DURING THE 12 MONTHS ENDING SEPTEMBER 1980, THE UNEMPLOYMENT RATE INCREASED FROM 3.4 PER CENT IN SEPTEMBER 1979 TO 4.3 PER CENT IN SEPTEMBER 1980 (FROM 2.8 PER CENT TO 3.8 PER CENT ON A SEASONALLY ADJUSTED BAS IS).+
♦ AGAINST THIS BACKGROUND,♦ SIR PHILIP SAID, +ANY POSITIVE ATTEMPT 'TO EASE THE SITUATION OF THE UNEMPLOYED’ MUST BE DIRECTED AT FURTHER REDUCING THE FLOW OF IMMIGRANTS.*
BUT, HE ADDED, SHOULD THE ECONOMY’S GROWTH RATE DECLINE IN THE MONTHS AHEAD (AND A DECLINE IN THE GROWTH RATE OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS IS ALREADY UNDER WAY), +THE UNEMPLOYMENT RATE MAY RISE FURTHER TEMPORARILY UNTIL THE COST/PRICE STRUCTURE ADJUSTS DOWNWARDS AND OUR COMPETITIVENESS IS RESTORED TO THE EXTENT NECESSARY TO RESTORE A STATE OF FULL EMPLOYMENT, WHICH STATE I WOULD DEFINE AS ONE WHERE THE UNEMPLOYMENT RATE IS AROUND 4 PER CENT OR LESS.+
AS REGARDS THE UNEMPLOYED THEMSELVES, SIR PHILIP SAID THE LOCAL EMPLOYMENT SERVICE OF THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT PROVIDES A FREE EMPLOYMENT PLACEMENT SERVICE TO PERSONS WISHING TO SEEK EMPLOYMENT LOCALLY.
THE FACSIMILE SYSTEM INSTALLED IN AUGUST 1978 HAS HELPED TO SPEED UP DISSEMINATION OF INFORMATION ON JOB VACANCIES AND HAS IMPROVED THE EFFECTIVENESS OF THE OPERATION OF THE LES.
PUBLIC ASSISTANCE IS ALSO AVAILABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER 17 OR OVER 59 YEARS OF AGE WHO HAS BEEN RESIDENT IN HONG KONG FOR ONE YEAR IF THE TOTAL INCOME OF HIS FAMILY (I.E. THE FAMILY WHICH SITS ROUND THE MEAL TABLE) FALLS BELOW THE PUBLIC ASSISTANCE LEVEL, (WHICH WAS INCREASED BY 22 PER CENT IN SEPTEMBER 1980).
WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 21, 1981
10 -
IN THE CASE OF AN ABLE-BODIED UNEMPLOYED PERSON BETWEEN 15 AND 59 YEARS OF AGE THERE IS A RESIDENCE REQUIREMENT OF TWO YEARS BEFORE HE BECOMES ELIGIBLE AS AN UNEMPLOYED PERSON FOR PUBLIC ASSISTANCE AND IT IS NECESSARY FOR HIM TO HAVE BEEN REGISTERED WITH THE LES FOR A MONTH AND NOT YET IN GAINFUL EMPLOYMENT.
- - 0 - -
DEPARTURES OF TRANSIT VISITORS FROM CHINA *****
OF THE 17 390 HOLDERS OF PEOPLE’S REPUBLIC OF CHINA PASSPORTS WHO ENTERED HONG KONG IN TRANSIT TO THIRD COUNTRIES IN 1980, ABOUT 70 PER CENT (8 000 OUT OF 12 403) OF THOSE WHO ENTERED BEFORE, AND 90 PER CENT (4 500 OUT OF 4 987) OF THOSE WHO ENTERED FROM OCTOBER 23 HAVE SINCE DEPARTED.
THESE FIGURES WERE GIVEN BY THE SECRETARY FOR SECURITY, THE HON LEWIS DAVIES IN REPLY TO A QUESTION BY THE HON F.K. HU IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
ON THE POLICY GOVERNING THE GRANT OF EXTENSIONS OF STAY, MR DAVIES SAID PRIOR TO OCTOBER LAST YEAR, CHINESE PASSPORT HOLDERS WERE USUALLY LANDED INITIALLY FOR THREE MONTHS AND WERE GIVEN FURTHER THREE-MONTH EXTENSIONS ON APPLICATION.
+HOWEVER, IT THEN CAME TO NOTICE THAT SOME TRANSITEES HAD OVERSTAYED AFTER BEING GIVEN A NUMBER OF EXTENSIONS OF STAY AND HAD NO INTENTION OF CONTINUING THEIR JOURNEY TO THEIR COUNTRY OF DESTINATION.
+ INDEED, SOME HAD POSED AS ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS WHO HAD ’REACHED BASE’ AND OBTAINED HONG KONG IDENTITY CARDS,+ MR DAVIES SAID.
HE SAID A CHANGE IN THE PRACTICE OF GRANTING EXTENSIONS BECAME NECESSARY AND URGENT AND SINCE OCTOBER 10, 1980 CHINESE PASSPORT HOLDERS WHO SATISFY THE DIRECTOR OF IMMIGRATION AS TO THEIR GENUINE INTENTION TO CONTINUE THEIR ONWARD JOURNEY ARE PERMITTED TO TRANSIT FOR 48 HOURS INITIALLY AND ARE REQUIRED TO GIVE AN UNDERTAKING TO THE EFFECT THAT THEY WILL MOVE ON AT THE EXPIRY OF STAY.
UPON REQUEST AND WHERE IT CAN BE SHOWN THAT, DESPITE THEIR INTENTION TO PROCEED OVERSEAS, URGENT FAMILY OR PERSONAL CIRCUMSTANCES HAVE PREVENTED THEIR IMMEDIATE DEPARTURE, EXTENSIONS OF STAY FOR SEVEN DAYS AT"A TIME ARE GRANTED.
/11
WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 21, 1981
11
GOVERNMENT HELPS IN SEARCH FOR NEW FISH GROUNDS ******
THE GOVERNMENT WILL MAKE EVERY EFFORT TO ASSIST IN-SHORE FISHERMEN WHO WISH TO CONVERT TO OFF-SHORE OR DEEP-SEA FISHING, DIRECTOR OF AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES, THE HON J.M. RIDDELL-SWAN, SAID TODAY.
IN REPLY TO A QUESTION BY THE HON S.L. CHEN IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, MR RIDDELL-SWAN SAID THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE LOCAL FISHING INDUSTRY, PARTICULARLY DEEP-SEA FISHING WHICH PROVIDES SOME 70 PER CENT OF TOTAL FISH LANDINGS, HAD ALWAYS BEEN A MATTER OF PRIME CONCERN FOR THE GOVERNMENT.
THE ASSISTANCE ALREADY BEING GIVEN IS, IN VIEW OF THE PRESENT SITUATION, BEING STEPPED UP.
THIS INCLUDES!
* LOW-INTEREST LOANS TO BUILD NEW BOATS, CONVERT OLD BOATS, BUY NEW EQUIPMENT AND TO PROVIDE WORKING CAPITAL. LOAN PROCEDURES ARE BEING SIMPLIFIED AND REPAYMENT TERMS HAVE BEEN EASED-
* COURSES IN NAVIGATION, ENGINEERING AND USE OF ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT, AS WELL AS BUSINESS MANAGEMENT. THESE WILL BE EXPANDED TO MEET INCREASED DEMAND-
* IMPROVED DESIGNS FOR VESSELS AND GEAR SUPPLIED BY THE AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES DEPARTMENT’S FISHERIES DEVELOPMENT SERVICE-
* RESEARCH ACTIVITIES TO IDENTIFY NEW RESOURCES, PARTICULARLY BOTTOM LIVING FISH STOCKS IN PREVIOUSLY UNEXPLOITED AREAS AND MID-WATER OR SURFACE FISH STOCKS. A PROGRAMME IS BEING DRAWN UP FOR THE NEWLY ACQUIRED MODERN RESEARCH VESSEL.
_ _ - _ o
EVERY ENCOURAGEMENT FOR TREE PLANTING * * * *
IT HAS ALWAYS BEEN THE GOVERNMENT’S POLICY TO PROMOTE THE PLANTING OF TREES BY ALL SECTIONS OF THE COMMUNITY, INCLUDING SCHOOL CHILDREN, THE SECRETARY FOR THE ENVIRONMENT, THE HON DEREK JONES SAID TODAY.
IN REPLY TO A QUESTION BY THE REV THE HON JOYCE BENNETT IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, HE SAID THE GOVERNMENT IS ONLY TOO WILLING TO HELP SCHOOLS TO PLANT TREES IN ANY SUITABLE AREA ON THEIR PREMISES, ALTHOUGH THEY WOULD MOT NORMALLY BE ENCOURAGED TO DIG UP THEIR CONCRETE PLAYGROUNDS WHICH ARE REQUIRED FOR ASSEMBLIES AND GAMES.
THE AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES DEPARTMENT RESPONDS WITH ENTHUSIASM TO ALL REQUESTS FROM SCHOOLS AND YOUTH ORGANISATIONS FOR ASSISTANCE IN TREE PLANTING AND PROVIDES, WHEREVER POSSIBLE, YOUNG TREES FREE OF CHARGE, MR JONES SAID.
/SINCB AP3IL ......
JaNuau.Y 21, 19b1
12 -
SINCE APRIL 1980, THE DEPARTMENT HAS RESPONDED TO SIX REQUESTS FROM SCHOOLS WHICH HAVE RESULTED IN THE PLANTING OF 665 TREES IN THEIR GROUNDS.
THE URBAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT IS ALSO WILLING TO UNDERTAKE A SURVEY OF GOVERNMENT SCHOOLS TO FIND OUT THE SCOPE FOR TREE PLANTING IF THIS IS REQUIRED, MR JONES ADDED.
IN OTHER PLACES, THE AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES DEPARTMENT
IS UNDERTAKING A WIDESPREAD PROGRAMME OF TREE PLANTING IN SUITABLE AREAS WITHIN COUNTRY PARKS. THE NEW TERRITORIES DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT IS ALSO CARRYING OUT EXTENSIVE TREE PLANTING WITHIN THE NEW TOWNS AND ON THEIR FRINGES.
IN 1980 20 000 TREES WERE PLANTED IN TUEN MUN ALONE AND IT IS EXPECTED THAT IN 1981 AS MANY AS 300 000 TREES WILL BE PLANTED AS PART OF THE LANDSCAPING PROGRAMMES FOR THE NEW TOWNS.
WITHIN THE URBAN AREA, THE USD PLANS FROM 1981 ONWARDS TO ADOPT MAY OF EACH YEAR AS +TREE PLANTING MONTH+.
THIS YEAR IT HOPES TO PLANT AT LEAST 16 000 TREES AND IN FUTURE YEARS IT PLANS TO ENCOURAGE SCHOOLS, PROPERTY COMPANIES, WELFARE AND OTHER ORGANISATIONS TO JOIN WITH IT IN SUPPORTING THE PROGRAMME.
OTHER ACTIVITIES AIMED AT ENCOURAGING TREE PLANTING INCLUDE THE SCHOOL FORESTRY WORK CAMPS AND RESIDENTIAL TRAINING CAMP FOR STUDENT LEADERS OF SCHOOL CONSERVANCY CLUBS.
----0-----
FAIRER TO HAVE NO LABOUR LAW WAGE CEILING ******
THE WAGE CEILING FOR NON-MANUAL EMPLOYEES COVERED BY THE EMPLOYMENT ORDINANCE SHOULD BE REMOVED WHEN THE TIME IS RIPE, THE HON CHAN KAM-CHUEN SAID IN COMMENT ON THE EMPLOYMENT (AMENDMENT) BILL 1981 WHICH WAS PASSED TODAY.
HE SAID THE REMOVAL WAS NOT MEANT SO MUCH FOR ADMINISTRATIVE CONVENIENCE, BUT FOR EQUITY IN THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW TO ALL EMPLOYEES.
SPEAKING AT THE SECOND READING OF THE BILL WHICH SOUGHT TO RAISE THE PRESENT WAGE CEILING FOR NON-MANUAL EMPLOYEES FROM $3 500 TO S6 000, MR CHAN NOTED THAT +IN ECONOMICS, A PERSON WHO SELLS HIS TIME TO RENDER ANY VALUABLE SERVICE IN THE PRODUCTION OF WEALTH BUT WITHOUT ASSUMING ANY RISK IN THE PROVISION OF CAPITAL, IS CONSIDERED AN EMPLOYEE.+
♦WITH THE INCREASED AFFLUENCE OF OUR SOCIETY BUILT ON DIVERSED BUSINESS ACTIVITIES, THE PAY DISPARITY BETWEEN BLUE AND WHITE COLLAR CLASSES IS FAST DISAPPEARING AS THEY BOTH CONTRIBUTE EQUALLY TO OUR PRESENT PROSPERITY.
/♦WITH IMPROVED .....
WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 21, 1?81
- 13 -
nCiUn+A,J^ln^?VED EDUCAT|0N and technology, the ratio of AwnNTueNnCLB?^ 0R HANDS IN 0NE’S W0RK ls RAPIDLY CHANGING ^cDdI™J?,aA£CATI0N between manual and non-manual employees IS BECOMING BLURRED,* HE SAID.
A TiMcFvEnIcE^.Su’.eHE P0,NTED OUT THAT THE AMENDMENT BILL WAS Aiun ™bYDDnoJenV1l£'!' ?F THE ECONOMIC CONDITIONS OF HONG KONG occi-rTenR2u?8^D CEILING AT OOO PER MONTH APPROPRIATELY LEVELCTED THE PAY RANGE F0R THE SUB-MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY
REV,EW 0F THIS CEILING WAS NECESSARY, ♦ESPECIALLY IN THESE DAYS OF DOUBLE-DIGIT INFLATION*.
MEANWHILE, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT POINTED OUT THAT WITH IMMEDIATE EFFECT, THE EMPLOYMENT (AMENDMENT) BILL, NOW PASSED, RAISES THE WAGE CEILING FOR NON-MANUAL EMPLOYEES IN THE EMPLOYMENT ORDINANCE FROM $3 500 TO $6 000 A MONTH.
HE REITERATED THAT THE WAGE CEILING WAS REVISED TO KEEP IT IN LINE WITH RISES IN WAGES AND WITH INCREASES IN THE COST OF LIVING.
-----o------
TIME TO REGISTER FURTHER TAXIS * X X X X
THE DEADLINE FOR REGISTERING UP TO 10 000 URBAN TAXIS HAS BEEN EXTENDED BY SIX MONTHS TO JULY 31, 1981.
SEEKING THE APPROVAL OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL FOR THIS EXTENSION, THE SECRETARY FOR ENVIRONMENT, THE HON DEREK JONES EXPLAINED THAT THE GOVERNOR IN COUNCIL HAD ORDERED IN JANUARY LAST YEAR THAT THE TOTAL NUMBER OF VEHICLES THAT COULD BE REGISTERED AND LICENSED AS URBAN TAXIS SHOULD BE SET AT 10 000, TO BE REACHED BY ISSUING BY TENDER 300 LICENCES EVERY THREE MONTHS.
■rule 9 369 URBAN TAXI LICENCES HAVE BEEN ISSUED.
"UMBSR W,LL BE 1 CREASED BY 300 IN THE CURRENT TENDERING EXERC ISE.
THE EXTENSION OF THE TIME LIMIT BY ANOTHER SIX MONTHS WILL ALLOW ANOTHER TENDERING EXERCISE TO TAKE PLACE IN MARCH AND APRIL THIS YEAR, MR JONES SAID.
THE SECRETARY ADDED THAT THE GOVERNMENT WAS CONTINUING TO KEEP THE OPERATIONS OF THE TAXI TRADE UNDER CAREFUL REVIEW, INCLUDING ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE FUTURE ISSUE OF LICENCES AFTER THE PRESENT LIMIT HAD BEEN REACHED.
THE CONSIDERATIONS INVOLVED ARE NOW BEING EXAMINED AND IT IS HOPED THAT PROPOSALS WILL BE SUBMITTED TO THE GOVERNOR IN COUNCIL IN THE NEAR FUTURE, HE SAID.
-----o------
WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 21, 1981
14
MORE FACILITIES FOR DRIVERS IN SHA TIN * * *
BY 1985, THERE WILL BE 11 PETROL FILLING STATIONS IN SHA TIN NEW TOWN, SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, THE HON DAVID AKERS-JONES, SAID IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
HE WAS REPLYING TO A QUESTION BY THE HON ALEX WU, WHO ASKED WHETHER THE GOVERNMENT WAS SATIS IFIED THAT PETROL SUPPLY AND CAR-PARK FACILITIES WERE SUFFICIENT TO COPE WITH THE DEVELOPMENT IN SHA TIN, IN VIEW OF THE RAPID INCREASE IN POPULATION THERE.
MR AKERS-JONES SAID THE GOVERNMENT WAS SATISFIED.
AT PRESENT, HE SAID, SHA TIN HAS TWO PETROL FILLING STATIONS-SITES FOR TWO MORE HAVE RECENTLY BEEN SOLD AND ONE MORE WILL BE SOLD IN THE VERY NEAR FUTURE.
IN 1983 THERE WILL BE EIGHT OR NINE FILLING STATIONS OPEN FOR BUSINESS, AND 11 IN 1985.
FILLING STATIONS ARE PLANNED AT SUITABLE PLACES THROUGHOUT THE NEW TOWN INCLUDING ONE IN EACH MAJOR INDUSTRIAL AREA.
+1 BELIEVE THIS TO BE BOTH ACCEPTABLE AND SUFFICIENT,* MR AKERS-JONES SAID.
AS FOR CAR-PARK FACILITIES, LAND —- BOTH RESIDENTIAL AND INDUSTRIAL — BEING SOLD IN THE DISTRICT INCLUDES PROVISION FOR PARKING SPACES.
PRIVATE CAR-PARKING IS ALSO PROVIDED IN ALL SHA TIN PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATES.
BY 1983/84 A FURTHER 1 700 PUBLIC CAR-PARKING SPACES WILL
BE PROVIDED IN THE TOWN CENTRE, TOGETHER WITH SEVERAL HUNDRED MORE PUBLIC CAR-PARKING SPACES IN VARIOUS PUBLIC AND PRIVATE HOUSING ESTATE DEVELOPMENTS, MR AKERS-JONES SAID.
AFTER 1983/84 THREE GOVERNMENT MULTI-STOREY CAR-PARKS WILL, IN ADDITION, BE PROVIDED AT EACH OF THE THREE RAILWAY STATIONS OF TAI WAI, SHA TIN CENTRAL AND MA LIU SHU I.
- - 0 - -
BILLS PASSED X * *
THREE BILLS PASSED THEIR COMMITTEE STAGE AND THIRD READING IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY. THEY ARE THE EMPLOYMENT (AMENDMENT) B LL 1981, INDUSTRIAL TRAINING (CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY)(AMENDMENT) BILL 1981 AND THE FOREIGN JUDGMENTS (RECIPROCAL ENFORCEMENT) (AMENDMENT) BILL 1981.
/15 *.0.00
- - 0 - -
WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 21, 1981
15
ACTION AGAINST FIRE PRONE FACTORIES
* * * *
THE FIRE SERVICES DEPARTMENT WILL ISSUE FIRE HAZARD ABATEMENT NOTICES TO 126 KWUN TONG FACTORIES FOR CAUSING OBSTRUCTION TO COMMON AREAS AND STAIRCASES.
IN ADDITION, 13 FACTORIES WILL BE SUMMONSED FOR FAILING TO COMPLY WITH FIRE SERVICES REGULATIONS.
THE ACTION TO BE TAKEN AGAINST THE FACTORIES IS THE RESULT OF AN INSPECTION OF FACTORY BUILDINGS IN THE DISTRICT TODAY BY OFFICERS OF THE FIRE PROTECTION BUREAU.
SOME 30 OFFICERS OF THE BUREAU, LED BY DIVISIONAL OFFICER KWAN SAI YIU, VISITED 1 256 UNITS IN 41 BUILDINGS.
DURING THE VISIT, OFFICERS ALSO DISCOVERED 45 OTHER CASES INVOLVING BREACHES OF LABOUR, PUBLIC WORKS AND URBAN SERVICES REGULATIONS. THESE WILL BE REFERRED TO THE RESPECTIVE GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS.
A FIRE SERVICES DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN ADVISED FACTORY OWNERS THAT IF THE ABATEMENT NOTICES ARE IGNORED THEY MAY BE ISSUED SUMMONSES.
--------o----------
TIMETABLE FOR STOCK EXCHANGES UNIFICATION * X * *
THE COMMISSIONER FOR SECURITIES WISHES TO ADVISE THAT, SUBJECT TO APPROVAL, THE PROPOSED TIMETABLE FOR BRINGING THE STOCK EXCHANGES UNIFICATION ORDINANCE INTO EFFECT IS AS FOLLOWS:
* DATE OF NOTICE IN GOVERNMENT GAZETTE JANUARY 30, 1981
X COMMENCEMENT DATE OF THE ORDINANCE FEBRUARY 1, 1981
X DATE OF NOTICE, PURSUANT TO SECTION
25, SPECIFYING +APPROVED ASSETS*
AND +RANKING LIABILITIES* JANUARY 30, 1981
THE ORDINANCE PROVIDES THAT ONLY MEMBERS AND ASSOCIATE f-EMBERS OF AN EXISTING EXCHANGE ON THE COMMENCEMENT DATE OF THE ORDINANCE WILL BE SENT AN INVITATION TO APPLY FOR MEMBERSHIP (OR ASSOCIATE MEMBERSHIP) OF THE NEW EXCHANGE COMPANY.
THERE CAN BE NO GUARANTEE THAT ANY APPLICATION FOR REGISTRATION AS A DEALER CURRENTLY BEING PROCESSED IN THE OFFICE OF THE COMMISSIONER FOR SECURITIES WILL BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT DATE, AND IT IS EXTREMELY UNLIKELY THAT ANY APPLICATION LODGED AFTER 5 PM ON FRIDAY, JANUARY 23 WILL BE PROCESSED IN TIME FOR THE COMMENCEMENT DATE OF THE ORDINANCE.
------o-------
/16 .....
WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 21, 1981
- 16 -
GOVERNOR TO INSPECT PRISONS DEPARTMENT ANNUAL PARADE *****
THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE WILL INSPECT THE PRISONS DEPARTMENT’S ANNUAL PARADE ON FRIDAY (JANUARY 23) AT THE PARADE GROUND OF ITS STAFF TRAINING INSTITUTE IN STANLEY.
SIR MURRAY WILL ALSO PRESENT COLONIAL PRISON SERVICE MEDALS, WHICH ARE AWARDED FOR 18 YEARS’ EXEMPLARY SERVICE, TO 29 OFFICERS.
SEVEN CONTINGENTS COMPRISING 205 OFFICERS FROM VARIOUS INSTITUTIONS OF THE DEPARTMENT WILL TAKE PART IN THE PARADE TO BE COMMANDED BY SENIOR SUPERINTENDENT OF PRISONS, MR JOHN ASHWORTH.
THE PIPES AND DRUMS BAND OF CAPE COLLINSON CORRECTIONAL INSTITUTION WILL PROVIDE MUSIC THROUGHOUT THE CEREMONY.
THE PARADE IS ONE OF THE MAJOR ANNUAL EVENTS OF THE PRISONS DEPARTMENT.
NOTE TO ED I TORSt
MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES ARE WELCOME TO COVER THE PRISONS DEPARTMENT’S ANNUAL PARADE WHICH WILL BE INSPECTED BY THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE AT 4 PM ON FRIDAY (JANUARY 23) AT THE PARADE GROUND OF THE DEPARTMENT’S STAFF TRAINING INSTITUTE IN STANLEY.
PRESS TRANSPORT WILL LEAVE PRISONS DEPARTMENT HEADQUARTERS AT GUARDIAN HOUSE, 32 01 KWAN ROAD, WAN CHAI AT 2.45 PM SHARP.
------0 - - - -
TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS
* * *
A 300 METRE DOWNHILL SECTION OF STUBBS ROAD FROM THE ROUNDABOUT WITH TAI HANG ROAD WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC FROM HALF-PAST MIDNIGHT TO 5.30 AM ON FRIDAY AND SATURDAY THIS AND NEXT WEEK (JANUARY 23-24,30-31).
THIS TUESDAY TO THURSDAY (JANUARY 27-29), THE SECTION OF TAI HANG ROAD BETWEEN THE ROUNDABOUT AND BLUE POOL ROAD WILL ALSO BE CLOSED DURING THE SAME HOURS.
THE ARRANGEMENTS WILL FACILITATE WORK ON THE STUBBS ROAD FLYOVER.
IN MONG KOK, FROM 10 AM ON MONDAY (JANUARY 26), THE EXISTING PUBLIC LIGHT BUS RESTRICTED ZONE IN DUNDAS STREET WILL BE EXTENDED EASTWARDS TO ITS JUNCTION WITH SAI YEUNG CHOI STREET.
WITHIN THE ZONE, PLB’S ARE NOT ALLOWED TO STOP FOR PASSENGERS FROM 7 AM TO MIDNIGHT DAILY.
-----o------
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL 5-233191
THURSDAY, JANUARY 22, 1981
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
SIR MURRAY: HELP FOR INDUSTRY IN THE 198O'S ............
BUS LANE SCHEME EXTE.DS TO KO'.GOON ...................... 2
FURTHER ARRANGEMENTS FOR TRAFFIC SCHEME................... 3
RAPID EXPANSION OF SERVICES FOR THE ELDERLY .............. 4
ECONOMIC SANCTIONS AGAINST IRAN LIFTED ................... 5
880 000 FOR NEW YEAR CELEBRATIONS IN NORTH DISTRICT ...... 5
ANTI-NARCOTICS SINGING CONTEST GRAND FINAL ............... 6
TICD DIRECTOR OPENS FURNITURE EXHIBITION ................. 7
JAPANESE INVESTMENT MISSION LIKES HK ..................... 7
NEW SPIRIT IN TECHNICAL EDUCATION ........................ 8
COMPETITION FOR CLEANEST TAI PO BUILDING ................. 9
EDINBURGH PLACE CLOSURE
9
THURSDAY, JANUARY 22, 1981
1
SIR MURRAY: HELP FOR INDUSTRY IN THE 1980’S *****
1981 WILL SEE A HOST OF GOVERNMENT-BASED OR GOVERNMENT-LED ACTIVITIES AIMED AT ASSISTING INDUSTRY TO MOVE INTO THE SO’S, THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE SAID TODAY.
IN A SPEECH DELIVERED AT THE ANNUAL DINNER OF THE HONG KONG GENERAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE, SIR MURRAY POINTED OUT THAT PROSPECTS FOR 1981 WERE HARD TO PREDICT AT THIS MOMENT BECAUSE OF UNCERTAINTY IN WORLD SITUATION.
+BUT,+ HE ADDED, +LET US REMEMBER WE FACE THE SECOND YEAR OF THIS DECADE AGAINST A BACKGROUND OF AN UNPRECEDENTED FIVE YEAR PERIOD OF SUSTAINED GROWTH. IF THERE IS TO BE A PERIOD OF HESITATION, WE ARE WELL PREPARED FOR IT AND, IN ANY CASE, I DO NOT THINK WE FACE A PROLONGED OR EXCEPTIONALLY DIFFICULT SHORT TERM FUTURE.*
SIR MURRAY SAID ONE WAY IN WHICH THE GOVERNMENT COULD ASSIST THE SUCCESS OF OUR EXPORTERS WAS BY IMPLEMENTATION OF THE RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE ADVISORY COMMITTEE ON DIVERSIFICATION.
+THESE WERE DESIGNED TO ENABLE HONG KONG TO STRENGTHEN ITS ECONOMIC POSITION IN THE 80’S BY INCREASING THE SUPPLY OF INDUSTRIAL LAND, IMPROVING INDUSTRIAL SUPPORT FACILITIES AND TECHNICAL BACK-UP SERVICES, AND STRENGTHENING PRESENT ARRANGEMENTS FOR BOTH TRADE PROMOTION AND INDUSTRIAL INVESTMENT PROMOTION.
+ ALL THESE THINGS, AND THERE WERE 47 RECOMMENDATIONS IN ALL -ARE BEING IMPLEMENTED WITH THE URGENCY THAT THEY DESERVE,* SIR MURRAY SAID.
OF THE GREATEST CONCERN TO ALL OF US, THE GOVERNOR SAID, ARE THE OUTCOME OF NEGOTIATIONS FOR RENEWAL OF THE MULT I-FIBRE ARRANGEMENTS AND THE RELATED BI-LATERALS.
HE SAID HONG KONG HAD DONE AND WAS DOING ALL IT POSSIBLY COULD TO SHOW UP THE FALLACIES IN THE ARGUMENTS USED TO SUPPORT THE ARRANGEMENTS FORCED ON US IN 1977 AND TO DEMONSTRATE HOW THREADBARE THEY APPEAR IN THE LIGHT OF SUBSEQUENT EXPERIENCE.
+HOWEVER, WHATEVER THE LOGIC OF OUR CASE, IT IS INEVITABLE THAT DEVELOPED GOVERNMENTS WILL BE SUBJECT TO POLITICAL PRESSURES AT THE TIME OF THE NEGOTIATIONS,* SIR MURRAY SAID.
SIR MURRAY SAID THE LAST HALF DECADE HAD SEEN A HEARTENING IMPROVEMENT IN THE STANDARD OF LIVING OF NEARLY ALL OUR PEOPLE.
THE DROP IN THE GROWTH RATE OF REAL WAGES AND RISE IN UNEMPLOYMENT WHICH WE EXPERIENCED LAST YEAR SHOULD BE TEMPORARY AS WORLD ECONOMIC ACTIVITIES REVIVE AND OUR LABOUR SUPPLY BECOMES MORE STABLE, HE ADDED.
IN HIS SPEECH, SIR MURRAY ALSO TALKED ON THE IMPACT OF IMMIGRATION, INFLATION, COMMERCIAL RENTS, EXPANSION OF THE PUBLIC HOUSING PROGRAMME, MAJOR TRANSPORT IMPROVEMENTS, AND OUR TRADE RELATIONS WITH CHINA.
------0-------
THURSDAY, JANUARY 22, 1981
2
BUS LANE SCHEME EXTENDS TO KOWLOON * * * *
A NEW BUS LANE WILL BE INTRODUCED IN JUNCTION ROAD BETWEEN DUMBARTON ROAD AND PRINCE EDWARD ROAD IN THE SOUTHBOUND DIRECTION FROM 7 AM ON TUESDAY (JANUARY 27).
THIS IS THE FIRST OF A SERIES OF IN KOWLOON.
BUS LANES TO BE INTRODUCED
A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN EXPLAINED THAT A STEERING GROUP COMPOSED OF REPRESENTATIVES OF HIGHWAYS OFFICE, TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT, THE TRAFFIC POLICE, CITY DISTRICT OFFICES AND THE KOWLOON MOTOR BUS COMPANY WAS SET UP LAST YEAR TO STUDY THE FEASIBILITY OF SOME 30 SCHEMES IN KOWLOON.
♦THIS IS THE FIRST TO BE IMPLEMENTED AND THE STEERING GROUP IS CURRENTLY EXAMINING OTHER SCHEMES IN CHOI HUNG ROAD, UN CHAU STREET, CASTLE PEAK ROAD, TONG MEI ROAD AND LAI CHI KOK ROAD. IF FOUND FEASIBLE, AS MANY OF THESE SCHEMES AS POSSIBLE WILL BE IMPLEMENTED BY THE HIGHWAYS OFFICE OVER THE NEXT 18 MONTHS,+ HE EXPLAINED.
REFERRING TO THE JUNCTION ROAD SCHEME, HE SAID THE NEW SECTION OF SOUTHBOUND BUS LANE WOULD OPERATE DURING THE PEAK HOURS ONLY BETWEEN 7 AM AND 10 AM AND BETWEEN 4 PM AND 7 PM.
♦ASSOCIATED WITH THE BUS PRIORITY SCHEME, THE NORTHBOUND CARRIAGEWAY OF THE SAME SECTION OF JUNCTION ROAD WILL BE DESIGNATED A CLEARWAY RESTRICTION ZONE DURING PEAK HOURS,+ HE SAID.
♦MOTORISTS WILL NOT BE PERMITTED TO PICK UP OR SET DOWN PASSENGERS OR TO LOAD OR UNLOAD GOODS DURING THE HOURS OF RESTRICTION. CARPENTER ROAD, THE SECTION BETWEEN JUNCTION ROAD AND FUK LO TSUN ROAD, WILL ALSO BE RE-ROUTED ONE WAY WESTBOUND. THESE MEASURES WILL HELP TO IMPROVE LOCAL TRAFFIC CIRCULATION.+
THE SPOKESMAN SAID IT WAS ESTIMATED THAT FOLLOWING THE INTRODUCTION OF THE SCHEME, BUS SPEED IN THIS SECTION OF JUNCTION ROAD WOULD BE IMPROVED FROM THE PRESENT LOW SPEED OF 8 KM PER HOUR. WITH THE IMPROVEMENT OF JOURNEY SPEED, BETTER BUS REGULARITY WOULD ALSO BE EXPECTED. THIS SCHEME AFFECTS KMB ROUTE NOS. 1, 3, 11D, 12B AND THE CROSS HARBOUR SERVICE NO.“113.
0 -------
/3......
THURSDAY, JANUARY 22, 1981
3
FURTHER ARRANGEMENTS FOR TRAFFIC SCHEME *****
A 47 METRE SECTION OF THE EASTBOUND TRAM-ONLY LANE ON KING’S ROAD WEST OF ITS JUNCTION WITH HEALTHY STREET WEST WILL BE WITHDRAWN FROM 7 AM ON SUNDAY (JANUARY 25).
THIS WILL EASE MOTORISTS MAKING RIGHT TURNS AT THIS ROAD JUNCTION, A TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN ANNOUNCED TODAY.
ON THE SAME DAY, SEVERAL BUS-ONLY LANES ON KING’S ROAD AND WING HING STREET WILL BE EXTENDED TO FACILITATE PUBLIC TRANSPORT.
THE EXTENDED BUS-ONLY LANES, WHICH WILL BE INTRODUCED AT 7 AM ON SUNDAY, WILL BE EFFECTIVE DAILY BETWEEN 7 AM AND 10 AM AND BETWEEN 4 PM AND 7 PM.
DURING THESE PERIODS ALL MOTOR VEHICLES, EXCEPT OMNIBUSES AND THOSE AUTHORISED IN WRITING BY THE AUTHORITY, WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM USING THE LANES.
DETAILS OF THE EXTENSIONS ARE AS FOLLOWS:
* THE SECTION OF EASTBOUND KERB-SIDE LANE OF WING HING STREET WILL BE EXTENDED WESTWARD FROM HOUSE NO. 3 TO THE TIP OF THE TRAFFIC ISLAND AT VICTORIA PARK ROAD/HING FAT STREET JUNCTION.
* THE SECTION OF EASTBOUND KERB-SIDE LANE OF KING’S ROAD WILL BE EXTENDED WESTWARD FROM HOUSE NO. 99 TO 45.
* THE EASTBOUND KERB-SIDE LANE OF KING’S ROAD WILL BE EXTENDED EASTWARD FROM HOUSE NO. 125 TO 153A, 171 TO 259, 275 TO 357, AND 373 TO 443- FROM HOUSE NO. 463 TO A POINT 230 METRES WEST OF ITS JUNCTION WITH HEALTHY STREET EAST- FROM A POINT 54 METRES WEST OF ITS JUNCTION WITH HEALTHY STREET EAST TO HOUSE NO. 865- AND FROM HOUSE NO. 873 TO 943.
* THE WESTBOUND KERB-SIDE LANE OF KING’S ROAD WILL ALSO BE EXTENDED WESTWARD FROM HOUSE NO. 888 TO 870, AND 850 TO 690- FROM A POINT 53 METRES WEST OF ITS JUNCTION WITH HEALTHY STREET WEST TO A POINT 42 METRES WEST OF ITS JUNCTION WITH TIN CHIU STREET- FROM A POINT 95 METRES WEST OF ITS JUNCTION WITH TIN CHIU STREET TO A POINT 30 METRES WEST OF ITS JUNCTION WITH KAM HONG STREET- FROM A POINT 60 METRES WEST OF ITS JUNCTION WITH KAM HONG STREET TO HOUSE NO. 394- FROM HOUSE NO. 368 TO A POINT 30 METRES WEST OF ITS JUNCTION WITH CHEUNG HONG STREET- FROM A POINT 65 METRES EAST OF ITS JUNCTION WITH FORTRESS HILL ROAD TO A POINT 72 METRES WEST OF ITS JUNCTION WITH FORTRESS HILL ROAD- AND FROM A POINT 119 METRES WEST OF ITS JUNCTION WITH FORTRESS HILL ROAD TO THE SIGNAL CROSSING AT JUPITER STREET.
THE ZONES WILL BE INDICATED BY TRAFFIC SIGNS AND CARRIAGEWAY MARK INGS.
- - 0 - -
• /4
THURSDAY, JANUARY 22, 1981
- 4 -
RAPID EXPANSION OF SERVICES FOR THE ELDERLY * * * *
THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE, MR SELWYN ALLEYNE, SAID THE YEAR 1981 WOULD USHER IN A DECADE OF RAPID EXPANSION OF SERVICES FOR THE ELDERLY.
SPEAKING TODAY AT THE OPENING CEREMONY OF THE TUNG WAH HO TUNG HOSTEL FOR THE ELDERLY IN FU SHAN ESTATE, HE SAID AN ESTIMATED 37 NEW HOSTELS WOULD BE PROVIDED IN PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATES BETWEEN NOW AND 1989.
HE SAID THIS WOULD CREATE AN EXTRA 5 500 PLACES, HALF OF WHICH WOULD PROVIDE A SIMILAR SERVICE AS THAT IN OLD PEOPLE’S HOMES, WITH CENTRALISED MEALS SERVICE AND ASSISTANCE IN HOUSEHOLD CHORES.
THE REMAINING HALF, HE SAID, WILL BE FOR THOSE WHO CAN SHOP AND COOK FOR THEMSELVES BUT WHO WILL BENEFIT FROM SUPERVISED ACCOMMODATION WITH STAFF AVAILABLE ROUND THE CLOCK IN CASE OF NEED.
IN ADDITION, IF PRESENT SCHEDULES CAN BE MET, ABOUT A DOZEN PURPOSE-BUILT OLD PEOPLE’S INSTITUTIONS WILL BE COMPLETED IN THE NEXT TWO YEARS WITH ABOUT 2 000 PLACES, THREE QUARTERS OF WHICH WILL PROVIDE CARE AND ATTENTION FACILITIES, HE SAID.
MR ALLEYNE SAID WHILE THE GOVERNMENT BELIEVED THE MAIN THRUST OF SERVICES FOR THE ELDERLY SHOULD BE THROUGH A CARING COMMUNITY, IT RECOGNISED THERE WOULD ALWAYS BE A NEED FOR RESIDENTIAL CARE FOR THOSE NOT FULLY CAPABLE OF LOOKING AFTER THEMSELVES.
HOWEVER HE POINTED OUT THAT A CONSIDERABLE PERIOD OF PLANNING WAS REQUIRED FOR RESIDENTIAL PROJECTS, PARTICULARLY THE CUSTOM-BUILT ONES.
SINCE THE PUBLICATION OF THE SOCIAL WELFARE WHITE PAPER IN 1979, THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT HAS BEEN WORKING HARD ON PLANNING AN EXTENSIVE PROGRAMME OF EXPANSION OF OLD PEOPLE’S RESIDENTIAL SERVICES, HE SAID.
THE DEPARTMENT HAS BEEN ASSISTED IN ITS EFFORTS IN TWO PARTICULAR WAYS, ONE OF WHICH IS THE ENTHUSIASM OF VOLUNTARY ORGANISATIONS IN AGREEING TO OPERATE THESE SERVICES.
THE OTHER IS THE COMMITMENT MADE BY THE HOUSING AUTHORITY TO SET ASIDE, IN ALL FUTURE HOUSING ESTATES WITH 3 000 OR MORE FLATS, PREMISES FOR THE ESTABLISHMENT OF AN OLD PEOPLE’S RESIDENTIAL INSTITUTION, HE ADDED.
MR ALLEYNE PRAISED THE WORK OF THE TUNG WAH GROUP OF HOSPITALS IN THE FIELD OF RESIDENTIAL SERVICES FOR THE AGED.
HE NOTED THAT BY 1982, WITHIN A DECADE SINCE IT OPENED ITS FIRST HOME FOR THE ELDERLY IN 1972, THE TUNG WAH GROUP WOULD HAVE ESTABLISHED ONE HOME, TWO CARE-AND-ATTENTI ON HOMES AND SIX HOSTELS FOR WELL OVER 1 000 OLD PEOPLE.
-------o--------- /5
THURSDAY, JANUARY 22, 1981
5
ECONOMIC SANCTIONS AGAINST IRAN LIFTED * * * *
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE TRADE INDUSTRY AND CUSTOMS DEPARTMENT TODAY ANNOUNCED THAT AS A RESULT OF THE IMMINENT REVOCATION OF THE IRAN (TRADING SANCTIONS) ORDER 1980 AND IN LINE WITH ACTION TAKEN BY THE UNITED KINGDOM AND OTHER MEMBER STATES OF THE EUROPEAN ECONOMIC COMMUNITY, NORMAL TRADE WITH IRAN MAY NOW BE RESUMED.
ALL EXPORTS TO IRAN HAVE BEEN SUBJECT TO LICENSING CONTROL SINCE JUNE 4, 1980 AND, EXCEPT FOR FOODSTUFFS AND MEDICAL SUPPLIES, APPLICATIONS TO EXPORT OTHER PRODUCTS WERE NOT ENTERTAINED UNLESS THE SUPPLY OR SALE OF THE GOODS WAS MADE IN PURSUANCE OF A CONTRACT MADE BEFORE MAY 30, 1980 OR IN PURSUANCE OF ESTABLISHED BUSINESS LINKS.
WITH THE LIFTING OF THE TRADE SANCTIONS, THE DEPARTMENT IS NOW PREPARED TO CONSIDER AND APPROVE APPLICATIONS TO EXPORT ANY ARTICLE TO IRAN, SUBJECT TO NORMAL CONDITIONS BEING MET. THIS MEANS THAT THE NEED TO PRODUCE EVIDENCE TO SUPPORT CONTRACTS MADE PRIOR TO MAY 30, 1980 OR ESTABLISHED BUSINESS LINKS WILL NO LONGER BE REQUIRED.
HOWEVER, UNDER THE IMPORT AND EXPORT (GENERAL) REGULATIONS, ALL EXPORTS TO IRAN ARE SUBJECT TO LICENSING CONTROL. THE DEPARTMENT IS TAKING STEPS TO ABOLISH THIS REQUIREMENT SO AS TO BRING TRADE WITH IRAN IN LINE WITH OTHER COUNTRIES.
BEFORE THIS LEGISLATIVE AMENDMENT IS ENACTED, ALL EXPORTS TO IRAN MUST STILL BE COVERED BY LICENCES IRRESPECTIVE OF THE ITEMS CONCERNED, THE SPOKESMAN ADDED.
------0 - - - -
$80 000 FOR NEW YEAR CELEBRATIONS IN NORTH DISTRICT
*****
NORTH DISTRICT ADVISORY BOARD AND LOCAL RESIDENTS ARE PLANNING TO SPEND $80 000 ON CELEBRATIONS DURING LUNAR NEW YEAR.
THE DAB IS TO ALLOCATE $31 000, WITH THE BALANCE BEING RAISED FROM PRIVATE DONATIONS.
CELEBRATIONS, WHICH WILL BE HELD FROM FEBRUARY 14 TO
FEBRUARY 22, INCLUDE FUN FAIRS, A VARIETY SHOW, LION AND UNICORN DANCES, MAGIC SHOWS, KUNG FU DEMONSTRATIONS, A DINNER PARTY FOR THE ELDERLY AND A CROSS-COUNTRY RACE.
THEY ARE BEING ORGANISED SEPARATELY BY SHEUNG SHU I RURAL COMMITTEE, SHA TAU KOK RURAL COMMITTEE, NORTH DISTRICT MUTUAL AID COMMITTEE WORKING SUB-COMMITTEE AND SHEUNG SHU I SPORTS ASSOCIATION.
THE FUN FAIRS AND SHOWS WILL BE HELD AT LUEN WO HUI, SHA TAU KOK AND SHEK WU HUI PLAYGROUNDS.
THERE WILL BE 33 TABLES AT A DINNER PARTY FOR PEOPLE AGED OVER 70 TO BE HELD ON THE LAST DAY OF THE CELEBRATIONS.
A LUCKY DRAW WILL TAKE PLACE DURING THE DINNER AND SPECIAL PRIZES WILL BE AWARDED TO THE FIVE OLDEST PEOPLE ATTENDING.
/THS CROSS-COUNTRY .
THURSDAY, JANUARY 22, 1981
- 6
THE CROSS-COUNTRY RACE, AN ANNUAL EVENT ORGANISED BY SHEUNG SHUI SPORTS ASSOCIATION, WILL ALSO BE HELD ON THE CLOSING DAY OF THE CELEBRATIONS.
IT WILL BE OPEN TO ALL HONG KONG RESIDENTS AGED OVER 16. THE ID-KILOMETRE ROUTE WILL START FROM PING CHE AND FINISH AT SHEK WU HUI PLAYGROUND.
ANT I-NARCOTICS SINGING CONTEST GRAND FINAL *****
THE FINAL OF THE ACTION COMMITTEE AGAINST NARCOTICS SINGING COMPETITION WILL BE HELD THIS SATURDAY (JANUARY 24) AT 8 PM IN THE AUDITORIUM OF THE TSUEN WAN TOWN HALL.
THE COMPETITION, WHICH IS THE FIRST OF ITS KIND ORGANISED BY ACAN AND SPONSORED BY THE MUSIC OFFICE, RADIO TELEVISION HONG KONG AND TOM LEE PIANO COMPANY, IS AIMED AT PROMOTING AND PUBLICISING ANT I-NARCOTICS MESSAGES.
APART FROM THE EIGHT FINALISTS WHO COMPRISE SIX SOLOISTS AND TWO GROUPS, THE TSUEN WAN CHILDREN’S CHOIR AND MR WILLIAM CHAN, A LOCAL FOLK SINGER, WILL ENTERTAIN THE AUDIENCE. MR ERIC NG, RTHK DISC JOCKEY, WILL BE THE MASTER OF CEREMONIES.
MR LEWIS DAVIES, SECRETARY FOR SECURITY, WILL PRESENT SOUVENIRS TO THE ADJUDICATORS, WHO INCLUDE SENIOR GOVERNMENT OFFICIALS, WELL-KNOWN SINGERS, SONGWRITERS AND A DISC JOCKEY.
MR ROBERT SUN, DIRECTOR OF INFORMATION SERVICES, WILL PRESENT TROPHIES TO THE WINNERS OF THE SINGING COMPETITION AND SOUVENIRS TO THE OTHER FINALISTS.
NOTE TO EDITORS:
MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES ARE WELCOME TO COVER THE EVENT. TRANSPORT WILL BE AVAILABLE ON A FIRST-COME-FIRST-SERVED BASIS. AN 11-SEATER GOVERNMENT VEHICLE (AM 2840) WILL LEAVE THE SIDE ENTRANCE TO THE PENINSULA HOTEL (OPPOSITE YMCA BUILDING) ON HANKOW ROAD, TSIM SHA TSUI, AT 7 PM SHARP.
------0-------
THURSDAY, JANUARY 22, 1981
7
TICD DIRECTOR OPENS PLASTIC FURNITURE EXHIBITION # # # *
THE DIRECTOR OF TRADE INDUSTRY AND CUSTOMS, MR BILL DORWARD TODAY PAID TRIBUTE TO THE PIONEERS OF HONG KONG’S PLASTICS INDUSTRY FOR THE REMARKABLE PROGRESS MADE IN PRODUCTION METHODS, DESIGN AND STYLING.
OPENING A +PLASTICS FOR MODERN LIVING* EXHIBITION AT THE OCEAN TERMINAL, MR DORWARD CONGRATULATED THE MANUFACTURERS FOR BRINGING DURABLE, WELL-DESIGNED FURNITURE WITHIN THE REACH OF MANY.
RECALLING HIS FIRST CONTACT WITH THE INDUSTRY IN HONG KONG IN THE MID-FIFTIES, MR DORWARD SAID: +THE PLASTICS INDUSTRY OF THOSE DAYS HAD A WELL-EARNED REPUTATION FOR THE CHEAP AND THE SHODDY, THE ’EMPIRE MADE’ PLASTIC TOYS WHICH WERE SOLD IN DEPARTMENT STORES TO CHILDREN SPENDING THEIR SATURDAY POCKET MONEY AND WHICH WERE USUALLY BROKEN BY THE TIME THE WEEKEND WAS OVER.
+BUT OUT OF THAT PRIMITIVE INDUSTRY OF 25 YEARS AGO HAS GROWN ONE WHICH IS AN ACKNOWLEDGED WORLD LEADER. LAST YEAR, THE VALUE OF EXPORTS OF ITS PRODUCTS WAS AROUND $5 OOO MILLION. THE TOYS SECTOR IS OF COURSE THE BIGGEST AND BEST KNOWN, FOR HONG KONG IS TODAY THE WORLD’S LEADING EXPORTER OF TOYS.*
MR DORWARD REMARKED THAT THE EQUIPMENT WHICH PRODUCED THE FURNITURE IN THE SHOW - AT 700 OUNCES CAPACITY, THE BIGGEST INJECTION MOULDING MACHINES IN HONG KONG - WAS A FAR CRY FROM THE MANUALLY OPERATED JACK-IN-THE-BOX MACHINES OF THE FIFTIES. +AND THE PRODUCTS THEMSELVES IN THIS EXHIBITION, WHICH IS APTLY KNOWN AS PLASTICS FOR MODERN LIVING, REFLECT PROGRESS NOT MERELY IN PRODUCTION METHODS BUT IN DESIGN AND STYLING,* HE SAID.
THE FOUR-DAY EXHIBITION IS ORGANISED BY QUALIDUX INDUSTRIAL CO. LTD. WHICH HAS RECENTLY WON THE +FEDERATION OF HONG KONG INDUSTRIES AWARD FOR GOOD DESIGN IN THE FURNITURE CATEGORY*.
------0 - - - -
JAPANESE INVESTMENT MISSION LIKES HK * * * * X
SENIOR EXECUTIVES FROM FIVE JAPANESE COMPANIES HAVE COMPLETED (ON WEDNESDAY) A SUCCESSFUL THREE-DAY VISIT TO HONG KONG.
THE VISIT WAS SPONSORED BY THE INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT AND COMMUNICATIONS WORKING COMMITTEES OF THE JAPAN/HONG KONG BUSINESS COOPERATION COMMITTEE IN TOKYO, AND BY THE HONG KONG/JAPAN BUSINESS COOPERATION COMMITTEE IN HONG KONG.
DELEGATE FIRMS, WHICH WERE RECRUITED BY NOMURA SECURITIES CO. LTD., TOKYO, ARE ENGAGED IN THE MANUFACTURE OF FOODSTUFFS, INDUSTRIAL GASES, STATIONERY AND COMPUTERS.
ALL MEMBERS OF THE MISSION WERE ESPECIALLY IMPRESSED BY THE DYNAMIC PACE OF DEVELOPMENT AND GROWTH WHICH THEY SAW EVERYWHERE IN HONG KONG. THEY STATED THAT HONG KONG WAS OF INTEREST TO THEM BECAUSE OF ITS POTENTIAL FOR CONTINUING GROWTH IN THE FUTURE.
/A MANUFACTURER ...
THURSDAY, JANUARY 22, 1981
8
A MANUFACTURER OF FOOD PRODUCTS WHO WAS LOOKING FOR A SUB-CONTRACTOR WHO WOULD USE HIS- HIGH TECHNOLOGY PROCESSES TO MANUFACTURE IN HONG KONG FOR EXPORT WORLDWIDE SAID HE WAS CONFIDENT THAT HE WOULD FI ND A SUITABLE PARTNER HERE. HE WAS ALREADY ARRANGING FOR DETAILED DISCUSSIONS TO TAKE PLACE SHORTLY.
ALL THE OTHER MEMBERS ARE PLANNING TO CARRY OUT FURTHER MARKET STUDIES TO EVALUATE IN DEPTH THE POSSIBILITIES FOR THEM IN HONG KONG, BEFORE REACHING A DEFINITE DECISION.
THE PROGRAMME WAS ORGANIZED BY THE TRADE INDUSTRY AND CUSTOMS DEPARTMENT AND INCLUDED A BRIEFING ON HONG KONG’S ECONOMY AND ITS OPPORTUNITIES FOR JOINT VENTURES, A VISIT TO THE TAI PO INDUSTRIAL ESTATE, AND INDIVIDUAL FACTORY VISITS FOR EACH DELEGATE FIRM.
THIS IS THE FOURTH INDUSTRIAL INVESTMENT MISSION FROM JAPAN SPONSORED BY THE BUSINESS COOPERATION COMMITTEES AND IS AN IMPORTANT PART OF THEIR WORK IN CREATING A NEW CLIMATE OF AWARENESS OF THE OPPORTUNITIES HONG KONG PRESENTS TO JAPANESE INVESTORS.
THE TICD IS ALSO CARRYING OUT A CONTINUING PROGRAMME OF INDUSTRIAL INVESTMENT PROMOTION MISSIONS TO JAPAN, WHILE THE HONG KONG COMMITTEE IS ABOUT TO PUBLISH A BOOKLET IN JAPANESE OUTLINING THE SUCCESSFUL EXPERIENCES OF 17 JAPANESE COMPANIES ALREADY OPERATING IN HONG KONG.
------0-------
NEW SPIRIT IN TECHNICAL EDUCATION
* *
THERE IS A NEW SPIRIT IN TECHNICAL STUDIES IN SCHOOLS THESE DAYS, NOTED MR COLVYN HAYE, DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION, AT THE SPEECH DAY OF THE TANG SHIU KIN VICTORIA TECHNICAL SCHOOL THIS AFTERNOON.
+THE OLD-FASHIONED FILING OF BITS OF METAL AND PLANING OF LENGTHS OF WOOD HAS GIVEN WAY TO THE EXCITING CREATION OF ARTEFACTS IN CRAFT, DESIGN AND TECHNOLOGY,* THE DIRECTOR SAID.
PAYING TRIBUTE TO THE ROLE PLAYED BY THE OLDEST TECHNICAL SCHOOL IN HONG KONG, NOW REVITALISED IN THE NEW BUILDING MADE POSSIBLE BY THE GENEROSITY OF SIR SHIU-KIN TANG, MR HAYE SAID THAT THE RECENT VISIT OF MR JOHN SWAIN, A SENIOR INSPECTOR OF SCHOOLS FROM LONDON, HAD CONFIRMED HIS HIGH OPINION OF THE WORK BEING DONE AT THE SCHOOL.
+ IT IS FITTING THAT THE TANG SHIU KIN VICTORIA TECHNICAL SCHOOL WHICH HAD PIONEERED TECHNICAL STUDIES IN HONG KONG SHOULD BE ONE OF THE LEADERS OF THE NEW PHILOSOPHY,* HE SAID.
CRAFT, DESIGN AND TECHNOLOGY HAD BROUGHT TOGETHER THE AESTHETIC AND PRACTICAL IN AN EXCITING AND VITAL WAY WHICH HAD FIRED THE IMAGINATION OF TEACHERS AND PUPILS IN SCHOOLS.
+GONE ARE THE DULL OLD DAYS IN WORKSHOPS,* MR HAYE SAID. +NOW CHILDREN ARE CREATING FURNITURE AND MODELS IN WOOD, METAL AND PLASTICS AND IN THE PROCESS LEARNING TO BE CREATIVE CRAFTSMEN AND TECHNICIANS.*
/LOOKING TO .....
THURSDAY, JANUARY 22, 1981
- 9 -
LOOKING TO A BRIGHT FUTURE FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION IN SCHOOLS, MR HAYE SAID THAT CRAFT, DESIGN AND TECHNOLOGY COULD TAKE CHILDREN SUCCESSFULLY THROUGH CERTIFICATE OF EDUCATION AND ADVANCED LEVEL STUDIES TO TECHNOLOGIST DEGREES OF THE HIGHEST REPUTATION.
HE HAD NO DOUBT THAT THE CRAFT, DESIGN AND TECHNOLOGY STUDENTS OF TODAY COULD BE THE CRAFTSMEN, TECHNICIANS AND TECHNOLOGISTS OF TOMORROW.
------0-------
COMPETITION FOR CLEANEST TAI PO BUILDING * * * *
A +CLEAN BUILDING* COMPETITION STARTED TODAY IN TAI PO TO ENCOURAGE RESIDENTS TO TIDY UP THEIR HOMES FOR THE LUNAR NEW YEAR.
THE COMPETITION IS ORGANISED BY THE DISTRICT KEEP HONG KONG CLEAN CAMPAIGN COMMITTEE OF TAI PO TO COINCIDE WITH THE TWO-WEEK YEAR-END CELEBRATION PROGRAMME PREPARED BY THE TAI PO DISTRICT ADVISORY BOARD.
THE PANEL OF ADJUDICATORS, COMPRISING MEMBERS OF THE CAMPAIGN COMMITTEE, MUTUAL AID COMMITTEES AND REPRESENTATIVES OF THE DISTRICT OFFICE AND URBAN SERVICES OFFICE OF TAI PO, TODAY TOURED SOME 20 BUILDINGS TO PICK THE MODEL.
DURING THE TOUR, THEY INSPECTED THE PUBLIC CORRIDORS, COMMON PLACES, CANOPIES AND ROOFTOPS OF THE BUILDINGS.
PRIZES WILL BE PRESENTED TO THE MUTUAL AID COMMITTEE OF THE WINNING BUILDING AT THE CLOSING CEREMONY OF THE TAI PO LUNAR NEW YEAR CELEBRATIONS ON FEBRUARY 19.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT SAID THE RESPONSE TO AND THE RESULTS OF THE CONTEST HAD BEEN VERY ENCOURAGING.
+THE COMPETITION NOT ONLY REVIVES THE TRADITIONAL PRACTICE OF ANNUAL SPRING CLEAN BUT ALSO AROUSES PUBLIC AWARENESS OF THE IMPORTANCE OF KEEPING THE ENVIRONMENT A PLEASANT PLACE TO LIVE IN,+ HE SAID.
------0-------
EDINBURGH PLACE CLOSURE * * *
EDINBURGH PLACE EAST IN FRONT OF QUEEN’S PIER WILL BE CLOSED THIS SATURDAY AND SUNDAY (JANUARY 24 AND 25) AND ON FEBRUARY 14 AND 22 FOR PROGRAMMES IN THIS YEAR’S HONG KONG ARTS FESTIVAL.
THE PLACE WILL BE CLOSED ON SATURDAY AND ON FEBRUARY 14 FROM 8 AM TO 12 NOON, AND ON SUNDAY AND FEBRUARY 22 FROM 8 AM TO MIDNIGHT.
------0-------
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN—SUPPLEMENT
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG: TEL 5-233191
(EMBARGOED FOR RELEASE AT 10 PM, THURSDAY, JANUARY 22, 1981) Speech by the Governor, Sir Murray MacLehose at the Annual Dinner of the HK General Chamber of Commerce at the Mandarin Hotel on January 22, 1981_____________
I should like to start by tongratulating the Chamber on its vigour and enterprise. You, Sir, have already referred to its valuable missions abroad to promote trade and investment and to keep Hong Kong on the map. But there are a host of less publicised services which add up to a major contribution to the trade of-Hong Kong.
1 am also extremely grateful for the energy with which the Chamber maintains its Good Citizens Award Scheme. I am told that over the last seven years the Chamber has paid -$1 million to about 1 000 members of the public who in one way or another have personally helped a policeman to deal with criminals. The scheme has been a valuable spur to community cooperation and an enormous encouragement to the police themselves.
I very much agree with the general theme and thrust of your speech, and in the first place I would like to answer some of the specific points you have raised.
You suggested that in the present inflationary situation the Government, as the territory’s largest employer, should not make matters worse by incorporating anticipated inflation into wage settlements. We will not• The Standing Commission on Salaries and Conditions of Service /is addressing .............................................................
2
is addressing itself to the method of conducting annual pay reviews.
But its work will not be completed for some months and this year’s review will be conducted on the old basis.
Its object is neither to lead nor lag behind trends in the private sector -as they have boent and certainly not as they might be in the future♦ I would also make the point that, in so large and complex a community,..eyen so ingenious a private sector as that of Hong Kong would come unstuck without an efficient and contented public service; that in Hong Kong you have a public service which in my professional.judgment is better than in any of the six previously *
countries in which I have/served; and that it is very much in the public interest that this service should feel that it is fairly treated - and for this reason much effort has been put into the overhaul of pay and conditions of service since I last spoke to you. And I would like to record my thanks for the devoted work of members of the Standing Commission, several of whom are members of this Chamber.
I can also assure you we have no intention of intervening in supply and demand more than the Government does at present. For of course it does intervene and on a large scale. Housing, Education,
medical services and the various benefits available under our social welfare schemes, arc all obvious examples, and they greatly contribute to the wellbeing and stability, let alone the international acceptability, of our society. In carefully defined circumstances, land is another example. But I certainly take the point that since Hong Kong is so dependent on economic conditions in its overseas markets which are beyond its control, generally speaking Hong Kong costs must be left free to adjust to what will win orders in these markets.
The outcome .....
3
The outcome of the: negotiations for renewal of the Multi-Fibre Arrangements and the related bi-laterals are obviously of the greatest concern to all of us • At present we are waiting for the demandeurs -notably the EEC and the US — to show their hands* They in their turn have been delayed by the coincidence of change of Presidency in America and change of Presidency and Membership of the Commission of the EEC. Meanwhile I think we have done and are doing all we possibly can to show up the fallacies in the arguments used to support the arrangements forced on us in 1977 and to demonstrate how threadbare they appear in the light of subsequent experience. The major cause of reduced employment in the textile industries of some of the larger developed countries is not imports but their own increased productivity, as so clearly pointed in that excellent publication The MFA: Myths, Facts and Application, prepared by the Hong Kong Textile and Clothing Industries Joint Conference. Moreover to the extent that it is due to imports - and to some extent it certainly is, the culprits - if that is the right word for someone supplying what the public wants - the cuplprits are other developed and unrestricted countries, rather than developing countries in general, or Hong Kong in particular. Again the assertion that if we were made to hold back it would leave room for deserving new producers in developing countries has been proved to be as wide of the mark as we said at the time. However whatever the logic of our case, it is inevitable that developed governments will be subject to political pressures at the time of the negotiations. So it would be helpful to us, when the negotiations pick up in the second half of the year, if they did so against a background of some economic revival. 'hile prospects in the UK may not be bright, there is a body of opinion that- economic acti^ity-dn the rest of Europe may improve in the second half of tnis year. In the American market, the new Presidency makes forecasting difficult for the time being, and we can only wait and see whether that immensely strong economy that has recently proved so volatile will now receive the psychological assurance it needs and regains
/a firmer .....
- . 4 -
a firmer course. For my part I am optimistic.
One thing v/e can certainly be sure of is the competence of our and their industrial advisers.
own negotiators^/ You can rest assured that anything that can be done by negotiation they will do.
I agree with your remarks on the importance of extending our transport infrastructure. It is a prerequisite of both our economic expansion and the better distribution of our population. I can assure you that a great deal more is being done by your Government than scratch its head about the problems of King’s road in rush hour. This year completed projects will include Phase I of the Tsuen './an By-pass, Aberdeen Tunnel and the Canal Road flyover, the East Kowloon Corridor leading to the airport tunnel, the flyover at the Pokfulam and Hill xRoad junction and even, you will be surprised to hear the flyover at the Stubbs Road roundabout. The completion at the end of the next year of the Tsuen w/an extension of the MTR and at the end of next year or the beginning of 1983 completion of the double-tracking and electrification of the railway to Lo Wu will enormously New Territories* relieve traffic problems in the North-east and oouth-west/ Otherwise, 1984 and 1985 seem to be the years in which general relief can be expected through completion of the MTR Island Line, the Island Eastern Corridor road, and in the New Territories the completion of large portions of the New Territories Circular road. These are gigantic projects. Nevertheless slippage of this programme could be seriously damaging.
You referred to commercial rents. Their rapid rise is a disagreeable aspect of an otherwise encouraging fact, namely the very favourable view that people take of Hong Kong as a place of business in its own right, as a trade base for the Western Pacific growth area, and particularly as a place in the closest contact with the developing economy of China. I am fully aware of the disruptive effect of these very sharp increases in rent, particularly in prime areas, and the harsh effects on /individuals, .................................................................
«■< individuals, and it is r. vturnl th?t calls for controls should bo made, out though Gov rr. _rt 'ill continue to watch th- situation closely, it does ret i-/ -n\ to introduce- controls particularly when such an unpreced ntcdly large supply of nett commercial floor space is coming on the market and which in all logic should restrain the- rate of further increases.
Turning no* to g^n- ral issues, any analysis of the present situation must contain, like yours, Sir, elements both sweet and sour. Let me first iiror of the sour.
• •• hav- had inflation over the last year, largely imported. Tr is * hirh figur., ■-'nd its implications for all are apparent. And the Government i.- very ‘’ell aware that shoe pinches hardest ir. lower and middle income brackets. Short .nine oraers and fall-off ir. errand in North America and luropc have produced *. marked drop in the rro'•th-r-t. of our exports - from (I repent in real terms) 18?- annual growth rate in real terms/in the first half of this year to between -nnc; in th: s cone. This trend is a matter of concern here in Hong enviable. Kong, but by world standards the rate-of growth is still respectable, even/
Then there has been immigration. The measures to deter illegal immigration have ::orked sc far, and we are deeply indebted to the security forces, the cooper' tion o? the. Guangdong Provincial Government, and the support of the public. Nevertheless ir. the- two years up to last October we rainca about 300 000 tore population by immigration* Thu effect ’’-'ill have to be faced in many fields. Certainly it held back t,% growth rate of vr go levels even in 1979, and ir. 19^0, in combin' tion with reduced - "tivity in some industri 1 >. ctor:;, it resulted ir. real incomes at ’ lower nd of the scale - t best refraining st-tic and poss hl- r.li-htly falling.
It also aggravated th .ff ct of ccr.o~ic cor -*i .'.c c.. ur.c- ployment. T’-ir r ~ risen fro-" ir f • - : r 1979 r
/i : “ .....
6
if not adjust d for school-leavers) to $,8/> last September (or unadjusted), and I hav« no doubt this tr< nd has continued. It is still comparatively low, but the trend is disturbing, and as the Financial Secretary said yesterday, it nay well continue until changes in Hong Kong costs or increased external demand for Hong Kong products have revived demand for labour.
There is no way in which the Government could intervene in this readjustment process, but we have a safety net of social welfare payments to sustain incomes at a defined point. And we have labour legislation. arc- of course r viewing both, particularly the first, to ensure that the basis of payments is fair and up to date.
The drop in the growth rr.te of rc-l incomes and rise in unemployment should be temporary as world commie activity revives and our labour supply becomes more stable. But the mand which extra population will make on goods and services is permanent and because of the generally low age group likely to exp-.nd. I therefore entirely agree with w.iat you, Sir, said about the importance ci nousing. Moreover, though the private-sector is building a very large number of housing units - perhaps 2? 000 or more last year - their price has become so high that they are either unobtainable to a 1-rge section of the population or are buildina into too many family bua--xts an element for rent or mortgage that is much higher than they can comfortably bear. The Government’s housing production has at last reached fairly satisfactory levels around the 35 000 mark which will be sustained, but clearly the target needs to bo reviewed and the original Home ’Ownership Scheme Committee will soon be reconvened to advise on the continuation, expansion, and even v/i coning the scope of the Home wnership Programme. While of course there must be no reduction of planned production cf government rented accommodation, I think that in anding the possibility
of home
/ownership for
7
and lower-middle
ownership for lower/income groups the Government can make the most practical reducing
further contribution both tc/housing shortage and to the aspirations of the people concerned. I feel sure that if the Government were to call for the assistance of the private sector in any expansion scheme it would -be•forthcoming.
Perhaps I should say a word about bus fares. I believe that the fundamental areas of public anxiety at the moment are inflation, static or dropping incomes in some sectors of manufacturing, • '
real / fear of redundancy, and above all in the middle and lower income
brackets, pressure from rents and mortgages. Nevertheless the focus is on bus fares. It seems to be assumed that the Government has in some way already made up its mind. This is completely untrue. We realise the effect that very large increases could have on family budgets. We also know that Hong Kong people are realistic and accept that fair charges must be paid to cover particularly if these services are to be improved.
the costs of services, /But they need assurance that what they are eventually asked to pay is based on figures that are accurate and accountancy that is fair. So nc decision will be taken before
all aspects have been submitted to the most searching scrutiny first by the Transport Advisory Committee and secondly by the Executive Council. The first of these stages has only just now commenced. Before leaving the sour, I think it reasonable to point out thet we are talking about an unemployment figure that is still comparatively low, about a decline in the growth rate.of our and about what looks like being
exports/at worst a shallow and temporary recession. Though the situation has been aggravated by the coincidence of immigration and inflation, comparisons with the deep recession of 197^/75 are completely misplaced.
In facing this situation, which is not all that serious compared with situations Hong Kong has overcome in the past, we should remember how extraordinarily well the economy has performed during the last 5 years, when, let us remember most developed economies have been in pr on the edge
of,recession most of the time.
/It has •••••
8
It has been in these unpromising circumstances that over the 5. years up tc the end of 1980- our economy has grown at an average annual rate of about 11^4 in real terms; that the gross domestic product per head of population has risen by about 50% in real terms: that public expenditure has risen, and risen through growth not tax increases, by about, 90% in of
real terms, and/course an increasing proportion of this expenditure is going on items such as expanded housing, education, medical and health services and social welfare that directly benefit the family budgets cf lower income groups.
Certainly the last half decade has seen a heartening improvement in the standard of living of nearly all our people and it has been based on the extraordinary ability of our exporters and industrialists to maintain growth in the face of a.sluggish world economy; on the rapid expansion of Kong Kong’s tertiary sector and in particular of its sector, . on
financial services/and tourism, and/fiong Kong’s popularity as the principal place of business in the Western Pacific growth area.
This expansion has also been greatly assisted by Chinese modernisation and the resulting expansion of trade which has a marked inpact on Hong Kong.
in money terms Total trade with China increased by 6 5%/in the first eleven
months of 1980 over the corresponding period in the previous year. Hong Kong’s imports from China in these eleven months amounted to HK&19 628 million, or 20% of imports from all sources. But the most striking development is the re-emergence of Hong Kong as an entrepot for the China trade. Apart from the fact that China is traditionally the largest source, supplying about 28% of goods re-exported through Hong Kong, China has in 1980 also become the largest market, taking about 15% of goods re-exported through Hong Kong. The increase in the entrepot trade for
/China is .....
9
China is dramatic; in the first eleven months of 1980, re-exports to and from China as a whole grew by 85/° in money terms compared with those in the corresponding period in/the previous year.
Moreover, I should expect the relationship with China to grow.
I believe the developments at Shenzhen and Shekou will proceed-and-that .
poeeibili-ties 'in -Guangdong generally
and Fujian, and indeed in the rest of China, will attract increasing investment and participation by Hong Kong businessmen.
/and laws And I should expect this process to grow as Chinese commercial policies/are defined and stabilised, and as confidence in their continuity grows. While some technical aspects must be watched - for instance certificates of origin -
I see no danger in principle in any of this for Hong Kong, indeed quite /the development of Guangdong and Hong Kong are complementary.
the reverse, /There could well be room for net expansion of Hong Kong ' materials and
industry through the lower costs of some/oomponents if they were produced in China instead of imported from overseas, and if some land intensive processes were moved north of the border. Equally to be welcomed is the expansion of investment in Hong Kong by agencies of the Chinese government.
One way in which the government can assist the success of our Advisory-exporters is by implementation of the recommendations of the Committee on Diversification. These were designed to enable Hong Kong to strengthen its economic position in the 80s by increasing the supply of industrial land, improving industrial support facilities and technical back up services, and strengthening present arrangements for both trade promotion and industrial investment promotion. All these things - and there were implemented
47 recommendations in all - are being / • with the urgency that they
deserve and 1981 will see a host of government-based or government-led activities aimed at assisting industry to move into the 80s.
/Gentlemen, I .....
10
Gentlemen. I accept that prospects for 1981 arc h.-.rd to predict this at moment, but let us ref caber we face the second year of this decade against a background of an unprecedented 5-year period of sustained growth. If there is to be a period of hesitation ;?e are well prepared for it and, in any case, I do not think we f.-.ce a prolonged 1 r exceptionally difficult short-term future. We should remember our assets - our enviable geographical position, our political and fiscal stability, our budgetary strength the excellence of our external communications -nd harbour, our sophisticated financial services, and the continuing ability of our industrialists to move up market and of our workforce to keep pace with the more complex work called for. The friendly sapport of the British Government and the helpful attitude of the Chinese Government both give us confidence. In this uncertain world few other governments could say as much about their economy’s recent record or possioilities for the future. This encourages me to hope that when on February 5 the Year of the Golden Cockerel dawns and the cockerel' crows, it will be proclaiming that Hong Kong will find satisfaction, if not feast in the year ahead.
0 - -
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
FRIDAY, JANUARY 23, 1981
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
GOODS SMUGGLERS 'TILL BE PENALISED ............................. 1
PROVISIONAL TRADE FIGURES FOR DECEMBER 1980 .................... 3
NOMINATIONS FOR URBCO ELECTION NOW OPEN ........................ 5
REMINDER ON NET WAGE CEILING LAW ............................... 6
FULL VAQILITTES RESUME AT PERSONS REGISTRATION OFFICE.......... 6
KEEP HONG KONG CLEAN CAMPAIGN MUST BE A SUCCESS ................ 7
LOCAL ENTHUSIASM HELPS BUILD CHEUNG CHAU ....................... 7
TV FILM CLIPS ON INDUSTRIAL SAFETY ............................. 9
ROAD TO BE CLOSED FOR MTR TSUEN WAN DEPOT ...................... 9
WORK TO START ON ABERDEEN COMPLEX-............................. 10
ARRANGEMENTS FOR WORK ON FERRY TERMINAL ....................... 11
FIRING PRACTICE IN FEBRUARY
11
FRIDAY, JANUARY 23, 1981
1
GOODS SMUGGLERS WILL BE PENALISED
*****
THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, DISCLOSED TODAY THAT ILLICIT TRADERS WHO PROFIT IN TWO-WAY SMUGGLING OF GOODS BETWEEN HONG KONG AND CHINA WOULD BE PENALISED.
+OUR LEGISLATION HAS BEEN EXAMINED TO SEE HOW MOST EFFECTIVELY WE CAN PREVENT THESE ACTIVITIES, INCLUDING FOR EXAMPLE CONFISCATION OF THE SMUGGLED GOODS, AND IN SERIOUS CASES, CONFISCATION OF VESSELS OR CANCELLATION OF THE LICENCES OF THEIR MASTERS.*
THE LEGISLATION PROVIDES FOR IMPRISONMENT AS WELL AS FINES SO IT COULD INVOLVE THE PRISONS DEPARTMENT, SIR MURRAY SAID IN A SPEECH GIVEN AT THE ANNUAL PARADE OF THE DEPARTMENT AT ITS STAFF TRAINING INSTITUTE IN STANLEY.
HE SAID THE SUDDEN INCREASE IN TWO-WAY SMUGGLING, MOSTLY BY BOAT, +COULD SPAWN OUT INTO OTHER CRIMES AND IT COULD CAUSE FRICTION WITH OUR NEIGHBOUR*.
♦THE CHINESE AUTHORITIES AND OURSELVES TAKE AN EQUALLY SERIOUS VIEW OF THIS FURTHER MANIFESTATION OF CRIMINAL ACTIVITY ACROSS THE FRONTIER,* HE STRESSED.
IN HIS SPEECH THE GOVERNOR PRAISED THE PRISONS DEPARTMENT FOR ITS CONTINUING EFFORTS TO FOSTER LOCAL INVOLVEMENT IN THE WELFARE AND REHABILITATION OF OFFENDERS.
HE SAID THERE WERE NOW 16 PRISON CHAPLAINS AND OVER 90 MEMBERS OF RELIGIOUS AND VOLUNTARY ORGANISATIONS WHO HAD BEEN APPOINTED AS PRISON VISITORS.
+1 AM GRATEFUL FOR WHAT THEY DO, AS I AM TO JUSTICES OF PEACE WHO LAST YEAR MADE AN AVERAGE OF ALMOST ONE VISIT A DAY TO THE DEPARTMENT,* HE SAID.
SIR MURRAY ALSO POINTED OUT THAT THE SUCCESS OF THE DETENTION CENTRE PROGRAMME FOR YOUNG AND YOUNG ADULT OFFENDERS HAD CONTINUED AND HAD ATTRACTED GREAT INTEREST ABROAD.
HE TOLD THE PRISONS STAFFi +LARGE NUMBERS OF PRISON ADMINISTRATORS AND OTHERS FROM OVERSEAS VISIT YOUR INSTITUTIONS EACH YEAR. MANY HAVE WRITTEN LETTERS OR PUBLISHED ARTICLES FULL OF PRAISE. IT IS WELL DESERVED.*
ACCOMPANIED BY THE COMMISSIONER OF PRISONS, MR THOMAS GARNER, SIR MURRAY INSPECTED THE PARADE FORMED BY 205 PRISON OFFICERS FROM VARIOUS INSTITUTIONS.
HE ALSO PRESENTED COLONIAL PRISON SERVICE MEDALS TO 29 OFFICERS WHO HAVE HAD 18 YEARS’ EXEMPLARY SERVICE.
THE BAND, PIPES AND DRUMS OF CAPE COLLINSON CORRECTIONAL INSTITUTION PROVIDED MUSIC THROUGHOUT THE EVENT. THE GIRLS MARCHING TEAM OF TAI TAM GAP CORRECTIONAL INSTITUTION ALSO GAVE A PERFORMANCE.
/the following.......
FRIDAY, JANUARY 23, 1981
- 2 -
THE FOLLOWING IS THE FULL TEXT OF THE GOVERNOR’S SPEECHi
+AS ALWAYS IT IS A PLEASURE FOR ME TO INSPECT THIS ANNUAL PARADE.
♦DEMANDS ON THE DEPARTMENT FROM VIETNAMESE REFUGEES HAVE THANKFULLY BEEN REDUCED. BUT ILLEGAL IMMIGRATION INEVITABLY INVOLVED YOU- PRISON LABOUR HELPED WITH THE BORDER FENCES- THE ABOLITION OF THE ’TOUCH-BASE’ POLICY IN OCTOBER REQUIRED NEW DETENTION FACILITIES AT VICTORIA PRISON. I AM GRATEFUL TO YOU ALL FOR THE WILLING WAY IN WHICH YOU HAVE TACKLED THESE TASKS.
♦PERHAPS NOT UNCONNECTED WITH OUR SUCCESSFUL ATTACK ON ILLEGAL IMMIGRATION THERE HAS BEEN A SUDDEN INCREASE IN TWO-WAY SMUGGLING OF GOODS BETWEEN HONG KONG AND CHINA, MOSTLY BY BOAT. THE CHINESE AUTHORITIES AND OURSELVES TAKE AN EQUALLY SERIOUS VIEW OF THIS FURTHER MANIFESTATION OF CRIMINAL ACTIVITY ACROSS THE FRONTIER. IT COULD SPAWN OUT INTO OTHER CRIMES AND IT COULD CAUSE FRICTION WITH OUR NEIGHBOUR. OUR LEGISLATION HAS BEEN EXAMINED TO SEE HOW MOST EFFECTIVELY WE CAN PREVENT THESE ACTIVITIES, INCLUDING FOR EXAMPLE CONFISCATION OF THE SMUGGLED GOODS, AND IN SERIOUS CASES, CONFISCATION OF VESSELS OR CANCELLATION OF THE LICENCES OF THEIR MASTERS. THE LEGISLATION PROVIDES FOR IMPRISONMENT AS WELL AS FINES SO YOU COULD BE INVOLVED.
♦SADLY, THE DOWNWARD TREND OF RECENT YEARS HAS REVERSED AND MUSTER ROSE FROM AROUND 5 900 IN JANUARY TO OVER 6 600 BY THE END OF THE YEAR. ON THE POSITIVE SIDE, THE DEPARTMENT HAS QUICKLY ADAPTED A NUMBER OF ITS INSTITUTIONS TO SUIT THE CHANGING COMPOSITION OF THE PRISON POPULATION. TAI TAM GAP IS NOW A TRAINING CENTRE AND PRISON FOR GIRLS AND PROVIDES A FULL RANGE OF REHABILITATION PROGRAMMES FOR YOUNG FEMALE OFFENDERS. NUMBERS ADMITTED FOR DRUG ADDICTION TREATMENT HAVE DECLINED AND HEI LING CHAU NOW ACCOMMODATES ALL ADULT MALES UNDERGOING SUCH TREATMENT. AS A RESULT, IT HAS BEEN POSSIBLE TO CONVERT TAI LAM CHUNG INTO A MINIMUM CONTROL SECURITY PRISON.
+THE SUCCESS OF THE DETENTION CENTRE PROGRAMME FOR YOUNG OFFENDERS CONTINUES. 95 PER CENT HAVE COMPLETED THEIR 12 MONTH SUPERVISION WITHOUT RECONVICTION. I AM PLEASED TO SEE EQUALLY ENCOURAGING RESULTS FOR YOUNG ADULTS BETWEEN THE AGE OF 21 AND 25 TO WHOM THE PROGRAMME WAS EXTENDED IN 1976. IT HAS ATTRACTED GREAT INTEREST ABROAD AND I CONGRATULATE ALL CONCERNED.
♦LARGE NUMBERS OF PRISON ADMINISTRATORS AND OTHERS FROM OVERSEAS VISIT YOUR INSTITUTIONS EACH YEAR. MANY HAVE WRITTEN LETTERS OR PUBLISHED ARTICLES FULL OF PRAISE. IT IS WELL DESERVED.
♦THE DEPARTMENT HAS CONTINUED TO FOSTER LOCAL INVOLVEMENT IN THE WELFARE AND REHABILITATION OF OFFENDERS. THERE ARE NOW 16 PRISON CHAPLAINS AND OVER 90 MEMBERS OF RELIGIOUS AND VOLUNTARY ORGANISATIONS WHO HAVE BEEN APPOINTED AS PRISON VISITORS. I AM GRATEFUL FOR WHAT THEY DO, AS I AM TO JUSTICES OF PEACE WHO LAST YEAR MADE AN AVERAGE OF ALMOST ONE VISIT A DAY TO THE DEPARTMENT.
/♦THE ACHIEVEMENTS ..
FRIDAY, JAMJAR? 23, 1981
+THE ACHIEVEMENTS OF THE DEPARTMENT OWE MUCH TO A FINE TRADITION OF DEDICATION AND DISCIPLINE UNDER THE LEADERSHIP OF YOUR COMMISSIONER AND HIS OFFICERS. I KNOW THE IMPORTANCE OF TRAINING AND AM THEREFORE EXTREMELY PLEASED THAT BUILDING WORK WILL SOON START ON THE EXTENSION OF THE STAFF TRAINING INSTITUTE.
+ l CONGRATULATE YOU ALL ON THE SMARTNESS OF YOUR TURN OUT AND COMPLIMENT THE PARADE COMMANDER ON HIS NEW FORMATION.
I WISH YOU EVERY SUCCESS IN THE YEAR AHEAD.*
--------0
PROVISIONAL TRADE FIGURES FOR DECEMBER 1980 * M
ACCORDING TO PROVISIONAL TRADE FIGURES FOR HONG KONG’S ^RCHANDISE TRADE IN DECEMBER 1980, THE VALUE OF TOTAL EXPORTS FOR THE MONTH WAS $9 391 MILLION, MADE UP OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS AT $6 270 MILLION AND RE-EXPORTS AT $3 120 MILLION. WITH IMPORTS AT $11 306 MILLION, THE VISIBLE TRADE DEFICIT FOR DECEMBER WAS $1 915 MILLION.
FOR THE YEAR 1980 AS A WHOLE, THE VALUE OF TOTAL EXPORTS WAS $98 260 MILLION, MADE UP OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS OF $68 185 MILLION AND RE-EXPORTS OF $30 075 MILLION. WITH IMPORTS AT $111 681 MILLION, THE VISIBLE TRADE DEFICIT FOR LAST YEAR WAS $13 421 MILLION.
COMPARED WITH 1979, THERE WERE THE FOLLOWING INCREASES BY VALUEi $12 273 MILLION OR 21.9 PER CENT FOR DOMESTIC EXPORTS, $10 053 MILLION OR 50.2 PER CENT FOR RE-EXPORTS, $22 326 MILLION OR 29.4 PER CENT FOR TOTAL EXPORTS AND $25 844 MILLION OR 30.1 PER CENT FOR IMPORTS.
THE VISIBLE TRADE +GAP+, THAT IS THE PROPORTION OF THE VALUE OF IMPORTS NOT COVERED BY THE VALUE OF TOTAL EXPORTS, WAS 12 PER' CENT ($13 421 MILLION) IN 1980, SLIGHTLY UP ON THE 11.5 PER CENT ($9 903 MILLION) RECORDED IN 1979.
COMMENTING ON THESE FIGURES, A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN SAID VISIBLE TRADE IN 1980 AS A WHOLE CLEARLY HAD PROSPERED, WITH DOMESTIC EXPORTS, RE-EXPORTS AND IMPORTS ALL RECORDING GROWTH RATES SIGNIFICANTLY ABOVE THE TREND GROWTH RATES IN THE 1970’S.
PARTICULARLY IMPRESSIVE HAD BEEN THE GROWTH OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS AGAINST THE BACKGROUND OF UNFAVOURABLE ECONOMIC CONDITIONS IN HONG KONG’S MAIN MARKETS.
ON RE-EXPORTS, THE SPOKESMAN SAID HONG KONG’S ROLE AS AN ENTREPOT FOR THE REGION AS A WHOLE AND FOR CHINA IN PARTICULAR WAS ASSUMING INCREASING IMPORTANCE. THE GROWTH RATE OF RE-EXPORTS HAD BEEN ACCELERATING RAPIDLY OVER THE PAST THREE YEARS.
/NEVEBTH3L2SS, WITH ......
FRIDAY, JANUARY 23, 1981
- 4 -
NEVERTHELESS, WITH THE EXCEPTION OF THE ENTREPOT TRADE, THE GROWTH RATES HAD SLOWED DOWN TOWARDS THE END OF THE YEAR. COMPARING THE FIGURES FOR THE LAST THREE MONTHS OF 1980 WITH THOSE FOR THE CORRESPONDING PERIOD IN 1979, DOMESTIC EXPORTS INCREASED IN VALUE BY 12.4 PER CENT, RE-EXPORTS BY 57.3 PER CENT, TOTAL EXPORTS BY 24.1 PER CENT AND IMPORTS BY 27.9 PER CENT.
COMPARING THE FIGURES FOR DECEMBER 1980 WITH THOSE FOR THE SAME MONTH IN 1979, DOMESTIC EXPORTS INCREASED IN VALUE BY 11.9 PER CENT, RE-EXPORTS BY 65 PER CENT, TOTAL EXPORTS BY 25.3 PER CENT AND IMPORTS BY 35.8 PER CENT.
IN CONNECTION WITH THE RELATIVELY RAPID GROWTH RATE FOR IMPORTS, THE GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN POINTED OUT THAT A BOEING 747 AIRCRAFT WORTH ABOUT $270 MILLION WAS IMPORTED IN DECEMBER. ALSO ABOUT $100 MILLION OF FUEL OIL WAS IMPORTED AS PART OF THE GOVERNMENT’S EFFORT TO BUILD UP HONG KONG’S STRATEGIC RESERVES.
THE FOLLOWING ARE COMPARATIVE TRADE FIGURES AS RELEASED BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT TODAYi
LATEST 3 MONTHS OCT - DEC 1980 OCT - DEC 1979 INCREASE OR DECREASE
$ M $ M $ M %
DOMESTIC EXPORTS 18 252 16 232 ♦ 2 020 ♦ 12.4
RE-EXPORTS 8 946 5 686 + 3 260 + 57.3
TOTAL EXPORTS 27 198 21 918 ♦ 5 280 + 24.1
IMPORTS 31 754 24 818 ♦ 6 936 ♦ 27.9
TRADE BALANCE - 4 556 - 2 900 - 1 656
DEC DEC INCREASE OR
SAME MONTH LAST YEAR 1980 1979 DECREASE
$ M $ M $ M %
DOMESTIC EXPORTS 6 270 5 602 + 668 + 11.9
(% OF TOTAL EXPORTS) (66.8%) (74.8%)
RE-EXPORTS 3 120 1 891 + 1 229 ♦ 65.0
TOTAL EXPORTS 9 391 7 493 + 1 897 + 25.3
IMPORTS 11 306 8 328 ♦ 2 978 ♦ 35.8
TRADE BALANCE - 1 915 - 835 - 1 080
/UST MONTH........
5
DEC NOV INCREASE OR
LAST MONTH 1980 1980 DECREASE
S M $ M $ M %
DOMESTIC EXPORTS 6 270 5 893 4 377 4 6.4
(% OF TOTAL EXPORTS) (66.8%) (66.8%)
RE-EXPORTS 3 120 2 933 4 187 4 6.4
TOTAL EXPORTS 9 391 8 827 ♦ 564 4 6.4
IMPORTS 11 306 10 901 ♦ 405 4 3.7
TRADE BALANCE - 1 915 - 2 074 159
LAST 12 MONTHS JAN - DEC 1980 JAN - DEC 1979 INCREASE OR DECREASE
8 M S M S M %
DOMESTIC EXPORTS 68 185 55 912 +12 273 + 21.9
(% OF TOTAL EXPORTS) (69.4%) (73.6%)
RE-EXPORTS 30 075 20 022 +10 053 + 50.2
TOTAL EXPORTS 98 260 75 934 +22 326 + 29.4
IMPORTS 111 681 85 837 +25 844 + 30.1
TRADE BALANCE - 13 421 - 9 903 - 3 518
--------o ---------
NOMINATIONS FOR URBCO ELECTION NOW OPEN * * * *
NOMINATIONS OF CANDIDATES FOR THE URBAN COUNCIL ELECTION SCHEDULED FOR MARCH 5, OFFICIALLY OPEN TODAY.
THIS WAS ANNOUNCED BY MR THOMAS TSO, THE RETURNING OFFICER, IN A GAZETTE NOTICE PUBLISHED TODAY.
THE NOMINATIONS ARE FOR SIX COUNCIL SEATS WHICH WILL BECOME VACANT ON APRIL 1 FOLLOWING THE EXPIRY OF THE PRESENT TERM OF OFFICE OF SIX ELECTED MEMBERS.
THEY ARE MR BROOK A. BERNACCHI, MR PETER CHAN CHI-KWAN, W AMBROSE CHOI KWOK-CHING, MR EDMUND CHOW WAI-HUNG, MR HENRY HU HUNG-LICK AND MR TSIN SAI-NIN.
■•■NOMINATION FORMS CAN BE OBTAINED AT ROOM 203, HANG CHEONG BUILDING, 5 QUEEN’S ROAD CENTRAL, HONG KONG AND SHOULD BE RETURNED TO ME AT THE ADDRESS INDICATED ON THE FORMS NOT LATER THAN MONDAY, FEBRUARY 16,* SAID MR TSO.
HE REMINDED THAT EACH NOMINATION SHOULD BE MADE ON A SEPARATE NOMINATION PAPER, BEARING THE SIGNATURES OF 10 ELECTORS AND THAT NO ELECTOR MAY NOMINATE MORE THAN SIX CANDIDATES.
MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC CAN TELEPHONE 5-240307 FOR FURTHER DETAILS.
FRIDAY, JANUARY 23, 1981
6
REMINDER ON NEW WAGE CEILING LAW * * * *
THE EMPLOYMENT (AMENDMENT) ORDINANCE 1981, WHICH RAISES THE WAGE CEILING FOR NON-MANUAL EMPLOYEES UNDER THE EMPLOYMENT ORDINANCE, FROM $3 500 TO $6 000 A MONTH, HAS COME INTO OPERATION.
IN GIVING THIS REMINDER, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT SAID THIS MEANT THAT NON-MANUAL EMPLOYEES EARNING AS MUCH AS $6 000 A MONTH WERE NOW COVERED BY THE ORDINANCE.
♦ACCORDINGLY, MATTERS CONCERNING THESE EMPLOYEES, SUCH AS CONTRACT OF EMPLOYMENT, TERMINATION OF CONTRACT, SEVERANCE PAYMENTS, PROTECTION OF WAGES, AND HOLIDAYS, SHOULD BE DEALT WITH IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THE ORD I NANCE,+ HE SAID.
-----0------
FULL FACILITIES RESUME AT PERSONS REGISTRATION OFFICE ******
FROM MONDAY (JANUARY 26), THE REGISTRATION OF PERSONS OFFICE HONG KONG BRANCH AT CAUSEWAY BAY MAGISTRACY BUILDING WILL RESUME ITS FULL RANGE OF REGISTRATION FACILITIES, EXCEPT THOSE FOR ENTRANTS FROM CHINA.
AT THE SAME TIME, THE TEMPORARY REGISTRATION OFFICE AT BLOCK ’6’ OF VICTORIA BARRACKS WILL BE CLOSED, SINCE THE RUSH PERIOD DURING THE CHRISTMAS SCHOOL HOLIDAYS IS NOW OVER, A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY.
♦ALL APPLICANTS WHO HAVE PREVIOUSLY APPLIED FOR REGISTRATION OF IDENTITY CARDS AT BLOCK ’G* OF VICTORIA BARRACKS SHOULD COLLECT THEIR IDENTITY CARDS AT THE REGISTRATION OF PERSONS OFFICE HONG KONG BRANCH, CAUSEWAY BAY MAGISTRACY BUILDING ON THE COLLECTION DATES SHOWN ON THE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FORM.+ HE ADDED.
FROM MONDAY ONWARDS, IMMIGRATION OFFICES AT VICTORIA BARRACKS WILL ONLY DEAL WITH APPLICATIONS SUBMITTED BY ENTRANTS FROM CHINA.
♦THE QUEUING ARRANGEMENTS IN VICTORIA BARRACKS WILL ALSO CHANGE. CALLERS SHOULD USE THE QUEENSWAY ENTRANCE JUST OPPOSITE THE MTR ADMIRALTY STATION, TO GET THEIR APPLICATION FORMS AND TAGS, INSTEAD OF THE COTTON TREE DRIVE ENTRANCE,+ THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
--------o ---------
/7
FRIDAY, JANUARY 23, 1981 - 7 -
KEEP HONG KONG CLEAN CAMPAIGN MUST BE A SUCCESS * * ft * ft
THE SECOND KEEP HONG KONG CLEAN CAMPAIGN MUST BE A SUCCESS, SAID THE DIRECTOR OF NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES, MR JIMMY SWEETMAN THIS EVENING. 4
APART FROM PUBLIC EDUCATION, THE-CAMPAIGN WOULD PROBABLY INTRODUCE NEW LEGISLATION TO PUNISH THOSE WHO CONTINUE TO IGNORE THE NEED FOR A CLEAN HONG KONG, HE STRESSED.
SPEAKING AT THE PRIZE-GIVING CEREMONY AND VARIETY SHOW FOR THE 1980/81 NORTH DISTRICT KEEP HONG KONG CLEAN CAMPAIGN AT LUEN WO MARKET PLAYGROUND, MR SWEETMAN SAID THE DISTRICT’S CLEAN-UP EFFORT WAS A FORE-RUNNER OF THE ALL-HONG KONG CAMPAIGN TO BE CARRIED OUT TOWARDS THE END OF THIS YEAR.
CALLING ON ADULTS TO SET A GOOD EXAMPLE TO THElR CHILDREN, MR SWEETMAN SAID CHINESE CUSTOM REQUIRES CHILDREN TO OBEY THEIR PARENTS.
+BUT I OFTEN FIND IN THE CONTEXT OF LITTERING, IT IS THE CHILDREN WHO CRITICISE ADULTS,* HE REMARKED. +IT IS ALSO THE CHILDREN WHO WILL INHERIT OUR ENVIRONMENT AND WHO WILL GROW UP TO SEE SHEUNG SHU I AND FAN LING GROW UP INTO A PROSPEROUS NEW TOWN.*
MR SWEETMAN CONGRATULATED ALL PRIZE-WINNERS, WHO INCLUDED SEVEN SMALL CHILDREN AT A PAINTING COMPETITION, AND THANKED THOSE PARTICIPATING IN THE CAMPAIGN.
ALSO AT THE CEREMONY WAS THE DISTRICT OFFICER, MR PETER JOHNSON. HE PRESENTED AWARDS TO THE WINNERS OF CLEAN VILLAGE AND BUILDING COMPETITIONS.
-------0 - - - -
LOCAL ENTHUSIASM HELPS BUILD CHEUNG CHAU ft ft ft ft ft
LOCAL ENTHUSIASM, WHETHER IN THE FORM OF DONATIONS OR SUGGESTIONS, WILL GREATLY ASSIST GOVERNMENT EFFORTS TO PROVIDE ESSENTIAL COMMUNITY FACILITIES FOR CHEUNG CHAU.
THE SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR DAVID AKERS-JONES, SAID THIS WHEN OFFICIATING AT THE INAUGURATION OF CHEUNG CHAU RURAL COMMITTEE BUILDING TODAY.
THE BUILDING, AT TUNG WAN BEACH, HAS TWO STOREYS AND A TOTAL FLOOR AREA OF 400 SQUARE METRES.
HOUSED INSIDE ARE A LIBRARY, CONFERENCE ROOMS AND OFFICES FOR THE RURAL COMMITTEE AND THE ISLAND’S CULTURE AND RECREATION ADVANCEMENT ASSOCIATION.
ROOMS ARE ALSO AVAILABLE FOR USE BY THE GOVERNMENT FOR SERVICES SUCH AS REGISTRATION OF PERSONS AND EMERGENCY RELIEF.
Zbebiccal....
8
rru_ua.i, uanuAitl O, l>o I
THE LOCAL COMMUNITY DONATED OVER $800 000 FOR THE PROJECT, CONSTRUCTION OF WHICH STARTED 18 MONTHS AGO.
MR AKERS-JONES SAID COMPLETION OF THE NEW BUILDING MARKED AN IMPORTANT MILESTONE IN THE REMARKABLE HISTORY OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT ON CHEUNG CHAU.
♦COSTING NEARLY $700 000 THIS FINE BUILDING WAS BUILT ALMOST ENTIRELY WITH FUNDS RAISED BY CHEUNG CHAU RURAL COMMITTEE.+
HE SAID HE WAS GLAD TO LEARN THAT THERE WAS A PROPOSAL TO USE THE SURPLUS FUNDS RAISED FOR THE PROJECT TO SET UP A DEVELOPMENT FUND TO FURTHER PROVIDE FOR AND IMPROVE LOCAL COMMUNITY FACILITIES.
MR AKERS-JONES SAID HE HOPED CHEUNG CHAU RURAL COMMITTEE AND THE DISTRICT OFFICE ISLANDS WOULD EXPLORE THE FEASIBILITY OF VARIOUS PROPOSALS, INCLUDING SHORT-TERM MEASURES SUCH AS MODIFYING SCHOOL HALLS, OR OTHER EXISTING FACILITIES TO PROVIDE TEMPORARY, BUT USABLE, COMMUNITY FACILITIES IN THE NEAR FUTURE.
MR AKERS-JONES SAID CHEUNG CHAU WAS RENOWNED FOR ITS STRONG COMMUNITY SPIRIT.
ITS LONG HISTORY OF COMMUNAL SELF-HELP DEMONSTRATED ITSELF AS EARLY AS THE 19TH CENTURY IN THE ESTABLISHMENT OF COMMUNITY FACILITIES SUCH AS THE PO ON STUDY, THE SECURITY BUREAU AND THE FONG PIN HOSPITAL.
♦IT WAS WITH THE SAME COMMUNITY SPIRIT THAT CHEUNG CHAU RURAL COMMITTEE WAS FORMED IN 1960,+ HE SAID.
SINCE ITS ESTABLISHMENT, THE COMMITTEE HAD PROMOTED THE WELL-BEING OF THE CHEUNG CHAU COMMUNITY AND PLAYED A VERY IMPORTANT ROLE IN FACILITATING THE LINK BETWEEN THE GOVERNMENT AND RESIDENTS OF CHEUNG CHAU.
THE COMMITTEE SHOULD BE COMMENDED PARTICULARLY FOR BEING
SO ACTIVE IN COORDINATING AND ORGANISING LOCAL CULTURAL, RECREATIONAL AND SPORTS ACTIVITIES FOR THE ENJOYMENT AND WELL-BEING OF CHEUNG CHAU RESIDENTS, MR AKERS-JONES SAID.
♦I AM SURE THAT THE COMPLETION OF THIS NEW BUILDING WILL FURTHER FACILITATE THE WORK OF THE RURAL COMMITTEE AND IMPROVE VARIOUS PUBLIC SERVICES TO THE BENEFIT OF ALL ,+ HE SAID.
MR AKERS-JONES CONGRATULATED THE CHAIRMAN OF THE BUILDING COMMITTEE, MR KWONG PING-YAU- THE VICE-CHAIRMAN, MR CHENG CHUEN-KWAI-AND THE CHAIRMAN OF CHEUNG CHAU RURAL COMMITTEE, MR FUNG PAK-TAI, WHO HAD PUT IN A GREAT DEAL OF EFFORT IN MAKING THE NEW BUILDING A REALITY.
CHEUNG CHAU, WITH A POPULATION OF OVER 33 □□□, IS THE MOST DENSELY POPULATED OF THE OUTLYING ISLANDS.
DEVELOPMENTS ON THE ISLAND INCLUDE CONSTRUCTION OF A TYPHOON SHELTER AT CHEUNG CHAU WAN, WHICH IS DUE TO BE COMPLETED LATER THIS YEAR, AT A COST OF $65 MILLION.
A 70-R00M, SEVEN-STOREY HOTEL IS BEING BUILT AT TUNG WAN. IT WILL OPEN THIS SUMMER.
THE GOVERNMENT HAS PLANS FOR A PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATE FOR 3 000 PEOPLE AT PAK SHE.
9
TV FILM CLIPS ON INDUSTRIAL SAFETY
******
TWO NEW INDUSTRIAL SAFETY MESSAGES ARE BEING BROADCAST ON LOCAL TELEVISION STATIONS.
THE TWO FILM CLIPS ARE PART OF A SERIES OF SIX PRODUCED BY THE FACTORY INSPECTORATE OF THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT,.IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES.
THE FIRST FOCUSES ON THE DANGER WHICH OCCURS WHEN MEANS OF ESCAPE IN FACTORIES OR INDUSTRIAL UNDERTAKINGS ARE LOCKED OR BLOCKED.
THE SECOND DRIVES HOME THE MESSAGE THAT DANGEROUS PARTS OF MACHINERY SHOULD BE EFFECTIVELY GUARDED.
♦MEANS OF ESCAPE IN FACTORIES OR INDUSTRIAL UNDERTAKINGS SHOULD BE FREE FROM OBSTRUCTION AND MUST NOT BE BLOCKED WHILE PEOPLE ARE WORKING ON THE PREMISES. DANGEROUS PARTS OF A MACHINE NOT PROPERLY GUARDED COULD PROVE FATAL IN THE EVENT OF AN ACCIDENT,* SAID A SPOKESMAN FOR THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT TODAY.
THE OTHER FOUR FILM CLIPS, WHICH WILL COME ON AIR SOON, FEATURE THE IMPORTANCE OF SAFETY MEASURES TO PREVENT WORKERS FALLING FROM HEIGHT, SAFETY HINTS ON OPERATING LIFTING APPLIANCES, PROTECTION OF HEARING, AND ELECTRICAL SAFETY.
THE SPOKESMAN CALLED ON EMPLOYERS AND WORKERS TO WATCH THE TELEVISION MESSAGES. +THEY ARE PART OF OUR EFFORTS TO PROMOTE INDUSTRIAL SAFETY. IT IS HOPED THAT THEY WILL REACH ALL PEOPLE CONCERNED,♦ HE ADDED.
- - - - 0 --------
ROAD TO BE CLOSED FOR MTR TSUEN WAN DEPOT *****
AN UNNAMED ROAD NEAR THE JUNCTION OF CASTLE PEAK ROAD (TSUEN WAN) WITH SHING MUN ROAD WILL BE CLOSED FROM MARCH 1, 1981, FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE MTR TSUEN WAN DEPOT AND THE OPERATION OF THE MTR, ACCORDING TO A NOTICE PUBLISHED IN THE GOVERNMENT GAZETTE TODAY.
THE ROAD FORMS AN ARC ROUND THE TSUEN WAN GOVERNMENT SECONDARY TECHNICAL SCHOOL. VEHICULAR AND PEDESTRIAN ACCESS TO THE SCHOOL WILL BE MAINTAINED UNTIL AN ALTERNATIVE ROUTE IS AVAILABLE, A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN EXPLAINED.
A PLAN SHOWING THE AFFECTED AREA MAY BE INSPECTED DURING OFFICE HOURS AT THE TSUEN WAN DISTRICT OFFICE AT FU WAH CENTRE, 210 CASTLE PEAK ROAD- THE CITY DISTRICT OFFICE (CENTRAL AND WESTERN) ENQUIRY SUB-OFFICE, CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES, WEST WING ENTRANCE- AND THE CROWN LANDS AND SURVEY OFFICE, 10TH FLOOR, KOWLOON GOVERNMENT OFFICES BUILDING, 405 NATHAN ROAD.
THE NOTICE GAZETTED TODAY STIPULATED THAT CLAIMS FOR COMPENSATION MUST BE MADE IN WRITING TO THE DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS.
CLAIMS FOR ALLEGED PECUNIARY LOSS OR DAMAGE MUST REACH HIS OFFICE WITHIN ONE YEAR OF THE DATE OF CLOSURE OF THE ROAD.
----0----
FRIDAY, JANUARY 23, 1981
10
WORK TO START ON ABERDEEN COMPLEX K * * * H
THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT TODAY AWARDED A CONTRACT OF $25.3 MILLION TO HING LEE CONSTRUCTION CO. LTD. FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE ABERDEEN COMPLEX.
THE CONTRACT WAS SIGNED BY MR JOSE LEI, GOVERNMENT ARCHITECT ON BEHALF OF THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF PWD AND MR WILLIAM S.W. SIT, MANAGING DIRECTOR OF THE CONSTRUCTION COMPANY.
THE MULTI-PURPOSE COMPLEX, DUE TO BE COMPLETED IN LATE 1982, IS BEING BUILT FOR THE URBAN COUNCIL. IT WILL PROVIDE MODERN MARKETING, RECREATIONAL, CULTURAL AND LIBRARY FACILITIES UNDER ONE ROOF AND REPLACE THE OUTDATED ABERDEEN MARKET IN ABERDEEN MAIN ROAD.
LOCATED AT THE CORNER OF ABERDEEN MAIN ROAD AND CHENGTU ROAD IN THE PERIPHERY OF THE EXISTING CENTRAL AREA OF THE ABERDEEN TOWNSHIP, THE NEW COMPLEX OCCUPIES AN AREA OF 1 858 SQUARE METRES.
THE MARKET PART OF THE COMPLEX WILL OFFER THE STANDARD PROVISIONS INCLUDING 52 MARKET STALLS AND 285 MINI-STALLS ON THE FIRST FOUR FLOORS, WHICH SELL FISH, MEAT, POULTRY, VEGETABLE AND SUNDRY GOODS. A COOKED FOOD CENTRE WITH NINE STALLS WILL BE HOUSED ON THE FOURTH FLOOR. ALL THE STALLS WILL BE SPACIOUS WITH A WIDE WORKING AREA FOR EXCLUSIVE USE BY THE STALL HOLDERS.
A DISTRICT LIBRARY WHICH HAS A GROSS AREA OF MORE THAN 1 700 SQUARE METRES WILL BE PROVIDED ON THE FIFTH FLOOR. THE NEW LIBRARY WILL PROVIDE READING FACILITIES FOR BOTH ADULTS AND YOUNGSTERS AND HAVE AN EXHIBITION AREA, AUDIO-VISUAL AND STUDY ROOMS.
AN URBAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT DISTRICT OFFICE WILL OCCUPY THE SIXTH FLOOR, WHICH ALLOWS A STANDARD SET-UP OF A DISTRICT OFFICE. THE SEVENTH FLOOR WILL HAVE AN EXHIBITION HALL AND MUSIC PRACTICE ROOM, A LECTURE HALL, AN INDOOR GAMES AREA AND A COFFEE CORNER.
THE EIGHTH FLOOR WILL BE OCCUPIED BY AN INDOOR GAMES HALL WHICH WILL HAVE A GROSS AREA OF MORE THAN 1 500 SQUARE METRES. THERE WILL BE A MULTI-PURPOSE COURT FOR EITHER BASKETBALL, VOLLEY BALL, BADMINTON OR TABLE TENNIS, AND ONE SQUASH COURT AS WELL AS CHANGING ROOMS. IN ADDITION, THERE WILL BE A VIEWING GALLERY RUNNING THE LENGTH OF THE ENTIRE BASKETBALL COURT.
0 - -
/11
» n n
FRIDAY, JANUARY 23, 1981
11
ARRANGEMENTS FOR WORK ON FERRY TERMINAL ******
A PROPOSAL TO CLOSE PARTS OF THE ROADS AND PUBLIC AREAS FRONTING THE FORMER MACAU FERRY TERMINAL AT CONNAUGHT ROAD CENTRAL WAS PUBLISHED IN THE GOVERNMENT GAZETTE TODAY.
THE CLOSURE IS TO ALLOW THE REDEVELOPMENT OF THE SITE FOR A NEW FERRY TERMINAL DUE TO OPEN IN 1984.
A PLAN SHOWING THE AFFECTED AREAS CAN BE SEEN AT THE CITY DISTRICT OFFICE (CENTRAL AND WESTERN) ENQUIRY SUB-OFFICE, CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES, WEST WING ENTRANCE- THE CROWN LANDS AND SURVEY OFFICE, MURRAY BUILDING, 19TH FLOOR, GARDEN ROAD- AND THE CITY DISTRICT OFFICE (CENTRAL AND WESTERN), 2O5A DES VOEUX ROAD WEST.
OBJECTIONS TO THE PROPOSAL MUST BE SENT IN WRITING TO THE DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS TO REACH HIS OFFICE NOT LATER THAN FEBRUARY 23, 1981. CLAIMS FOR COMPENSATION MUST BE RECEIVED BY MARCH 23.
--------o----------
FIRING PRACTICE IN FEBRUARY ******
FIRING PRACTICE WILL TAKE PLACE ON NINE DAYS AT THE HA TSUEN/CASTLE PEAK RANGE NEXT MONTH.
PRACTICE TIMES ARE AS FOLLOWSi
FEBRUARY 2 (MONDAY) 8 AM TO 4 PM
3 (TUESDAY) 8 AM TO 11 PM
4 (WEDNESDAY) 8 AM TO 5 PM
9 (MONDAY) 8 AM TO 5 PM
10 (TUESDAY) 8 AM TO 4 PM
17 (TUESDAY) 8 AM TO 4 PM
25 (WEDNESDAY) 8 AM TO 10 1 PM
26 (THURSDAY) 8 AM TO 2 PM
27 (FRIDAY) 8 AM TO 4 PM
MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC ARE WARNED NOT TO ENTER THE AREA DURING THESE TIMES.
-----0-------
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
SATURDAY, JANUARY 24, 1981
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
HELP 7-15 AGE GROUP, GOVERNOR URGES ............................... 1
VERSATILE SWEEPERS PUT ON NT ROADS .............................. 2
SPECIAL CAR NOS. FETCH OVFR 3480 000 .............................. 3
NEW LAND AT PILLAR POINT .......................................... 4
NORTH POINT TAPS TO DE TURNED OFF ................................. 4
TRAFFIC ARRANGEIffiNTS ............................................ 5
FIRING PRACTICE REMINDER
5
SATURDAY, JANUARY 24, 1981
1
HELP 7-15 AGE GROUP, GOVERNOR URGES ******
THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, TODAY URGED MEMBERS OF THE OUTWARD BOUND (ALUMNI) ASSOCIATION TO GIVE PARTICULAR ATTENTION TO THE 7-15 AGE GROUP.
SIR MURRAY, WHO WAS OPENING AN EXTENSION TO THE ASSOCIATION’S OUTDOOR ACTIVITIES CENTRE AT NAI CHUNG, SAI KUNG, SAID INEXPLICABLY CRIME IN THIS AGE GROUP WAS RISING SHARPLY.
+THE EXPERTS ARE STILL PONDERING THE PHENOMENON, BUT ALL ARE AGREED THAT THE WRONG SORT OF FRIENDS AND WRONG SORT OF LEISURE ACTIVITIES MAKE FOR CRIME IN THE YOUNG,* HE SAID.
♦IT FOLLOWS THAT THE RIGHT SORT OF ACTIVITIES - THE SORT OF HEALTHY OUTDOOR ACTIVITIES AT WHICH YOU ARE EXPERT AND CAN DEMONSTRATE AND ENCOURAGE - THESE TEND TO PREVENT IT.
+ IT WOULD THEREFORE HELP IF YOU COULD GIVE PARTICULAR ATTENTION TO THIS AGE GROUP.*
THE GOVERNOR SAID IT WAS ADMIRABLE THAT THE ASSOCIATION HAD A REGULAR PROGRAMME OF SERVICE FOR THE YOUNG AND THE OLD AND DISABLED, AND THAT ITS MEMBERS USED THE SKILLS THEY HAD LEARNED TO BRING THEM HOURS AND DAYS OF PLEASURE AND INTEREST.
HE AGREED THAT A SENSE OF BELONGING CAME THROUGH PARTICIPATION, AND THAT SENSE OF BELONGING MADE FOR COHESION, CONTENTMENT AND STABILITY.
TO SOME EXTENT THIS WAS WHAT A WHOLE LOT OF ACTIVITIES AND ORGANISATIONS IN HONG KONG WERE ABOUT.
*A COMMUNITY CAN ONLY BE CREATED, AND LAST, THROUGH MUTUAL CARE BETWEEN ITS MEMBERS.
+THIS IS SOMETHING IN WHICH EVERYONE CAN PLAY A PART WHETHER BY MEMBERSHIP OF ORGANISATIONS LIKE MUTUAL AID COMMITTEES, AREA COMMITTEES, OR SPORTS ASSOCIATIONS, OR BY THE SORT OF WORK THIS ASSOCIATION UNDERTAKES, OR FOR INSTANCE BY HELPING TO CLEAN A BEACH AS I REMEMBER YOU ONCE SPENT A WEEKEND DOING WITH ME,* THE GOVERNOR SAID.
THE OUTDOOR ACTIVITIES CENTRE OPENED IN MARCH, 1977. IT IS ON A 3 790 SQUARE METRE SITE GRANTED TO THE ASSOCIATION BY THE GOVERNMENT.
FACILITIES THEN INCLUDED A CLUB HOUSE, A BOATSHED, CAMP SITES AS WELL AS BARBECUE AND RECREATIONAL AREAS.
WITH A GRANT OF 3311 590 FROM THE GOVERNOR’S SPECIAL FUND, A TWO-STOREY DORMITORY wITH 40 BED SPACES, TOILET AND BATHROOM FACILITIES WAS ADDED TO THE CENTRE LAST NOVEMBER.
A STORAGE COMPOUND FOR DINGHIES WAS ALSO BUILT AND A NUMBER OF DINGHIES AND CANOES PURCHASED.
SATURDAY, JANUARY 24, 1981
2
THE CENTRE IS OPEN FOR USE BY OTHER ORGANISATIONS UPON APPLICATION TO THE ASSOCIATION, A NON-PROFIT MAKING BODY ESTABLISHED IN JANUARY, 1971.
ACTIVITIES ORGANISED BY THE ASSOCIATION INCLUDE THE ANNUAL TOLO HARBOUR CANOE RACES, ROCK CLIMBING, HIKING AND SAILING.
-----0------
VERSATILE SWEEPERS PUT ON NT ROADS *****
A FLEET OF FIVE NEW SUCTION ROAD SWEEPERS HAVE ARRIVED FROM ENGLAND TO REINFORCE CLEANSING SERVICES IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.
THE VERSATILE MACHINES, WHICH WERE PUT ON THE ROAD TODAY (SATURDAY), WERE THE FIRST BATCH OF MORE THAN 100 VEHICLES ASSIGNED FOR DIFFERENT CLEANSING ROLES UNDER A MULTl-MILL I ON DOLLAR MODERNISATION PROGRAMME OF THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT SAID THE MODERNISATION SCHEME WAS AIMED AT IMPROVING THE CLEANSING SERVICES THROUGHOUT THE NEW TOWNS AND RURAL AREAS TO KEEP PACE WITH THE RAPID DEVELOPMENTS THERE, AND TO STREAMLINE THE OPERATIONS OF THE NTSD.
♦WE HOPE TO GET SOME 80 BRAND NEW REFUSE COLLECTORS, STREET WASHERS, SUCTION ROAD SWEEPERS, DESLUDGERS AND AN EXPERIMENTAL COMPLEMENT OF VEHICLES FOR USE ON NARROW PATHS, BEFORE THE START OF THE SECOND KEEP HONG KONG CLEAN CAMPAIGN TO BE LAUNCHED TOWARDS THE END OF THIS YEAR.+ THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
THE SPOKESMAN SAID THE SUCTION SWEEPERS WOULD BE COMPLETELY NEW TO THE RESIDENTS OF THE NEW TERRITORIES ALTHOUGH THREE OTHER STREET SWEEPER MACHINES WERE ALREADY IN OPERATION ON NT HIGHWAYS.
THE LABOUR-SAVING DEVICE, EQUIPPED WITH A GUTTER BRUSH, SUCTION HOSE AND NOZZLE, WILL BE MAINLY EMPLOYED ON THE HIGHWAYS WHERE MANUAL SWEEPING IS DANGEROUS AND NOT PRACTICABLE.
IT HAS A DUAL SWEEPING EQUIPMENT WHICH ALLOWS THE DRIVER TO CONTROL THE VEHICLE FROM EITHER SIDE AND SWEEP A 1.07-METRE WIDE PATH FROM EITHER THE LEFT OR THE RIGHT KERB.
TWO SETS OF STEEL WIRE BRUSH CAN REMOVE ALL DEBRIS FROM THE ROAD SURFACE WITH THE HELP OF A HYDRAULICALLY OPERATED SUCTION HOSE.
ANOTHER SUCTION HOSE WITH A NOZZLE FIXED TO THE DIRT CONTAINER CAN CARRY OUT SPECIAL CLEANSING DUTIES SUCH AS EMPTYING GULLIES.
THE DIRT CONTAINER HAS A CAPACITY OF 6.12 CUBIC METRES.
A TANK CAN STORE <500 LITRES OF WATER WHICH CAN BE SPRAYED ONTO THE ROAD SURFACE WHILE THE BRUSHING IS PROCEEDING TO HOLD DOwN ANY DUST.
THE MECHANICAL SWEEPERS WILL BE USED TO CLEAN MORE THAN 220 KILOMETRES OP ROADS IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.
SATURDAY, JANUARY 24, 1981
3
SPECIAL CAR NOS. FETCH OVER $480 000
*****
THIRTY-FOUR SPECIAL VEHICLE REGISTRATION NUMBERS WERE SOLD BY AUCTION THIS MORNING FOR A TOTAL OF $483 700 WHICH WILL GO INTO THE GOVERNMENT LOTTERIES FUND FOR CHARITY PURPOSES.
AT THE AUCTION, HELD IN THE LECTURE HALL OF THE CITY HALL, REGISTRATION NUMBER 6868 FETCHED THE HIGHEST PRICE OF $75 000.
ANOTHER NUMBER CK 8 WAS SOLD AT THE SECOND HIGHEST PRICE OF $61 000 WHILE THE LOWEST PRICE WAS $1 000.
THE SPECIAL REGISTRATION NUMBERS WERE SOLD AT THE FOLLOWING PRICES:
CJ 728 $ 6 000 CH 338 $ 8 900 AA 989 $35 000
HK7351 $ 1 000 CH 889 $ 6 200 AC 3 $44 000
CK 100 $ 9 000 CH 220 J 3 500 CJ 418 $ 1 000
CH 52 $ 2 000 CK 168 $30 000 CJ 603 $ 2 000
CJ2288 $ 9 500 CC3000 $12 000 CJ 550 $ 1 200
AA7351 S 1 100 8282 $30 000 CH1283 $ 3 200
CH 992 $ 2 500 CL 1 $50 000 CK 88 $33 000
CH 118 $ 9 000 CH 128 $ 7 500 CH1809 $ 1 000
CH 668 $ 8 500 CH 752 $ 1 000 CJ 308 $ 9 200
AG 151 $ 5 500 CG8893 $ 1 200 CH2800 $ 4 200
CJ 11 $ 8 500 CH1328 $ 1 000 CK 8 $61 000
6868 THE $75 000 NUMBERS AUCTIONED WILL BE ASSIGNED ONLY TO VEHICLES
REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE SUCCESSFUL BIDDERS WITHIN THE
NEXT 12 MONTHS.
TODAY’S SALE, THE 60TH ORGANISED BY THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT SINCE MAY 1973, BROUGHT THE TOTAL AMOUNT FOR CHARITY REALISED SO FAR TO $17 015 832.
0 -------
/4
SATURDAY, JANUARY 24, 1981
NEW LAND AT PILLAR POINT ******
THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT WILL RECLAIM ABOUT 22 HECTARES OF FORESHORE AND SEABED AT PILLAR POINT TO THE WEST OF TUEN MUN NEW TOWN.
THE RECLAMATION, WHEN FORMED, WILL HAVE 12.5 HECTARES OF NEW LAND FOR DEVELOPMENT. OF THIS AREA, 3.5 HECTARES WILL BE FOR INDUSTRIES, 2.9 HECTARES FOR OPEN SPACE, 1.8 HECTARES FOR GOVERNMENT USE, AND THE REMAINDER FOR ROADS AND OTHER USES.
THE PROJECT FORMS PART OF THE OVERALL DEVELOPMENT OF THE NEW TOWN WHICH, WHEN COMPLETED, WILL PROVIDE FACILITIES FOR A BALANCED COMMUNITY OF ABOUT 500 000 PEOPLE.
THE EXTENT OF FORESHORE AND SEABED INVOLVED IS SET OUT IN A NOTICE IN THE LATEST ISSUE OF THE GOVERNMENT GAZETTE.
THE NOTICE AND THE RELATED PLAN HAVE BEEN POSTED NEAR THE
SITE
THE PLAN SHOWING THE AREA TO BE RECLAIMED CAN ALSO BE SEEN AT THE PORT WORKS DIVISION, 1ST FLOOR, MURRAY BUILDING, GARDEN ROAD- THE CROWN LANDS AND SURVEY OFFICE, 19TH FLOOR, MURRAY BUILDING- AND THE TUEN MUN DISTRICT OFFICE, TUEN MUN BUILDING, CASTLE PEAK ROAD.
OBJECTIONS TO THE PROPOSAL OR ANY CLAIM OF PRIVATE RIGHT SHOULD BE SUBMITTED IN WRITING TO THE DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS WITHIN A PERIOD OF TWO MONTHS.
- 0 - -
NORTH POINT TAPS TO BE TURNED OFF * * * *
WATER SUPPLY TO AfeAREA OF NORTH POINT WILL BE INTERRUPTED FROM 11 PM ON MONDAY (JANUARY 26) TO 6 AM THE FOLLOWING DAY FOR A LEAKAGE TEST.
THE AREA IS TO THE SOUTH OF KING’S ROAD, FROM HEALTHY STREET EAST TO MANSION STREET, AND INCLUDES ,*01-227 TSAT TSZ MUI ROAD AND MODEL HOUSING ESTATE.
SATURDAY, JANUARY 24, 1981
- 5 -
TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS
*****
lu R0AD BETWEEN KING KWONG STREET AND YIK YAM STREET
IN HAPPY VALLEY WILL BE RE-ROUTED ONE-WAY NORTHBOUND FROM
10 AM ON MONDAY (JANUARY 26).
FROM THE SAME DAY, ENTRANCE TO THE CHINESE AND 4.15 PM DAILY EXCEPT
TRAFFIC SIGNALS WILL OPERATE AT THE MAIN UNIVERSITY ON TAI PO ROAD BETWEEN 9.15 AM ON SUNDAYS AND PUBLIC HOLIDAYS.
FIRING PRACTICE REMINDER *****
MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC ARE REMINDED THAT THERE WILL BE FIRING PRACTICE AT THE HA TSUEN/CASTLE PEAK RANGE FROM 8 AM TO 5 PM ON FRIDAY NEXT WEEK (JANUARY 30).
THEY ARE WARNED NOT TO ENTER THE AREA WHEN RED FLAGS ARE FLYING DURING THAT TIME.
- _ 0 - -
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
SUNDAY, JANUARY 25, 1981
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
BOOSTER FOR COMMUNITY NURSING SCHEME ................................ 1
TOUGH RULES FOR RELICENSING GOODS VEHICLES .......................... 2
152 industrial safety courses coming on stream....................... 3
EDUCATION CHIEF APPEALS FOR DISCIPLINE, ORDER ON ROADS .............. 3
EARLY SOCIAL SECURITY PAYMENT FOR NEW YEAR........................... 4
YOUTHS HELP CLEAN YUEN LONG ......................................... 4
HONG KONG/SWEDEN TEXTILE CONSULTATIONS .............................. 5
NORTH DISTRICT YOUNGSTERS COMPETE IN TABLE TENNIS ................... 5
PRISONS TRAINING INSTITUTE TO BE EXTENDED ........................... 6
TENDERS FOR ROAD WORK IN TSUEN WAN................................... g
NEW TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS
6
SUNDAY, JANUARY 25, 1961
BOOSTER FOR COMMUNITY NURSING SCHEME
******
COMMUNITY NURSING SERVICE IN HONG KONG WILL ENTER A NEW PHASE wITH THE GRADUATION OF 117 COMMUNITY NURSES NEXT WEEK AFTER A FOUR-MONTH INTENSIVE TRAINING COURSE CONDUCTED BY THE MEDICAL AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT AND SEVEN VOLUNTARY ORGANISATIONS.
THE NURSES WILL BE PRESENTED WITH CERTIFICATES AT A CEREMONY TO EE OFFICIATED BY THE DEPUTY DIRECTOR OF MEDICAL AND HEALTH SERVICES, DR S.H. LEE, ON THURSDAY (JANUARY 29).
COMMUNITY NURSING IS EXTENSION OF CARE TO PATIENTS DISCHARGED FROM HOSPITAL AFTER AN ACUTE STAGE OF ILLNESS. IT ALSO PROVIDES EFFICIENT MEDICAL CARE FOR THE SICK, THE DISABLED AND THE ELDERLY AT THEIR HOME IF THEY HAVE DIFFICULTIES IN VISITING CLINICS OR HOSPITALS FOR FOLLOW-U? CHECKS OR TREATMENT.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT SAID THE SERVICE HAD PROVED POPULAR AMONG THE GENERAL PUBLIC, AND IT FORMED AN ESSENTIAL PART OF MEDICAL TREATMENT.
SOME 7 OOO PATIENTS HAVE BENEFITTED FROM THE SERVICE wHICH IS SUBSIDISED BY THE GOVERNMENT AND A RECORD 112 500 HOME VISITS HAVE BEEN MADE BY COMMUNITY NURSES IN THE LAST 12 MONTHS.
THE SPOKESMAN POINTED OUT THAT SINCE THE GOVERNMENT BEGAN SUBSIDISING THE SERVICE IN 1977, THE NUMBER OF PATIENTS UNDER CARE HAS BEEN STEADILY INCREASING BY AN AVERAGE OF 11 PER CENT EACH YEAR.
AT THE SAME TIME, THE GOVERNMENT HAS BEEN CONDUCTING TRAINING COURSES FOR 75 NURSES A YEAR TO COPE WITH THE EXPANSION OF THE SERVICE.
THE TRAINING COURSE IS MULTI-DISCIPLINARY WITH EMPHASIS ON CLINICAL ASPECTS OF NURSING. PROGRAMMES IN REHABILITATION, GERIATRICS, PAEDIATRICS AND TERMINAL CARE ARE ALSO INCLUDED.
AT PRESENT THERE ARE 170 COMMUNITY NURSES SERVING PATIENTS LIVING IN THE URBAN AREAS AND THE DISTRICTS AROUND RENNIE’S MILL AND TSUEN wAN.
THE SPOKESMAN SAID PLANS WERE IN THE PIPELINE TO EXTEND THE SERVICE TO SHA TIN AND OTHER NEW TOWNS IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.
+WHEN THE SERVICE IS IN FULL SWING, IT WILL NOT ONLY BRIDGE THE GAP BETWEEN HOSPITAL AND HOME, BUT ALSO HELP TO RELIEVE THE PRESSURE OF DEMAND FOR MUCH NEEDED HOSPITAL BEDS,* HE SAID.
Cm”’ fT’ ।
jANSAirr 25
•El
NOTE TO EDITORS:
THE DEPUTY DIRECTOR OF MEDICAL AND HEALTH SERVICES, DR S.H. LEE, wILL PRESENT CERTIFICATES TO 117 GRADUATES OF THE FIVE GOVERNMENT-RUN COMMUNITY NURSING COURSES ON THURSDAY (JANUARY 29).
MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES ARE INVITED TO COVER THE CEREMONY WHICH wILL BE HELD AT 3 PM AT THE YANG MEMORIAL SOCIAL SERVICE CENTRE AT 54 WATERLOO ROAD, KOWLOON.
-----0-----
TOUGH RULES FOR RELICENSING GOODS VEHICLES
******
ALL GOODS VEHICLES MANUFACTURED ON OR BEFORE DECEMBER 1971 AND WHOSE LICENCES ARE DUE TO EXPIRE ON OR BEFORE FEBRUARY 28, 1981 WILL REQUIRE AN ANNUAL INSPECTION BEFORE THEY ARE RELICENSED, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT SAID TODAY.
THE SPOKESMAN EXPLAINED THAT THE ANNUAL INSPECTION FOR THIS CATEGORY OF GOODS VEHICLES WAS REQUIRED UNDER THE ROAD TRAFFIC ORDINANCE. THE PURPOSE IS TO ENSURE THAT VEHICLES ARE IN SOUND MECHANICAL CONDITION TO REDUCE THE RISK OF TRAFFIC ACCIDENTS AND POLLUTION FROM EXHAUST EMISSION.
REGISTERED OWNERS OF GOODS VEHICLES IN THIS CATEGORY SHOULD APPLY FOR EXAMINATION OF THE VEHICLES AT THE KOWLOON BAY VEHICLE EXAMINATION CENTRE AT HOI BUN ROAD IN NGAU TAU KOK, BY COMPLETING AN APPLICATION FORM.
+UPON PASSING THE EXAMINATION, A ROADWORTHINESS CERTIFICATE WILL BE ISSUED WHICH SHOULD EE PRODUCED AT THE HONG KONG LICENSING OFFICE AT 2 MURRAY ROAD, GROUND FLOOR CR THE KOWLOON LICENSING OFFICE AT PARK-IN COMMERCIAL CENTRE IN DUNDAS STREET .HEN SEEKING LICENCE RENEWAL,+ THE SPOKESM^ . SAID.
ANY QUERY ON THE EX-f I KAT IC OF SUCH VEHICLES OR THE RENEWAL OF THEIR LICENCES SHOULD ?E M DE ON TEL 3-7597505 TO THE KO-LOON BAY VEHICLE EXAM I'AT 101 CE T'E.
SUNDAY, JANUARY 25, 1981
3
123 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY COURSES COMING ON STREAM
* * * *
THE FACTORY INSPECTORATE OF THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT WILL CONDUCT A TOTAL OF 123 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY TRAINING COURSES FOR EMPLOYEES IN INDUSTRY IN THE FIRST HALF OF THIS YEAR.
THE COURSES WILL BE CONDUCTED IN THE DEPARTMENT’S INDUSTRIAL SAFETY TRAINING CENTRE IN CANTON ROAD GOVERNMENT OFFICES AND THEIR DURATION RANGES FROM ONE TO THREE DAYS.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT TODAY URGED EMPLOYERS TO SEND THEIR EMPLOYEES TO ATTEND THE COURSES OFFERED FREE OF CHARGE FOR TECHNICIANS, FOREMEN, WORKS SUPERVISORS AND THOSE REQUIRED TO PERFORM SUPERVISORY DUTIES.
APPLICATION SHOULD BE MADE BY THE SPONSORING COMPANY IN WRITING TO THE CENTRE AND DETAILS CAN BE OBTAINED ON TELEPHONE 3-688111 EXT. 347.
THE COURSES FALL INTO 13 CATEGORIES — BASIC INDUSTRIAL ACCIDENT PREVENTION, CONSTRUCTION SAFETY, MANUAL LIFTING AND HANDLING, WORK IN CONFINED SPACES, SLINGING SAFETY, ELECTRICAL SAFETY IN INDUSTRY, SAFETY IN THE USE OF ABRASIVE WHEELS, MACHINERY SAFETY, SAFETY IN DIE-CASTING WORK, SAFETY IN PLASTIC INDUSTRY, SAFE USE OF WOODWORKING MACHINERY, SAFE USE OF POWER PRESS AND SAFETY IN WORK IN COMPRESSED AIR.
♦THEY ARE DESIGNED TO ENABLE EMPLOYEES TO IDENTIFY UNSAFE WORKING ENVIRONMENTS, TO SUGGEST METHODS FOR THEIR ELIMINATION AND TO PREPARE THEM FOR THE DUTIES OF A SAFETY SUPERVISOR, IN ADDITION TO THEIR NORMAL RESPONSIBILITIES AT WORK,* SAID THE SPOKESMAN.
EDUCATION CHIEF APPEALS FOR DISCIPLINE, ORDER ON ROADS H * K *
AN APPEAL TO ALL HONG KONG DRIVERS TO OBSERVE DISCIPLINE AND ORDER ON OUR ROADS IN ORDER TO SAVE LIVES AND UNTOLD HUMAN MISERY WAS MADE TODAY BY THE DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION, MR COLVYN HAYE.
SPEAKING AT THE SCHOOL ROAD SAFETY PATROLS ANNUAL REVIE* AT THE HONG KONG STADIUM, THE DIRECTOR URGED ALL DRIVERS TO TAKE JUST THAT EXTRA TEN OR 15 SECONDS TO CALM DOWN AND MAKE OUR ROADS SAFE*.
♦ THE LIFE THAT YOU SAVE MAY WELL EE YOURS OR THAT OF ONE OR YOUR LOVED ONES,* MR HAYE SAID.
TURNING TO THE ANNUAL REIVEW, HE SAID IT WAS AN IMPORTANT REMINDER OF THE VITAL WORK DONE BY SCHOOL CHILDREN IN MAKING OUR ROADS SAFE.'
♦YOU MUST BE AS APPALLED AS I AM AT THE MOUNTING CARNAGE ON OUR ROADS. ..OT A DAY SEE' S TO PASS WITHOUT YET ANOTHER SAD ACCOUNT CF TRAGEDY WHICH IGHT HA E ' 7EN AVOIDED.*
SUNDAY, JANUARY 25, 198”
4 -
♦FORTUNATELY THERE ARE VERY CEW ACCOUNTS OF SCHOOL CHILDREN BEING HURT AS THEY CROSS THE ROADS AND TH!S IS BECAUSE WE HAVE ROAD SAFETY PATROLS,+ MR HAYE SAID.
THE DIRECTOR ALSO TOOK THE OPPORTUNITY TO THANK SCHOOL PRINCIPALS, TEACHERS AND CHILDREN AND THE COMMUNITY FOR SETTING SUCH STORE ON SCHOOL ROAD SAFETY.
HE FURTHER EXPRESSED THE HOPE THAT EVERY SCHOOL IN HONG KONG WOULD HAVE A SCHOOL ROAD SAFETY PATROL AND MORE SCHOOLS WOULD MOVEMENT THIS YEAR.
XIN THE
EARLY SOCIAL SECURITY PAYMENT FOR NEW YEAR
* * * *
THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT HAS MADE SPECIAL ARRANGEMENTS TO ADVANCE PAYMENTS OF PUBLIC ASSISTANCE AND SPECIAL NEEDS ALLOWANCES TO THOSE RECIPIENTS WHOSE COUPONS ARE DATED FOR PAYMENT DURING THE LUNAR NEW YEAR HOLIDAYS.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT SAID TODAY THOSE RECIPIENTS wITH COUPONS DATED FEBRUARY 5, 6 AND 7 COULD CASH THEM ON OR AFTER FEBRUARY 2, 3 AND 4 RESPECTIVELY.
FOR PEOPLE RECEIVING SPECIAL NEEDS ALLOWANCES THROUGH BANK AUTO-PAY SYSTEM, PAYMENT DATE FALLING ON FEBRUARY 5 WILL BE ADVANCED TO FEBRUARY 4, HE SAID.
THE SPOKESMAN SAID THE ARRANGEMENTS HAD BEEN MADE WITH POST OFFICES, TREASURY OFFICES AND NEw TERRITORIES DISTRICT OFFICES WHERE THE COUPONS ARE CASHED.
HE ADVISED SOCIAL SECURITY RECIPIENTS TO CHECK THEIR CASHING DATES SO THAT THEY COULD GET PAYMENT BEFORE THE HOLIDAYS.
-------o--------
YOUTHS HELP CLEAN YUEN LONG * * *
MORE THAN 50 PUBLIC-SPIRITED YOUTHS OF YUEN LONG HAVE CALLED ON SHOPKEEPERS AND COOKED FOOD STALL OPERATORS TO HELP LAUNCH A YEAR-END CLEAN-UP EXERCISE.
TOURING STREETS IN THE DISTRICT, THE YOUNGSTERS — COMPRISING .MEMBERS OF THE COMMUNITY YOUTH CLUB, JUNIOR POLICE CALL AND BOY SCOUTS ASSOCIATION — DISTRIBUTED KEEP HONG KONG CLEAN LEAFLETS TO THE OPERATORS.
THE EXERCISE WAS INTENDED TO PROMPT THE OPERATORS TO KEEP THEIR PREMISES CLEAN AND TO SHOULDER THE RESPONSIBILITY OF REMOVING ALL LITTER WITHIN SIX METRES OF THEIR PREMISES, SAID A SPOKESMAN FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT.
CLEANSING STAFF OF YUEN LONG URBAN SERVICES OFFICF ALSO CONTRIBUTED TO THE CLEAN-UP EFFORTS.
/;. TTJ1.2SR..
A NUMBER OF TEMPORARY REFUSE COLLECTION POINTS WERE SET UP AT VARIOUS LOCATIONS TO HELP HOUSEWIVES TO DISPOSE OF THEIR UNWANTED ARTICLES.
SOME 30 MUTUAL AID COMMITTEES OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDINGS JOINED A +CLEAN BUILDING+ COMPETITION ORGANISED BY THE YUEN LONG DISTRICT KEEP HONG KONG CLEAN COMMITTEE AND TOOK ACTION TO CLEAR AWAY REFUSE ACCUMULATED IN COMMON PLACES, CORRIDORS, AND ON CANOPIES AND ROOFTOPS.
HONG KONG/SWEDEN TEXTILE CONSULTATIONS * * * *
CONSULTATIONS WITH SWEDEN ON ARRANGEMENTS REGARDING FUTURE TRADE IN TEXTILES BETWEEN HONG KONG AND SWEDEN WILL BEGIN IN HONG KONG TOMORROW (MONDAY).
THE CURRENT HONG KONG/SWEDEN TEXTILE AGREEMENT WAS CONCLUDED FOR A TWO-YEAR PERIOD WHICH IS DUE TO EXPIRE ON MARCH 31 THIS YEAR.
THE CURRENT AGREEMENT, WHICH PROVIDES FOR EXPORT RESTRAINT ON 17 GROUPS OF TEXTILE PRODUCTS AS WELL AS A BASKET GROUP COMPRISING NINE ITEMS, WAS CONCLUDED UNDER ARTICLE 1 AND ARTICLE 4 OF THE MULTI-FIBRE ARRANGEMENT AND THE PROTOCOL OF EXTENSION.
THE SWEDISH DELEGATION IS BEING LED BY MR CURT Wl IK, A DIRECTOR IN THE SWEDISH MINISTRIES FOR FOREIGN AFFAIRS AND COMMERCE, WITH OVERALL RESPONSIBLITY FOR BILATERAL TRADE NEGOTIATIONS- THE HONG KONG DELEGATION IS HEADED BY COMMISSIONER OF TRADE, MR PETER TSAO.
- - 0 - -
NORTH DISTRICT YOUNGSTERS COMPETE IN TABLE TENNIS
*****
SIXTY YOUNGSTERS TODAY TOOK PART IN A TABLE-TENNIS TOURNAMENT HELD AT NORTH DISTRICT OF THE NEW TERRITORIES.
THE TOURNAMENT WAS ORGANISED BY NORTH DISTRICT FIGHT CRIME COMMITTEE, THE ACTION COMMITTEE AGAINST NARCOTICS, THE RECREATION AND SPORT SERVICE AND SHEUNG SHU I SPORTS ASSOCIATION.
BESIDES PROVIDING AN OPPORTUNITY FOR PARTICIPANTS TO PRACTISE THEIR SKILLS, IT wAS INTENDED TO PUBLICISE THE DANGERS OF DRUG TAKING AND THE IMPORTANCE OF GOOD HEALTH.
THERE WERE TWO SECTIONS, DIVIDED BY AGE, FOR YOUNG MEN AND WOMEN.
WINNERS WILL BE SELECTED TO TAKE PART IN THE NEW TERRITORIES INTER-DI STRICT TABLE TENNIS TOURNAMENT TO BE HELD IN MAY.
ALL PARTICIPANTS RECEIVED A SOUVENIR AND THE FOUR CHAMPIONS IN EACH SECTION WERE AWARDED A TROPHY AT THE END OF THE TOURNAMENT, WHICH WAS HELD AT THE KEI SUN COLLEGE , HALL, FAILING.
SCTIAY, JANUARY 25, 1981
ATTENDING THE PRIZE PRESENTATION CEREMONY WERE FRONTIER POLICE PUBLIC RELATIONS OFFICER, MR TSE TUNG-YUEN, NORTH DISTRICT OFFICE OFFICIALS AND LOCAL COMMUNITY LEADERS.
0 - -
PRISONS TRAINING INSTITUTE TO BE EXTENDED * * * *
THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT HAS INVITED TENDERS FOR WORK ON AN EXTENSION TO THE PRISONS DEPARTMENT STAFF TRAINING INSTITUTE IN STANLEY.
THE EXTENSION WILL PROVIDE ADDITIONAL TRAINING FACILITIES AND ACCOMMODATION.
IT wILL COMPRISE A SIX-STOREY BUILDING FOR STAFF TRAINING AND BARRACKS- A FIVE-STOREY BUILDING FOR MARRIED QUARTERS AND AN OFFICERS’ MESS- AND A FIVE-LANE 50-METRE INDOOR FIRING RANGE WITH A GRANDSTAND FOR THE PARADE GROUND ON ITS ROOF.
CONSTRUCTION IS EXPECTED TO BEGIN IN MARCH AND BE COMPLETED IN DECEMBER 1982.
0 - -
TENDERS FOR ROAD WORK IN TSUEN WAN * * *
TENDERS ARE BEING INVITED FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF A NEW ROAD TO LINK SHEK WAI KOK ESTATE AND A PROPOSED TEMPORARY HOUSING AREA FOR 2 500 PEOPLE AT CHEUNG PEI SHAN IN TSUEN WAN NEW TOWN.
THE WORK WILL INVOLVE THE CONSTRUCTION OF A 4.25 METRE-WIDE, 190 METRE-LONG CARRIAGEWAY.
CONSTRUCTION IS EXPECTED TO START IN MARCH AND WILL TAKE ABOUT FIVE MONTHS.
0 - -
NEW TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS
*****
FROM 10 AM ON TUESDAY (JANUARY 27), AN ADDITIONAL EASTEOUND LANE wILL BE PROVIDED ON THE SOUTHERN CARRIAGEWAY OF PUBLIC SQUARE STREET BETWEEN RECLAMATION STREET AND SHANGHAI STREET FOR RIGHT-TURN TRAFFIC INTO SHANGHAI STREET SOUTHBOUND, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY.
THE EXISTING BUS-ONLY LANE WILL NOT BE AFFECTED.
BATTERY STREET BETWEEN KANSU STREET AND RECLAMATION STREET WILL BECOME A CUL-DE-SAC.
ON HONG KC G ISLAND, ALSO FROM 13 A* ON TUESDAY, THE SECTION OF EASTERN ST _IT F£T*EEN FiRST STREET AND QUEEN'S ROAD WEST WILL EE RE-ROUTED " NCRTHBCJND, WH LE TnE SECTION BETWEEN
QUEEN’S ROAD T AND DES < DEUX ROAD WEST WILL DE RE-ROUTED ONE-WAY SCJT-r N .
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
MONDAY, JANUARY 26, 1?81
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
HK HOSTS CONFERENCE ON TRADE FACILITATION ....................... 1
HAD ENQUIRY COUNTERS GROWING POPULAR............................. 2
DEVELOPMENT OF SHA TIN COMMUNITY SPIRIT CRITICAL ................ 3
HK REPRESENTED AT REGIONAL FISHERIES MEETING .................... 5
NEW CHANGES FOR IN-SERVICE TEACHER TRAINING...................... 6
NEEDY FAMILIES RECEIVE LUCKY MONEY PACKETS ...................... 7
TSUJN WAN STARTS CLEaN HOME CAMPAIGN............................. 8
FACILITIES FOR SWIMMERS AT LIDO BEaCH............................ 9
TSU® WAN WATER CUT
9
MONDAY, JANUARY 26, 1981
1
HK HOSTS CONFERENCE ON TRADE FACILITATION ******
THE HONG KONG TRADE FACILITATION COMMITTEE WILL HOST A FAR EAST-PACIFIC CONFERENCE ON TRADE FACILITATION ON MARCH 18-19 AT THE HONG KONG HILTON, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE TRADE INDUSTRY AND CUSTOMS DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY.
THE CONFERENCE PROVIDES A FORUM FOR INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE OF IDEAS AND EXPERIENCE ON SIMPLIFICATION OF TRADE DOCUMENTS AND PROCEDURES.
OVERSEAS PARTICIPANTS AND THE LOCAL BUSINESS COMMUNITY WILL BENEFIT FROM UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION ON LOCAL AND INTERNATIONAL TRADE FACILITATION DEVELOPMENT AND THE APPLICATION OF ELECTRONIC DATA PROCESSING IN TRADE DATA COMMUNICATION.
GENERAL PROBLEMS OF TRADE FACILITATION AND PROGRESS IN THE ALIGNMENT OF PAPER DOCUMENTS WILL BE DISCUSSED ON THE FIRST DAY OF THE CONFERENCE. THE SECOND DAY WILL BE DEVOTED TO ELECTRONIC DATA COMMUNICATION.
TRADE FACILITATION EXPERTS FROM THE U.S., U.K. AND CANADA WILL SPEAK ON THEIR NATIONAL EXPERIENCE IN IMPLEMENTING TRADE DATA EXCHANGE SYSTEMS. SPEAKERS FROM THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT, LEADING LOCAL TRANSPORT, BANKING, COMMERCIAL AND ACADEMIC SECTORS WILL REVIEW LOCAL DEVELOPMENTS.
THE CONFERENCE WILL BE OF INTEREST TO ALL BUSINESS EXECUTIVES WHO WISH TO BRING THEMSELVES UP-TO-DATE ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF TRADE DATA COMMUNICATIONS.
APPLICATION FORMS ARE AVAILABLE FROM TRADE ASSOCIATIONS, INCLUDING THE
CHINESE GENERAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE,
CHINESE MANUFACTURERS’ ASSOCIATION,
HONG KONG GENERAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE,
HONG KONG TRADE DEVELOPMENT COUNCIL,
OR FROM THE SECRETARY, TRADE FACILITATION COMMITTEE, C/O TRADE INDUSTRY AND CUSTOMS DEPARTMENT, ROOM 1535, OCEAN CENTRE, CANTON ROAD, KOWLOON.
/2 ......
MONDAY, JANUARY 26, 1981 2 -
HAD ENQUIRY COUNTERS GROWING POPULAR *****
THERE WAS A 35 PER CENT INCREASE IN THE NUMBER OF CALLERS AT THE PUBLIC ENQUIRY COUNTERS OF THE HOME AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT LAST YEAR.
THE 27 ENQUIRY COUNTERS ANSWERED THE REQUESTS OF A TOTAL OF 5 223 666 PEOPLE, COMPARED WITH 3 873 205 IN 1979.
OF THESE REQUESTS, 1 866 456 WERE ENQUIRIES, 3 154 264 WERE FOR GOVERNMENT FORMS AND INFORMATION LEAFLETS, AND 202 946 FOR HELP IN SOLVING MORE COMPLICATED PROBLEMS.
SUBJECTS MOST FREQUENTLY ASKED WERE: TECHNICAL EDUCATION (98 010 OR 5.3 PER CENT OF ALL REQUESTS HANDLED), HOME OWNERSHIP SCHEME (89 111 OR 4.8 PER CENT), LOCATION AND TELEPHONE NUMBER OF GOVERNMENT OFFICES (70 775 OR 3.8 PER CENT), GOVERNMENT JOBS AND VACANCIES (62 666 OR 3.4 PER CENT), AND PUBLIC HOUSING WAITING TIME (52 189 OR 2.8 PER CENT).
GOVERNMENT FORMS IN GREATEST DEMAND WERE THOSE APPLYING FOR: CIVIL SERVICE JOBS (328 768), HOME OWNERSHIP FLATS (255 356), ADMISSION TO THE POLYTECHNIC AND TECHNICAL INSTITUTES (211 372), SPONSORSHIP OF COMMUNITY CHEST WALKS (164 996), AND PRIVATE CANDIDATE ENTRY TO GENERAL CERTIFICATE OF EDUCATION EXAMINATIONS (110 519).
THE MAJORITY (95 PER CENT) OF THE MORE COMPLICATED REQUESTS FOR SERVICE WERE FOR PROCESSING OF STATUTORY DECLARATIONS. THESE WERE NEEDED BY THE CALLERS FOR APPLICATION FOR SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS, ENTRY TO SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES, SITTING PUBLIC EXAMINATIONS, MARRIAGE REGISTRATION, AND EMIGRATION.
AT PRESENT, PUBLIC ENQUIRY COUNTERS ARE LOCATED AT THE 10 CITY DISTRICT OFFICES, THEIR 16 SUB-OFFICES, AND THE INFORMATION SECTION OF THE HOME AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT IN INTERNATIONAL BUILDING.
TWO MORE COUNTERS WILL OPEN LATER THIS YEAR TO MEET THE GROWING DEMAND FOR SERVICE IN STANLEY AND TSIM SHA TSUI.
BESIDES DISTRIBUTING FORMS, ADMINISTERING STATUTORY DECLARATIONS AND ADVISING ON THE SERVICES OF GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS AND SOME SEMI-GOVERNMENT ORGANISATIONS, COUNTER STAFF ALSO HELP IN SOLVING PERSONAL PROBLEMS AND COMPLAINTS, THE MORE COMPLICATED OF WHICH ARE REFERRED TO THE SPECIALIST DEPARTMENTS.
- 0 --------
/3
MONDAY, JANUARY 26, 1981
3
DEVELOPMENT OF SHA TIN COMMUNITY SPIRIT CRITICAL * * * * *
THE DEVELOPMENT OF AN ADEQUATE COMMUNITY SPIRIT AND ADEQUATE SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE IN SHA TIN NEW TOWN IS NOW CRITICAL, THE DISTRICT OFFICER, DR PATRICK HASE, SAID TODAY.
DR HASE WAS SPEAKING TO THE ROTARY CLUB OF TSUEN WAN ON ♦COMMUNITY BUILDING IN A NEW TOWN*.
HE SAID THE PHYSICAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE NEW TOWN, AFTER A FEW MINOR INITIAL PROBLEMS, HAD SETTLED DOWN TO A REASONABLY SMOOTH ROUTINE.
♦WHAT IS NOW CRITICAL - AND IT ISA MATTER WHICH HAS UP TO NOW BEEN SLIGHTLY LOST SIGHT OF IN THE TERRIFIC PRESSURE OF GETTING THE PHYSICAL DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME INTO GEAR - IS THE SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE NEW TOWN- THE DEVELOPMENT OF AN ADEQUATE COMMUNITY SPIRIT AND ADEQUATE SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE,* DR HASE SAID.
HE SAID WHEN THE DEVELOPMENT OF SHA TIN BEGAN, THE POPULATION THERE WAS BARELY 30 000.
WHEN COMPLETE IT WOULD BE 750 000.
IN OTHER WORDS, MORE THAN 700 000 OF THE EVENTUAL POPULATION WOULD HAVE HAD NO PREVIOUS CONNECTION WITH SHA TIN.
THESE NEWCOMERS WOULD HAVE COME TO SHA TIN FROM SQUATTER AREAS CLEARED FOR DEVELOPMENT, OLD MARK I HOUSING ESTATES UNDERGOING REDEVELOPMENT, FROM FAMILIES ON THE WAITING LIST, FROM EVERY TYPE OF AREA, FROM EVERY CORNER OF HONG KONG.
IN A NEW HOUSING ESTATE BLOCK THE NEW RESIDENTS WERE UNLIKELY TO KNOW ANY OTHER SINGLE FAMILY- ALL THEIR FRIENDS AND RELATIONS WOULD BE IN OTHER PLACES.
♦CLEARLY THIS IS DR HASE SAID.
A PSYCHOLOGICAL PROBLEM OF SOME IMPORTANCE,*
♦MAN IS A SOCIAL ANIMAL AND FEELS UNEASY IN AN ENVIRONMENT WHERE HE HAS NO CLOSE SOCIAL CONTACTS.
♦IT HAS BEEN SHOWN FROM MANY COUNTRIES THAT, WHERE A POPULATION CONSISTS MERELY OF LARGE NUMBERS OF ROOTLESS PERSONS, FAMILY PROBLEMS, PSYCHOLOGICAL DISTURBANCES, ANTI-SOCIAL BEHAVIOUR, VANDALISM, CRIME AND RIOT WILL ALL BE FAR MORE FREQUENT THAN IN MORE LONG ESTABLISHED AREAS WITH A VIABLE COMMUNITY IN WHICH EACH FAMILY, EACH PERSON, HAS HIS OWN CIRCLE OF FRIENDS AND RELATIONS.*
HE SAID 96 PER CENT OF THE EVENTUAL POPULTION OF SHA TIN WOULD BE PRECISELY SUCH ROOTLESS NEWCOMERS- CLEARLY THE RISK OF ESTABLISHING AN UNHAPPY AND DISSATISFIED POPULATION WAS DEEPLY INHERENT IN OUR NEW TOWN PROGRAMME AND WAS INDEED COMPOUNDED BY THE VERY SPEED AND SIZE OF OUR DEVELOPMENT.
/♦OUB AHI.......
MONDAY, JANUARY 26, 1?81
♦OUR AIM IN THE NEW TOWNS IS TO PROVIDE A BETTER LIVING ENVIRONMENT AND NOT MERELY A MORE EXTENSIVE URBAN AREA FOR HONG KONG,* HE CONTINUED.
♦WE SHALL HAVE FAILED TOTALLY IF THE NEW POPULATION IS UNHAPPY OR DISSATISFIED.
♦CLEARLY, THEREFORE, BUILDING A VIABLE NEW COMMUNITY IS A MATTER OF SOME URGENCY. PARTICULARLY AS THE NEW POPULATION IS ALREADY BEGINNING TO ARRIVE AT THE RATE OF 5 OOO PERSONS A MONTH.♦
DR HASE SAID BUILDING A NEW, STABLE, VIABLE AND SATISFYING COMMUNITY WAS NOT, HOWEVER, AN EASY MATTER.
IT WAS SOMETHING WHICH COULD NOT BE IMPOSED FROM OUTSIDE -IF ANY ORGANISATION TRIED TO BUILD A COMMUNITY FROM OUTSIDE SUCH A COMMUNITY WOULD REMAIN ARTIFICIAL AND SHALLOW AND WAS UNLIKELY TO MEET THE NEEDS OF THE PEOPLE.
A VIABLE COMMUNITY MUST GROW FROM WITHIN- THE TASK OF THE GOVERNMENT WAS TO ASSIST IN THE DEVELOPMENT BY ENCOURAGING AND PROVIDING A SUITABLE ATMOSPHERE AND ENVIRONMENT FOR THIS INTERNAL SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT TO OCCUR.
HE SAID A VIABLE COMMUNITY REQUIRED A STRUCTURE OF COMMUNITY GROUPS, FORMED OF NUMBERS OF RESIDENTS, LINKED TOGETHER IN SOME SORT OF NETWORK.
SUCH A STRUCTURE PROVIDED THE SKELETON, AS IT WERE. FOR THE LESS FORMAL GROUPS OF FRIENDS WHICH PROVIDED THE BULK OF ANY REAL COMMUNITY.
A SUCCESSFUL FORMAL COMMUNITY GROUP WOULD VERY QUICKLY DEVELOP AROUND IT INFORMAL GROUPS OF FRIENDS AND ACQUAINTANCES, AND WOULD PROVIDE THE NECESSARY ENCOURAGEMENT AND EXAMPLE TO OTHER TO GET TOGETHER ON A FRIENDLY BASIS.
ONCE SUCH A STRUCTURE WAS OPERATIONAL A REAL COMMUNITY SPIRIT WOULD BEGIN TO GROW.
MOST PEOPLE HAD ONLY A MODEST DEGREE OF COMMUNITY SPIRIT, BUT SOME HAD A GOOD DEAL.
IF THOSE WITH A GOOD DEAL OF COMMUNITY SPIRIT GATHERED THEMSELVES INTO SUITABLE GROUPS WITH AN ENERGETIC AND VIGOROUS LIFE, THEN THEIR COMMUNITY SPIRIT WOULD GROW AND FLOURISH- THE ORDINARY CITIZEN WOULD FIND HIS COMMUNITY SPIRIT GROWING TOO AS A RESULT OF THE EXAMPLE GIVEN.
♦IN ANY STRUCTURE IT IS THE BASE WHICH PROVIDES THE STABILITY FOR THE WHOLE, AND THIS IS TRUE OF A COMMUNITY STRUCTURE EQUALLY WITH ANY OTHER,♦ DR HASE SAID.
♦OUR PRIMARY AIM, THEREFORE, IS TO ENCOURAGE RESIDENTS AND ASSIST THEM TO FORM COMMUNITY GROUPS AT THE MOST BASIC LEVEL, THAT OF THE INDIVIDUAL HOUSING BLOCK.
/♦AS EACH......
MONDAY, JANUARY 26, 1981
5 -
♦AS EACH BLOCK IS COMPLETED AND THE NEW RESIDENTS MOVE IN, WE AIM TO VISIT EACH FAMILY OVER A PERIOD OF A FEW WEEKS, TO IDENTIFY THOSE INDIVIDUALS WILLING TO GIVE UP THEIR TIME TO THE BETTERMENT OF THEIR BLOCK, AND TO ENCOURAGE THEM TO FORM THEMSELVES INTO AN MAC.+
DR HASE SAID WHAT WE WERE DOING IN THE FIELD OF COMMUNITY BUILDING IN THE NEW TOWN WAS TO TRY TO ASSIST RESIDENTS TO DEVELOP A SOCIAL STRUCTURE ALONGSIDE THE PHYSICAL STRUCTURE BEING PROVIDED BY THE GOVERNMENT.
AS WELL AS CHECKING THE PROVISION OF COMMUNITY FACILITIES AND SERVICES, THE WORK INVOLVED IDENTIFYING PUBLIC SPIRITED RESIDENTS, ENCOURAGING THEM TO FORM A SKELETON OF COMMUNITY GROUPS, AND ASSISTING THEM BY INDICATING AREAS OF WORK IN WHICH THEY COULD FUNCTION.
AT THE SAME TIME, THE TWO DANGERS OF EITHER TRYING TO DO TOO MUCH BY TRYING TO FORM A SOCIETY FOR RESIDENTS RATHER THAN MERELY ASSISTING RESIDENTS TO FORM ONE THEMSELVES, OR TRYING TO DO TOO LITTLE HAD TO BE AVOIDED.
♦THE JOB IS DELICATE, TIME-CONSUMING AND DIFFICULT, BUT ITS NEED IS CLEAR AND THE CONSEQUENCES OF FAILURE TREMENDOUS,♦ DR HASE SAID.
0
HK REPRESENTED AT REGIONAL FISHERIES MEETING
* * * *
HONG KONG WILL BE REPRESENTED AT AN IMPORTANT REGIONAL MEETING ON FISHERIES DEVELOPMENT AND STOCK ASSESSMENT WHICH BEGINS IN THE PHILIPPINES TOMORROW (TUESDAY).
THE DIRECTOR OF AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES, MR JOHN RIDDELL-SWAN, LEFT FOR MANILA TODAY TO REPRESENT HONG KONG AT THIS FIRST MEETING OF THE COMMITTEE FOR THE DEVELOPMENT AND MANAGEMENT OF FISHERIES IN THE SOUTH CHINA SEA.
THE MEETING IS SPONSORED BY THE SOUTH CHINA SEA FISHERIES DEVELOPMENT AND COORDINATING PROGRAMME OF THE UNITED NATIONS’ FOOD AND AGRICULTURE ORGANISATION.
DURING THE FOUR-DAY MEETING, DELEGATES FROM A NUMBER OF SOUTHEAST ASIAN COUNTRIES WILL DISCUSS A WIDE RANGE OF TOPICS CONNECTED WITH FISHERIES MANAGEMENT, DEVELOPMENT AND STOCK ASSESSMENT.
THEY WILL ALSO DISCUSS FISHERIES POLICIES OF THE PARTICIPATING COUNTRIES, DEVELOPMENT PRIORITIES, AND AREAS WHERE MAJOR EFFORTS TO IMPROVE RESULTS SHOULD BE MADE.
BEFORE RETURNING TO HONG KONG, MR RIDDELL-SWAN WILL VISIT VARIOUS FISHERIES ESTABLISHMENTS IN THE PHILIPPINES TO DISCUSS FISHERIES MATTERS OF COMMON INTEREST WITH OFFICIALS THERE.
0 --------
MONDAY, JANUARY 26, 1981 -
6
NEW CHANCES FOR IN-SERVICE TEACHER TRAINING *****
PART-TIME IN-SERVICE COURSES OF TRAINING FOR TEACHERS (ICTT) IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS WILL BE OFFERED ON BOTH A TWO-YEAR AND THREE-YEAR BASIS FOR THE FIRST TIME IN SEPTEMBER THIS YEAR, AN EDUCATION DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY.
HOWEVER THERE WILL BE NO INTAKE TO ICTT COURSES FOR PRIMARY SCHOOL TEACHERS IN THE COMING ACADEMIC YEAR, HE SAID.
THESE COURSES ARE PROVIDED BY COLLEGES OF EDUCATION FOR TEACHERS NOW EMPLOYED IN AIDED OR PRIVATE SECONDARY SCHOOLS WHO, ALTHOUGH SUITABLY QUALIFIED ACADEMICALLY, DO NOT POSSESS THE PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATIONS TO MAKE THEM ELIGIBLE FOR CLASSIFICATION AS +QUALIFIED TEACHERS+.
THE CHANGES ARE IMPLEMENTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH A POLICY STATEMENT ON ICTT COURSES CONTAINED IN THE 1978 WHITE PAPER ON SENIOR SECONDARY AND TERTIARY EDUCATION, THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
THE COURSES NOW OFFER A WIDER RANGE OF ELECTIVE SUBJECT AREAS. APPLICANTS, HOWEVER, SHOULD NOTE THAT THE ELECTIVES ART AND DESIGN, MUSIC AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION ARE OFFERED ONLY ON THE THREE-YEAR COURSES.
CONTENTS OF THE COURSES INCLUDE LECTURES AND TUTORIALS, AND SUPERVISION OF PRACTICAL TEACHING OVER THE PERIOD OF TRAINING.
PARTICIPANTS WHO SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETE THE COURSES WILL BE AWARDED CERTIFICATES ACCORDING QUALIFIED TEACHER STATUS.
SIR ROBERT BLACK COLLEGE OF EDUCATION WILL BE CONDUCTING THE COURSES IN CHINESE WHILE NORTHCOTE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION WILL CONDUCT THEM IN ENGLISH.
NO TUITION FEES WILL BE CHARGED FOR THE TRAINING COURSES, THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
THE TWO-YEAR COURSES WILL BE RUN ON A DAY-RELEASE BASIS ON WEDNESDAYS FROM 9 AM TO 4 PM- WHILE THE THREE-YEAR COURSES WILL BE CONDUCTED ON THREE EVENINGS A WEEK FROM 4.30 PM TO 6.30 PM.
APPLICANTS SHOULD EITHER BE FULL-TIME PERMITTED OR REGISTERED TEACHERS IN PRIVATE OR AIDED SECONDARY SCHOOLS- GRADUATES OF HONG KONG BAPTIST COLLEGE (FROM 1970), HONG KONG SHUE YAN COLLEGE (FROM 1976) OR LINGNAN COLLEGE, HONG KONG (FROM 1979)- OR FINAL YEAR STUDENTS AT THESE THREE POST-SECONDARY COLLEGES.
ONLY GRADUATES OR FINAL YEAR STUDENTS OF THE THREE COLLEGES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR THE TWO-YEAR DAY-RELEASE COURSES.
THE MINIMUM ACADEMIC QUALIFICATIONS REQUIRED FOR THE THREE-YEAR EVENING COURSES ARE FIVE SUBJECTS AT GRADE E OR ABOVE, INCLUDING THE LANGUAGE RELEVANT TO THE COURSE MEDIUM OF INSTRUCTION, IN THE HONG KONG CERTIFICATE OF EDUCATION EXAMINATION- OR ITS EQUIVALENT.
SELECTION OF CANDIDATES WILL BE ADMINISTERED BY THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION JOINT SELECTION BOARD.
/APPLICANTS WHC ..
MONDAY, JANUARY 26, 1?81
APPLICANTS WHO WISH TO STUDY ART AND DESIGN, MUSIC OR PHYSICAL EDUCATION WILL BE REQUIRED TO TAKE A PRACTICAL TEST IN THE SUBJECT SELECTED.
ALL APPLICATION FORMS AND GUIDANCE NOTES ARE AVAILABLE FROM EDUCATION DEPARTMENT HEADQUARTERS, LEE GARDENS, 3RD FLOOR, HYSAN AVENUE, HONG KONG, AND ITS SUB-OFFICE AT 405 NATHAN ROAD, 6TH FLOOR, KOWLOON.
FORMS FOR THE ENGLISH COURSES ARE ALSO AVAILABLE AT NORTHCOTE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION, 9A BONHAM ROAD, HONG KONG- AND FORMS FOR THE CHINESE COURSES ARE AVAILABLE FROM SIR ROBERT BLACK COLLEGE OF EDUCATION, CALDECOTT ROAD, PIPER’S HILL, KOWLOON.
+AN APPLICANT MAY SUBMIT APPLICATION FOR ONLY ONE COURSE,+ THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
COMPLETED FORMS, IN DUPLICATES, SHOULD BE ADDRESSED TO THE JOINT SELECTION BOARD AND FORWARDED TOGETHER WITH PHOTOCOPIES OF THE REQUIRED DOCUMENTS TO THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION TO WHICH ADMISSION IS SOUGHT BY NOON ON FEBRUARY 28.
IF THE APPLICANT IS CURRENTLY TEACHING, HIS APPLICATION SHOULD BE SUBMITTED THROUGH THE HEAD OF SCHOOL.
IN THE CASE OF FINAL YEAR STUDENTS OF THE THREE POST-SECONDARY COLLEGES, APPLICATIONS SHOULD BE MADE THROUGH THE PRESIDENTS OF THE COLLEGES- WHILE GRADUATES OF THESE COLLEGES SHOULD SUBMIT THEIR APPLICATIONS IN PERSON.
THE SPOKESMAN ADDED THAT THE ABOVE TRAINING COURSES DID NOT INCLUDE TECHNICAL SUBJECTS, AND INFORMATION ON THESE COURSES WOULD BE ISSUED SEPARATELY AT A LATER DATE.
- - 0 - -
NEEDY FAMILIES RECEIVE LUCKY MONEY PACKETS * * * *
ABOUT 2 500 WIDOWS OR WIDOWERS AND THEIR FAMILIES WHO ARE ON PUBLIC ASSISTANCE WILL SHORTLY RECEIVE A LUNAR NEW YEAR +LAI SEE+ PACKET FROM A CHARITABLE FUND ADMINISTERED BY THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT.
DONORS OF THE TANG SHIU-KIN/HO TIM CHARITABLE FUND HAVE DECIDED TO MAKE THE TRADITIONAL GRANT IN CONSULTATION WITH THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE, MR SELWYN ALLEYNE, WHO IS THE TRUSTEE OF THE FUND.
WIDOW OR WIDOWER FAMILIES WITH CHILDREN RECEIVING PUBLIC ASSISTANCE WILL EACH BE GIVEN A RED PACKET OF $100.
THE PACKETS WILL BE DISTRIBUTED THROUGH THE DEPARTMENT’S NETWORK OF 26 SOCIAL SECURITY FIELD UNITS THROUGHOUT HONG KONG.
/STR SHIU-KIN
MONDAY, JANUARY 26, 1981
8 -
SIR SHIU-KIN TANG AND MR HO TIM, TOGETHER WITH THE DIRECTOR, WILL PERSONALLY PRESENT THE RED PACKETS AT ONE OF THE DISTRIBUTION PLACES.
THE FUND, FOUNDED BY SIR SHIU-KIN AND MR HO IN 1977, PROVIDES IMMEDIATE FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE TO INDIVIDUALS OR FAMILIES FACING A LIFE CRISIS.
IT HELPS THEM TO COPE WITH HARDSHIPS ARISING FROM UNEXPECTED CIRCUMSTANCES SUCH AS DEATH OF A BREADWINNER, AN ACCIDENT TO A FAMILY MEMBER, OR SUDDEN OR PROLONGED SERIOUS ILLNESS.
IT PROVIDES CASH GRANTS TO THE FAMILY OR INDIVIDUAL TO MAINTAIN A CHILD THROUGH HIS EDUCATION, OR TO PURCHASE EQUIPMENT SUCH AS WHEELCHAIRS NOT OBTAINABLE FROM ANY OTHER FINANCIAL SOURCE.
GRANTS ARE ALSO GIVEN TO MEET SPECIAL NEEDS AND EXPENSES ARISING FROM PHYSICAL OR MENTAL DISABILITY, CHRONIC ILLNESS, HOUSE MOVING, AND ADDITION OF CLOTHINGS OR OTHER ESSENTIAL ITEMS OVER FESTIVE PERIODS.
IN PARTICULAR, THE FUND HELPS MEET URGENT NEEDS ARISING FROM NATURAL DISASTERS AND COVERS THE BASIC FINANCIAL NEEDS OF THOSE WHO DO NOT QUALIFY FOR PUBLIC ASSISTANCE.
IN THE LAST EIGHT MONTHS OF 1980 GRANTS TOTALLING OVER $416 000 WERE PAID FROM THE FUND. IN THE SAME PERIOD IT RECEIVED 16 CONTRIBUTIONS AMOUNTING TO ABOUT $393 000.
APPLICATIONS FOR GRANTS MAY BE MADE TO THE TUNG WAH GROUP OF HOSPITALS, PO LEUNG KUK OR THE HEADQUARTERS AND DISTRICT OFFICES OF THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT.
SOCIAL WORKERS OF VOLUNTARY AGENCIES MAY ALSO REFER HARDSHIP CASES REQUIRING URGENT FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE TO THE SECRETARY OF THE FUND AT THE PO LEUNG KUK, OR TO THE DEPARTMENT.
-----0------
TSUEN WAN STARTS CLEAN HOME CAMPAIGN
*****
A WEEK-LONG +CLEAN ENVIRONMENT STARTS AT HOME+ EXERCISE WAS LAUNCHED IN TSUEN WAN TODAY TO REMIND HOUSEWIVES TO TIDY UP THEIR HOMES FOR THE LUNAR NEW YEAR.
REPRESENTATIVES OF MUTUAL AID COMMITTEES OF VARIOUS MULTISTOREY BUILDINGS HAD BEEN INVITED TO MAKE A SPECIAL CONCERTED EFFORT TO CLEAN THE COMMON PARTS OF THEIR BUILDINGS, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT SAID.
TEMPORARY COLLECTION CENTRES HAD BEEN SET UP TO PROVIDE A FREE SERVICE TO RESIDENTS TO DISPOSE OF OLD FURNITURE AND DOMESTIC RUBBISH, THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
/hesimnts webe
9
wkday, jandaby 26, 1981
RESIDENTS WERE ALSO URGED TO MAKE FULL USE OF THE EXISTING REFUSE COLLECTION POINTS.
MEANWHILE A DISTRICT-WIDE OPERATION TO CLEAN CANOPIES ALSO STARTED TH IS WEEK SnD CLEANSING STAFF OF THE TSUEN WAN URBAN SERVICES OFFICE HAD BEEN DEPLOYED TO ADVISE AND HELP RESIDENTS.
HEALTH INSPECTORS WILL VISIT BUILDINGS TO ENSURE THAT THE CANOPIES ARE FREE FROM ACCUMULATED REFUSE AND RESIDENTS ARE FULFILLING THEIR RESPONSIBILITIES FOR CLEARING THEM.
♦THOSE WHO IGNORE THE ADVICE OF THE INSPECTORS WILL BE SERVED A NOTICE REQUIRING THEM TO REMOVE THE RUBBISH WITHIN A SPECIFIED PERIOD,* THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
LITTER BUGS *ERE EARNED THAT THEY FACE A MAXIMUM FINE OF $1 000 ON FIRST AND $2 000 ON SUBSEQUENT CONVICTION.
-----0------
FACILITIES FOR SWIMMERS AT LIDO BEACH
* * * *
SWIMMERS AT LIDO BEACH OFF CASTLE PEAK ROAD WILL HAVE ADDITIONAL FACILITIES THIS YEAR.
THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT HAS INVITED TENDERS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF A BEACH BUILDING WHICH WILL HOUSE A TOILET, A KIOSK, A FIRST AID ROOM, CHANGING ROOMS, COMMUNAL SHOWERS AND A STORE-ROOM.
WORK IS EXPECTED TO BEGIN IN MARCH TO BE COMPLETED IN JULY IN TIME FOR SUMMER.
-----0------
TSUEN WAN WATER CUT * * * *
*ATER SUPPLY To AN AREA OR TSUEN WAN DISTRICT WILL BE TURNED CFF FROM 9 PM ON WEDNESDAY (JANUARY 28) TO 7 AM THE FOLLOWING DAY.
oZxn ^,E^en2yERS PREMISES ON CASTLE PEAK ROAD FROM CHAI WAN KOK ROAD IN TSUEN WAN TOWN TO THE 11-1/2 MILESTONE IN TING KAU.
--------0 ----------
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL 5-233191
TUESDAY, JANUARY 27, 1981
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
WAGE INDEXES FOR MANUFACTURING WORKERS ......................... 1
LEGAL BACKING FOR COMING CENSUS ............................... 3
TRADE PRICE AND VOLUME CHANGES IN NOV 1980...................... 4
LUNAR NEW YEAR HOLIDAY REMINDER ................................ 6
SOCIAL WELFARE DIRECTOR INSPECTS MULTI-SERVICE AGENCY........... 7
HK PHILHARMONIC TO PERFORM AT TAI PO ........................... 8
NT BATHING SHEDS FOR HIRE ...................................... 8
TAI PO PLAYGROUND TO BE RENOVATED .............................. 9
WATER CUT IN SHEK KIP MEI
9
TUESDAY, JANUARY 27, 1981
1
WAGE INDEXES FOR MANUFACTURING WORKERS ******
THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT TODAY PUBLISHED WAGE INDEXES FOR MANUFACTURING WORKERS IN SEPTEMBER 1980. THESE ARE DERIVED FROM HALF-YEARLY WAGE SURVEYS CONDUCTED BY THE DEPARTMENT. AS THE SURVEYS ARE NOT BASED ON A SCIENTIFICALLY SELECTED SAMPLE, THE RESULTS CAN ONLY BE CONSIDERED AS ROUGHLY INDICATIVE OF HOW WAGES MAY HAVE BEEN CHANGING.
TAKING AVERAGE WAGES DURING THE PERIOD JULY 1973 TO JUNE 1974 AS 100, THE INDEX OF NOMINAL AVERAGE DAILY WAGES (EXCLUDING FRINGE BENEFITS) FOR MANUFACTURING WORKERS IN SEPTEMBER 1980 WAS 208. COMPARED WITH SEPTEMBER 1979, THERE WAS AN INCREASE OF 27 POINTS OR 14.9 PER CENT. COMPARED WITH MARCH 1980, THERE WAS AN INCREASE OF 12 POINTS OR 6.1 PER CENT.
INCLUDING FRINGE BENEFITS, THE INDEX IN SEPTEMBER 1980 WAS 214, REPRESENTING AN INCREASE OF 29 POINTS OR 15.7 PER CENT OVER SEPTEMBER 1979 AND 12 POINTS OR 5.9 PER CENT OVER MARCH 1980.
THE INDEXES FOR THE LARGER MANUFACTURING INDUSTRIES IN TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT SHOW THE FOLLOWING CHANGES FOR SEPTEMBER 1980 COMPARED WITH MARCH 1980 :
NOMINAL INDEX
EXCLUDING FRINGE BENEFITS
INDUSTRY SEPT 79 MAR 80 SEPT 80 % CHANGE SEPT 80 OVER
MAR 80 SEPT 79
MANUFACTURING 181 196 208 *6.1 +14.9
TEXTILES 182 203 213 + 4.9 +17.0
ELECTRICAL APPLIANCES 189 202 216 + 6.9 ♦ 14.3
ELECTRONICS 181 208 216 ♦ 3.8 +19.3
GARMENTS 172 182 197 * 8.2 +14.5
GLOVES 160 167 179 * 7.2 +11.9
HANDBAGS 168 194 195 + 0.5 ♦ 16.1
PLASTIC PRODUCTS OTHER THAN FLOWERS AND TOYS 215 233 238 ♦ 2.1 ♦ 13.7
PLASTIC TOYS 181 200 204 * 2.0 ♦ 12.7
PR INTING 213 222 254 +14.4 *19.2
/NOMEJAL BJD3X.......
TUESDAY, JANUARY 27, 1981
- 2 -
NOMINAL INDEX INCLUDING FRINGE BENEFITS
INDUSTRY SEPT 79 MAR 80 SEPT 80 % CHANGE SEPT 80 OVER
MAR 80 SEPT 79
MANUFACTURING 185 202 214 + 5.9 +15.7
TEXTILES 185 205 217 ♦ 5.9 +17.3
ELECTRICAL APPLIANCES 194 211 225 + 6.6 ♦16.0
ELECTRONICS 187 218 226 ♦ 3.7 +20.9
GARMENTS 182 193 208 + 7.8 +14.3
GLOVES 166 175 188 ♦ 7.4 +13.3
HANDBAGS 177 209 208 - 0.5 +17.5
PLASTIC PRODUCTS OTHER THAN FLOWERS AND TOYS 212 228 231 + 1.3 ♦ 9.0
PLASTIC TOYS 180 197 200 ♦ 1.5 ♦11.1
PRINTING 217 226 264 +16.8 +21.7
THE DEPARTMENT ALSO PUBLISHED INDEXES OF REAL (THAT IS, AFTER DISCOUNTING FOR THE EFFECT OF INFLATION) AVERAGE DAILY WAGES FOR MANUFACTURING WORKERS. EXCLUDING FRINGE BENEFITS, THE INDEX IN SEPTEMBER 1980 WAS 130, REPRESENTING AN INCREASE OF 1 POINT OR 0.8 PER CENT OVER SEPTEMBER 1979 AND NO CHANGE OVER MARCH 1980.
INCLUDING FRINGE BENEFITS, THE INDEX IN SEPTEMBER 1980 WAS 133, REPRESENTING ALSO AN INCREASE OF 1 POINT OR 0.8 PER CENT OVER SEPTEMBER 1979 BUT A DECREASE OF 1 POINT OR 0.7 PER CENT OVER MARCH 1980.
COMMENTING ON THESE INDEXES, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE ECONOMIC SERVICES BRANCH ATTRIBUTED THE APPARENT LACK OF INCREASE IN MANUFACTURING WAGE RATES IN REAL TERMS TO TWO FACTORS: FIRST, THE GROWTH RATE OF THE SUPPLY OF LABOUR WAS RAPID AS A RESULT OF IMMIGRATION SO THAT DESPITE THE GROWTH IN MANUFACTURING EMPLOYMENT IN THE FIRST HALF OF 1980, SUPPLY WAS STILL ABUNDANT. SECONDLY, THE DEMAND FOR MANUFACTURING WORKERS EASED IN THE SECOND HALF OF 1980 UNDER THE INFLUENCE OF UNFAVOURABLE ECONOMIC CONDITIONS IN SOME OF HONG KONG’S MAIN MARKETS.
/TH£ SPOKESMAN .......
TUESDAY, JANUARY 27, 1981
- 3 -
n*.,vTHE SPOKESMAN EXPLAINED THAT THE INDEX OF NOMINAL AVERAGE DAILY WAGES FOR MANUFACTURING WORKERS MEASURES CHANGES IN THE
*0NEY EARNED AS WAGES BY WORKERS IN LARGE ESTABLISHMENTS IN 25 MANUFACTURING INDUSTRIES. THE INDEX OF NOMINAL AVERAGE 2* *AGES INCLUDING FRINGE BENEFITS FOR MANUFACTURING WORKERS ^A^REG CRANGES in WAGES AS WELL AS CHANGES IN SUCH FRINGE BENEFITS AS CASH BONUSES AND ALLOWANCES, FREE OR SUBSIDIZED FOOD AND PAID HOLIDAYS.
™E INDEX 0F REAL AVERAGE DAILY WAGES FOR MANUFACTURING WORKERS AND THE INDEX OF REAL AVERAGE DAILY WAGES INCLUDING FRINGE BENEFITS FOR MANUFACTURING WORKERS ARE OBTAINED BY DEFLATING THEIR RESPECTIVE NOMINAL COUNTERPARTS BY THE CONSUMER PRICE INDEX (A).
DETAILS OF WAGE MOVEMENTS IN THE INDIVIDUAL INDUSTRIES WITHIN THE MANUFACTURING SECTOR INCLUDED IN THE SEPTEMBER 1980 SURVEY ARE OBTAINABLE FROM THE EMPLOYMENT AND EARNINGS STATISTICS SECTION OF THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT.
0 -------
LEGAL BACKING FOR COMING CENSUS * * * *
THE DECENNIAL POPULATION CENSUS OF HONG KONG TO BE TAKEN IN FEBRUARY AND MARCH WILL BE GIVEN LEGAL BACKING UNDER TWO CENSUS AND STATISTICS ORDERS TO BE SET OUT IN THE GOVERNMENT GAZETTE THIS FRIDAY.
UNDER THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS (1981 LAND POPULATION CENSUS) ORDER AND THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS (1981 MARINE POPULATION CENSUS) ORDER, ALL PERSONS, WHETHER ON LAND OR ON BOARD VESSELS WITHIN HONG KONG WATERS, WILL BE REQUIRED TO SUPPLY INFORMATION TO ENUMERATORS WHO CALL ON THEM.
THE ORDERS ALSO SPECIFY THE PURPOSE OF THE CENSUS, THE INFORMATION IT REQUIRES, THE PERIOD WITHIN WHICH IT IS TO BE CARRIED OUT, AND THE DATE BY WHICH ALL COMPLETED SCHEDULES AND COPIES MUST BE DESTROYED.
UNDER THESE ORDERS, IT IS A DUTY OF THE PUBLIC TO SUPPLY ACCURATE INFORMATION TO ENUMERATORS, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT POINTED OUT.
+THE INFORMATION COLLECTED WILL BE USED TO PLAN THE DEVELOPMENT OF VARIOUS SERVICES FOR THE PUBLIC AND EVERYONE WILL EVENTUALLY BENEFIT FROM THE CENSUS EXERCISE.
♦BESIDES, ALL PERSONAL INFORMATION SUPPLIED TO ENUMERATORS WILL BE TREATED IN STRICT CONFIDENCE AND, UNDER THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS ORDERS, THIS INFORMATION CANNOT BE DISCLOSED TO ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENT OR PRIVATE ORGANISATION.
♦ALL ENUMERATORS WILL HAVE TO TAKE AN OATH OF SECRECY.
DATA COLLECTED FROM THE CENSUS WILL BE PROCESSED BY COMPUTER AND THE RESULTS PRESENTED IN TAELE FORM.
♦NO PERSONAL PARTICULARS COULD BE IDENTIFIED. ALL CENSUS SCHEDULES WITH THE NAMES OF INDIVIDUALS WILL BE REQUIRED TO BE TOTALLY DESTROYED BY FEBRUARY OR MARCH, 1982,+ HE SAID.
TUESDAY, JANUARY 27, 1981
4
TRADE PRICE AND VOLUME CHANGES IN NOV 1980 * * * *
THE PRICES OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS AND IMPORTS ROSE BY 8 PER CENT AND 6 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY IN NOVEMBER 1980 COMPARED WITH THE SAME MONTH IN 1979, ACCORDING TO ECONOMIC STATISTICS RELEASED TODAY BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT.
AS A RESULT, THE TERMS OF TRADE INDEX (EXPRESSED AS A RATIO OF THE DOMESTIC EXPORT PRICE INDEX TO THE IMPORT PRICE INDEX) IMPROVED SLIGHTLY BY 1 PER CENT. HOWEVER, A LARGER INCREASE IN VOLUME WAS REGISTERED FOR IMPORTS (+25%) THAN FOR DOMESTIC EXPORTS (+2%). ON THE OTHER HAND, THE PRICES OF RE-EXPORTS INCREASED BY 8 PER CENT, WITH VOLUME UP BY 35 PER CENT, SO THAT FOR TOTAL EXPORTS,
PRICES ROSE BY 8 PER CENT AND VOLUME BY 11 PER CENT.
PRICES ARE BASED ON UNIT VALUES WHICH DO NOT TAKE INTO
ACCOUNT CHANGES IN THE COMPOSITION OR QUALITY OF GOODS TRADED. CHANGES IN THE VOLUME OF TRADE ARE DERIVED FROM CHANGES IN TRADE VALUES, AFTER DISCOUNTING THE EFFECT OF PRICE CHANGES.
THE CHANGES IN THE VALUES, UNIT VALUES AND VOLUMES OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS BY COMMODITY GROUP ARE AS FOLLOWS:
CHANGES COMPARING NOV 1980 WITH NOV 1979
EXPORT VALUES EXPORT UNIT VALUES EXPORT VOLUMES
CLOTHING (EXCEPT FUR) + 6% + 10% - 3%
TEXTILE FABRICS + 1% INSIGNIFICANT + 1%
TEXTILE YARN AND THREAD - 22% + 1% - 23%
TEXTILE MADE-UPS AND RELATED ARTICLES - 16% + 11% - 25%
ALL TRANSISTORIZED RADIOS + 5% + 3% + 2%
ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS + 31% + 13% + 15%
FOOTWEAR + 14% + 9% + 5%
METAL MANUFACTURES + 31% + 16% + 13%
METAL ORES AND SCRAP +112% ♦ 3% +105%
WATCHES AND CLOCKS + 26% - 7% + 35%
ALL COMMODITIES + 10% + 8% + 2%
APART FROM A DROP OF 7 PER CENT FOR WATCHES AND CLOCKS, AND AN INSIGNIFICANT DECREASE FOR TEXTILE FABRICS, THE EXPORT PRICES OF THE MAJOR COMMODITY GROUPS INCREASED AT VARYING RATES, FROM A 1 PER CENT INCREASE FOR TEXTILE YARN TO A 16 PER CENT INCREASE FOR METAL MANUFACTURES.
/C0NSIDSHA3LE GROWTH........
TUESDAY, JANUARY 27, 1981
- 5 -
CONSIDERABLE GROWTH IN THE VOLUME OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS WAS NOTED FOR METAL ORES AND SCRAP (+105%), AND WATCHES AND CLOCKS (+35%). HOWEVER, AN APPRECIABLE DECREASE WAS REGISTERED IN THE VOLUME OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS OF TEXTILE MADE-UPS (-25%) AND TEXTILE YARN (-23%).
THE CHANGES IN THE VALUES, UNIT VALUES AND VOLUMES OF IMPORTS BY END-USE CATEGORY ARE SHOWN BELOW:
CHANGES COMPARING NOV 1980 WITH NOV 1979
IMPORT VALUES IMPORT UNIT VALUES IMPORT VOLUMES
FOODSTUFFS ♦ 17% ♦ 11% + 6%
CONSUMER GOODS + 45% INSIGNIFICANT + 46%
FUELS +136% ♦ 31% ♦ 81%
RAW MATERIALS AND SEMI-MANUFACTURES + 20% ♦ 5% + 14%
CAPITAL GOODS ♦ 28% + 7% ♦ 20%
ALL COMMODITIES ♦ 32% ♦ 6% ♦ 25%
WITH THE EXCEPTION OF FUELS, THE PRICES OF WHICH JUMPED BY 31 PER CENT, AND CONSUMER GOODS, THE PRICES OF WHICH SHOWED LITTLE CHANGE, THE PRICES OF IMPORTS BY END-USE CATEGORY INCREASED MODERATELY, RANGING FROM 5 PER CENT FOR RAW MATERIALS AND SEMI-MANUFACTURES TO 11 PER CENT FOR FOODSTUFFS.
MOST IMPORTED FOODSTUFFS ROSE IN VOLUME TERMS, THE MORE SIGNIFICANT ONES BEING VEGETABLES AND LIVE POULTRY. ON THE OTHER HAND, THE IMPORT VOLUMES OF TEA AND COFFEE, AND SUGAR FELL.
IN THE CONSUMER GOODS CATEGORY, SIGNIFICANT INCREASES IN IMPORT VOLUME WERE REGISTERED FOR HOUSEHOLD ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, RADIOS, TELEVISION SETS, GRAMOPHONES, RECORDS AND TAPE RECORDERS, CLOTHING, TEXTILE MADE-UPS, FOOTWEAR, AND PASSENGER MOTOR CARS. THE IMPORT VOLUME OF ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES DECLINED.
IMPORTS OF FUELS INCREASED BY 81 PER CENT IN VOLUME TERMS.
THE IMPORT VOLUMES OF VARIOUS KINDS OF RAW MATERIALS AND SEMI-MANUFACTURES SHOWED A MIXED TREND. WHEREAS PURCHASES OF WOOLLEN YARN AND MIXTURES, WOOL AND OTHER ANIMAL HAIR, FABRICS OF MAN-MADE FIBRES, CLAY AND REFRACTORY CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS, MAN-MADE FIBRES AND BASE METALS ROSE SUBSTANTIALLY, DEMAND FOR DYEING, TANNING AND COLOURING MATERIALS, RAW COTTON, PAPER AD PAPERBOARD, AS WELL AS CHEMICAL ELEMENTS AND COMPOUND DECLINED.
AS FOR CAPITAL GOODS, MAJOR INCREASES IN IMPORT VOLUME WERE RECORDED FOR SCIENTIFIC, MEDICAL AND OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS A D APPARATUS, AND OFFICE MACHINES.
/the changes .......
TUESDAY, JANUARY 27, 1981
- 6 -
THE CHANGES IN THE VALUES, UNIT VALUES AND VOLUMES OF RE-EXPORTS BY END-USE CATEGORY ARE«
CHANGES COMPARING NOV 1980 WITH NOV 1979
RE-EXPORT VALUES RE-EXPORT UNIT VALUES RE-EXPORT VOLUMES
FOODSTUFFS + 26% + 1% * 25%
CONSUMER GOODS + 62% + 6% ♦ 52%
FUELS + 81% ♦ 35% + 34%
RAW MATERIALS AND
SEMI-MANUFACTURES + 40% ♦ 11% + 26%
CAPITAL GOODS + 26% ♦ 6% ♦ 19%
ALL COMMODITIES ♦ 47% ♦ 8% ♦ 35%
THE RE-EXPORT VOLUMES OF ALL END-USE CATEGORY INCREASED SUBSTANTIALLY, RANGING FROM 19 PER CENT TO 52 PER CENT.
-----0--------
LUNAR NEW YEAR HOLIDAY REMINDER MX##
THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT TODAY REMINDED EMPLOYERS THAT THE FIRST, SECOND AND THIRD DAYS OF THE LUNAR NEW YEAR WHICH FALL ON FEBRUARY 5, 6 AND 7 THIS YEAR ARE THREE OF THE 10 STATUTORY HOLIDAYS APPOINTED UNDER THE EMPLOYMENT ORDINANCE.
UNDER THE ORDINANCE ALL MANUAL EMPLOYEES, INCLUDING DOMESTIC SERVANTS, IRRESPECTIVE OF THEIR EARNINGS, AND ALL NON-MANUAL EMPLOYEES EARNING NOT MORE THAN 36 000 A MONTH, ARE ENTITLED TO THE HOLIDAYS.
THEY MUST ALSO BE PAID FOR THE THREE DAYS OFF IF THEY HAVE STATUTORY^HOUDAYsY F0R three MONTHS IMMEDIATELY PRECEDING THE
HOLIDAY PAY SHOULD BE EQUIVALENT TO THE EMPLOYEE’S EARNINGS OTHER THAN OVERTIME PAY, ON A NORMAL WORKING DAY. WHERE THE EARNINGS VARY FROM DAY TO DAY, HOLIDAY PAY SHOULD BE THE AVERAGE OF THE DAILY EARNINGS DURING A PERIOD OF 28 DAYS PRECEDING THE HOLIDAYS. PAYMENT SHOULD BE MADE ON THE NORMAL PAY DAY.
IF AN EMPLOYEE IS REQUIRED HE MUST BE GIVEN AN ALTERNATIVE AFTER THAT DAY.
TO WORK ON A STATUTORY HOLIDAY, DAY OFF WITHIN 60 DAYS BEFORE OR
IF THE ALTERNATIVE HOLIDAY IS TO BE GRANTED BEFORE THE STATUTORY HOLIDAY, THE EMPLOYER MUST NOTIFY THE EMPLOYEE 48 HOURS IN ADVANCE OF THE ALTERNATIVE HOLIDAY. IN THE CASE WHERE AN ALTERNATIVE HOLIDAY IS TO BE GIVEN AFTER THE STATUTORY HOLIDAY, THE EMPLOYEE MUST BE NOTIFIED OF THE ARRANGEMENT AT LEAST 48 HOURS BEFORE THE STATUTORY HOLIDAY.
/IF 30TH ....
Tuesday, January 27, 1981
- 7 -
IF BOTH EMPLOYER AND EMPLOYEE AGREE, ANY DAY WITHIN 30 DAYS OF A STATUTORY HOLIDAY OR ALTERNATIVE HOLIDAY MAY BE TAKEN BY THE EMPLOYEE AS A SUBSTITUTED HOLIDAY.
ENQUIRIES ABOUT STATUTORY HOLIDAYS MAY BE MADE TO THE NEAREST BRANCH OFFICE OF THE LABOUR RELATIONS SERVICE. THE TELEPHONE NUMBERS ARE: FOR KOWLOON EAST 3-205638- KOWLOON WEST 3-201652- KWUN TONG 3-898520- TSUEN WAN 12-422096- TUEN MUN 12-818443 AND HONG KONG ISLAND 5-282523 EXT. 60.
--------o----------
SOCIAL WELFARE DIRECTOR INSPECTS MULTI-SERVICE AGENCY *****
THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE, MR SELWYN ALLEYNE, TODAY INSPECTED THE WELFARE SERVICES PROVIDED BY A MULTI-SERVICE VOLUNTARY AGENCY IN WAN CHAI AND A NON-PROFIT-MAKING DAY NURSERY IN WESTERN DISTRICT.
ACCOMPANIED BY ASSISTANT DIRECTOR, MRS EVELYN DOE, MR ALLEYNE VISITED THE ST JAMES’ SETTLEMENT WHICH HAS DEVELOPED FROM A CHILDREN’S CLUB IN 1949 INTO AN AGENCY PROVIDING WELFARE SERVICES FOR THE YOUNG, THE OLD AND THE MENTALLY DISABLED.
HE WAS MET BY THE AGENCY’S DIRECTOR, MRS GRACE WAN AND COMMITTEE MEMBERS, AND SAW ACTIVITIES IN THE DIVISIONS OF FAMILY AND CHILD WELFARE, GROUP AND COMMUNITY WORK, ADULT SERVICE, AND SHELTERED WORKSHOP FOR MENTALLY DISABLED PERSONS.
THE FAMILY AND CHILD WELFARE DIVISION HELPS SOLVE FAMILY PROBLEMS, RUNS A NURSERY, PROVIDES SCHOOL SOCIAL WORK, COORDINATES FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION, AND ORGANISES SOCIAL AND RECREATIONAL PROGRAMMES FOR THE MENTALLY HANDICAPPED.
THE ADULT SERVICE DIVISION RUNS AN OLD PEOPLE’S CENTRE AND PROVIDES HOME HELP, MEALS, HEALTH AND LAUNDRY SERVICES, WHILE THE GROUP AND COMMUNITY WORK DIVISION OPERATES A LIBRARY AND A STUDY CENTRE AND ORGANISES ACTIVITIES FOR LOCAL RESIDENTS.
AT THE SHELTERED WORKSHOP, MR ALLEYNE WATCHED MENTALLY DISABLED PERSONS DOING SIMPLE AND REMUNERATIVE WORK IN A SHELTERED ENVIRONMENT.
THE DIRECTOR LATER CALLED AT THE CHIU YANG DAY NURSERY RUN BY THE HONG KONG CHIU YANG RESIDENTS’ ASSOCIATION IN WESTERN DISTRICT.
HE WAS BRIEFED BY THE NURSERY’S COMMITTEE CHAIRMAN, MR ROBIN Y.H. CHAN, AND MEMBERS ON THE DAILY OPERATION OF THE NURSERY WHICH LOOKS AFTER 60 CHILDREN AGED BETWEEN T*0 AND SIX.
0
TUESDAY, JANUARY 27, 1981
- 8 -
HK PHILHARMONIC TO PERFORM AT TAI PO * * *
THE HONG KONG PHILHARMONIC ORCHESTRA IS TO PERFORM IN TAI PO ON SATURDAY (JANUARY 31) AT THE INVITATION OF THE LOCAL ARTS ADVANCEMENT ASSOCIATION.
THE ORCHESTRA WILL PLAY WORKS BY ROSSINI, VIVALDI, BRITTEN, MOZART AND TCHAIKOVSKY IN A PROGRAMME LASTING TWO HOURS.
ADMISSION TO THE CONCERT, WHICH WILL BE HELD IN THE SHEUNG KUNG WUI BISHOP MOK SHAU TSENG SECONDARY SCHOOL, IS FREE. A TOTAL OF 8OO TICKETS ARE AVAILABLE NOW FROM TAI PO DISTRICT OFFICE ON A FIRST-COME, FIRST-SERVED BASIS.
THE ORCHESTRA WILL BE CONDUCTED BY CONCERT MASTER, CARL PIN I.
THE CONCERT STARTS AT 3 PM. IT IS BEING SPONSORED BY TAI PO DISTRICT ADVISORY BOARD AND THE DISTRICT OFFICE AS PART OF THEIR PROGRAMME TO PROMOTE MUSIC IN THE NEW TOWN.
-----o------
NT BATHING SHEDS FOR HIRE * * * *
FORTY-THREE BATHING SHEDS ON BEACHES ALONG CASTLE PEAK ROAD ARE AVAILABLE FOR HIRE FOR 12 MONTHS STARTING APRIL 1.
THE SHEDS WILL BE ALLOCATED TO APPLICANTS BY BALLOT AT 11 AM ON MARCH 5, THURSDAY, IN THE CONFERENCE ROOM OF THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT HEADQUARTERS AT AUSTIN CENTRE, 19-23 AUSTIN AVENUE, TSIM SHA TSUI.
THERE WILL BE FOUR SHEDS OF ABOUT 56 SQUARE METRES EACH AND 39 OF 28 SQUARE METRES EACH FOR ALLOCATION.
BALLOT APPLICATION FORMS AT $20 EACH ARE NOW AVAILABLE AT THE RECREATION AND AMENITIES SECTION OF THE DEPARTMENT ON THE FOURTH FLOOR OF AUSTIN CENTRE.
THE FORMS CAN BE OBTAINED EITHER 9 AM TO 1 PM AND FROM 2 PM TO 3 PM ON
BY LETTER OR IN PERSON FROM WEEKDAYS BEFORE FEBRUARY 16.
COMPLETED FORMS MUST BE RETURNED TO THE RECREATION AND AMENITIES SECTION BY 1 PM ON FEBRUARY 23, MONDAY.
INDIVIDUALS APPLYING MUST BE RESIDENTS OF HONG KONG AND ONLY ONE MEMBER OF A FAMILY MAY APPLY.
REGISTERED COMPANIES, CLUBS, ASSOCIATIONS OR ORGANISED GROUPS CAN ALSO APPLY BUT A COPY OF THEIR BUSINESS REGISTRATION CERTIFICATE OR CERTIFICATE CF REGISTRATION ISSUED BY THE REGISTRAR OF SOCIETIES, THE REGISTRAR OF TRADE UNIONS OR THE COMPANIES REGISTRY SHOULD BE ATTACHED TO THE APPLICATION FORM.
/+FURTHDRMORS,...
TUESDAY, JANUARY 27, 1981
♦FURTHERMORE, THESE GROUP APPLICATIONS MUST BE SIGNED BY THE MANAGER, CHAIRMAN, OR THE SECRETARY,+ THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
♦CLUBS AND ASSOCIATIONS ALREADY HOLDING RENEWABLE PERMITS FOR BATHING SHEDS ON BEACHES IN SUBURBAN AREAS AND IN THE NEW TERRITORIES ARE NOT ELIGIBLE,* HE ADDED.
PERMIT FEES FOR A BATHING SHED RANGE FROM $750 TO $1 350 A YEAR DEPENDING ON THE SIZE OF THE SHED.
- - 0 - -
TAI PO PLAYGROUND TO BE RENOVATED * * * *
TAI PO PLAYGROUND WILL BE CLOSED TO THE PUBLIC FOR RENOVATION FROM TOMORROW (WEDNESDAY).
ANNOUCING THIS TODAY, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT SAID THE GOVERNMENT HAD ALLOCATED SOME $700 030 FOR THE RECONSTRUCTION WORK.
THE PROJECT IS AIMED AT IMPROVING FACILITIES AT THE PLAYGROUND, WHICH IS NEAR THE JUNCTION OF HEUNG SZE WUI STREET AND WAN TAU STREET, TO MEET THE NEEDS OF THE RAPID INCREASE IN POPULATION AND TO PROVIDE A MUCH NEEDED SPORTS VENUE FOR YOUNG PEOPLE.
THE WORK WILL BE CARRIED OUT BY THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT. THE RUNNING TRACK WILL BE RESURFACED AND THE LONG AND HIGH JUMP PITS, SPECTATOR STANDS AND GATES WILL BE IMPROVED.
- 0 - -
WATER CUT IN SHEK KIP MEI * * *
*ATER SUPPLY TO AN AREA OF SHEK KIP MEI WILL EE TURNED OFF FOR SIX HOURS FROM MIDNIGHT ON THURSDAY (JANUARY 29) TO 6 AM ON FR IDAY.
THE AREA IS BOUNDED BY PAK TIN STREET, NAM CHEONG STREET, TAI HANG SAI STREET, WOH CHAI STREET, SHEK KIP MEI STREET AND TAI PO ROAD.
ALSO TO BE AFFECTED ARE PREMISES ON YIU TUNG STREET, BERWICK STREET, WAI CHI STREET* SHEK KIP MEI FACTORY ESTATE BLOCK NOS. A TO 6, UPPER SHEK KIP MEI ESTATE BLOCK NOS. 13 TO 13, AND LOwER SHEK KIP MEI ESTATE BLOCK NOS. 3 TO 6, 15 TO 18 AND 29.
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL 5-233191
WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 28, 1981
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
POSSIBLE HOLD UPS OE TEXTILE CONSIGNMENTS ................. 1
MORE FACILITIES FOR ENJOYMENT OF ARTS ..................... 1
BUS ZONE ARRANGEMENTS ..................................... 2
GOVERNOR TO OPEN YUEN LONG SCHOOL AND ARTS FESTIVAL........ 5
CONSTRUCTIVE VIEWS NEEDED TO KEEP HK CLEAN ................ 3
SIX MORE FIRE WATCH PATROLS FORMED ........................
HANDICAPPED JOIN SCHOOLS DANCE FESTIVAL ...................
LUCKY MONEY PACKETS FOR WIDOW FAMILIES ....................
SAI KUNG SPRING CLEAN UP .................................. 5
WATER CUT
6
WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 28, 1981
1
POSSIBLE HOLD UPS OF TEXTILE CONSIGNMENTS
*****
THE TRADE INDUSTRY AND CUSTOMS DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT IT HAD RECEIVED INFORMATION THAT THE U.S. CUSTOMS AT THE J.F. KENNEDY AIRPORT, NEW YORK, WILL BE REJECTING ANY TEXTILE CONSIGNMENTS COVERED BY EXPORT LICENCES WHICH CARRY AMENDMENTS.
AS A RESULT, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT TEXTILE CONSIGNMENTS COVERED BY AMENDED LICENCES MAY ENCOUNTER CLEARANCE DIFFICULTIES AT THE AIRPORT.
THE DEPARTMENT HAS MADE REPRESENTATIONS TO THE U.S. GOVERNMENT, AND REQUESTED THE IMMEDIATE TERMINATION OF THE NEW ARRANGEMENTS.
UNTIL THE MATTER IS RESOLVED, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT ADVISED EXPORTERS TO AVOID SENDING TEXTILE CONSIGNMENTS TO THE J.F.K. AIRPORT, NEW YORK.
WHERE THIS IS NOT POSSIBLE, THE DEPARTMENT IS PREPARED, AS AN INTERIM MEASURE, TO ISSUE REPLACEMENT LICENCES FREE OF CHARGE TO EXPORTERS WHO MAY HAVE TEXTILE CONSIGNMENTS COVERED BY AMENDED LICENCES DESTINED FOR THE AIRPORT.
EXPORTERS WHO WISH TO APPLY FOR THE REPLACEMENT LICENCES SHOULD CONTACT MR A.C.Y. KWONG, ASSISTANT TRADE OFFICER, NORTH AMERICA DIVISION (TEXTILE CONTROLS), TRADE INDUSTRY AND CUSTOMS DEPARTMENT, 15TH FLOOR, 1515, OCEAN CENTRE, CANTON ROAD, KOWLOON (TEL 3-7222353).
THE DEPARTMENT FURTHER ADVISED EXPORTERS WHO MAY HAVE SHIPMENTS HELD UP AT THE J.F.K. AIRPORT, NEW YORK TO CONTACT ITS WASHINGTON OFFICE FOR ASSISTANCE IN CLEARING THE GOODS.
- - 0 - -
MORE FACILITIES FOR ENJOYMENT OF ARTS * * * *
WE CAN LOOK FORWARD WITH CONFIDENCE TO A CHAIN OF FACILITIES THROUGHOUT THE TERRITORY WHICH WILL BRING ENJOYMENT OF THE ARTS CLOSER TO THE PEOPLE, THE CHIEF SECRETARY, SIR JACK CATER SAID TODAY.
SPEAKING AT THE OPENING OF THE THIRD TSUEN WAN ARTS FESTIVAL, SIR JACK SAID THE EXISTENCE OF THE TSUEN WAN TOWN HALL HAD BEEN AN IMPORTANT FACTOR IN THE GROWTH OF THE FESTIVAL.
♦AND I AM DELIGHTED TO LEARN THAT MOST OF THE FACILITIES IN THE TOWN HALL ARE FULLY BOOKED MOST OF THE YEAR,* HE ADDED.
SIR JACK SAID WORK ON SIMILAR HALLS IN TUEN MUN AND SHA TIN WOULD START THIS YEAR. +THIS YEAR TOO, BOTH YUEN LONG AND THE NORTHERN DISTRICT WILL EACH HAVE AN AIR-CONDITIONED AUDITORIUM FOR PUBLIC CONCERTS AND PERFORMANCES,* HE SAID.
THE FOLLOWING IS THE FULL TEXT OF SIR JACK'S SPEECH i
+MR CHAIRMAN, LADIES AND GENTLEMEN,
/+IT IS
WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 28, 1981
2
+IT IS MY VERY GREAT PLEASURE TO BE INVITED HERE TONIGHT TO OPEN THE THIRD TSUEN WAN ARTS FESTIVAL. THIS IS THE MOST IMPORTANT CULTURAL EVENT IN TSUEN WAN DURING THE YEAR, AND ONE THAT IS BECOMING INCREASINGLY RECOGNISED BY PEOPLE OUTSIDE TSUEN WAN.
+AS EACH YEAR GOES BY THERE ARE CHANGES AND IMPROVEMENTS AND I CONGRATULATE ALL THE PERSONS AND ORGANISATIONS INVOLVED IN THE FESTIVAL FOR THEIR IMAGINATION, ENTHUSIASM AND SHEER HARD WORK. IT HAS BEEN WELL-REWARDED, BECAUSE THIS YEAR THE FESTIVAL WILL LAST A FULL FOUR WEEKS- PERFORMANCES ARE BEING STAGED IN HOUSING ESTATES AND OUTLYING PARTS OF THE DISTRICT-THERE IS A CLOSER INTEGRATION WITH THE CENTRAL HONG KONG ARTS FESTIVAL- AND OVERSEAS GROUPS FOR THE FIRST TIME ARE BEING SPECIFICALLY INVITED FROM THE PHILIPPINES AND SOUTH KOREA TO TAKE PART IN THE FESTIVAL.
+UNDOUBTEDLY THE EXISTENCE OF THIS BUILDING, THE TSUEN WAN TOWN HALL, HAS BEEN AN IMPORTANT FACTOR IN THE GROWTH OF THE FESTIVAL, AND I AM DELIGHTED TO LEARN THAT MOST OF THE FACILITIES IN THE TOWN HALL ARE FULLY BOOKED MOST OF THE YEAR. WORK WILL START THIS YEAR ON SIMILAR HALLS IN TUEN MUN AND IN SHA TIN. THIS YEAR TOO, BOTH YUEN LONG AND THE NORTHERN DISTRICT WILL EACH HAVE AN AIR-CONDITIONED AUDITORIUM FOR PUBLIC CONCERTS AND PERFORMANCES. WE CAN THUS LOOK FORWARD WITH CONFIDENCE TO A CHAIN OF FACILITIES THROUGHOUT THE TERRITORY WHICH WILL BRING ENJOYMENT OF THE ARTS CLOSER TO THE PEOPLE.
+l WOULD LIKE TO TAKE THIS OPPORTUNITY TO CONGRATULATE THE CHAIRMAN, MR CHAN PO-FONG, AND HIS EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE FOR THEIR FINE EFFORTS, AND TO EXPRESS MY ADMIRATION FOR THE SUCCESS OF THIS ANNUAL EVENT SINCE IT STARTED IN 1979. MY BEST WISHES TO THE THIRD TSUEN WAN ARTS FESTIVAL, AND TO YOU ALL.
+IT NOW GIVES ME GREAT PLEASURE TO DECLARE OPEN THE THIRD TSUEN WAN ARTS FESTIVAL.*
------0-------
BUS ZONE ARRANGEMENTS * * * *
TWO LENGTHS OF ROADS IN CAUSEWAY BAY WILL BE RESTRICTED TO FRANCHISED BUSES AND THOSE GIVEN WRITTEN AUTHORITY FROM 10 AM ON FRIDAY (JANUARY 30), A SPOKESMAN FOR THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT SAID TODAY.
THEY ARE THE UNNAMED ROAD UNDER CANAL ROAD FLYOVER FROM ITS JJNCTION WITH HENNESSY ROAD TO THE END OF THE LOOP ROAD CONNECTING CANAL ROAD WEST, AND THE OFF-SIDE LANE OF CANAL ROAD EAST BETWEEN SHARP STREET EAST AND LEIGHTON ROAD.
AT THE SAME TIME, THE BUS-ONLY LANE ON THE SOUTH CARRIAGEWAY OF PUBLIC SQUARE STREET BETWEEN RECLAMATION STREET AND SHANGHAI STREET IN YAU MA TEI WILL BE WITHDRAWN.
THE CANCELLATION IS DUE TO THE CLOSURE OF RECLAMATION STREET FOR CONSTRUCTION WORK IN THE AREA.
ALSO FROM FRIDAY, THE MACAU FERRY BUS TERMINUS TO THE NORTH OF MORRISON STREET WILL BE DESIGNATED A ’PROHIBITED ZONE’ AND CLOSED TO ALL VEHICLES EXCEPT FRANCHISED BUSES.
WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 28, 1981
- 3 -
NOTE TO EDITORS:
GOVERNOR TO OPEN YUEN LONG SCHOOL AND ARTS FESTIVAL * * * *
THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, WILL OFFICIATE AT CEREMONIES MARKING THE OPENING OF CHIU LUT SAU MEMORIAL SECONDARY SCHOOL AND THE FIRST YUEN LONG ARTS FESTIVAL ON FRIDAY (JANUARY 30) AT 3 PM.
' MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES ARE WELCOME TO COVER THE EVENT. GOVERNMENT TRANSPORT WILL LEAVE KOWLOON PUBLIC PIER AT 1.15 PM TO TAKE THE PRESS TO THE SCHOOL AT TAI YUK ROAD, YUEN LONG. MR DONALD STRA-NGE OF THE NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION PRESS UNIT WILL BE PRESENT TO HELP THEM.
------0-------
1 CONSTRUCTIVE VIEWS NEEDED TO KEEP HK CLEAN
• * * * *
LEGISLATIVE COUNCILLOR, MR CHARLES YEUNG, TODAY CALLED FOR CONSTRUCTIVE VIEWS TO HELP MAKE THE KEEP HONG KONG CLEAN CAMPAIGN A SUCCESS IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.
HE WAS SPEAKING AT THE FIRST MEETING OF A COMMITTEE SET UP RECENTLY TO ADVISE ON CAMPAIGN STRATEGY IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.
THE COMMITTEE, OF WHICH MR YEUNG IS CHAIRMAN, WAS APPOINTED BY THE GOVERNOR. MEMBERS INCLUDE MR FUNG PAK-TAI, MR RAYMOND PANG HANG-YIN, MR WILLIAM WAN HON-CHEUNG, MR WAI HON-LEUNG, MR CARLOS CHEUNG HON-KAU, MR HO TZE-PING, MR AUGUSTINE NG CHEUK-TAI AND DR TANG SIU-TONG.
OFFICIALS OF THE NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION, URBAN SERVICES AND INFORMATION SERVICES DEPARTMENTS ALSO SIT ON THE COMMITTEE.
MR YEUNG SAID THE UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS ON THE COMMITTEE EACH CAME FROM AN NT DISTRICT AND WERE ALL MEMBERS OF THEIR RESPECTIVE DISTRICT ADVISORY BOARD. +THEY ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR CHANNELLING VIEWS TO THE ADVISORY COMMITTEE ON SUCH MATTERS AS COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT, AND AREAS WHERE CLEANING UP IS REQUIRED,* HE SAID.
THE VIEWS WILL BE SUBMITTED TO AN EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE FOR FOLLOW-UP ACTION.
THE DIRECTOR OF NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES, MR JIMMY SWEETMAN, CHAIRS THIS EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE WHICH COMPRISES ONLY OFFICIAL MEMBERS FROM GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS INCLUDING AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES, MARINE AND HOUSING DEPARTMENTS AS WELL AS THE HIGHWAYS OFFICE OF THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT.
TO COORDINATE THE CAMPAIGN IN BOTH THE NEW TERRITORIES AND URBAN AREAS, THE CHIEF SECRETARY, SIR JACK CATER, IS TO CHAIR A STEERING COMMITTEE WHICH WILL PROVIDE POLICY DIRECTIVE AND MONITOR PROGRESS.
------o-------
WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 28, 1981
4
SIX MORE FIRE WATCH PATROLS FORMED ******
SIX MORE VOLUNTARY FIRE PATROLS HAVE JOINED THE FIRE WATCH SCHEME WHICH WAS INTRODUCED BY THE GOVERNMENT TWO YEARS AGO TO INVOLVE SQUATTERS AND VILLAGERS IN FIRE PREVENTION.
THE NEW PATROLS — FROM CHA KWO LING AND LYEMUN SQUATTER AREAS IN KWUN TONG AND HOI PONG VILLAGE SQUATTER AREA IN WESTERN DISTRICT -- WERE THE FOURTH BATCH TO BE FORMED AND BROUGHT THE TOTAL NUMBER OF SUCH TEAMS TO 83.
THE LAST BATCH OF 26 TEAMS WAS FORMED ONLY FOUR MONTHS AGO.
THIS INDICATES A GROWING PUBLIC AWARENESS OF THE DANGERS OF FIRE AND THE NEED TO PREVENT IT, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE FIRE PREVENTION CAMPAIGN COMMITTEE SAID.
+IT IS GRATIFYING TO SEE THAT MORE VOLUNTEERS HAVE COME FORWARD TO HELP THE REGULAR FIRE FIGHTERS IN SERVING THEIR LOCAL COMMUNITIES AND IN PROTECTING THEIR PROPERTY AGAINST FIRE,* HE SAID.
THE FIRE WATCH SCHEME IS RUN BY THE HOME AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT AND THE NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE INFORMATION SERVICES DEPARTMENT. TRAINING IN FIRE PREVENTION AND DETECTION METHODS AND IN FIRE FIGHTING IS PROVIDED BY THE FIRE SERVICES DEPARTMENT.
IN VIEW OF THE CURRENT DRY WEATHER, THE FIRE PREVENTION CAMPAIGN COMMITTEE HAS ARRANGED SPECIAL BROADCASTS THROUGH THE GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES MOBILE UNIT AND THE CIVILIAN INFORMATION TEAMS OF THE NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION, TO WARN RESIDENTS OF THE DANGERS OF FIRE.
----0 -----
HANDICAPPED JOIN SCHOOLS DANCE FESTIVAL
******
THIRTEEN TEAMS OF HANDICAPPED STUDENTS WILL BE TAKING PART IN THE 17TH SCHOOLS’ DANCE FESTIVAL TO BE HELD FROM FEBRUARY 17 TO MARCH 4.
♦RESPONSE TO THE FESTIVAL IS GOOD AND ALTOGTHER 308 TEAMS FROM 234 SCHOOLS HAVE APPLIED TO PARTICIPATE IN THE FESTIVAL,* AN EDUCATION DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID.
DANCE ITEMS INCLUDE WESTERN FOLK OR NATIONAL DANCE, ORIENTAL DANCE AND CREATIVE DANCE, HE SAID.
ON HONG KONG ISLAND, THE FESTIVAL WILL TAKE PLACE AT CLEMENTI MIDDLE SCHOOL IN FORTRESS HILL ROAD, NORTH POINT. IN KOWLOON, IT WILL BE HELD AT THE HONG KONG SZE YAP COMMERCE AND INDUSTRY ASSOCIATION WONG TAI SHAN MEMORIAL COLLEGE IN NAM CHEONG STREET-AND IN THE NEW TERRITORIES THE VENUE IS TSUEN WAN GOVERNMENT SECONDARY SCHOOL, 70 HOI PA STREET, TSUEN WAN.
WINNERS’ PERFORMANCES WILL BE HELD FROM MAY 3 TO 6 AND FROM MAY 11 TO 14 AT THE CITY HALL CONCERT HALL, THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
AHE DANCE.....
WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 28, 1981
5
THE DANCE FESTIVAL IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE PHYSICAL EDUCATION SECTION OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT. THE HONG KONG SCHOOLS SPORTS ASSOCIATION AND THE NEW TERRITORIES SCHOOLS SPORTS ASSOCIATION.
NOTE TO EDITORSi
LUCKY MONEY PACKETS FOR WIDOW FAMILIES
*****
THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE, MR SELWYN ALLEYNE, SIR SHIU-KIN TANG AND MR HO TIM, WILL TOMORROW (THURSDAY) PRESENT LUNAR NEW YEAR LUCKY MONEY PACKETS TO WIDOW FAMILIES WHO ARE ON PUBLIC ASSISTANCE.
THE FAMILIES WILL EACH RECEIVE A +LAI SEE + OF $100 FROM THE TANG SHIU-KIN/HO TIM CHARITABLE FUND WHICH IS ADMINISTERED BY THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT.
THE DISTRIBUTION WILL BE MADE AT THE DEPARTMENT’S TAI HANG TUNG COMMUNITY CENTRE AT TONG YAM STREET, SHAM SHU I PO.
YOU ARE WELCOME TO SEND REPRESENTATIVES TO COVER THE PRESENTATION WHICH WILL START AT 3 PM TOMORROW.
- - 0 - -
SAI KUNG SPRING CLEAN UP * * * *
AN INTENSIVE YEAR-END HOUSE CLEANING CAMPAIGN IN THE BUILT-UP AREA AND RURAL VILLAGES OF SAI KUNG WAS LAUNCHED TODAY.
THE EXERCISE WAS INTENDED TO HELP LOCAL RESIDENTS CLEAN UP THEIR HOMES FOR THE LUNAR NEW YEAR.
MESSAGES OF +CLEANLINESS BEGINS AT HOME+ WERE PRINTED AND SENT TO THE RESIDENTS AND VILLAGERS BY THE DIRECTOR OF NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES EARLY THIS WEEK.
RESIDENTS WERE URGED TO TIDY UP THEIR PREMISES AND GET RID OF ALL USELESS ITEMS ACCUMULATED IN THEIR HOMES AS WELL AS CLEAN THE COMMON PARTS OF THEIR LIVING AREA.
MEMBERS OF MUTUAL AID COMMITTEES WERE MOBILISED TO REMOVE ACCUMULATED REFUSE AND UNWANTED ARTICLES FROM CORRIDORS, STAIRCASES, CANOPIES, AWNINGS, ROOFTOPS AND FIRE ESCAPES OF THEIR BUILDINGS.
TO ASSIST LOCAL PEOPLE IN THEIR YEAR-END CLEAN-UP, CLEANSING STAFF OF THE SAI KUNG URBAN SERVICES OFFICE WERE DEPLOYED TO CLEAR AWAY RUBBISH AT BLACK SPOTS.
TEMPORARY CENTRES WERE ALSO SET UP TO COLLECT DISCARDED HOUSEHOLD JUNK.
- - 0 - -
WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 28, 1981
- 6 -
WATER CUT K * *
FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO AN AREA OF MONG KOK WILL BE TURNED OFF FROM 10 PM ON FRIDAY (JANUARY 30) TO 6 AM THE FOLLOWING DAY.
THE AREA IS BOUNDED BY NATHAN ROAD, BOUNDARY STREET, EMBANKMENT ROAD AND PRINCE EDWARD ROAD.
ALSO ON FRIDAY FROM 9.30 AM TO 1 PM, THERE WILL BE NO SALT WATER SUPPLY TO MID-LEVELS, SHEUNG WAN AND SAI YING PUN ON HONG KONG ISLAND.
- - 0 - -
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
THURSDAY, JANUARY 29, 1981
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
SECOND OIL RESERVE TANKER DUE HERE IN MARCH...................... 1
COWUNITY NURSING SERVICE TO BE EXPANDED.......................... 2
WIDOW/WIDOWER FAMILIES RECEIVE "LAI SEE" PACKETS ................ i
STOCK EXCHANGES UNIFICATION LAW EFFECTIVE ON FEBRUARY 1 ......... 4
CLEAN UP COMPETITION IN TAI WAI ................................. 4
applications close tomorrow for tai po badminton tournament ...
NEW BOOKLET ON MARINE LAWS ....................................
TRAFFIC DIVERSION IN THEN MUN HIGHWAY
6
THURSDAY, JANUARY 29, 1981
1
SECOND OIL RESERVE TANKER DUE HERE IN MARCH X * X K If K
HONG KONG’S FLOATING RESERVES OF FUEL OIL FOR ELECTRICITY GENERATION HAVE BEEN BOOSTED BY A FURTHER CARGO OF OVER 123 OOO METRIC TONS OF OIL ON BOARD THE TANKER *SEA BREEZE*.
A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN SAID THAT THE TANKER LEFT ON TUESDAY FROM ROTTERDAM, WHERE PART OF THE CARGO WAS LOADED, HAVING EARLIER LOADED THE REST OF THE CARGO IN MILFORD HAVEN IN ENGLAND.
THE SHIP IS NOW STEAMING TO HONG KONG AT ITS MOST ECONOMICAL CRUISING SPEED, WHICH WILL BRING IT TO HONG KONG BY MID-MARCH. IT COULD BE SPEEDED UP TO ARRIVE HERE BY THE END OF FEBRUARY IF REQUIRED.
THE TANKER +STRAITS DAHLIA*, WITH OVER 74 000 METRIC TONS OF FUEL OIL ON BOARD, ARRIVED IN HONG KONG ON DECEMBER 31 AND IS NOW MOORED WEST OF THE N INEPIN GROUP OF ISLANDS.
THE SPOKESMAN POINTED OUT THAT THE CARGOES ON BOARD THESE TWO TANKERS, AMOUNTING TO JUST UNDER 200 000 METRIC TONS, REPRESENTED ABOUT 30 DAYS CONSUMPTION OF FUEL OIL FOR ELECTRICITY GENERATION.
+THE CARGOES THUS ACHIEVE THE TARGET OF THE FLOATING FUEL OIL RESERVE SCHEME, WHICH IS BEING UNDERTAKEN BY OWENSBORD ENTERPRISES LTD., A COMPANY SET UP BY THE GOVERNMENT LAST YEAR WITH THE CO-OPERATION OF THE TWO POWER COMPANIES, ESSO AND SHELL,+ HE SAID.
THE OIL ON BOTH TANKERS IS INTENDED FOR LONG TERM STORAGE, AS A RESERVE AGAINST ANY DISRUPTION OF SUPPLIES OF OIL FROM HONG KONG’S USUAL SOURCES. IT WILL BE DISCHARGED LATER THIS YEAR INTO LAND TANKS WHICH ARE NOW BEING CONSTRUCTED AT THE NEW POWER STATIONS ON LAMMA ISLAND AND AT CASTLE PEAK.
THE SPOKESMAN SAID THE OIL ON BOARD THE +SEA BREEZE* WAS PURCHASED ON DECEMBER 30 AT A PRICE OF US$224.75 PER TON, WHICH WAS IN LINE WITH MARKET RATES PREVAILING AT THAT TIME FOR OIL TO BE LOADED IN NORTH-WEST EUROPE.
HE SAID THE COSTS OF THE STORAGE SCHEME, INVOLVING THE TWO TANKERS, WOULD BE MET THROUGH THE FUEL VARIATION CLAUSE, WITH AN INCREASE OF ABOUT ONE-AND-A-HALF PER CENT ON CONSUMERS’ BILLS. THE COST OF THE OIL ITSELF WOULD NOT BE PASSED ON TO CONSUMERS UNTIL IT WAS ACTUALLY BURNT, WHICH MIGHT NOT TAKE PLACE FOR SOME TIME.
♦IN THE WAKE OF SPIRALLING OIL PRICES,* THE SPOKESMAN SAID, +THE TIMELY PURCHASE OF THIS FUEL OIL RESERVE COULD EVENTUALLY BENEFIT CONSUMERS.*
THE SPOKESMAN SAID THE ADVICE OF THE MARINE DEPARTMENT WAS BEING SOUGHT AS TO A SUITABLE MOORING FOR THE *SEA BREEZE* WHEN IT ARRIVES IN HONG KONG WATERS. BECAUSE OF THE DEPTH OF WATER REQUIRED BY THE SHIP, IT MIGHT NOT BE FEASIBLE TO MOOR IT CLOSE TO THE +STRAITS DAHLIA*.
------o-------
/2 ....
THURSDAY, JANUARY 29, 1981
2
COMMUNITY NURSING SERVICE TO BE EXPANDED
******
THE GOVERNMENT HAS EMBARKED ON AN EXPANSION PROGRAMME FOR COMMUNITY NURSING SERVICE WHICH WILL DOUBLE THE NUMBER OF OPERATING CENTRES AND INCREASE THE ANNUAL OUTPUT OF COMMUNITY NURSES BY 20 PER CENT.
THE DEPUTY DIRECTOR OF MEDICAL AND HEALTH SERVICES, DR S.H.LEE, SAID THIS DURING A GRADUATION CEREMONY OF 117 COMMUNITY NURSES THIS AFTERNOON.
HE SAID 21 NEW CENTRES WERE PLANNED FOR THE NEW TOWNS SUCH AS SHA TIN, TSUEN WAN, KWAI CHUNG AND ALSO FOR THE URBAN AREAS.
SIX OF THESE NEW CENTRES WILL BE OPENED THIS YEAR.
THE GRADUATES WHO RECEIVED THEIR CERTIFICATES TODAY COMPRISED REGISTERED AND ENROLLED NURSES WHO HAD SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED FOUR-MONTH TRAINING COURSES JOINTLY CONDUCTED BY THE DEPARTMENT AND SEVEN VOLUNTARY ORGANISATIONS IN THE PAST TWO YEARS.
DR LEE POINTED OUT THAT OVER THE PAST FOUR YEARS, COMMUNITY NURSING SERVICE HAD PROVED TO BE POPULAR AMONG THE GENERAL PUBLIC AND INCREASINGLY APPRECIATED BY THE MEDICAL PROFESSION.
♦THE INCREASE IN THE DEMAND FOR THE SERVICE IS EVIDENT BY A 38 PER CENT INCREASE IN THE NUMBER OF PATIENTS REFERRED TO THE COMMUNITY NURSING SERVICE IN THE PAST FOUR YEARS FROM 5 000 IN 1977 TO 7 000 IN 1980,+ HE SAID.
AS THE VALUE OF THE COMMUNITY NURSING SERVICE IN WHICH PATIENTS ARE CARED FOR IN THE HOME SURROUNDINGS WITH PROFESSIONAL ASSISTANCE HAS BEEN RECOGNISED, DR LEE SAID, THE MEDICAL DEVELOPMENT ADVISORY COMMITTEE HAS ESTIMATED THAT AN ADDITIONAL 700 NURSES WILL BE REQUIRED BY THE END OF THE DECADE.
IN ORDER TO COPE WITH THE INCREASING DEMAND OF THE SERVICE, THE GOVERNMENT HAS TAKEN STEPS TO EXPAND THE TRAINING CAPACITY OF COMMUNITY NURSING SERVICE.
FROM APRIL ONWARD, STUDENT INTAKE OF EACH COURSE WILL BE INCREASED BY 20 PER CENT FROM 25 TO 30 SO THAT 90 NURSES WILL JOIN THE SERVICE EVERY YEAR IN FUTURE.
DR LEE EXPLAINED THAT COMMUNITY NURSING SERVICE PROVIDES FOLLOW-UP TREATMENT FOR CONVALESCENT OR CHRONIC PATIENTS WHO DO NOT REQUIRE INTENSIVE MEDICAL CARE IN A HOSPITAL, AND CATERS, IN PARTICULAR, TO GERIATRIC PATIENTS, AND THE HANDICAPPED WHO HAVE DIFFICULTY IN ATTENDING FOLLOW-UP CLINICS.
THE GOVERNMENT BEGAN SUBVENTING VOLUNTARY ORGANISATIONS OPERATING THE SERVICE IN APRIL 1977, AND TWO YEARS LATER, THE SERVICE WAS FORMALLY RECOGNISED BY THE GOVERNMENT AS AN INTEGRAL PART OF THE MEDICAL AND HEALTH SERVICES IN HONG KONG.
AT THE SAME TIME, THE GOVERNMENT HAD UNDERTAKEN ALSO A PHASED EXPANSION PROGRAMME OF THE SERVICE AND PARTICIPATED DIRECTLY BY PROVIDING SERVICES BASED IN THE MAIN GOVERNMENT REGIONAL HOSPITALS.
------0 ------
/3 a o o• oo
THURSDAY, JANUARY 29, 1981
3
WIDOW/WIDOWER FAMILIES RECEIVE +LAI SEE+ PACKETS *****
THREE HUNDRED WIDOW AND WIDOWER FAMILIES FROM LAI CHI KOK AREA WERE TODAY GIVEN A LUNAR NEW YEAR +LA I SEE* PACKET OF $100 EACH FROM THE TANG SHIU-KIN/HO TIM CHARITABLE FUND.
THEY WERE THE FIRST OUT OF ABOUT 2 500 FAMILIES TO RECEIVE THE FESTIVE GRANT FROM THE FUND, WHICH IS ADMINISTERED BY THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT WITH THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE AS ITS TRUSTEE.
THIS AFTERNOON, THE DIRECTOR , MR SELWYN ALLEYNE, AND THE FOUNDERS OF THE FUND, SIR SHIU-KIN TANG AND MR HO TIM, PRESENTED THE RED PACKETS TO SOME OF THE FAMILIES AT THE TAI HANG TUNG COMMUNITY CENTRE.
THE DEPARTMENT IS DISTRIBUTING THE MONEY PACKETS THROUGH ITS 26 SOCIAL SECURITY FIELD UNITS TO WIDOW OR WIDOWER FAMILIES WITH CHILDREN RECEIVING PUBLIC ASSISTANCE.
THE CHARITABLE FUND WAS FOUNDED IN 1977 TO PROVIDE IMMEDIATE FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE TO INDIVIDUALS OR FAMILIES FACING HARDSHIPS.
IN THE LAST EIGHT MONTHS OF 1980, THE FUND PAID OUT MORE THAN $416 000 AS GRANTS. SIXTEEN DONATIONS AMOUNTING TO ABOUT $393 000 WERE RECEIVED IN THE SAME PERIOD.
THE FUND HELPS PEOPLE TO COPE WITH HARDSHIPS ARISING FROM UNEXPECTED CIRCUMSTANCES SUCH AS THE DEATH OF A BREADEARNER, AN ACCIDENT TO A FAMILY MEMBER, OR SUDDEN OR PROLONGED SERIOUS ILLNESS.
IT PROVIDES CASH GRANTS TO FAMILIES OR INDIVIDUALS TO MAINTAIN A CHILD THROUGH HIS EDUCATION, OR TO PURCHASE EQUIPMENT SUCH AS WHEELCHAIRS NOT OBTAINABLE FROM ANY OTHER FINANCIAL SOURCE AS A RESULT OF THE HARDSHIPS.
GRANTS ARE ALSO GIVEN TO MEET SPECIAL NEEDS AND EXPENSES ARISING FROM PHYSICAL OR MENTAL DISABILITY, CHRONIC ILLNESS, HOUSE MOVING, AND ADDITION OF CLOTHINGS OR OTHER ESSENTIAL ITEMS OVER FESTIVE PERIODS.
IN PARTICULAR, THE FUND HELPS MEET URGENT NEEDS ARISING FROM NATURAL DISASTERS AND COVERS THE BASIC FINANCIAL NEEDS OF THOSE WHO DO NOT QUALIFY FOR PUBLIC ASSISTANCE.
APPLICATIONS FOR GRANTS MAY BE MADE TO THE TUNG WAH GROUP OF HOSPITALS, PO LEUNG KUK OR THE HEADQUARTERS AND DISTRICT OFFICES OF THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT.
SOCIAL WORKERS OF VOLUNTARY CASES REQUIRING URGENT FINANCIAL THE FUND AT THE PO LEUNG KUK, OR
AGENCIES MAY ALSO REFER HARDSHIP ASSISTANCE TO THE SECRETARY OF TO THE DEPARTMENT.
0 --------
/4
THURSDAY, JANUARY 29, 1981
4
STOCK EXCHANGES UNIFICATION LAW EFFECTIVE ON FEBRUARY 1 * * * *
A NOTICE ANNOUNCING THAT THE STOCK EXCHANGES UNIFICATION ORDINANCE WILL COME INTO OPERATION ON FEBRUARY 1, 1981 WILL BE PUBLISHED IN THE GOVERNMENT GAZETTE TOMORROW (FRIDAY).
THE GAZETTE WILL ALSO CONTAIN ANOTHER NOTICE ISSUED BY THE SECURITIES COMMISSION UNDER SECTION 25 OF THE STOCK EXCHANGES UNIFICATION ORDINANCE. IT SPECIFIES WHAT ASSETS WILL BE CONSIDERED AS +APPROVED ASSETS*, AND WHAT LIABILITIES AS +RANKING LIABILITIES*, FOR THE PURPOSES OF THE CAPITAL REQUIREMENT WHICH WILL BE BROUGHT INTO OPERATION WHEN TRADING ON THE UNIFIED EXCHANGE COMMENCES.
- 0
CLEAN UP COMPETITION IN TAI WAI * * *
A DISTRICT-WIDE CLEAN-UP COMPETITION WAS LAUNCHED TODAY AT TAI WAI, SHA TIN.
THE TWO-DAY EXERCISE IS PART OF A CLEAN-UP BY THE TAI WAI VILLAGE COMMITTEE, TAI WAI YMCA, OFFICE AND THE URBAN SERVICES DISTRICT OFFICE.
CAMPAIGN ORGANISED SHA TIN DISTRICT
IN THE EXERCISE TAI WAI STUDENTS WILL HELP DISCARD ARTICLES FROM VARIOUS BLACK SPOTS WHILE SERVICES DEPARTMENT WILL PROVIDE BACK-UP SERVICE RUBBISH.
CLEAR REFUSE AND THE NEW TERRITORIES TO REMOVE THE
CLEANSING STAFF OF THE URBAN SERVICES DISTRICT HELP RESIDENTS TO CLEAN UP CANOPIES.
OFFICE WILL
i JBWnARn.J?L^E5!lA SHA T,N RURAL COMMITTEE CHAIRMAN MR wAI ?ISIu SI OFFICER DR PATRICK HASE, AND URBAN SERVICES pTivSniiwn Innxv NS-WA ’ 0FFIC,ATED AT A BRIEF CEREMONY AT TAI WAI । Lm Ton(JUND TODAY.
nic-rc/2$RESS ,NG THE GATHERING, DR HASE SAID THE SUCCESS OF THE |C| v^/Go> *SrLLMEAN A CLEANER ENVIRONMENT AND A MORE
PLEASANT LIVING PLACE FOR THE RESIDENTS.
_12l?_fIASE URGED ALL OTHER SHA TIN VILLAGES TO START THEIR OWN TRADITIONAL YEAR-END CLEAN-UP FOR THE LUNAR NEW YEAR.
„ MEMBERS OF THE COMPETITION’S ORGANISING COMMITTEE WILL VISIT BUILDINGS AND PUBLIC AREAS TOMORROW TO SELECT THE WINNERS.
- 0
/5
'THURSDAY, JANUARY 29, 1981
- 5 -
APPLICATIONS CLOSE TOMORROW FOR TAI PO BADMINTON TOURNAMENT *****
TAI PO RESIDENTS INTERESTED IN TAKING PART IN A DISTRICT-WIDE BADMINTON TOURNAMENT MUST SEND IN THEIR APPLICATIONS BY TOMORROW (FRIDAY) AT THE LATEST.
THE TOURNAMENT, ORGANISED BY TAI PO SPORTS ASSOCIATION WITH FUNDS PROVIDED BY THE DISTRICT ADVISORY BOARD, IS OPEN TO ALL PEOPLE LIVING, WORKING OR STUDYING IN THE DISTRICT.
ENTRANTS WILL BE DIVIDED INTO MEN’S AND WOMEN’S SECTIONS, WITH THE NUMBER OF PLAYERS IN EACH SECTION LIMITED TO 32.
A TAI PO DISTRICT OFFICE SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY THAT THERE WERE STILL A FEW VACANCIES. APPLICATIONS SHOULD BE MADE AT THE LOCAL RECREATION AND SPORT SERVICE OFFICE OR THE TAI PO SPORTS ASSOCIATION OFFICE. APPLICATIONS WOULD NOT BE ACCEPTED AFTER THE DEADLINE.
MATCHES WILL BE HELD ON FEBRUARY 15, FEBRUARY 22, MARCH 1 AND MARCH 6 AT SHENG KUNG WUI BISHOP MOK SHAU TSENG SECONDARY SCHOOL.
WINNERS WILL REPRESENT THE DISTRICT IN A NEW TERRITORIES INTER-DISTRICT BADMINTON COMPETITION IN OCTOBER.
- - 0 --------
NEW BOOKLET ON MARINE LAWS ******
A NEW PUBLICATION ENTITLED +HONG KONG SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL LAWS* IS NOW AVAILABLE FOR SALE AT $5 A COPY AT THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE.
THE BOOKLET, PUBLISHED IN CHINESE AND ENGLISH IS A LAYMAN’S GUIDE TO THE PRINCIPAL ASPECTS OF THE SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL ORDINANCE AND ITS REGULATIONS, WHICH CAME INTO EFFECT IN TWO STAGES - IN DECEMBER 1978 AND JULY 1979.
SHIPOWNERS AND MASTERS OF OCEAN-GOING AND LOCAL VESSELS, SHIPPING AGENTS AND OTHER INTERESTED PARTIES WILL ALSO FIND THIS BOOKLET A USEFUL GUIDE TO LOCAL MARINE LEGISLATIVE REQUIREMENTS.
/6......
THURSDAY, JANUARY 29, 1981
6
TRAFFIC DIVERSION IN TUEN MUN HIGHWAY *****
WITH EFFECT FROM 10 AM ON FRIDAY (JANUARY 30), EASTBOUND TRAFFIC ALONG TUEN MUN ROAD TRAVELLING IN THE DIRECTION OF TSUEN WAN WILL BE DIVERTED ONTO THE NEWLY-COMPLETED EASTBOUND CARRIAGEWAY AT THE SHAM TSENG SECTION OF THE HIGHWAY.
APPROPRIATE TRAFFIC SIGNS WILL BE SET UP TO GUIDE MOTORISTS.
MEANWHILE, MOTORISTS ARE ADVISED THAT BETWEEN 9.45 AM AND 12.30 PM ON SATURDAY (JANUARY 31), KAM TIN BY-PASS WILL BE TEMPORARILY CLOSED TO TRAFFIC FOR THE 5TH ANNUAL HONG KONG OPEN MARATHON.
POLICEMEN WILL BE ON HAND TO GUIDE MOTORISTS.
0 - - - -
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
FRIDAY, JANUARY JO, 1981
CONTENTS PAGE NO
GREAT STRIDES MADE IN EDUCATION, SAYS GOVERNOR ................ 1
BRITISH NATIONALITY BILL ...................................... 3
EPA TO COORDINATE ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION ...................... 4
CONSUMER PRICE INDEXES FOR DECEMBER 1980 ...................... 5
MARINE CENSUS STARTS ON SUNDAY ................................ 7
CHECK ON BOGUS INSPECTORS ..................................... 8
FULL-TIME TRAINING COURSE FOR TRADE INSTRUCTORS ............... 9
REGISTRATION OF PERSONS SERVICE AT KENNEDY TOWN ............... 9
TENDERS FOR URBAN TAXI LICENCES OVERSUBSCRIBED ............... 10
PUBLIC BUND ON LAMMA ......................................... 1°
MORE LAND FOR AUCTION ........................................ 11
MASS TRANSIT ADVISER RETIRES ................................. 11
HONG KONG/SWEDEN TEXTILE CONSULTATIONS ADJOURNED ............. 12
JURY LIST SETTLED............................................. 12
OPENING OF PAI LAU (ARCH) AT SHAM TSENG ...................... 12
FRIDAY, JANUARY 30, 1981
1
GREAT STRIDES MADE IN EDUCATION, SAYS GOVERNOR ******
THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, SAID TODAY (FRIDAY) WE HAD MADE GREAT STRIDES IN EDUCATION.
OFFICIATING AT THE OPENING OF THE CHIU LUT SAU MEMORIAL SECONDARY SCHOOL, YUEN LONG, SIR MURRAY SAID NINE YEARS OF FREE EDUCATION WERE GUARANTEED FOR ALL CHILDREN AND LAST YEAR’S 70 PER CENT INCREASE IN FORM IV PLACES BROUGHT US VERY NEAR TO OUR 1982 TARGET - THE PROVISION OF SUBSIDISED PLACES FOR 60 PER CENT OF THIS AGE GROUP.
THE GOVERNOR SAID THE CHIU LUT SAU MEMORIAL SECONDARY SCHOOL, THE 15TH SECONDARY SCHOOL IN YUEN LONG, WOULD ENSURE THAT THE DISTRICT WAS NOT LEFT BEHIND.
♦MOREOVER IT IS A PIONEER IN THAT STUDENTS WILL BE ABLE TO FOLLOW ONE PRACTICAL OR TECHNICAL SUBJECT UP TO FORM V LEVEL, A BROADENING OF THE CURRICULUM WHICH WILL ALLOW A FULLER DEVELOPMENT OF THEIR TALENTS.*
ON YUEN LONG, SIR MURRAY SAID THE SIGNS OF CONSTRUCTION WERE EVERYWHERE.
+A PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATE FOR 30 000 PEOPLE WILL OPEN SHORTLY AND ANOTHER IS PLANNED.
♦JOBS WILL BE PROVIDED Sn THE LIGHT INDUSTRIAL AREA TO THE NORTH AND IN SPECIAL INDUSTRIES ON THE INDUSTRIAL ESTATE WHERE LAND IS NOW READY FOR DEVELOPMENT.*
COMMUNICATION TOO WOULD IMPROVE, THE GOVERNOR SAID.
THE TUEN MUN HIGHWAY WOULD BE COMPLETED BY 1983, AND THE FOLLOWING YEAR WOULD SEE THE OPENING OF THE TSUEN WAN BYPASS AND COMPLETION OF IMPROVEMENTS TO THE CIRCULAR ROAD TO FANLING.
+THEN, TOO, YOU ARE NEAR THE EXPANDING SPECIAL DISTRICT OF SHENZHEN,* HE SAID.
YUEN LONG HAD SUFFERED FROM EXCESSIVE IMMIGRATION AND UNPLANNED DEVELOPMENT, SIR MURRAY SAID. THE RESULT HAD BEEN INTRACTIBLE PROBLEMS OF BOTH POLLUTION AND NEGLECTED RURAL SPRAWL.
A STUDY SHOULD BE COMPLETED IN JULY THIS YEAR WHICH WOULD FORM THE BASIS FOR COHERENT DEVELOPMENT FOR THE WHOLE REGION.
SIR MURRAY SAID YUEN LONG DISTRICT WAS RICH IN HISTORIC BUILDINGS, MOSTLY IN FAMILY OWNERSHIP. HE HOPED THAT AS A COMMUNITY THE PEOPLE WOULD THINK OF WAYS IN WHICH THEY COULD BE PRESERVED.
THE ANTIQUITIES ADVISORY BOARD STOOD READY TO RESPOND TO ANY REASONABLE REQUEST.
ON COMMUNITY BUILDING, THE GOVERNOR SAID TO BUILD A COMMUNITY REQUIRED A CORE OF BUILDINGS PROVIDING FOR ACTIVITIES ROUND WHICH THE COMMUNITY COULD FORM ITSELF.
/+HERE YOU ...
FRIDAY, JANUARY JO, 1981
2
♦ HERE YOU HAVE THE MAKINGS OF SUCH A CORE- YOU HAVE AN EXCELLENT SPORTS ASSOCIATION, A STADIUM WHICH IS ALREADY FIRST-CLASS AND TO WHICH IMPROVEMENTS WILL BE MADE VERY SHORTLY.
♦ BESIDE THIS A SWIMMING POOL IS UNDER CONSTRUCTION. NEARBY IS THE TOWN HALL. NOW WE HAVE THIS MAGNIFICENT AIRCONDITIONED SCHOOL HALL IN ADDITION.
♦ THIS IS A GOOD START BUT YOU HAVE SOMETHING MORE- IT IS COMMUNITY SPIRIT TO HAVE UNDERTAKEN MUCH OF THIS BY YOURSELF, THOUGH THE GOVERNMENT IS GLAD TO HAVE BUILT A SUBSTANTIAL PART.
♦ THE TOWN HALL MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE. AND NOW THE DISTRICT ADVISORY BOARD, WILL PROVIDE NEW GUIDANCE TO THE ADMINISTRATION OF THE DISTRICT, AND THE SPIRIT WHICH HAS PRODUCED THESE FACILITIES SHOULD GIVE IT A FLYING START,* THE GOVERNOR SAID.
HE SAID THE OPENING OF THE SCHOOL, TO WHICH THE COMMUNITY HAD CONTRIBUTED SO GENEROUSLY, AND THE INAUGURAL CONCERT OF THE FIRST YUEN LONG ARTS FESTIVAL HERE IN THE HALL WERE A CELEBRATION OF JOINT COMMUNITY ENTERPRISE.
♦ I CONGRATULATE YOU ALL, AS A COMMUNITY, ON YOUR GENEROSITY, INITIATIVE AND IMAGINATION,+ SIR MURRAY SAID.
THE CHIU LUT SAU MEMORIAL SCHOOL HAS 600 STUDENTS NOW, BUT WILL BE ABLE TO TAKE 1 200 EVENTUALLY. IT HAS 24 CLASSROOMS AND 12 SPECIAL ROOMS PROVIDING FACILITIES FOR SCIENCE AND TECHNICAL SUBJECTS. IT COST MORE THAN $10 MILLION TO BUILD, $1 MILLION OF WHICH WAS DONATED BY MR STEPHEN CHIU AND MR LEONARD CHIU IN MEMORY OF THEIR LATE FATHER, MR CHIU LUT SAU, A PROMINENT FIGURE OF YUEN LONG WHO DIED IN 1974.
SIR MURRAY SAID MR CHIU LUT SAU’S CONCERN FOR THE WELFARE OF THE PEOPLE OF YUEN LONG WOULD LONG BE REMEMBERED, AND HE APPLAUDED THE FAMILY’S DECISION TO HONOUR HIS MEMORY THROUGH +THIS FINE SCHOOL+ WITH ITS MAGNIFICENT HALL.
THE HALL, WITH 1 000 SEATS, WILL BE USED OUTSIDE SCHOOL HOURS FOR CULTURE, THEATRICAL AND MUSICAL PERFORMANCES BY LOCAL ORGANISATIONS.
THE FESTIVAL INAUGURAL CONCERT WHICH THE GOVERNOR ALSO ATTENDED FEATURED DANCE PERFORMANCES BY THE HONG KONG JING YING, WINNERS OF THE SCHOOLS’ DANCE FESTIVAL AND SONGS BY THE YUEN LONG TOWN HALL CHILDREN’S CHOIR.
LASTING 14 DAYS, IT IS ORGANISED BY THE LOCAL DISTRICT ADVISORY BOARD, WHICH HAS PROVIDED $200 000 TOWARDS COSTS.
THE PROGRAMME INCLUDES CONCERTS, BALLET PERFORMANCES, CANTONESE OPERAS, MIME, VARIETY AND FILM SHOWS AND ART EXHIBITIONS.
THERE WILL ALSO BE SEMINARS ON CARVING, PHOTOGRAPHY, CHINESE PAINTING AND CARTOON DRAWING.
ADMISSION TO EVENTS, OTHER THAN CANTONESE OPERAS AND PERFORMANCES BY THE HONG KONG CHINESE MUSIC ORCHESTRA, IS FREE. TICKETS ARE AVAILABLE FROM THE DISTRICT OFFICE.
FRIDAY, JANUARY 30, 1981
- 3 -
BRITISH NATIONALITY BILL * * * *
FOLLOWING THE SECOND READING OF THIS BILL IN THE HOUSE OF COMMONS, THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT TODAY ISSUED THE FOLLOWING FURTHER PRESS STATEMENT*
♦EVER SINCE THE PUBLICATION OF THE GREEN PAPER IN 1977, THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT HAS MADE CONTINUING REPRESENTATIONS ON THE QUESTION OF BRITISH NATIONALITY AT EACH STAGE. THESE REPRESENTATIONS HAVE BEEN MADE TO THE UNITED KINGDOM GOVERNMENT BOTH AT THE OFFICIAL LEVEL AND BY SENIOR UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS OF THE EXECUTIVE AND LEGISLATIVE COUNCILS TO MINISTERS. IN ADDITION, THE ANGLO-HONG KONG PARLIAMENTARY GROUP HAS BEEN ADVISED ABOUT THE STRENGTH OF FEELINGS IN HONG KONG ON THIS SUBJECT-ITS CHAIRMAN, SIR PAUL BRYAN MADE A NUMBER OF POINTS STRONGLY AND CLEARLY IN HIS SPEECH IN THE SECOND READING DEBATE. +
THE GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN SAID THAT THE PROCEDURE WAS NOW FOR THE BILL TO BE CONSIDERED IN COMMITTEE. THEN WOULD FOLLOW THE DEBATE AT THE REPORT STAGE IN THE HOUSE OF COMMONS AND A DEBATE IN THE HOUSE OF LORDS. THE COMMITTEE STAGE IS THE ONE IN WHICH AMENDMENTS TO THE LEGISLATION ARE MOST LIKELY TO BE DISCUSSED, HE EMPHASISED. THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT WILL CONTINUE TO MAKE ITS VIEWS KNOWN DURING THIS PERIOD.
THE SPOKESMAN POINTED TO THE SPEECH OF THE HOME SECRETARY (MR WILLIAM WHITELAW) WHEN PROPOSING THE SECOND READING OF THE BILL. THE HOME SECRETARY SAID +WE ARE AWARE OF THE STRENGTH OF FEELING IN HONG KONG ON THE NEED TO MAINTAIN THE TIES BETWEEN THAT TERRITORY AND THE UNITED KINGDOM. I WOULD LIKE TO REAFFIRM THAT THE PROPOSED LEGISLATION IS IN NO WAY INTENDED TO WEAKEN THOSE LINKS, TO WHICH WE ATTACH GREAT IMPORTANCE.+
IN HIS SPEECH, SIR PAUL BRYAN STATED THAT PEOPLE IN HONG KONG ARE SENSITIVE TO EVIDENCE OF ANY WEAKENING OF THE LINKS BETWEEN BRITAIN AND HONG KONG. HE SAID THAT EVER SINCE THE INTRODUCTION OF THE GREEN PAPER ON NATIONALITY FOUR YEARS AGO, HE AND OTHERS INTERESTED IN HONG KONG HAD TAKEN EVERY OPPORTUNITY TO IMPRESS ON SUCCESSIVE HOME SECRETARIES THE IMPORTANCE OF MAKING SURE THAT THIS BILL, WHEN IT WAS FINALLY INTRODUCED, DID NOTHING TO CAST DOUBT ON THE BRITISH COMMITMENT TO HONG KONG.
IN CONCLUDING THE DEBATE ON THE SECOND READING, MR TIMOTHY RAISON, MINISTER OF STATE AT THE HOME OFFICE, SAID THAT ALL THE POINTS MADE BY SIR PAUL BRYAN WOULD BE CONSIDERED DURING THE COMMITTEE STAGE. HE REPEATED THE HOME SECRETARY’S EMPHATIC STATEMENT THAT THE BILL HAD NO RACIAL OVERTONES, AND THE HOME SECRETARY’S REASSURANCE ABOUT THE MAINTENANCE OF LINKS BETWEEN THE UNITED KINGDOM AND HONG KONG.
-------o--------
FRIDAY, JANUARY 30, 1981
4
EPA TO COORDINATE ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION
* * * *
AN ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY HAS BEEN ESTABLISHED BY THE GOVERNMENT TO ASSUME A COORDINATING ROLE IN THE FORMULATION AND EXECUTION OF POLICIES AND PROGRAMMES IN ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AND IMPROVEMENT.
THE AGENCY HAS EVOLVED FROM THE ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION UNIT WHICH WAS SET-UP WITHIN THE ENVIRONMENT BRANCH OF THE GOVERNMENT SECRETARIAT IN 1976 WITH A PROVISIONAL ESTABLISHMENT OF TEN POSTS.
THE LOCATION OF THE UNIT WITHIN THE BRANCH WAS A TEMPORARY MEASURE PENDING THE EXPANSION OF STAFF TO UNDERTAKE THE FULL TECHNICAL FUNCTIONS OF MONITORING AND RESEARCH.
THE UNIT WAS STRENGTHENED SUBSEQUENTLY TO INCLUDE AN ESTABLISHMENT OF 62 POSTS, OF WHICH ABOUT TWO-THIRDS HAVE BEEN FILLED.
A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN SAID THIS HAD LED TO THE CREATION OF AN ORGANISATION OF THE NATURE, SIZE AND EXECUTIVE FUNCTIONS WHICH MADE IT APPROPRIATE FOR THE UNIT TO BE SEPARATED FROM THE GOVERNMENT SECRETARIAT. THE SECRETARY FOR THE ENVIRONMENT WILL CONTINUE TO BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION POLICIES.
THE RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE NEW ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY WILL BEi
M FORMULATION OF POLICY IN ALL FIELDS OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
TO FORMULATE PROPOSALS FOR THE CREATION OF NEW POLICIES, OR FOR CHANGES IN EXISTING POLICIES, IN ALL FIELDS OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION, INCLUDING THE SETTING OF OBJECTIVES AND STANDARDS FOR ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY-
M ESTABLISHING PROGRAMMES FOR ENVIRONMENTAL IMPROVEMENT
TO ESTABLISH PROGRAMMES FOR ENVIRONMENTAL IMPROVEMENT TO IMPLEMENT APPROVED POLICIES AND TO CO-ORDINATE THE ACTIONS OF GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS IN CARRYING OUT THESE PROGRAMMES-
* MONITORING POLLUTION LEVELS IN THE ENVIRONMENT
TO MONITOR POLLUTION LEVELS IN THE ENVIRONMENT AND TO EVALUATE THE EFFECTIVENESS OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION POLICIES AND PROGRAMMES ON THE BASIS OF CHEMICAL AND PHYSICAL DATA ACQUIRED-
* ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
TO ASSESS THE ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT OF SIGNIFICANT NEW DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS SUCH AS POWER STATIONS AND INDUSTRIAL ESTATES AND TO APPRAISE THE ENVIRONMENTAL IMPLICATIONS OF GOVERNMENT PROJECTS AND POLICIES-
/X PROVISION OF ....
FRIDAY, JANUARY JO, 1981
5
* PROVISION OF ADVICE AND ASSISTANCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
TO PROVIDE ADVICE TO DEPARTMENTS ON ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION IN ORDER TO MINIMISE THE ADVERSE ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT OF THEIR ACTIVITIES AND TO PROVIDE PROFESSIONAL AND TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE TO THOSE DEPARTMENTS INVOLVED IN THE EXECUTION OF THE GOVERNMENT’S ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION POLICIES- AND
* TRAINING OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION STAFF
TO EVALUATE THE TRAINING NEEDS OF STAFF INVOLVED IN THE FORMULATION AND EXECUTION OF THE GOVERNMENT’S ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION POLICIES AND TO CO-ORDINATE THE PROVISION OF TRAINING COURSES REQUIRED.
THE AGENCY IS HEADED BY THE COMMISSIONER FOR ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION, DR STUART REED, WHO WAS FORMERLY KNOWN AS THE ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION ADVISER.
THE SPOKESMAN SAID THE DEVELOPMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION POLICIES WAS STILL IN ITS INFANCY BUT WAS REGARDED BY THE GOVERNMENT AS AN AREA OF CONSIDERABLE AND INCREASING IMPORTANCE.
THE ENVIRONMENT BRANCH CURRENTLY HAS TWO DEPUTY SECRETARIES, WHO ARE ALREADY FULLY COMMITTED ON TRANSPORT AND LAND MATTERS.
TO ASSIST THE SECRETARY FOR THE ENVIRONMENT IN ESTABLISHING POLICIES FOR ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION, THE GOVERNMENT HAS ALSO DECIDED TO CREATE A THIRD POST OF DEPUTY SECRETARY TO HEAD THE ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION DIVISION OF THE BRANCH.
------0-------
CONSUMER PRICE INDEXES FOR DECEMBER 1980
* * X
THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT TODAY PUBLISHED THE CONSUMER PRICE INDEXES FOR DECEMBER 1980. THE CONSUMER PRICE INDEX (A) AND THE CONSUMER PRICE INDEX (B) FOR DECEMBER 1980 WERE BOTH 168, EACH SHOWING A MARGINAL INCREASE OF ONE POINT OR 0.6 PER CENT OVER THE CORRESPONDING INDEXES FOR NOVEMBER 1980.
WHEN COMPARED WITH THE CORRESPONDING MONTH IN 1979, BOTH INDEXES INCREASED BY 21 POINTS OR 14.3 PER CENT.
THE CPI(A) IS BASED ON WEIGHTS DERIVED FROM THE EXPENDITURE PATTERN OF HOUSEHOLDS SPENDING BETWEEN $400 AND $1 499 A MONTH AND THE CP 1(B) FROM THOSE SPENDING BETWEEN $1 500 AND $2 999 A MONTH, AS DETERMINED FROM THE HOUSEHOLD EXPENDITURE SURVEY OF 1973/74.
THE INDEXES FOR DECEMBER 1980 IN RESPECT OF THE NINE COMPONENTS OF HOUSEHOLD EXPENDITURE DISTINGUISHED IN THE TWO CONSUMER PRICE INDEXES ARE GIVEN BELOW, TOGETHER WITH THOSE FOR NOVEMBER 1980 AND DECEMBER 1979.
/CPI (A) ...
FBIDAY, JANUARY JO, 1981
6
CPI(A) CPI(B)
COMPONENT DEC 80 NOV 80 DEC 79 DEC 80 NOV 80 DEC 79
FOODSTUFFS 160 160 140 163 162 142
HOUSING 161 157 148 158 157 148
FUEL AND LIGHT 278 272 208 263 258 200
ALCOHOLIC DRINKS AND TOBACCO 185 184 168 178 178 163
CLOTHING AND FOOTWEAR 128 127 117 127 126 116
DURABLE GOODS 138 137 131 133 132 127
MISCELLANEOUS GOODS 173 173 163 171 171 158
TRANSPORT AND VEHICLES 213 211 165 216 214 171
SERVICES 183 180 157 189 186 160
ALL ITEMS 168 167 147 168 167 147
AS SHOWN BY THE INDEXES FOR THE FOODSTUFFS COMPONENT, THE LARGEST COMPONENT IN THE TWO CONSUMER PRICE INDEXES, THERE WERE ONLY MARGINAL INCREASES IN FOOD PRICES AS A WHOLE BETWEEN NOVEMBER AND DECEMBER 1980.
THERE WERE SIGNIFICANT INCREASES IN THE AVERAGE RETAIL PRICES OF RICE AND EGGS, AND OF MEALS BOUGHT IN RESTAURANTS, BUT THEIR EFFECTS ON THE INDEXES FOR FOODSTUFFS WERE LARGELY OFFSET BY SIGNIFICANT DECREASES IN THE AVERAGE RETAIL PRICES OF FRESH VEGETABLES AND SALT-WATER FISH.
THE EFFECTS OF THE MOVEMENTS IN THE RETAIL PRICES OF OTHER FOOD ITEMS ON THE INDEXES FOR THE FOODSTUFFS COMPONENT WERE INSIGNIFICANT. HOWEVER, MAINLY BECAUSE OF ROUNDING, THE INDEX FOR THE FOODSTUFFS COMPONENT IN CPI (B) INCREASED BY ONE POINT WHILE THAT IN CPI (A) DID NOT INCREASE.
THE INDEX FOR THE HOUSING COMPONENT IN CPI (A) INCREASED BY FOUR POINTS AND THAT IN CP I (B) INCREASED BY ONE POINT AS A RESULT OF RECENT INCREASES IN RENTALS FOR HOUSING AUTHORITY GROUP A AND B ESTATES.
ON ACCOUNT OF HIGHER COST OF FUEL OIL, ELECTRICITY RATES FOR DECEMBER WERE INCREASED AND CONSEQUENTLY THE INDEX OF THE FUEL AND LIGHT COMPONENT INCREASED BY SIX POINTS IN CPI (A) AND BY FIVE POINTS IN CPI (B).
HIGHER PRICES FOR CHINESE WINES CAUSED THE INDEX OF THE ALCOHOLIC DRINKS AND TOBACCO COMPONENT TO INCREASE BY ONE POINT IN CPI (A).
/THE ONE-POINT ...
7 FRIDAY, JANUARY JO, 1981
THE ONE-POINT INCREASE IN THE INDEX OF THE CLOTHING AND FOOTWEAR COMPONENT IN BOTH CPI (A) AND CPI (B) WAS ATTRIBUTABLE TO HIGHER PRICES FOR MEN’S AND WOMEN’S UNDERCLOTHING ITEMS AS a WELL AS HIGHER TAILORING CHARGES. *
THE INDEX OF THE DURABLE GOODS COMPONENT INCREASED BY ONE It POINT EACH IN CPI (A) AND CPI (B) BECAUSE OF HIGHER PRICES FOR ’> ELECTRICAL APPLIANCES, CAMERA AND OPTICAL GOODS.
THERE WAS NO CHANGE IN THE INDEX OF THE MISCELLANEOUS GOODS COMPONENT IN EITHER CPI (A) OR CPI (B).
THE INDEX OF THE TRANSPORT AND VEHICLES COMPONENT INCREASED BY TWO POINTS IN BOTH CPI (A) AND CPI (B) DUE TO HIGHER FARES IN SOME PUBLIC LIGHT BUS ROUTES.
THE THREE-POINT INCREASE IN THE INDEX OF THE SERVICES COMPONENT IN BOTH CPI (A) AND CPI (B) WAS MAINLY CAUSED BY HIGHER CHARGES FOR MEDICAL TREATMENT, DOMESTIC HELP AND HAIRDRESSING.
DETAILS OF THESE PRICE MOVEMENTS ARE GIVEN IN THE ^CONSUMER PRICE INDEX REPORT+ FOR DECEMBER 1980, WHICH IS NOW AVAILABLE FOR SALE AT $2 PER COPY AT THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE AT THE GENERAL POST OFFICE BUILDING, GROUND FLOOR, CONNAUGHT PLACE.
MARINE CENSUS STARTS ON SUNDAY KO#
THE 1981 CENSUS ON THE ENUMERATION OF THE FLOATING POPULATION WILL START ON SUNDAY.
TIMED TO BE UNDERTAKEN JUST BEFORE CHINESE NEW YEAR WHEN VIRTUALLY ALL VESSELS RETURN TO PORT, THE MARINE CENSUS WILL COVER THE ENTIRE POPULATION LIVING ON HONG KONG WATERS. THE CENSUS FOR THE LAND POPULATION WILL BE CONDUCTED NEXT MONTH.
OFFICERS FROM THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT WILL VISIT ALL HOUSEHOLDS LIVING ON HOUSE BOATS, FISHING JUNKS, LIGHTERS AND OTHER VESSELS FROM SUNDAY (FEBRUARY 1) TO WEDNESDAY (FEBRUARY 4).
ENUMERATORS WILL BE CARRYING A RED SATCHEL AND WILL HAVE TO SHOW BEFORE AN INTERVIEW A GREEN CENSUS OFFICER IDENTITY CARD, WHICH BEARS THE HOLDER’S PHOTOGRAPH AND NAME.
THEY WILL ASK QUESTIONS ON EACH MEMBER OF THE HOUSEHOLD. INCLUDING AGE, SEX, MARITAL STATUS, EDUCATIONAL BACKGROUND, PLACE OF BIRTH AND ORIGIN, OCCUPATION, INCOME AND DISABLEMENT.
THE HOUSEHOLDS WILL ALSO BE ASKED TO GIVE THE TYPE AND LENGTH OF THEIR VESSEL, THE HORSEPOWER OF ITS ENGINES, AND TO STATE WHETHER LAND ACCOMMODATION IS AVAILABLE.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT STRONGLY EMPHASISED THAT INFORMATION WHICH HOUSEHOLDERS SUPPLY WOULD BE TREATED AS STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL.
♦THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS ORDINANCE PROHIBITS DISCLOSURE OF INDIVIDUAL PARTICULARS TO ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENT OR PRIVATE ORGANISATION,♦ HE SAID.
/enumerators
FRIDAY, JANUARY JO, 1981
8
♦ENUMERATORS TAKE AN OATH OF SECRECY BEFORE BEING SENT OUT ON ASSIGNMENTS AND DATA COLLECTED WILL BE PROCESSED BY COMPUTER AND THE RESULTS PRESENTED IN TABLE FORM.
♦NO PERSONAL PARTICULARS CAN BE IDENTIFIED. ALL CENSUS SCHEDULES WITH THE NAMES WILL BE DESTROYED WITHIN A YEAR AFTER THE CENSUS.
♦THE 1981 CENSUS IS FOR THE GOOD OF EVERYONE, BECAUSE GOVERNMENT CAN ONLY IMPROVE THE LIVING ENVIRONMENT AND PROVIDE SUFFICIENT SERVICES IF IT IS SUPPLIED WITH UP-TO-DATE AND ACCURATE DATA TO FORMULATE SOUNDLY-BASED PLANS,♦ HE SAID.
------0-------
CHECK ON BOGUS INSPECTORS
*****
ASSISTANT COMMISSIONER FOR LABOUR, MRS SOO MOK SAU-HA, TODAY (FRIDAY) WARNED FACTORY PROPRIETORS TO BE ON GUARD AGAINST BOGUS LABOUR DEPARTMENT OFFICIALS.
SHE SAID SEVERAL FACTORY PROPRIETORS HAD RECEIVED TELEPHONE CALLS IN THE PAST FEW DAYS FROM PEOPLE CLAIMING TO BE INSPECTORS OF THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT.
THESE PEOPLE ARE REPORTED TO HAVE TOLD THE FACTORY PROPRIETORS THAT THEY WOULD BE CALLING ON THEIR FACTORIES BEFORE THE LUNAR NEW YEAR TO CHECK THEIR EMPLOYEE RECORDS.
MRS SOO SA ID 1 +THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT NEVER TELEPHONES FACTORY PROPRIETORS IN ADVANCE TO LET THEM KNOW OF ANY IMPENDING VISITS. LABOUR INSPECTORS VISIT FACTORIES AT RANDOM AND WITHOUT NOTICE.+
SHE REMINDED FACTORY PROPRIETORS THAT ALL LABOUR DEPARTMENT OFFICERS CARRIED GOVERNMENT IDENTITY CARDS AND WARRANTS BEARING THE PHOTOGRAPH AND NAME OF THE HOLDER.
♦MEMBERS OF THE FACTORY AND LABOUR INSPECTORATES ARE UNDER INSTRUCTION TO IDENTIFY THEMSELVES BY PRODUCING THEIR WARRANTS WHEN VISITING FACTORIES,+ SHE ADDED.
MRS SOO ADVISED FACTORY PROPRIETORS TO CHECK ON THE IDENTITY OF VISITORS CLAIMING TO BE OFFICERS OF THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT AND IF IN ANY DOUBT TO REPORT IMMEDIATELY TO THE NEAREST POLICE STATION.
-----0--------
/9.....
FRIDAY, JANUARY 30, 1981
- 9 -
FULL-TIME TRAINING COURSE FOR TRADE INSTRUCTORS * * * *
THREE BLOCK-RELEASE IN-SERVICE TRAINING COURSES WILL BE CONDUCTED BY THE HONG KONG TECHNICAL TEACHERS’ COLLEGE FOR INDUSTRIAL TRADE INSTRUCTORS BETWEEN MARCH AND JUNE.
APPLICANTS SHOULD BE EITHER TRADE OR WORKSHOP INSTRUCTORS AND MUST BE FULLY SKILLED IN THEIR TRADES, AN EDUCATION DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY (FRIDAY).
EXPERIENCED WORKERS WHO WILL TAKE UP INSTRUCTION DUTIES IN FUTURE MAY ALSO APPLY, HE SAID.
EACH COURSE WILL REQUIRE FULL-TIME ATTENDANCE AT THE COLLEGE FOR TWO WEEKS, AND WHEN THE COURSE IS COMPLETED TUTORS WILL VISIT STUDENTS AT THEIR PLACES OF EMPLOYMENT TO GIVE FURTHER ADVICE ON TEACHING METHODS.
THE COURSES ARE ON THE METHODS OF INSTRUCTION BASED ON THE STUDY OF EDUCATION THEORY AND EDUCATION PSYCHOLOGY, THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
THEY WILL BE CONDUCTED IN CANTONESE BUT SOME ENGLISH TERMINOLOGY WILL BE USED. FEES ARE S100 PER COURSE.
APPLICATION FORMS MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE HONG KONG TECHNICAL TEACHERS’ COLLEGE, 373 QUEEN’S ROAD EAST, HONG KONG, AND SHOULD BE RETURNED TO THE COLLEGE ON OR BEFORE FEBRUARY 21.
- - - - 0 ---------
REGISTRATION OF PERSONS SERVICE AT KENNEDY TOWN
*****
THE IMMIGRATION DEPARTMENT KENNEDY TOWN OFFICE IN WESTERN DISTRICT WILL EXPAND ITS SERVICE TO INCLUDE REGISTRATION OF PERSONS FACILITIES FROM MONDAY (FEBRUARY 2).
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT SAID THE OFFICE WILL START PROCESSING APPLICATIONS FOR JUVENILE OR ADULT IDENTITY CARDS BY LOCAL RESIDENTS.
♦IT WILL ALSO PROVIDE SERVICES FOR REPLACEMENT OF A DEFACED OR DAMAGED IDENTITY CARD AND AMENDMENT OF NATIONALITY ON THE IDENTITY CARD FROM CHINESE TO BRITISH,-*- HE SAID.
HOWEVER, ENTRANTS FROM CHINA STILL HAVE TO GO TO VICTORIA BARRACKS FOR REGISTRATION OF PERSONS FACILITIES.
-----o-------
/1O......
FRIDAY, JANUARY 30, 1981
10
TENDERS FOR URBAN TAXI LICENCES OVERSUBSCRIBED UM****
SOME 637 TENDERS SEEKING 830 TAXI LICENCES HAD BEEN RECEIVED BY THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT WHEN THE OFFER FOR 300 URBAN LICENCES CLOSED ON JANUARY 2.
THE HIGHEST TENDER WAS $253 100 AND THE LOWEST ACCEPTABLE BID WAS $233 889.
DETAILS OF SUCCESSFUL TENDERERS AND THE AMOUNTS OFFERED WERE PUBLISHED IN TODAY’S (FRIDAY) GAZETTE.
A TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID THE AVERAGE PREMIUM IN THE LATEST TENDER EXERCISE WAS $244 066.29, COMPARED WITH AN AVERAGE PREMIUM OF $259 685.84 IN THE PREVIOUS TENDER LAST OCTOBER, REPRESENTING A DECREASE OF SIX PER CENT.
HE ADDED THAT LETTERS WOULD BE GOING OUT TODAY TO THE SUCCESSFUL TENDERERS, AND THAT THE FIRST OF THE 300 TAXIS COULD BE INSPECTED WITH EFFECT FROM FEBRUARY 16.
------o-------
PUBLIC BUND ON LAMMA * * * *
THE GOVERNMENT INTENDS TO ALLOW THE HONG KONG ELECTRIC COMPANY TO CONSTRUCT A BUND AT YUNG SHUE WAN, LAMMA ISLAND TO FACILITATE A RECLAMATION PROJECT IN THE AREA.
ON COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT, THE BUND WILL BE HANDED OVER TO THE GOVERNMENT FOR PUBLIC USE AND THE RECLAIMED AREA WILL BE FOR RECREATIONAL OPEN SPACE.
THE EXTENT OF THE AREA OF FORESHORE AND SEABED INVOLVED WAS DESCRIBED IN TODAY’S GOVERNMENT GAZETTE.
ANYONE OBJECTING TO THE PROPOSAL OR ANY CLAIM OF PRIVATE RIGHT SHOULD SUBMIT THEIR OBJECTIONS AND/OR CLAIMS IN WRITING TO THE DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS WITHIN TWO MONTHS.
THE NOTICE, IN CHINESE AND ENGLISH, WITH ITS RELATED PLAN CAN BE SEEN ON NOTICE BOARDS POSTED NEAR THE SITE.
THE PLAN SHOWING THE AREA OF FORESHORE AND SEABED INVOLVED MAY ALSO BE SEEN AT THE PORT WORKS DIVISION, FIRST FLOOR, MURRAY BUILDING, GARDEN ROAD, HONG KONG OR THE CROWN LANDS AND SURVEY OFFICE, 19TH FLOOR, MURRAY BUILDING, OR THE DISTRICT OFFICE ISLANDS, INTERNATIONAL BUILDING, 4TH FLOOR, 141 DES VOEUX ROAD CENTRAL, HONG KONG. --------------------------------o-------
/11 ....
FRIDAY, JANUARY 30, 1981
MORE LAND FOR AUCTION * * * * M
FOUR LOTS OF CROWN LAND, TOTALLING MORE THAN 10 000 SQUARE METRES, WILL SOON BE OFFERED FOR SALE BY AUCTION BY THE CROWN LANDS AND SURVEY OFFICE OF THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT.
THE AUCTION WILL BE IN THE CITY FEBRUARY 27.
HALL THEATRE AT 2.30 PM ON
ONE LEI CHAU
OF THE LOTS MEASURING ABOUT 1 947 SQUARE METRES IN AP MAIN STREET IS INTENDED FOR NON-1NDUSTRI AL PURPOSES.
ANOTHER SITE IN CHAI WAN, WITH AN AREA OF ABOUT 4 900 SQUARE METRES, IS FOR GODOWN AND DANGEROUS GOODS GODOWN PURPOSES.
THE REMAINING TWO LOTS, MEASURING ABOUT 1 423 AND 2 768 SQUARE METRES, ARE ON THE KOWLOON BAY RECLAMATION. THEY ARE FOR INDUSTRIAL AND/OR GODOWN PURPOSES.
AT THE SAME AUCTION, TWO FLATS IN KOWLOON WILL ALSO BE OFFERED FOR SALE.
THE PREMISES, MEASURING ABOUT 72.7 AND 70 SQUARE METRES, ARE AT SECOND FLOOR, 131 PRINCE EDWARD ROAD, AND AT FLAT C, 5 BEECH STREET RESPECTIVELY. THE BEECH STREET FLAT HAS ANOTHER ENTRANCE AT 7TH FLOOR, 40, 42, 44 ANCHOR STREET.
PEOPLE WISHING TO INSPECT THE FLATS ARE REQUESTED TO CONTACT THE GOVERNMENT PROPERTY MANAGEMENT SECTION OF THE CROWN LANDS AND SURVEY OFFICE ON 3-884111 EXT. 343 AND 347.
FULL PARTICULARS AND CONDITIONS OF SALE MAY BE, OBTAINED FROM THE PUBLIC ENQUIRY SUB-OFFICE, GROUND FLOOR, CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES (WEST WING), HONG KONG AND AT THE CROWN LANDS AND SURVEY OFFICE, 10TH FLOOR, KOWLOON GOVERNMENT OFFICES, 405 NATHAN ROAD.
MASS TRANSIT *
ADVISER RETIRES * *
THE MASS TRANSIT ADVISER, MR ALAN WILKINS, WILL GO ON PRE-RETIREMENT LEAVE IN THE MIDDLE OF NEXT MONTH AFTER 29 YEARS’ SERVICE WITH THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT.
TO MARK HIS RETIREMENT, MR JACK STEAN, DEPUTY DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS, TODAY PRESENTED HIM WITH A SOUVENIR ON BEHALF OF HIS FRIENDS AND COLLEAGUES.
MR STEAN RECALLED THAT MR WILKINS JOINED THE GOVERNMENT IN 1951 AND WAS POSTED TO THE THEN ROADS OFFICE AS A PUPIL ENGINEER.
HE SERVED IN SEVERAL OFFICES BUT FOUND HIS NICHE IN 1971 WHEN HE WAS APPOINTED AS GOVERNMENT HIGHWAYS ENGINEER WITH SPECIAL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE PROPOSED MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY.
THE ....
FRIDAY, JANUARY JO, 1981
12
WHEN THE MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY CORPORATION TOOK OVER THE PROJECT, HE CONTINUED TO ASSIST AND SAW THE MODIFIED INITIAL SYSTEM THROUGH FROM COMMENCEMENT TO COMPLETION.
MR WILKINS WAS DUE FOR RETIREMENT IN 1978, BUT BECAUSE OF THE PROPOSAL TO PROCEED WITH THE TSUEN WAN EXTENSION HE WAS ASKED TO STAY ON FOR TWO MORE YEARS. THE EXTENSION IS NOW WELL ADVANCED AND THE WAY HAS BEEN PREPARED FOR THE ISLAND LINE.
------0-------
HONG KONG/SWEDEN TEXTILE CONSULTATIONS ADJOURNED ******
TEXTILE CONSULTATIONS WITH SWEDEN WHICH STARTED IN HONG KONG ON JANUARY 26 WERE ADJOURNED YESTERDAY (THURSDAY).
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE TRADE, INDUSTRY AND CUSTOMS DEPARTMENT SAID THE TWO SIDES HAD A FULL AND FRANK DISCUSSION ON POSSIBLE ARRANGEMENTS TO SUCCEED THE CURRENT TWO-YEAR RESTRAINT AGREEMENT WHICH IS DUE TO EXPIRE ON MARCH 31, 1981.
♦THE TWO SIDES HAVE TENTATIVELY AGREED TO RESUME THE CONSULTATIONS IN GENEVA IN THE WEEK STARTING MARCH 2,+ HE SAID.
------0-------
JURY LIST SETTLED * * * *
THE LIST OF COMMON JURORS, FINALLY SETTLED BY THE REGISTRAR OF THE SUPREME COURT, WILL BE AVAILABLE FOR INSPECTION FROM MONDAY (FEBRUARY 2).
COPIES OF THE LIST MAY BE INSPECTED DURING OFFICE HOURS AT THE SUPREME COURT REGISTRY, OR AT THE ELECTORAL AND JURY SECTION OF THE REGISTRATION OF PERSONS OFFICE ON THE 7TH FLOOR, IN KA CHEONG BUILDING, 4 SUNNING ROAD, CAUSEWAY BAY, HONG KONG.
COMPRISING OF TWO VOLUMES, IT IS ALSO AVAILABLE FOR SALE AT $285 A VOLUME AT THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE, GROUND FLOOR GPO BUILDING, CONNAUGHT PLACE, HONG KONG.
0 - - - -
NOTE TO EDITORSi
OPENING OF PAI LAU (ARCH) AT SHAM TSENG * * * *
A +PAI LAU+ (DECORATED ARCHWAY) IN THE FORM OF AN EMBLEM FOR SHAM TSENG NEW VILLAGE WILL BE OFFICIALLY OPENED ON MONDAY (FEBRUARY 2) AT 12 NOON.
OFFICIATING AT AN OPENING CEREMONY WILL BE TSUEN WAN TOWN MANAGER AND DISTRICT OFFICER, DR JAMES HAYES.
YOU ARE CORDIALLY INVITED TO SEND REPRESENTATIVES TO COVER THE CEREMONY. A GOVERNMENT VEHICLE WILL LEAVE KOWLOON PUBLIC PIER AT 10.45 AM TO TAKE THE PRESS TO SHAM TSENG. MR DONALD STRANGE OF THE NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION PRESS UNIT WILL BE PRESENT TO ASSIST MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES.
------0-------
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN - SUPPLEMENT
ISSUED BT GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE HONG KONG TEL 5-233191
Speech by H E The Governor at the
Opening Ceremony of the Chiu Lut Sau Memorial Secondary School on Friday 30th January 1981______________
Mr Chiu, Ladies and Gentlemen,
I am happy to be here today for the opening of the Chiu Lut Sau Memorial Secondary School and the inaugural concert of the Yuen Long Arts Festival.
Mr Chiu Lut Sau's concern for the welfare of the people of Yuen Long will long be remembered, and I applaud the family's decision to honour his memory through this fine school with its magnificent hall. The community is indebted to them for their generosity.
We have made great strides in education. 9 years of free schooling are guaranteed for all children, and last year's 70% increase in Form IV places brings us very near to our 1982 target; the provision of subsidised places for 60% of this age group. This school, the fifteenth secondary school in Yuen Long will ensure that the district is not left behind. Moreover it is a pioneer in that students will be able to follow at least one practical or technical subject up to Form 5 level, a broadening of the curriculum which will allow a fuller development of their talents.
The signs of construction are everywhere. A public housing estate for 30 000 people will open shortly and another is planned. Jobs will be provided in the light industrial area to the north and in special industries on the industrial estate where land is now ready for development. Communications too will improve. The Tuen Mun Highway will be completed by early 1983, and the following year will see the opening of the Tsuen Wan Bypass /and .«••••••
2
and completion of improvements to the circular road to Fan Ling. Then too you are near the expanding special District of Shen Zhen.
This district has suffered from excessive immigration and unplanned development. The result has been intractible problems of both pollution and neglected rural sprawl. A study should be completed in July this year which will form the basis for coherent development for the whole region. Yuen Long District is rich in historic buildings, mostly in family ownership. I hope that as a community you will think of ways in which they can be preserved. The Antiquities Advisory Board stands ready to respond to any reasonable request.
To build a community renuires a core of buildings providing for activities round which the community can form itself. Here you have the makings of such a core, you have an excellent sports association, a stadium which is already first class and to which improvements will be made very shortly. Beside this a swimming pool complex is under construction. Nearby is the Town Hall. Now we have this magnificent airconditioned school hall in addition. This is a good start but you have something more, it is the community spirit to have undertaken much of this by yourself, though the Government is glad to have built a substantial part. The Town Hall Management Committee, and now the District Advisory Board will provide new guidance to the administration of the district, and the spirit which has produced these facilities should give it a flying start.
The opening of the school to which the community has contributed so generously and the Inaugural Concert of the Yuen Long Arts Festival here in this hall are a celebration of community enterprise. I congratulate you all, as a community, on your generosity, initiative and imagination.
-----o-------
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL; 5-233191
SATURDAY, JANUARY J1, 1981
CONTENTS PaGE NO
HOLIDAY RUSH AT KAI TAK..........................................
LUNAR NEW YEAR TO BE CELEBRATED IN SaI KUNG WITH FOUR-DaY FESTIVAL...........................................
MORE ACTIVITIES FOR LUNAR NEW YEaR.................................. 2
DECLARATION OF IMPORTS AND EXPORTS ................................. J
FLYOVER FC® TAI HANG ROaD........................................... 3
SATURDAY, JANUARY 31, 1981
1
HOLIDAY RUSH AT KAI TAK * * *
THE AIRPORT MANAGEMENT TODAY (SATURDAY) APPEALED TO MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC WHO ARE TO SPEND THEIR LUNAR NEW YEAR HOLIDAY ABROAD TO OBSERVE A FEW GUIDELINES TO HELP KEEP CONGESTION AT THE HONG KONG INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT DOWN.
THEY ARE ADVISED TO TRAVEL TO THE AIRPORT BY PUBLIC TRANSPORT INSTEAD OF USING PRIVATE CARS- TO REDUCE THE NUMBER OF FRIENDS AT DEPARTURE- TO RECOGNISE SIGNS FOR LOCATIONS OF PASSENGER PROCESSING FACILITIES- AND TO CHECK IN AS EARLY AS POSSIBLE ON ARRIVAL AT THE AIRPORT.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE AIRPORT MANAGEMENT SAID THE EFFICIENCY CF AIRPORT OPERATION DEPENDS GREATLY ON THE DEGREE OF CO-OPERATION FROM THE PUBLIC.
♦IT IS EXPECTED THAT THE NUMBER OF DEPARTING PASSENGERS WILL BE BUILDING UP IN THE NEXT FEW DAYS FROM ABOUT 12 000 A DAY TO ABOUT 22 000 ON THE LUNAR NEW YEAR DAY,* THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
♦THERE WILL BE ABOUT 15 000 DEPARTING PASSENGERS A DAY IN THE FEW DAYS PRIOR TO AND AFTER THE NEW YEAR DAY. IT IS THEREFORE ABSOLUTELY ESSENTIAL TO HAVE THE CO-OPERATION OF THE TRAVELLING PUBLIC DURING THIS PERIOD TO MAINTAIN A THROUGH TRAFFIC FLOW OUTSIDE THE PASSENGER TERMINAL AND TO REDUCE TO THE MINIMUM THE HEAVY CONGESTION EXPECTED INSIDE THE TERMINAL BUILDING,* HE ADDED.
DURING THE LUNAR NEW YEAR PERIOD LAST YEAR, ALMOST 20 QOO PEOPLE LEFT BY AIR ON NEW YEAR’S DAY AND THE AVERAGE DAILY NUMBER OF DEPARTING PASSENGERS IN THE TEN DAYS AROUND THE NEW YEAR CAME TO ABOUT 14 500.
------0 - - - -
LUNAR NEW YEAR TO BE CELEBRATED IN SAI KUNG WITH FOUR-DAY FESTIVAL * * * *
SAI KUNG WILL CELEBRATE CHINESE NEW YEAR WITH A FOUR-DAY FESTIVAL.
A TOTAL OF 10 EVENTS WILL BE HELD STARTING WITH MARATHON RACES ON FEBRUARY 8 AND ENDING WITH A MUSICAL PROGRAMME ON FEBRUARY 14.
THE FESTIVAL IS BEING ORGANISED BY SAI KUNG AND HANG HAU RURAL COMMITTEES AND OTHER LOCAL ORGANISATIONS, WITH DISTRICT ADVISORY BOARD ASSISTANCE.
A HIGHLIGHT WILL BE A VARIETY SHOW AT MAN Yl REHOUSING PLAYGROUND ON THE FIRST EVENING OF THE FESTIVAL.
THE TWO-AND-A-HALF-HOUR SHOW, FEATURING DANCES, OPERAS AND FOLK SONGS, WILL BE ORGANISED BY THE CHINESE ARTS AND ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY.
SATUHDAI, JANUARY J1, 1981
2
THE MARATHON RACES ON THE SAME DAY FOR MEN AND WOMEN START AT 9 AM.
THE MEN WILL RUN OVER AN 8 4OO-METRE COURSE FROM NAI CHUNG TO SAI KUNG TOWN, WHILE THE WOMEN WILL RUN A 4 5OO-METRE RACE FROM KEI LING HA TO SAI KUNG TOWN.
THE EVENT WILL BE OPEN TO ALL WHO WORK OR LIVE IN SAI KUNG, AND ENTRANTS AGED UNDER 17 YEARS MUST HAVE THEIR PARENTS’ CONSENT.
ALSO ON FEBRUARY 8 THERE WILL BE A NEW YEAR CARNIVAL CONSISTING MAINLY OF STALL GAMES. PRIZES WILL BE AWARDED TO WINNERS OF A STALL DESIGN COMPETITION.
THE FOLLOWING DAY (FEBRUARY 9) THERE WILL BE A TELE-MATCH BETWEEN SIX TEAMS OF MEN AND WOMEN.
LOCAL ORGANISATIONS, INCLUDING SAI KUNG CHILDREN’S CHOIR AND SAI KUNG FOLK DANCE CLUB, WILL TAKE PART IN A TALENT SHOW ON THE EVENING OF FEBRUARY 10.
A +MUSIC FOR A MILLION* PROGRAMME CLOSING THE FESTIVAL ON FEBRUARY 14 WILL BE STAGED BY THE MUSIC OFFICE SYMPHONIC ORCHESTRA AND THE HONG KONG GIRL GUIDES ASSOCIATION. IT WILL INCLUDE POPULAR SONGS, TELEVISION AND FILM THEME SONGS, SYMPHONIES, DANCES AND FOLK SONGS.
OTHER FESTIVAL EVENTS WILL INCLUDE A LION DANCE, NEW YEAR GREETINGS AND POTTED SPORTS FOR CHILDREN.
SAI KUNG DISTRICT OFFICER, MR CHAN SUI-JEUNG, AND LOCAL COMMUNITY LEADERS, MR CHENG CH IK-CHEE AND LEE YUN-SAU, WILL OPEN THE CEREMONY AT MAN Yl REHOUSING PLAYGROUND AT NOON ON FEBRUARY 8.
------0-------
MORE ACTIVITIES FOR LUNAR NEW YEAR * * *
THE RECREATION AND SPORT SERVICE (RSS) HAS ORGANISED A NUMBER OF EVENTS IN FEBRUARY FOR THE LUNAR NEW YEAR HOLIDAYS.
, INCLUDE CARNIVAL STALLS GAMES AT CHEUNG CHAU AND MUI WO,
A RECREATION CAMP AT THE LADY MACLEHOSE HOLIDAY VILLAGE, A RESIDENT!AL CAMP AT WU KAI SHA YOUTH VILLAGE, A LONG DISTANCE ROAD ™VaDERU<ATSYSeN YUE ™hp(A"'LY " ABERDEEN C°UNTRY RARK AN° cno,,™E EVENTS ARE IN ADDITION TO NUMEROUS OTHER ACTIVITIES PUT FORWARD BY THE RSS, WHICH RANGE FROM ARCHERY, BADMINTON, ICE-SKATING, AND RESIDENTIAL CAMPS, TO ORIENTAL DANCE. ’
FULL PROGRAMME FOR THE MONTH INCLUDES 33 INDIVIDUAL ™ 6AMES’ 60 OUTDOOR PURSUITS, 23 FITNESS COURSES, SEVEN AND AQUATIC MEETS, SIX DANCES AND MOVEMENTS, AND 15 OTHER rKOJcCTS•
DC CONTAINING FULL PARTICULARS OF THE EVENTS CAN
£ OBTAINED FROM THE CITY DISTRICT OFFICES, NEW TERRITORIES DISTRICT OFFICES, AND OFFICES OF THE RSS.
-----0-------
Z5
SATURDAY, JANUARY 31, 1981
- 3 -
DECLARATION OF IMPORTS AND EXPORTS * * X
COMPANIES AND INDIVIDUALS EFFECTING IMPORTS AND EXPORTS ARE REMINDED OF THEIR OBLIGATIONS UNDER THE IMPORT AND EXPORT (REGISTRATION) REGULATIONS TO LODGE TRADE DECLARATIONS AND PAY AD VALOREM CHARGES ON ALL IMPORTS AND EXPORTS OTHER THAN THOSE CATEGORIES OF GOODS EXEMPTED UNDER REGULATION 3 WITHIN 14 DAYS OF IMPORTATION AND EXPORTATION.
TRADE DECLARATIONS SUBMITTED OUTSIDE THE PRESCRIBED PERIOD OF 14 DAYS WILL BE LIABLE, WITHOUT ANY FURTHER NOTICE, TO PENALTY CHARGES WHICH RISE AFTER TWO MONTHS TO A MAXIMUM OF $100 PER DECLARATION WHERE THE TOTAL VALUE OF ARTICLES SPECIFIED DOES NOT EXCEED $20 000, AND TO A MAXIMUM OF $200 PER DECLARATION WHERE THE TOTAL VALUE OF ARTICLES SPECIFIED EXCEEDS $20 000.
PROSECUTIONS WILL BE INITIATED AGAINST THOSE WHO, WITHOUT REASONABLE EXCUSE, FAIL TO LODGE THE NECESSARY TRADE DECLARATIONS.
FLYOVER FOR TAI HANG ROAD
* * * *
A FLYOVER WILL BE CONSTRUCTED IN TAI HANG ROAD TO IMPROVE TRAFFIC FLOW IN THE AREA.
TENDERS FOR THE PROJECT ARE BEING CALLED BY THE HIGHWAYS OFFICE OF THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE PWD SAID THE TWO-WAY FLYOVER WILL RUN FROM THE LOWER END OF TAI HANG ROAD THROUGH MORETON TERRACE, CROSSING CAUSEWAY ROAD TO JOIN GLOUCESTER ROAD WEST TO VICTORIA PARK.
♦THERE WILL BE CONNECTING RAMPS AT MORETON TERRACE AND TUNG LO WAN ROAD, TO RELIEVE TRAFFIC CONGESTION AT THE JUNCTION OF TAI HANG ROAD AND TUNG LO WAN ROAD.
♦A COVERED FOOTBRIDGE ACROSS CAUSEWAY ROAD AT THE JUNCTION WITH SHELTER STREET WILL ALSO BE BUILT TO FACILITATE PEDESTRIAN MOVEMENT IN THE AREA,* SAID THE SPOKESMAN.
WORK ON THE PROJECT IS EXPECTED TO BEGIN IN MAY AND WILL TAKE ABOUT 30 MONTHS TO COMPLETE.
- - - - 0 ----